1 o ^ ^ ^ ,<\ s '^^ v^ •J- <,^ o 0^ ■-; K V. \ .^S" y r . ^' $ ■^-- ~^~^ V "^^ '.^-. -%^

% *"^' s>Vs^..^--^*^HO^^^ V .^ ^-..^^ . x^-^; ^ON .,..'^V^\„'%'^r^''^ ,0- ■ o < J .V ,#^ ^c" ^ ^- v^^ ^x ^^ <^^ ^o. ,,,-?• ^ c."^ ^^^ A^^ ^/ ;t: ■f ,^v ->' x^--:/^... c^ v-?- H -r, '>t .<^^ c> Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from The Library of Congress http://www.archive.org/details/thingschinesebeiOOball BEING NOTES ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS CONNECTED WITH CHINA, BY J/ DYER BALL, M.R.A.S., H.M. CIVIL SERVICE, HONGKONG. AUTHOR OP 'CANTONESE MADK EASY,' 'HOW TO SPEAK CANTONESE," 'HOW TO WRITE CHINESE,' 'HAKKA MADE EASY,' 4C., &C,, &C. THIRD EDITION. HevisecL ctrid ErilctrgecL, lylf/r SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON and COMPANY, LIMITED. -i-O^'i- ICEXili-r & "W-^XiSH, Lid. MONGKOXG, SHANGHAT, YOKOHAMA AND SINGAPORE, 1 900. ^All Rights Jtfs^rvedJ '^r ^ #r-^^ COPYRIGHT AT STATIONERS' HALL, LONDON. Registered in accordance with the Provisions of Ordinance No. i of i888, at the Office of the Registrar-General, Hongkong. 4i094i3 1.1 '31 OTHER WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR. Pricet ' Cantonese Made Easy,' 3rd Edition (in the press) ... — * How to Speak Cantonese,' 2nd Edition (in the press) — 'Readings in Cantonese Colloquial' $3.00 ' The Cantonese Made Easy Vocabulary,' 2nd Edition 1.00 ' An English-Cantonese Pocket Vocabulary,' 2nd Edition 0.75 ' Easy Sentences in Hakka, with a Vocabulary ' 1.00 ' Hakka Made Easy,' Part I 2.00 ' How to Write the Radicals ' 0.75 ' How to Write Chinese,' Part I. (out of print) — 'The San Will Dialect' 0.50 'The Tung Kwun Dialect' (out of print) — 'The Hong Shan or Macao Dialect' 0.50 ' The Enghsh-Chinese Cookery Book,' 2nd Edition (in the press) -«• PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION. The author regrets that different circnmstances have unfortunately delayed the appearance of the Third Edition of this book for a very considerable length of time, thus causing it, when the Second Edition was exhausted, to be out of print. A glance at the present volume will show that considerable additions have been made to the sub- ject matter : the new articles are Ascending on High, Agriculture, Arms, Banks and Bank Notes, Betrothal, Birth (Customs connected with,) Buffalo, Camphor, Cosmetics, Cotton, Dogs, Doctors, Ginger, Ginseng, Kites, Larks and other Songsters, Phigue, Tenure of Land, and Tigers — nineteen in all. The Second Edition contained a little over 500 pages ; this one has well on for 700 pages, the increased size representing not only the new articles mentioned above, but extensive additions to many of the others, while at the same time, alterations, improvements and corrections, where necessary to bring the book up to date, will be found all through the book. h — 2 — Mr. C. Ford, F. L. S., kindly looked over the proofs of the article on Botany. China has come so much into evidence of late years that the apathetic indifference to the country and its teeming millions is giving way in our Western nations to a desire for a knowledge of the land and its people ; and an interest is being roused as events, pregnant with weal or woe to the future progress of the world, are rapidly developing in the Far East, all trending in the direction of a closer knitting together of the ends of the earth. Whether we will or not, every day shows that the peoples who are in the van of civilisation must lead the way in the development of the Middle Kingdom, the erstwhile centre of Eastern Asia, and direct the incipient strivings of her foremost spirits in the direction of truth and righteousness, which alone will exalt the nation to a position commensurate with her size, population, ancient traditions, and future aspirations. Opinions are divided at present as to the best way to accomplish this vast pro- gramme for the betterment of a third of the world's inhabitants and rival interests seem often to paralyse action. In recent years, what to some appear hazy spheres of influence are discussed, and open doors, which to many appear closed and locked, have their advocates, while missioners of progress and advancement have for long striven to leaven the nation with the principles, which have been the — 3 — making of the West. Tkese efforts are begin- ning to show fruit, visible to those who look behind the scenes, though the inert mass to be moved is so great that the results appear almost insignificant when all the facts of the case are not taken into consideration. The question in many minds is whether the regeneration of China is to be a gradual process, or whether a mighty cataclysm, overturning the whole empire to its foundations, shall sweep away the corruption, cleanse ' all under heaven,' purify the atmosphere, and prepare the way for a new heavens and a new earth. Our horizon viewed from the standpoints of Europe and America has extended : the East to our fathers loomed large and dwarfed what lay beyond ; in our day the Far East is the cry. The author hopes that this book will continue to excite interest in the present theatre of events, in the actors, the stao'e accessories that surround them, their environment, their play and by-play, the motives that influence their utterances, their posturing and acting ; and furnish likewise the chance of peeps behind the scenes where the waving plumes, and embroidered robes are cast aside, the exaggerated strides and falsetto tones are given up, the clasli of mock warfare, crash of gong and clang of cymbal are stilled, the make-believe — 4 — and mock heroics of the meagre stage are gone, and John Chinaman stands revealed, still most highly- interesting in his reality and in all his surroundings, when stripped of the false glamour and meretricious tinsel that has gathered round him in the dim visions of the past. J. DYER BALL. Honghong, 1st Decemher^ 2899. PREFACE TO TEE SECOND EDITION. »N#V^\#%#>#\^V In presenting the Second Edition of ' Things Chinese ' to the public, the author must express his thanks for the cordial reception accorded to the book on its first appearance, thus enabling a revised and enlarged edition to be issued so shortly after the first. Considerable additions have been made to the present edition by the insertion of the following- new articles : — Bamboo, Boats, Embroidery, Eng- lish from Chinese Pens, Firecrackers and Fire- works, the Foreigner in Far Cathay, Jade, Jews, Mandarin, Mohammedans, Pagoda, Pawnshops, Population, P6-tsz and other Games of Chance, Shuttlecock, Stamps, Suicide, Tombs, and Torture — nineteen in all. There are very few articles that have not been retouched and, in some cases, largely added to. All this has, of course, increased the number of pages very considerably, but the seventy-eight additional pages do not fully re- present the actual increase in the size of the book, as by the judicious use of small type, a considerable quantity of information has been compressed into a small compass, and thus introduced, which would have had to be excluded. — 6 — It has been the endeavour to bring up the facts to date. If one or two of the more recent events have not been taken notice of, it must be remembered that some time elapses between the printing of the first pages of a book and the last, and, that an article once printed, it is impossible to take cognisance in it of what may have happened subsequently, even though the book may not have been issued in its entirety from the press. Mr. C. Grant suggested to the author the preparation of the new articles under the letter P, as well as that on Tombs. To Mr. J. B. Coughtrie the author is indebted for the suggestions which led him to write the articles under the headings of Embroidery, Firecrackers, Mandarin, and Torture ; two paragraphs from Mr. Coughtrie's own pen are also included under the heading of Art, and several emendations in the same article are due to his critical acumen, and artistic taste ; the greater part of page 153 [in the third Edition parts of pages 206 and 207,] is from the same source. To Mr. R. Markwick, Jr., the author's thanks are also due for the correction of some slight inaccuracies which otherwise would have crept into the account of the Customs. J. DYER BALL. Hongkong^ 28th Fehruary, 1893. PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. On the appearance of ' Things Japanese,' it was suggested to the author that he should prepare a book on similar lines with regard to Chinese subjects, and the present volume is the result. The author's thanks are due to Mr. B. H. Chamberlain for the courtesy and kindness which accorded him a ready assent to the request that the classification and plan of arrangement used in ' Things Japanese ' might be copied in ' Things Chinese,' as far as was compatible with the sub- ject-matter of the latter. The book is neither a glossary nor an ency- clopsedia ; and while, therefore, containing more than could be found in a mere word-book, yet, on the other hand, it would be impossible in the limits of such a small work to treat exhaustively of the different things touched upon. At the same time it is hoped that sufficient has been written under each heading to give the reader a good idea, as well as a fair one, of the subject dealt with. Thirty years in China have given the author many opportunities of observing and studying the — 8 — Chinese in almost every aspect of their life and character ; and he has largely availed himself of his personal experience of them and of their curious habits and customs in the production of this book. He is, however, also indebted to many writers on China, whose opinions on certain subjects are well worth reproducing and who are competent to give information. Where quotations have been made, many of them will be fouod to be extracted from the books recommended at the end of the articles : in such cases it seemed unnecessary to acknowledge explicitly in each instance the source from which the quotation was derived, and such acknowledge- ments would have unduly encumbered the pages with foot notes ; it has been thought sufficient to indicate other quoted matter simply by inverted commas. The advice of Mr. Ford, F. L. S., was sought on several points connected with the short article on Botany ; and to any others— English or Chinese — from whom a suggestion may have been received or a fact gleaned, the author desires to express his best thanks. J. DYER BALL. Honglwng^ lltli December^ 1891, Things Chinese. zr- w - -^ ABACUS. — The abacus, or countini^-board, is as much a necessity in a merchant's office, or shroff's counting-room, as his account-books: without the abacus lie would l)e at a complete loss to make up his accounts, and his books would therefore be unnecessary. Aritlimetic form> no part of a school-boy's work : no little lieathen Chinee ever has to sing — 'The rule of three, it bothers me, ^nd fractions drive me mad,' as both the one and the other are utterly unknown to him. Not even the simplest knowledge of arithmetic Mill ever be learned by him as a lesson, unless he is destined for a mercantile life, or to 4)6 a tradesman, or hawker, &c. ; even then he learns only just as much as it is absolutely necessary for him to kno^v as a part of liis business training. What little idea of figures he does possess, he picks up when bargaining for food or toys, or when staking a few cash for sweetmeats at the wayside stall. The ordinary Celestial is content to get through life with as scanty a knowledge of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division as would serve an English youngster of six or eight years of age. A very little goes a long way with him, but nearly every man can finger the abacus to a greater or lesser extent; and those who have much to do with accounts get very dexterous in the use of it, going through the calculation.«i most rapidly. We once had the curiosity to time a Chinese accountant from a native shipping office when turning different A 2 TIIfyGS CHINESE. items expressed in taels and their decinials — items of four, five, and six figures — into dollars aud cents, and we found he Avorked these sums out in from ten to fifteen seconds. The modus operandi is as follows: — Patting his abacus down on the table before him, and his books a trifie more to the left, the accountant commences his calculations, using the thumb and forefinger of his right hand to fl^ick the little balls up r,r down as he requires, only using his other three fingers, when, his sum done, he sweeps the upper balls to the t(jp of the board, and the lower ()nes down to the bottom — the positions they occupy Avhen nut in actual use. The principle is simply that of the framework of wires with coloured beads" used in England to teach children to count. With the Chinese, however, it is an oblong tray with bars running from top to bottom, and a transverse partitiiju running from one side to the othei', dividing the board into two unequal divisions. On each bar are seven balls, two in' the upper division and five in the lower, each of those below stands for one. each of those above, for five; so, if one is to be represented, one of the lower ones is pushed up against the i-ross-bar, or if two, two are placed in the same position, and so on till four, after which all the lower balls are pushed back again, and one of the upper ones is brought down to the middle partition to stand f(jr five. If six is to be represented, one of the lower balls is pushed up to the cross- bar, on the other side of Avhicli is the upper ball, for five and one make six. The other lower balls are added one after the other to represent seven, eight, and nine re- spectively, while for ten, one on the next bar to the left is used, the calculation going on in the same way as before. The operator fixing then on one of the upright bars as representing units, the next bar to the left stands for tens, the next one for hundreds, the next for thousands, and so on, while in the opposite direction, to the right hand, the decimals — tenths, hundredths, thousandths, and so on, are represented on the consecutive bars. The great defect of the abacus is, that it simply represents the ,proce,ss of calculation as it proceeds, for, as ABATEMENT. 3 •can readily be understood, eaeh step in the calculation calls new combinations of balls into play, and' has the effect of obliterating the previous step; so that, if a mistake has been made, the whole process has to be gone over again. The abacus is simply used, therefore, to record the results of the mental calculations as they proceed. . The processes by which these results are produced are not shown, and, while each new •operation is being recorded on the board, it naturally follows that — the balls which have been used for the last answer being taken as the reckoning goes on to show the new answer — as each computation. is gradually, or quickly, set down as it goes on, so, as it .proceeds, i?aH passu, the ^preceding answer is as gradual!}-, or as quickly, as the case may be, effaced. The Chinese merchants or traders so habituate them- selves to tlie use of the abacus that they become quite dependent on it and it is amusing to see the utter helplessness they often display in trying to add tAvo simple numbers together Avithout an abacus. When, at daylight, the shutters are taken down from the shop-fronts in Canton, the shopman ensures, as he thinks, good luck for the day by shaking the balls of the abacus to and fro; at hrst sloAvly, but gradually increasing in speed until iinally a continuous sharp clicking sound is produced. AJiATEMENT.—^QtxxXy every Chinese tradesman, or ■^nerchant, states the price of his goods Avith a vicAv to an abatement being made. The only exceptions amongst purely jiative establishments are Tea, Cake, and Druggists' shops, for at such places there is no need to haggle. Exception must also be made in favour of the shops dealing almost •exclusiA^ely Avith Europeans, where many are beginning to <;onform to foreign customs and have a iixed price. A Chinese Avill take as much as he can get, but as a general rule it is quite safe to suppose that he is asking a quarter or a third more than he expects to receive; conse- <_[uently offer him half of Avhat he asks, then, Avhile he gradually falls in his price, as gradually rise in the offer A 2 4 THINGS CHINESE. made to him until neutral ground is reached, when split the- difference and he will probably be glad to take what you give him. But this must all be done with a perfect nonchalance: no eagerness to obtain the object must be shown; no words of praise must fall from your lips ; any little defects in it must be pointed out: —'It is naught, it is naught, saith the- buyer: but when he is gone his way then he boasteth.' When in doubt as to the value of anything, a very good plan is to go about beating down the price in several different shops. A pretty shrewd guess may then be made as to what is a fair value for the article ^ for when a shopman sees a customer on the point of leaving his shop, he will come down to nearly, if not quite, as low a figure as he is prepared to accept. A Chinaman dearly loves a bargain, and he finds a positive pleasure in chaffering over the price, which the foreigner (to whom time is money) can scarcely appreciate. Looked at from a Western standpoint, it is simply appalling^ to think of the hours, days, Aveeks, months, and years, which must be wasted in the aggregate in China over the carrying- out of this eastern trait of character. There is an amusing skit, translated by Giles in his 'Historic China and other Sketches,' which is an admirable parody on the language of the market and the shop, and holds up this custom of the Chinese to ridicule. It is styled 'The Country of Gentlemen,' and represents an ideal state of society where the tables are turned — the buyer cracking up the goods he is purchasing, and offering and insisting on the seller taking a higher price than is demanded for them, "while the latter depreciates his wares, asking far too little for them, the two haggling over the price at great length — as in the every-day world in China— the only difference being that buyer and seller have changed places. ABORIGINAL TRIBES.— The present race of Chinese is supposed to have come into the country some four thousand years ago. They were not the first occupiers of the soil,, however, and it has been only very gradually that they have ABORIGINAL TRIBES. 5 succeeded in driving out the Aborigines, for large tracts of country in the south and south-west of the eighteen provinces are still possessed by the former inhabitants, who hold their own against the Chinese, and are reported in some parts to even have thousands of the latter as slaves in their inaccessible fastnesses, thus retaliating on the Chinese, who some cen- turies since exposed them to the same treatment. The provinces in which these representatives of former races are found, are Kwei-chau, Sz-chuen, Yun-nan, Kwang- tung, and Kwang-si, and the Island of Hai-nan. In Sz-chuen a considerable portion of the west and south- west of the province is sparsely inhabited by some forty or fifty native tribes, of whom little is known : some are very warlike, and constant depredations are committed by them. They have their own chiefs, languages, customs, and manners. The late Mr. Colborne Baber, of the Consular Service, obtained a specimen of the written language of the Lolos — one of these tribes. It is a most peculiar sort of caligraphy, and presents no point of resemblance to the Chinese language or any other that one is familiar a\ ith. In Kwei-chau they appear to be scattered all over the province; and the same may be said of Yun-nan, where about two-thirds of the inhabitants consist of various tribes of Lo-lo, Li-su, ]\Iu-su, Man-tzu, and Miao-tzu. In Kwang-tung they are located in the north-west of the province, and in Kwang-si, in tlie north-east. In the Island of Hai-nan, the aboriginal Le tribes have maintained their independence against the Chinese for nearly two thousand years having, been driven from the coast into the mountains in the interior. They are divided into civilised and uncivilised Les, and are physically strong and well developed. They have the art of M'riting, Avhich is described by the Chinese as like th,e wriggling of worms. There is so great a diiference in some of the languages spoken by the different tribes, that they converse with each other in Chinese. The women are tattooed and wear skirts. There are also some of the Miao-tsz amongst them; these Miao-tsz being found largely in other parts of China. 6 THINGS CHINESE. To show the number and extent of these remnants of ic fonner race and civilization in China, it may be pointed out that in the provinces of Hu-nan, Kwei-chau, Kwauf^-si, Yun- nan, and Sz-chuen. the aboriginal tribes — Miau-tsz and others — occupy an area of country equal to that of Francel and are some millions in number, representing numerous tribes; as many as one hundred and eighty being mentioned,, though perhaps not so many are in existence now. They are supposed to have come through Burmah into China. As is the case with most of these aboriginal inhabitants oF China, the dress of tlie AV(nnen is more distinctive than that of the men. Out of the 11,000,000 inhabitants of the province of Yun-nan, two-thirds are 'culti^^ated savages,' i.e., Lo-lo. Li-su, Mu-su, Man-tzu and Miao-tzn. In the Lln-chaii prefecture of the Kwang-tung province, and the south of the Hu-nan province, are to be found the- lu tribes, who were brought in the twelftli century from the Kwang-si province, and settled on the mountains. Their hair is worn long : they are short in stature ; and have scanty beards. They, as well as other aboriginal tribes, wear cloths bound round their legs from the knee to tlie ankle. No foreigner is allowed by the Chinese tSurgery in China.' ADOPTION. — It is a matter of the first importance that a man should have a son to offer sacrifices at the Ancestral Hall and to worship at his tomb. The cry with a •Chinese is not 'Give me children, or else I die,' but 'Give ' me a son, or I cannot die in peace,' and, failing a son of his own, he adopts one. It is impossible, with our ideas on the subject, to understand what a matter of prime importance this is with a Chinese. To show how it enters into the very essence of family life in China, we quote from the learned ADOPTION. 9 and interesting brochure by Parker on 'Comparative Chinese Family Law,' as follows: — 'The Chinese doption of agnates, is * * * not a matter of choice * * '', but of compulsion. The brother, when living, may demand a nephew, and, when dead, a nephew is given to him unasked. It is not only in his interest, but in that of the whole family, that the succession should be continued. So unfortunate are those considered who have no heirs, that in each town there is. a public larariuni dedicated to orbate persons deceased, and the officials sacrifice periodically to their manes. Again, there is absolutely no distinction between such adopted son and a natural-born son. He cannot be disinherited, at least for any reason not equally applicable to a natural son ; he mourns for his adoptive father as a natural son would mourn, and for his natural father as a nephew. Once adopted, he cannot be adopted by another. It is a family arrangement, and needs no magisterial authority. What seems a curious feature in it, to our ideas, is, that it may be made without the knowledge of the deceased adopter, whether he is married or not (provided he is over sixteen years of age^.) and even after his death. But this curious feature is explained when we remember that the adoption does not take place for the individual adopter in China, but for the benefit of tlie family — the family being the unit of society, and the individual no one, except a fractional part of the smallest integer of society — the family, 'In treating of adoption in China, it is important to distinguish between the adoption of persons bearing the same surname and those bearing a different surname. If a Chinese has no son, he adopts, if possible, a nephew, who is the son of one of his brothers. If there are no nephews, then he adopts the grandson of one of his uncles, or the great-grandson of one of his granduncles. In other words, he endeavours to obtain a pure agnate. If there are no agnates of a suitable generation or if there are agnates of a suitable generation, but not of a suitable age, he next looks to the children of his sisters, or the grandchildren of his aunts. It is generally only when neither agnates nor cognates of suitable age and generation are accessible that he adopts a perfect stranger, and, even then, he endeavours to find one of the same surname * '•■ '"' Adoption of an agnate is generally effected during the lifetime of the adopter, who is considered entitled to choose any nephew (except the ■eldest son of the next brother', before an assembly of agnates, and an entry is made in the genealogical register of the family. A rich man, of course, in practice, finds it easier to obtain the object of his •choice than a poor one, and the handsome son of a rich brother is similarly less easy to secure as an heir than the plain son of a poor brother * * *. Each elder brother can continue to adopt the sons of his younger brethren until he finds an heir who will live ; and 1 A Chinese is of age at sixteen. 10 TJIINGS CHINESE. elder brothers are in duty bound to give a son in posthumous adoption to a younger brother who lias died childless '■■. "'- '-. Aa adopted agnate or cognate takes his place before natural sons subsequently born to the same father. An adopted stranger is liable c o to exclusion by the agnates of his deceased adoptive father.' About f) [jer cent, of Chinese families, it is considered, adopt children; 70 per cent, of them being males. In some provinces and districts strangers are frequently adopted, and in Amoy the traders have a peculiar custom of adopting a son to act for them as a commercial agent abroad. Iix ado[)ting strangers, the child is generally purchased, from parents too poor to keep their own offspring, while sometimes kidnappers make a profit by the sale of the poor innocent victims they have inveigled into their toils. There is a secondary species of what might be termed pseudo-adoption. As true adoption amongst the Chinese is generally due to a certain amount (jf superstition connected Avith ancestral worship, so tlie spurious adoption, as a rule, is- even more dependent upon the superstitious beliefs of this credulous people. There are different varieties of this, the parties to one kind being sometimes called godparents and godchildren by Europeans. The custom has its foundation in the superstition that it is possible U) cheat the malignant spirits to whose evil machinations are due the death or illness of children. If the- parents, then, are afraid that they will not be able to bring up a child, (jr that falling short of that, disease may attack it, or ill-luck fall to its lot, they hit upon the expedient— sometimes- suggested by the fortune-teller — of this semi-adoption. Presents are made by the child's parents to the so-called adopter, and return presents are received. The adoptive- parent takes a considerable interest in his or her adopted child, presents and visits being made by both parties on the respective birthdays of the primarily interested parties, and at feasts, &c.: but. beyond this, there are no definite duties incumbent on the so-called godparent. The child still remains in its natural parents' house, and, in the event of its parents dying, the so-called godparent is not bound to take the child into his or her keeping, even if left destitute. On ADOPTION. II the other hand.' the chihl, if its so-called godparent dies, is bound to wear mourning, not deep, as in the case of its own parents, but only half-mourning. It is supposed that the spirits will be deceived into the belief that the child has really been adopted into the new family, and the disease. death, disaster, or ill-luck, that would otherwise ensue, are effectually prevented, while at the same time the boy's or girl's family retain their child, and. if an eldest son. will have an heir to sacrifice to them after death. Sometimes this spurious adopti(.)n takes place between families that are friendly merely with the object of drawing them nearer to each other, but it is oftener the result of the superstitious belief already mentioned. This super.stitiun gives rise to other varieties of false adoption, such as giving a child in adoption to a banyan tree, or a bamboo, or to a bridge, or an idol, or a stone lion in front of a temple. (These stone lions are objects of worship by barren woman in tlie hopes of obtaining ofts])ring.) In all these cases it, is believed that the spirits inliabiting these several objects —their guardian deities-- will take the child under their protection and ensure it immunity from thc^ ills that flesh is heir to. On a small piece of red pajier is written: '(jiven in adoption,' then f dlows tlie \\(»rd "male* or 'female,' and the surname and n;uno of the cliiUl. This is pasted u[)on the object wliieli is selected, and three incense sticks, joss pap..'r, wine, pork, chicken, and cooked rice are offered ; bffeiings arc also made at the end of the year for protection rendered, as m ell as at the New Year, and, in the case of idols, on their birthdays. The piece of red paper once put up is not renewed, as the spirit is thus supposed to be sufficiently informed by the one notice. The mother of the cliild, or sometimes a 'praying woman." as she is called, peri'orms the ceremony, offering up a prayer, informing the spirit that the child is placed under its protection. These proceedings are sometimes undertaken at the instigation of the fortune-teller. When an idol is selected, it is generally that of some favourite god, or goddess, such as Kwiiu Yam — The Goddess^ 12 THINGS CHINESE. ■of Mercy,— or Kwan Tai—The God of War, -or T'ln Hau— The •Goddess of Heaven, — or Man Ch'ong — The God of Literature, — or even The Tutehiry Spirit (Lares) of the Bridge, or The Tutelary Spirits placed at the two entrances to a village, but not those of the house. In the case of a god being selected, part of his name {i.e., one of the characters forming his title or designation) is combined with that of the child, forming a new name for the child, which is, however, only used by the parents. The god selected is worshipped on his birthday, and styled ' the adopted father.' The bamboo is preferred to other trees as it is a prince amongst trees (the Chinese do not know the bamboo as a grass), and is so useful. Were no other proof available of the slight esteem in which girls are held by the Chinese, it would be shox^n by tlie difference in the estimated percentage of those of each sex who are the subjects of this false adoption ; for in the extreme south of China it is believed that 50 per cent of boys are thus subjected to adoption, and only 10 per cent of the girls. AGIUCULTUEE.-The glory of the farmer is that, in the division of labours, it is his pai-t to create. All trade rests at last on his primitive activity. Thus Emerson begins his *' Essay on Farming.' It is with a feeling of this nature that the Chinese have classed the tillers of the ground as next to the scholar, and before the merchant and the artisan: these' being the four estates into which the people are divided by them. From the earliest dawn of legendary history, agriculture has been regarded by the ■Chinese as a high and ennobling calling. This all, of course, from a theoretical point of view — on paper, in books, documents, proclamations, precepts, and exhortations — -while in actual everyday life, the boor (in the original meaning of the word), i.e., the rustic, clownish countryman, sinks to a subordinate position as compared with that of the relatively more cultivated town resident. Yet, notwithstanding this, a high idealistic position for the cultivator of the soil is fostered by not a few of the institutions and habits peculiar AGRICULTURE. \3 to the Chinese. As an instance of this there is the example set by each Chinese Emperor of" plonghing in the Temple of Agriculture in Peking at the Spring Equinox every year, thus inaugurating the commencement of the farming season. The viceroys or governors of the different provinces perform the same ceremony annually. An object lesson is thus given to the people throughout the empire and a 'deep sense of the importance of agriculture to the public welfare '' typified. Important it is in a threefold sense : — firstly, because of its regular supply botli of food and labour to the- people; secondly, the needs of the Government are met by moderate taxes, although, unfortunately owing to faulty administration and probably to the rapacity of the officials,- they are frequently increased to six times the nominal assessment; thirdly, an agricultural population, it has been found, is easier governed than a purely mercantile or warlike community. Not only does the Sou of Heaven show an example to^ the meanest agricultural labourer by guiding the plough with his royal hands; but the Chinese Government poses as a benefactor of the humble farmer, and to a great extent carries into benevolent action the fostering of this most important branch of labour. With this end in view, the taxes imposed are in relative value to the productiveness of the soil under cultivation ; the reclamation of fields on the river banks or the sea shore is easily effected, the terms not being onerous; and waste land, whether on the hill sides or level ground (if poverty of soil requires a lengthened time for the recouping of the industrious fiirmer for capital expended), is untaxed until ample time has elapsed for his labours to prove remunerative with an assessment superimposed, five harvests being allowed to the farmer who thus reclaims from a state of nature. And yet with all this encouragement to tillage many tracts of country still lie waste, some of it the most fertile in the country; partly because the people have not the skill and capital to drain and render it productive, partly because they have not sufficient prospect of remuneration to encourage them to make the 11. TllIXGS ClIJXESi:. necessary outlay, and sometimes from tlic outrages of local banditti making it unsafe to live in secluded districts. Shin-nung, the Divine Husbandman, is credited Avith the invention and introduction of husbandry into China. This mythical or semi-mythical monarch reigned B.C. 2700. Professor Rein commences his magnificent work on 'The Industries of Japan ' as follows: — 'In contrast with the nomadic rac'_^s of Central Asia, the in- liabitants of the monsoon region have for thousands of years been tied to the soil. They are intensely devoted to a^^riculture, especially in China and Japan. Little opportunity is left in these countries for cattle-raising ; and since meadows and pastures are wanting, milk butter, and cheese — the principal food of the nomadic mongolian peoples — were unknown to the Chinese and Japanese. Eggs, and the products of fishing and the chase, play a far more important role than the flesh of domestic animals. '■' * ''■■' Since sheep were but seldom found in China '■■' "■■' ■■■ wool was formerly of small con- sideration in the matter of clothing. Hemp and cotton goods, and' silk among the rich, especially in the winter, are the stuffs with which the population is clothed.' As would naturally be expected, the diverse climatic conditions of such a vast empire---extending from the plains of Manchuria to the mephitic vales of Yun-nan, and from the sea-coast provinces to the high mountains and great table- lands of Tibet — result in various and dissimilar products, from the different regions embraced under the name of China; but diverse as these productions are, the large l^roportion of them are cultivated for food purposes. Cotton, hemp, indigo and mulberry for silk are almost the only important plants that are grown which are not alimentary. The basin of the Yang-tsz forms the great cotton region; hemp is largely cultivated north of the Mei-ling and it also grows in Fuh-kien ; the southern provinces produce in large quantities the rice which forms the staple of food for millions of Chinese; while the northern, colder regions are more suited to the maturing of millet and corn. Again the tea plant is unknown in the northern provinces, the sun- shine and the moist temperature to be found between the twenty-third and thirty-fifth degrees of latitude suiting it better; the sugar-cane is only to be seen growing in the. south and south-eastern parts of China; and the poj)py i.s AGHICULTUHE. 15 unfortunately fast extending its area of cultivatif^n through •different provinces — east, west, north, and south, and actually constituting a third of the whole cultivation of the jDrovince of Yun-nan. The never-tiring industry of the Chinese is fully exemplified in the unremitting toil of the farmer: in tlie sweat of his brow docs he earn his daily bread; week in, week out, ffom morn till night, is he to be found; now with his primitive plough upturning the soil; now with unsavoury concoctions of manure assisting the growth of the plant, {for Chinese manuring is applied more to the growing plant itself than to the soil) ; now with the assistance of his son Morking the tread-mill water-wheel to fill his arti- ficial water-channels; or with quick step or half-trot Avending his way with water buckets (gigantic watering pots) through between his rows of vegetables and supplying artificial rain to his crops. Nor do his ingenious con- trivances for irrigation stop here; for natural brooklets are defected from their wanton course and trained here and there down the hill sides, reviving the thirsty terraced fields as they go; large wheels with buckets fixed to them turn slowly and raise some hundreds of tons of water each day from the streams, which, while giving the motion to these wheels, are thus assisting in each revolution to rob them- selves of their watery treasures; well-sweeps, (the slidduf oi Egypt) ladle out the contents of pools constructed for the gathering of rain-water; and even a pail or shallow^ vessel with ropes attached to each side, is used to scoop up the precious fluid from the running brook, a man standing on ■each bank and with a swinging motion skimming the vessel just enough under the surface to take up sufficient water, when it is ]"aised and with a jerking motion emptied, this all being done Avith a remarkable rapidity and smoothness of motion. Man's labour is thus utilised and supplemented in various ways by different contrivances, even the cattle are sometimes employed to turn the water-wheel, and, as we have seen, the stream itself is yoked into the same service. All this obtains in the southern provinces. 16 THINGS CHINESE. 'In the north of the country, where wheat, millet, and other grains are largely grown, the rain supply in summer and the snow in winter furnish all the moisture which the farmers require in O'dinary years.' Few, if any, carts are to be seen in the farm yard in the southern or eastern provinces of China; man is essentially the beast of burden, aided, of course, by woman, though in some districts, women are not employed in field- labour at all. The convenient carrying-pole with a bucket, or pail, or basket, or bamboo loop, us the exigencies ..of the case may require, suspended from each end, serves all j)urposes of porterage, and is amply sufficient for conveying root- crops, grass, water, manure, and anything else that may require to be transported short or long distances. To such an extent does man perform labour Mhich is relegated to the horse or ox in other lands, that the Chinese farmer may even be seen carrying his plough off' from, or on to, the field, though the buffalo (water-buffalo) is yoked to it when it is used to scrape the soil: the same animal pulls the harrow in its course over the surface of the ground or a& it stirs up the miry bottom of the semi-aquatic rice-field. These uncouth, unwieldy looking animals are driven to and from their work, as well as guided in it, by boys, and it i& interesting to see the complete control which these tiny youths have over these huge, ungainly, and stupid-looking beasts. The agricultural implements of the Chinese are few in number and of simple construction ; in all probability, if not invented by the redoutable Shin-nung himself, these tools of the farmer have been in use for centuries with no altera- tion or improvement effected in them. One writer thus describes the Chinese plough and harrow : — 'The plough is made of wood, except the iron-edged share, which lies flat and penetrates the soil about five inches. The whole invention is so simple and rude that one would think the inventor of it was a labourer, who, tired of the toil of spading, called the ox to his aid and tied his shovel to a rail ; — fastening the animal at one end and guiding the other, he was so pleased with the relief, that he never thought of improving it much further than to sharpen the spade AGIUCULTUllE. 17 to a coulter and bend the rail to a beam and handle. The harrow is a heavy stick armed with a single row of scout wooden teeth, and furnished with a framework to guide it; or a triangular machine,, with rows of iron teeth, on which the driver rides to sink it iji the ooze.' These two instruments are employed in rice cultivation.. a broad hoe being used in the dry fields and soft lands; the impetus of the blow is increased by the weight of its large wooden blade edged with iron, or by. a blade made entirely of iron. The spade is but sparingly had recourse to as compaied with its constant employment in western lands As the seed is not sown br(.)adcast, the farmer is able with' busy hoe to loosen the soil and keep his fields bL'uutifuUv clear of weeds. No machinery, except such as has alieadv been named, is found in the farmyard. Besides the above there are mattocks, rakes made of bamboo, bill-hooks which do duty for scythes, pruning knives, and sickles. Flails are used on thrashing floors (made of chiinam and containing' a few square feet each) for thrashing rice, peas, mustard, turnips, and other seeds from the stalks, or unshod oxen are employed for the same purpose. The Chinese farmer, as a general rule, is more a peasant proprietor, or, if not that, a peasant farmer rather than a farmer in our sense of the term, though here and there large farms are to be met with on the frontier provinces and up north. So minute are the sub-divisions, that at times a ridge or two of potatoes or vegetables in a field will belong to (me person and the rest of the field Mill be parcelled out in equally small portions. In this connection, the following extract from a Report on Agriculture in China, published by the Department of Agriculture at Washington, Avill be of interest : — 'Thus in Kwong Tung '"■ "••■ one-sixth of an acre will support one person, and the proprietor of two acres of good land, having a family of five, can live without work on the produce of his little property. Seven acres constitute wealth, as it is reckoned in China, and few landowners have a hundred acres.' Emigration 'and infanticide * alone prevent such overcrowding as would render existence on the land impossible for the population as a wliole. In the north, where the soil is less fertile, the holdings are larger, and the standard of comfort among the people is higher. In Manchuria farms of 500 acres are not uncommon, and there are some B 18 THINGS CHINESE. much larger estates ; but the great farms are cultivated in common by families, some of which consists of two hundred members. Even in the north, it is said that a family of six or seven persons can live on three acres of land, and that five acres constitute comfort, or Avhat is so considered among people satisfied with the bare necessities of existence.' The authority for the statement as to the Kwong Tung province seem to be an account by Miss Fielde of farming matters in the Swatow di.strict, and this same authoress also says :— 'At this rate of production and consumption, the arable land in the State of New York, with a reduction of one half its returns on account of its more northern latitude, would support the total population of the United States at the present time; and the occupied arable land of the United States, with its producing power diminished, ■on account of climate, to one half that of land at Swatow, would feed .a population ecjual to that of the whole world, or over 1,400,000,000.' Another author says : — 'The Chinese are rather market gardeners than farmers, if regard be had to the small size of their grounds. They are ignorant, too, of many of those operations whereby soils naturally unfruitful are made fertile, and the natural fertility sustained at the cheapest rate by proper manuring and rotation of crops ; but they make up for the disadvantages of poor implements by hard work.' The hill sides are often terraced for rice, and places which would otherwise only be waste land are utilised for the production of this useful cereal as will as other plants; but it is erroneous to suppose that the whole of China is a A\ast garden, or that every hill is cut into a succession of steps from base to summit. Rice, being the staple of food in the south, is largely cultivated, the fields lying under water for a considerable portion of the year on that account. Little foot-paths, only wide enough for one pedestrian at a time, divide these rice-fields from one another. The flat low grounds formed of the alluvial deposits from rivers are a favourite and suitable situation for such fields, large retaining banks protecting the chess-board mass of fields from the incursions of the river. Another foot-path (wider than those in the centre of the fields) runs along the tops of these banks, and the sloping sides are utilised for the culti- vation of fruit-trees, such as plantains, lychees, whampeas, &c. Two or three crops of rice are produced in one year AGRICrLTURE. 19 as well as a crop or two of fish, which latter, introduced in a young stage into the enclosed water lying on the fields, •are grown to a size fit for food in a short time. In some districts of country, pea-nuts, sugar-cane, and native tobacco are cultivated. A numerous variety of vegetables is also to be seen. These are mostly of a poorer quality than European Tegetables and are often of a kind unknown to the western world. Much of their agriculture consists in rearing them. The sweet potato, the yam, taro, beans, cucumbers, pumpkins, squashes, M'ater-melons, vegetable marrows, brinjals, &c., &c., &c., all engage the attention of the Chinese agriculturist, and provide him and many of his fellow-countrymen a relish to take with their plain-boiled rice; a small modicum of salt, or fresh fish, or meat sometimes giving a little additional savouriness to their daily fare. For on such frugal diet, or •on even a scantier one, does the Chinese farmer and millions of the labouring classes perform their daily tasks. The Chinese are adepts at manuring, and keep up the character of the soil in this way instead of by a constant rotation of crops, though this is also said to be always practised in some parts at least. The night-soil ■of the cities — nay of every little liamlet even, and the •contents of the primitive way-side urinals, are carefully liusbanded and utilised, to the disgust of the olfactory nerves of those unaccustomed to such an ancient mode. Other materials are gathered for the same purpose, the motto in China being to waste nothing, and nothing almost seems to come amiss: mud from the rivers, canals, and tanks — a splendid fertiliser in a country like China Avhere the rivers act as main sewers and dust-bins, and their tributaries feed the main channels with sufficient material pilfered from the •crumbling banks to form rich alluvial deposits — the sweepings from the streets, hair from the barbers' shops, the refuse paper «S:c. from fire-crackers after being exploded, lime and plaster with years of wood soot impregnating it, gathered from kitchens and old buildings, soot itself, old bones, the refuse of fish and animals, castings from animals and fowls, all are eagerly gathered from every spot and made use of; and B 2 20 THINGS CRINESK. so also is vegetable rubbish whicli is charred under turf.. the residue is a rich black earth, wliich is laid upon the seeds themselves when planted; the refuse left after expressing the oil from ground-nuts, beans, vegetable. tallo\\ , tea. and cabbage seeds, &c., is mixed with earth and made into cakes, to be sold to farmers. To one accustomed to fields laid down in grass and clover, it is curious to notice the absence of these features so common amongst tis : what might be pasture (jr meadow lands such as the bottom of valleys and fiat land are used for rice and other crops. The spring and summer in the south is characterised bv a relatively high temperature, light winds, dampness, and frequent rains alternating with dry spells, but the early winter is the dry season in which for several months clear skies prevail, accompanied by a cold temperature \vhich. increases as the winter progresses and the new year comes- in, till in January, February, and March the temperature is keen, and is rendere<:l intensely disagreeable by the dampness Avhich is apt to be present to a considerable extent in the shape of rain, mists, and fogs. The typhoons which bring torrents of rain in their train are often frequent visitants in the summer months wlien the sotith-west monsoon is- blowing, the north-east monsoon being the winter wind. Vegetation and agriculture, of course depend largely upon these climatic conditions, the copious rains, bright stmshine. and mountain mists, all have their share in producing the rapid growth of the plant; but nature tends her own products with a careful hand, for fogs and mists, followed by April showers, commence the irrigation of the land parched and dried with the moistureless year-end; these lighter show-ers are succeeded, as the hardened earth is gradually moistened and better able to drink in the heaven-sent floods, by heavier thunder-storms and drenching rains, to be again succeeded by the torrential downpours following in the "wake of the dreaded cyclonic typhoon. No frosts of any appreciable influence, as- a rule, occur in the neighbourhood of Hongkong and Canton ; but the case is different further north in hiijher latitudes. AGRICULTURE. 21 The cost and difficulty of transport no doubt exerts a deterrent effect on the development of Chinese agriculture. The Chinese farm-house is not, as a general rule in the south, to be found in the centre of tlie ground which the farmer has under cultivation, but at some distance, i)erhaps. from the fields, forming with all the other farm-houses of the neighbourhood a little hamlet or village, from wliich tlie men issue at early dawn to proceed to the scene of their labours, and to whicli. they return when their work is over. This economizes space and affords more security to the •denizens of the little communities from the attacks of robbers, though it is a Avonder what temptation can exist for attacks from such when tlie farmers are so little removed themselves from the abject de[)ths of poverty. The small holdings and farms are sometimes rendered still more fractional in size with the death of each proprietor, as on his demise his ■possessions are often divided amongst his family, such being tlie general outcome of tlic l;i\v of succession. Disputes as to the inheritance of land give rise to many feuds and crimes. Such family quarrels often form the principal incident on M'hich the stories in many a Chinese novelette hinge. To find a pirallel to the agricultural condition of the country, we must look to our Colonial Empire, where settlers apply for uninhabited .lands, and receive the rights over them in exchange for small annual payments. This is the principle on which lands have been appropriated in times past, and still are leased out to farmers. As a rule, the land so let is taken up by a clan, the members of which cultivate it much ■on the principle of tlie village communities '■■' * '■ . Ten families •constitute, as a rule, a village holding, each family farming about ten acres. To such a community is allotted a common village plot, which is cultivated by each family in turn, and from which the ^tribute grain is collected and paid. The surplus, if any, is divided between the families. Towards the end of the year a meeting is held, at which a division of the profits is made on one condition. Any farmer who is unable to produce the receipt for the income-lax on his farm ceases to be entitled to any benefit arising from the village plot. liook.s rrcinnmcndcd. — Williams's • Middle Kiusrdoiii.' Vol. 11. , pp. 1-14. Douj^Ias's 'S:>fiety in ('hina,' pp. 120-136. Lay's 'Thft Chinese As They Ave,' Chap XII. • Husbandry of the Chinese.' 'A Corner of Oatliay' by Miss Fielde. Chapter on ' Farm Life in China.' Jour. Ch. Br. R. A. S. New ■Series, Vol. XXIIL, No. 2. 1888. See Articles in this book on Buffalo, Land Tenure, Silk, Tea, and Rice. For an account of the Emperor plough- ing, xec the Hongkong daily papers for the 24th and 2oth of April, 18H3. 22 THINGS CIHNESB. AMUSEMENTS. -The Chinese, though u hard- workings and industrious people, are not behind other nations in their love of amusements, and enter with great zest and gusto into the enjoyment of them, most heartily assisting, in the- French sense of the term, at shows, processions, «&c. It needs but a saunter through the crowded and busy streets of a Chinese city to see tliat, though there is much bustle and unceasing toil, there is, on the other hand, an unfailing provision for the relaxation of the tired workers and the delectation of the younger members of society. Theatres are crowded, though the performances last for long weary hours, if not days. The various birthdays of the gods, or religious festivals, are hailed with delight, for then the streets are matted over and hung with puppets gorgeously dressed in mediaeval costume, representing historical scenes; while glittering chandeliers, ablaze with light, shed a bright radiance on the ere-while gloomy streets and transform them into a dazzling vision of light. All these illuminated streets converge to one centre, Avhere, in fronc of the temple in honour of whose god the exhibition is being held, a grand temporary structure, towering in height above all the other surrounding buildings, is erected, gorgeous with painted scenes in many coloured hues, brilliant with clusters of crystal lights, and all the magnificence of ceremonial and gaudy show, and the paraphernalia of heathen worship. Here all the grandeur is centred, radiating out through all the surrounding streets, and here it is that the crowd is at its thickest, — a compact mass, open-mouthed, gazing to their heart's content, enjoying to the full all the entrancing sights, the celestial music of clashing cymbals, twanging guitars^ harsh flageolets, and shrill flutes. The annual Regattas of the Dragon Boat Feast give ai> outing to many a child and lady, who, attired in their holiday best, line the banks of the rivers, and watch the narrow snake-like boats, dashing up and down in impromptu races and spurts with their rivals from neighbouring Aillages. [See Article on Dragon Boats). AMUSEMENTS, 2S Anotlier great oviting is that on the clay for 'Ascending' on High;' many who can afford the time, go to the summit of some liigh mountain or lofty hill, in reniombrance of the deliverance of a family in olden times from destruction by a similar action. {See Article on Ascending on High.) The Full Moon Festival, when indigestible moon-cakes are seen at every confecti(jner's stall and shop, is kept gaily. Everv boat hangs out one or more tasteful paper lanterns, which, suspended from bamboo poles, make a general illumination over the dark waters of the deep and murky river, and, overhead, the full-orbed moon in harvest splendour shines down from the clear sky on a scene of tropical, oriental beauty. The faint glimmer of the tiny craft i.s eclipsed anon by boats, all ablaze with one glow of light from innumerable lamps. Tliese larger vessels slowly float down the stream in the distance. Visits to, flower gardens give a variety to the monotony of every-day life, and even the sombre worship at the tombs, after the prescribed ceremonials are through, is transformed into pleasant picnics, and happy family reunions. Besides these out-door entertaiirments, there are different games of cards, dominoes, chess, &c., the two former bjing- almo.st invariably associated with gambling. [See Article on Gambling). Numerous other games are played, whose whole end and object is gambling pure and simple: amongst which mav be noted jjames with dice, enc umters of fiiifhting crickets, and quail matches. The jeiinesse don'e of a literary (U- artistic taste also amuse tliemselve.s and while away the passing hour by wine parties, at which capping of verses takes place. Their leisure moments are sometimes beguiled by pen and ink sketches on fans, by inscriptions- on the same articles of necessity for a warm climate, or by the composition of antithetical sentences, which are inscribed on scrtjlls and presented as souvenirs to friends. Out-door sports are not in vogue with the Chinaman. When one sees anything appr(jaching the kind going on. there is almost always sure to be some utilitarian object in view, as in archery, which is practised for the military- 24. TIIfXGS CHINESE. examinations. (Sei Article on Army, and last paragraph of Article on Examinations.) The gymnastic exercises with heavy weights are underbtken with the same object. Very rarely one may see a few young Celestial swells paddling together in a canoe, but this is uncommon enough not to be a typical sight As to out-door games, the most violent in which adults, engage is sliuttlecock. (See Article on Shuttlecock.) A iiiore sedentary pastime is that of flying kites. {See Article on Kites) in which grown-up men indulge, while youngsters stand by and look on. Very ingenious are the diffc^rent forms and shapes of kites made, and some, like birds, are so well manipulated, when in the air, as to deceive one at first sight. Blind singing girls perambulate the streets at night, ready to accompany their song with the guitar (p'ei-p'a), itinerant ballad-singers of the other sex can be hired by the day. Story-tellers are pretty sure to get a good crowd round them while interesting episodes in Chinese history are recounted to their listeners. In any open space, or lining the bro-id^'r streets, are peep-shows, the more crude native production being repLiced in many cases, during the last twenty or thirty years, by stereoscopic views. Jugglers, and Punch and Judy shows, performing monkeys, as well as gymnasts, are always certain of a circle of admiring spectators. The ladies join in a few of these amusements, as has already been pointed out, but are debarred from the great majority of those which cannot be enjoyed in the privacy of their dwellings. They kill time by playing cards and dominoes, occasionally going to the theatre, gossiping, and visiting — when they are quickly carried in closed chairs through the narrow streets invisible to everyone, and every- one and everytiiing nearly invisible to them. As to childrens' toys and sports, though one writer in iin English periodical very sapiently (?) remarks that there are no toys in China, yet it needs but a few steps in a Chinese city, in the south at all events, to show the absurdity ANCESTRAL WORSHIP. 25 ■of the statement. Besides taking their share in the enjoy- ments of their elders, they have more especially for their benefit, tops, paper lanterns in the shape of fish, iron marbles, toy cannon and weapons^ and a thousand and one different games and toys with which the ingenuity of the caterers for their amusement fills the toy- shops, and covers the stalls at the street corners. As yet no borrowing of modern, western out-door sports has taken place. The boys which congregate round the cricket-ground in Hongkong may be seen playing a s'treet- boy's game of cricket where any stick does for a bat and .anything round for a ball; and in Singapore a few Chinese have begun to play this essentially English game, many of them being babas, i.e., Straits-born Chinese : but it will probably be many a long day before English sports and games are introduced to any appreciable extent in China itself amongst the natives. They are too violent for respectable Chinese to engage in. and consequently not -dignified enough in their character, looked at from an oriental stand-point. The Chinese school-boy is not brought lip in an atmosphere of athletics and physical education as English youths are. If with us such a training is sometimes ■carried to an excess, there can be no doubt that the Chinese err in the opposite direction. The motto drummed into the Chinese youngster is that — 'Play is of no benefit a' all.' ANCESTRAL WORSHIP.— Ancestral worship is filial piety gone mad. True to their practice of retaining •customs and habits for centuries and milleniums, the Chinese nation has not given up this most ancient form of worship, and the original worship of ancestors, like the older formation of rocks on the earth's surface, is strong as the everlasting hills, and, though overlaid by other cults, as the primary rocks are by other strata, is still at the foundation; nearly all the other methods of worship being later additions and accretions. The worshipping of ancestors thus underlies most of their religion, and many of their -every-day acts and deeds. Social customs, judicial decisions, 26 THINGS CHINESE. appointments to the office of prime minister, and even the- succession to tlie throne arc influenced by it. A magistrate, for instance, will punish a criminal much more lightly if he- is the eldest or only son, in case one or both of his parents have recently died, than he otherwise would, for fear of preventing him sacrificing to the dead. An Emperor on accession to the throne must be younger than his predecessor, in order to worship him. Ancestial worship has been defined as including not only the direct worship of the dead, but also whatever is done directly or indirectly for their comfort; also all that is done to avert the calamities which the spirits of the departed are supposed to be able to inflict upon the living, as a punishment for inattention to their necessities. Under sucli a description as this, the actions which it gives rise to will be found to permeate nearly every phase of Chinese life:— concubinage, adoption, house-building (both of private dwellings and clubs), the institution of the Tung-wa Hospital, the laying out of streets, modes of revenge, and methods of capital punishment, all are partly due to the same c;iase. The consuming desire to have sons, and the despising Of daughters centre in this, and many of their superstitions and beliefs take their motive force from it. This worship is the only one that is entitled to the name of the National Religion of China, as the dead are the objects of worship of poor and rich,^y-oung and old. throughout the length and breadth of this immense empire. The Chinese are willing to relinquish every other form of worship and religion, but this is so interwoven into the texture and fabric of their every-day life, and has such a firm hold on them, that scarcely anything, short of the miraculous, forces them to give it up, with such tenacity of purpose do they cling to it. The Roman Catholics, with more worldly wisdom than piety, allowed their converts at one time to. retain this worsJiip — though not now; the Protestant missionaries find it the most formidable obstacle to the introduction of Christianity; the Mohammedans in China do not allow it; and it is one of the strongholds of opposition to all Western progress and science. ANCESTRAL WORSHIP. 27 Believing that the spirits in the next world stand iii: need of the same comforts and necessities as the inhabitants of this world, they hold it is the bounden duty of friends- and relatives of the deceased to forward these to them; but with that curious trait of the Chinese mind which believes in large promises, but small fulfilments — in great sho\Y and little reality — the articles sent into the spirit Avorld for the use of their departed relatives, instead of being the veritable articles used in this stage of existence, are, like so many Things Chinese, shams. For houses, boats, clothes, sedan-chairs, bills of exchange, mock-silver dollars, and every conceivable object of use in this mundane sphere of existence, have paper and bamboo models made of them. Expense of course, is not spared in the production <;)f these objects, but still it aaIU readily be understood that objects made of such flimsy materials cannot be worth a tenth or a hundredth, nor even sometimes a thousandth part of the genuine article. These are forwarded into the next W(.)rld by being burned. They proceed even further, fir they send! supplies to the beggar spirits, who may have been neglected by living relatives, or who may have no relatives living, and to the spirits of those who have died at sea, in war, of starvation, or abroad. They believe that nearly all tlie ills to which flesh is heir, such as sickness, calamity, and death are inflicted by these unfortunate and demoniacal spirits. The usual, if not universal belief with the Chinese, is,. that a man possesses three souls. After death one goes into- the Ancestral Tablet prepared for it, where it receives the worship of the man's descendants at proper and stated times : at such times also, worship is paid at the grave to another soul; while the third goes into the nether world to receive the rewards or punishments of the deeds done in this, finally to return to the upper world again as a god, a man, a beast, a bird, or a reptile according to its merits. This third soul can also be worshipped at the City Temple, the god of which is the ruler of departed spirits, and has an entourage of oflicials, lictors, and attendants, like the Governor of a Chinese 28 THINGS CHINESE. City. Bribery and corruption reign rampant there amongst tlie spirits, just as in the venal workl of" China. The Ancestral Tablet is generally a plain, oblong piece ■of hard MOod. split nearly the whole way up. and stuck into a small transverse block of wood. On one of the inner surfaces and on the front outer surface, are written the name and age of the deceased with other particulars. Incense is ^hurnt night and morning before the tablet, and the near relatives prostrate themselves before it for forty-nine days, at those times. The following is the story of the origin oi the custom: — 'The custom of erecting a tablet to the dead is said to have •originated during the Chau dynasty (B.C. 350) when one, Kai Tsz-chui, attendant on the sovereign of Tsin, cut out a piece of his thigh and caused it to be dressed for His Majesty, who was fainting with hunger. Kai Tsz-chui, not being able to continue his march from the pain he suffered, concealed himself in a wood. This prince on his arrival at the state of Tsi sent soldiers to take care of him, but they, being unable to discover him, set fire to the wood where he was burnt to death. The prince, on discovering the corpse, erected a tablet to his manes which he begged to accompany home, and there caused incense to be offered to him daily.' The Tablets used by the boat people in Canton are smaller, and differ in other respects also from those used on shore. Immediately after death, plain ones are in vogue amongst the floating population, but after three years or so they arc ornamented and painted. A very curious custom -also prevails amongst this tan-k't people in connection with this mattei". Images are made of deceased members of the family, and, what is still more curious, these images are of the children wlio have died — curious, because cliildren are not ancestors, and the Chinese do not erect tablets to anyone under twenty years of ago \vho has not been married. The boys are usually represented in these cases as riding on lions or white horses, and the girls on white storks. The Man-tsz Aborigines, in Western Sz-Chuen, take an unburnt piece of wood from the funeral pyre; on the smooth surface they picture a rude likeness of the head of the family who has been there cremated, and place this in the house as the Ancestral Tablet. ARCHITECTURE. 29- When a Chinese directs in his will that a certain portion of his estate is to be reserved for the carrying out of ceremonies at his grave, in accordance with tlie principles of" ancestral worship, English Courts of Law, in the cases that have conic before them, have decided that such a bequest is void, as tending to a perpetuity, and money cannot be bound up for an indefinite period, which is not intended for a charitable purpose. {See cases of Yip Cheng Neo *'. Ong Cheng Neo, L. R. 6 P. C, Appeals 381 ; also Hoare v. Osborne, L. R. 1. Eq. 585. The latest decision is, 'In the- matter of the estate of Tio Wing Yung (Judgt.).' reported in *China Mail,' of 6th May, 1891.) JidoJm rt'comincndcd. — 'An Pjssay on Ancestral Worship." by Kevd. M. T. Y'ates, D.D.. dealing with it generally, and another 'The Attitude uf Chri:. Article on ' C!hinese Architecture, by Dr. Edkius, and Article in the same number, by S. R. von Fries on 'The Tent Theory of Chinese Architecture,' and the Report of the Discussions on the two Papers in the same number. 'L'Art Chinois,' lieading of • Architecture,' by M. Palelogue'. Same subject in Williams' ' Middle Kingdom.' and in most text-books on China. An account of Ca\'e Dwellings is found in Williamson's 'Travels in North China. ARMS. — To find a counterpart to the arms which the Chinese have used in the past, and which are still not obsolete amongst them, one must turn to some of the weapons employed amongst us in the west in the time, for instance, of the Tudors, the Stuarts, and the Coramon- Avealth; for the antiquated spears, pikes, and halberds, like those of mediaeval Europe, are still modern instruments of warfare amongst this ancient people, and, though fast being- superseded, they have not yet been entirely laid aside. Of spears, there are a number of varieties ; among which may be noticed one similar to the partisan of the time of ARMS. 37 James I., called a Icik; another is like the pike of the time of Cromwell, called a t'iii; and yet another, somewhat like a voulge or boulge, of the time of Henry TIL Of halberds, there are several different kinds, known as Via fa fit: some of which resemble the halberds of the times of Henry YIIL, Charles H., and the double axed halberd of the time of Charles I. ; while another variety, known as the pun, ijilt fit, from the crescent on one side, resembles one of the time of Henry VII. ; another, also called a hih, is like one used during the reign of William IH. All these halberds and spears, with the exception of the A'oulge and the pike, are also ancient weapons amongst the Chinese. It seems curious that there should be such a similarity between the ancient weapons of nations so widely separated by distance from one another. A trident, a formidable weapon, is also amongst the arms of the Chinese. Swords and dagsjars are thus distinii-uished in China: a sword (kin\) is two-edg_ul; a dagger [to) has only one edge. Further, swords are always single, while daggers may be single or in pairs ; in the latter case, one side of each ■dagger is flat, so that tlie two may lie close together and fit into one scabbard or sheath; thus occasionally a Chinese •dagger would, by us be termed a sword. The common sword amongst the Chinese is like a Roman sword, but probably a little longer. At one time the Chinese officers carried swords, while the men were armed with daggers. A second kind of sword, but coming under the category of daggers, has a flat belly, or blade, wliich tapers away to a sharp jpoint. The sword would seen to be guardless, having a transverse bar simply, the hand grasping the short hilt above it, being entirely unprotected, while in the flat bellied sword mentioned above, and in many daggers, a guard runs from the bar at the hilt, forming a semi-circle with the rest of the handle; this cross piece being only on the edge side. Bows and arrows also form part of the equipment of soldiers are who not armed with western weapons of pre- •cision, though it is said that in modern times they are more for show at examinations than for use in battle. The bows 38 THINGS CHINESE. are made of horn and bamboo. Cross-bows have also been employed by the Chinese in warfare. Dr. Williams thus describes the matchlock and cannon : — The matchlock is of wrought iron and plain bore ; it has a longer barrel than the musket, so long that a rest is sometimes attached to the stock for greater ease in firing ; the match is a cord of hemp or coir, and the pan must be uncovered with the hand before it can be fired, which necessarily interferes with, and almost prevents its use in wet or windy weather. The cannon are cast, and, although not of very uniform calibre from the mode of manufacture, are serviceable for salutes. The cannon in use before recent years were all muzzle- loaders, some on the city walls in Canton being more than two hundred years old. Of late, breach-loaders and rifles of modern European construction have been coming into use, as portions of the Chinese army are being provided with them [See Article on Army); but many of the Chinese mandarins are wedded to their old style, and when reverses occurred in the recent war with Japan, believing that they were due to the use by their own soldiers of rifles and modern arms, they proceeded to cast thousands of gingals, so as to provide their army with them and ensure victory. Gingals, or jingals, are long tapering guns, six to fourteen feet in length, borne on the shoulders of two men and fired by a third. They have a stand, or tripod, reminding one of a telescope. By means of these stands, they are set in the bulwarks of boats, when employed in naval warfare, or for the protection of peaceful merchantmen, and being less liable to burst than cannon, they form the most effective gun the Chinese possess. Two men jingals are a little over ten Chinese feet long, and are of large bore. When ready to be fired, the front rank man grasps hold of the middle of the barrel as it rests in the hollow of his right shoulder, while the rear man takes aim and draws the trigger. Formerly the flash-pan was used, but with the introduction of percussion caps, the jingals have been fitted with nipples. These weapons are claimed to have conquered China, being introduced by the Manchus when they invaded the empire of the Ming dynasty, and with jingals, Chinese Turkestan was conquered by the Emperor Chien-lung's armies in the 17th century. The ordinary charge for ARMY. 39 a jingal of this sort is a good handful of gunpowder, with a two- and-a-half ounce bullet. Sometimes on the battle-field, the jingals are loaded with an extra allowance of gunpowder, and three bullets — often four — are rammed in to create as much destruction as possible. Another weapon of attack used in naval warfare, and especially by pirates, is what is known amongst English- speaking people as the stink pot: — 'This unsavoury name conveys a wrong impression, as the article so described, bears but little resemblance, in shape or material, to its namesake used some centuries ago by pirates on the Atlantic side. The proper name for them is "hand-bomb" or "hand-grenade." They are simply earthern pots, large enough to contain from two or three pounds of powder ; the opening at the top is very small, and after they are filled with gunpowder, the lids are cemented on with chunam, which renders the whole air-tight and impervious tO' damp. Around the pot, and on the lid of it, a lot of slow matches are attached. The man who throws the "hand-bomb," stands on the yard of the foresail, at the foremast head, in the same way as a leadsman does with a hand lead when taking soundings. At the right moment he lets it go, so that it will fall amongst the men on the opposing vessel. The concussion, when it strikes, causes it to break, when the powder comes into contact with the burning match and explodes. Junks defend themselves against these "hand-bombs" by spreading a fishing net or something similar, tightly drawn about seven feet above the deck. When the "hand-bombs" strike the net, its elasticity causes them to re-bound, and fall overboard before they explode. The only smell observable in the explosion of these "hand-bombs" is that of ordinary gunpowder. The powder used contains more charcoal and less saltpetre than ordinary powder, hence it explodes with less force and rapidity. The special virtue of these "hand-bombs" in defence and attack, is that in exploding, they throw the pieces of the pot about with great force, the hot fragments inflicting severe wounds and burns on anyone within range. They are a mild kind of bombshell, being much slower in operation and less deadly in effect than the ordinary shell. The deadly smell supposed to be connected with them is all a fiction.' BonJts ri'commended. — Scc next Article. ARMY — The military elements, which may be grouped together under the general term of the Chinese army, are various in number and different in composition. The three main, but quite distinct, divisions are : — (1) The eight banners, comprising 'all living Manchoos and descendants of the Mongolian and Chinese soldiery of the conquest.' These furnish guards for the palace and garrisons in various chief cities and other places. 40 THINGS CHINESE. (2) The Chinese provincial army of the * Green Standard/ comprising the Lmd and marine forces. The former numbers 400,000 or 500,000, and is 'an effete organisation discharging the duties of sedentary garrisons, and local constabulary.' (3) The braves or irregulars, enlisted or disbanded as required, and used for actual warfare. No approximate guess can be made of their numbers. A later return from a native newspaper gives the following as the troops garris(jned in the eigliteen provinces of China Proper, not counting those in the ]\ranchurian and Mongolian provinces, and the New Dominion ; but it must \)Q remembered that in China, returns on paper as to numbers of troops in existence are ver\' different from the reality, or. in other words, the soldiers for whom pay is di'awn are considerably more in nnmber than those who actually receive the money, fn- here, as in every brancli of the Chinese service, peculation by the officials is to be f )und. We give the numbers, however, for what they are worth: — Chih-li . 42,532 Shan-tuno^ .. 20,174 Shan-si . 2),531. Ho-nan . 13,835 Kiang-su . 50,13i Ngan-hui .. 8.T2S Kiang-si . 13,832 Fu-kien .. cn,3ot Che-kiang . 39,009 Hu-pch ... .. 22,740 Hu-nan . 35,590 Shen-si ... .. 42 260 Kan-su . 55,819 Sze-chueu .. 33,188 Kuang-tung . . . 69,052 Kuang-si .. 23,408 Yun-nan . 42,549 Kwei-chow . .. 48,490 Making a total of 650,178 We learn from still another authority, that the Chinese army in time of peace is supposed to number 300,000 men ; that there are 500 in a camp, and that from three to fifteen camps are to be found in the neighbourhood of a city or village with generals in command. Bodies of the troops are being trained, in the European style of warfare, at Peking and other important centres; the ARMY. 41 bugle-call is now heard in the north at Tientsin, as well as in the heart of the empire at Hankow, and in the south it is also making itself familiar to ears which, a few years since, only knew the sound uf the gong and drum; but the numbers so drilled form, as yet, but a small proportion of the whole armed force of China. Matchlocks, gingals, bows and arrows, spears and lances, are still the weapons of many. Sometimes foreign arms are put into the hands of the soldiers without proper instruction, and at other times costly weapons rust and are rendered completely useless from neglect. It is said, that for five years previous to 1892, 50,000 men with European weapons were stationed on the coast of the Gulf of Chihli, and that part of the number were instructed by European officers, who were mostly German. The foreign officers, however, are not, as a rule, employed for any other purpose than to teach the soldiers their drill and the use of their weapons : as a German writer remarks, ' kein fremder Offizier erhillt ein Commando oder •die Befugnisse cines Generalstabs-offiziers oder Adjutnnten.' The notable exceptions h;ive been the cases of Generals Gordon and Mesny. The old-fashioned native forts which mostly do duty throughout the len<2:th and breadth of the land, and wliich until lately were the only fortifications to be found, are ridiculous, looked at from a European military stsindpoint. Long rambling walls of brick are to be seen cHuibing up the hill sides (as at the old Bogue Forts at the entrance to the Canton River), crenellated for the muzzle-loading cannon, a few specimens of which perhaps do duty in time of peace, to be hastily supplemented in time of war by others ; or at other places, on more level ground, smaller square forts may be seen, which would perhaps have done well enough in the mediaeval ages for the purposes for which they were built, being strong enough, doubtless, for the internal well-being of the country, and as a protection against Chinese rebels armed with Chinese weapons. On the coast, at the diff"erent treaty ports, as well as at some other places, such as at Port Arthur, and the Bogue, already mentioned, fortifications after 42 THINGS CHINESE. the European style have been constructed, and breech-loading- guns, of modern European make, have been provided, Krupp guns, it was stated several years ago, were being made in Yun-nan, and as time goes on the establishment of more arsenals will probably be of use in meeting the present wants of the Chinese soldier in the way of arms. The Chinese * * have several batteries of breech-loading artillery attached to their Manchu forces distributed over the Empire. Every province has a contingent of foreign-drilled troops, who have been taught by native instructors who learned their drill from German soldiers. There is unfortunately, however, but little hope for the present, of military reform being carried out in China on any large scale, at all events, to be of utility in the defence of the country against wanton attacks in the future. Since the Japanese war, the question of the reorganisation of the army has naturally been supposed to be one of the fii'st steps that would be taken. That there was a necessity for it seemed patent to every eye. After such a severe blow it was thought by many that China would take immediate steps to bring herself into line Avith her more warlike neighbour, and thus, by a visible readiness against attack, provide against such a contingency. However, no eifective steps would appear to have been taken yet with this end in view. There is no national army in China in the modern sense of the term, and no common arm provided for the various provincial forces, nor is the training uniform, nor their organisation on the same basis. Decentralisation i& the order of the day with regard to those small forces which are armed with modern weapons of precision. A few of the Viceroys, more progressive than the old school of Chinese officials, engage officers to instruct small bodies of men ; but there is no uniformity of purpose in the matter, and the same Viceroy will sometimes engage instructors from different countries who, of course, have been trained in different schools. As to their troops, there is no commissariat, and there are no stores of ammunition or other necessaries. The uniform of the comnion Chinese soldier consists of a loose jacket andliDOse trousers: the formal- brown, yellow^ ARMY. 4a^ or blue, with a wide facing on the edge of another colour ; the trousers are usually blue. In a big circle, on both front and back of the jacket, are Chinese characters denoting the branch of the service they are connected with, &c. The common cloth shoes and a conical, small, bamboo hat com- plete the outfit. The pay of the soldiers is very small : insufficient in fact to support the men, and they are forced, in order to provide the necessaries of life, to engage in civil employment or private work, though in the expenditure of the empire is put the sum of 21,600,000 Taels, being the pay of 600,000 infantry at the rate of three taels a month, half in money and half in rations, and 11,616,000 Taels for the pay of 242,000 cavalry at four Taels a month, but, with all the peculations that take place before it reaches the hand of the private soldier, and the months of pay he is often in arrears, the reality does not come up to the statements on paper. There does not appear to be a uniform rate of pay, for in important places where the soldiers are under foreign methods of instruction, as at Tientsin, Foochow, and the Bogue, a higher rate prevails, ranging from |12 to |20 a month, and it is more regularly given. The soldiers in the retinue of a Viceroy are also better paid, but the ordinary Chinese private gets very little. A dollar may be given to him once every ten days, being at the rate of ten cents a day, while another ten cents is held over by the Mandarin and perhaps given to him in a lump sum at New Year's time, or at the different festivals. It may be interesting to compare the pay of the Chinese soldier with tliat of the British and German private in English money. The German soldier gets 4^d. a day ; the British soldier, Is.; and the Chinese, when be gets what is due to him, as above, say about 3^d., and supposing also all his deferred pay to be given to him, often a most unlikely thing, the whole may amount to the rate of about 7d. a day. It must be remembered that the 3^d. a day supplies him with all the food he gets. No pension nor invalid allowance is provided,* nor is there any medical staff corps nor army medical corps, and the sufferings the Chinese soldier- U THINGS CHINESE. undergoes in the field, not only from the horrors of war, but also from malaria and disease, are dreadful to contemplate. In imitation of the Civil Service examinations in vogue in China there has been introduced during the present dynasty, a series of examinations for the army. A gradation similar to those for the literary degree has been established, the successful candidates at the higher of which are awarded the same titles of Sla-ts'ai, Kil-jin, and Tsin-sz; the highest degree! is also competed for at Peking. [See Article on Examinations.) No knowledge of letters in general is required of the candidates, though the Literary Chancellor^ before conferring tlie title of Siu-tsai on them, tests them on their literary attainments. What is required for a successful pass is muscle, as shown in the lifting of lieavy weights, ssvordsmfinship, and skill in archery. The latter is sliown both on foot and on horseback. A straight trench, a foot or two in depth and wide enough for a pony to run in comfortably, is dug in the parade ground, and, mounted on horseback, the aspirant for militaiy honours galhjps or trots at a brisk pace along this. As the pony has simply to go straight along the trench, tlie liorseman is able to devote his whole attention to his archery. Provided with a sufficient number of arrows he thus s\viftly passes the targets, three in number, and about fifteen or twenty feet distant from iiim as he passes, and lets fly an arrow at each, the distance between them being s ) fixed as "to give liim time to pull an arrow from his quiver and fix it on the string. A gong is beaten at each target, on a successful hit being made, to apprise the examiner who is seated in a pavilion at the end of the course. Though the successful candidates are rewarded witli the same degrees, if one may be allowed to use the term, as those conferred on civilians, yet, as it is merely by bodily strength and a quick eye that they g'ain them, the people, who most wisely do not valu'i military distinctions, attach but little honour to such, and a military officer is considered to be of a much inferior grade to a civil one. The naval officers -are selected from the same successful candidates. As one ARMY. 45 writer has well said: — 'No knowledge of tactics, gunnery, engineering, fortifications, or even letters in general, seems to be required of them; and this explains the inefficiency of the army, and the low estimation its officers are held in.' An acquaintance with the theories of Sun-tsz, Wu-tsz, Sz-ma, and other venerable and antique authors, is expected of candidates for a military degree. These are a study for the philosopher and disciplinarian rather than for the tactician . The Chinese is not a fighting animal. Pitted against Europeans, his tactics have been often like those of the native dog — ^much bluster, but little done, and easily driven off. It is said Chinese soldiers are brave in flight, for the word 'brave' is written on the back of their jackets, but it is also written in front, and when properly drilled, armed, and led, they are not wanting in courage, as the Ever Victorious Army, under General Gordon, gave proof. The Chinese army of 1876-7, which reconquered eastern Tur- kestan, acknowledged to have been a most brilliant achievement, was officered and led by Chinamen. They conquered Kashgar with an army armed with European weapons, and showed considerable science in the art of war. Their soldiers were drilled according to foreign methods and marched in obedience to officers trained in European principles, and their Geneials manoeuvred their troops in accordance with the teaching of the most advanced military authorities. Besides, their history is as full of brave deeds and desperate valour on the field of battle as that of any other people. The Chinese nation possesses the raw material to turn out Avhat are known as good soldiers; but they possess scarcely any, or but very few, native officers capable of developing this raw material into efficient warriors, fit to stand before an army trained in western warfare ; and further the whole Chinese system, or rather want of system, added to the corruption in the ranks of those who pretend to lead them, militates entirely against the Chinese Tommy Atkins being anything but a coward before the Avestern foe, and a desperado and robber in the piping times of peace amongst his own countrymen. The quiet and peace-loving, home-abiding Chinaman, may well say, ' Defend us from our 46 THINGS CHINESE. ■defenders.' Martial law prevails in the Chinese army, and very summary justice is dealt out to any soldier detected in any flagrant crime; for he has short shrift, his superior officers having the power of life and death in their hands, without the necessity of referring to the Emperor for •confirmation of the sentence. The Chinese soldier thus holds his life in his hand in times of peace as well as in times of war. The following estimate of the qualities of the Chinese as soldiers may prove of interest in this connection : — The old notion is pretty well got rid of, that they are a cowardly people when properly paid and efficiently led; while the regularity and order of their habits, which dispose them to peace in ordinary times, give place to a daring, bordering upon recklessness, in times of war. Their intelligence and capacity for remembering facts make them well fitted for use in modern warfai-e, as do also the coolness and calmness of their disposition. Physically, they are on the average not so strong as Europeans, but considerably more so than most of the other races of the east; and on a cheap diet of rice, vegetables, salt-fish and pork, they can go through a vast amount of fatigue, whether in a temperate climate or a tropical one, where Europeans are ill-fitted for exertion. Their wants are few; they have no caste prejudices, and hardly any appetite for intoxicating liquors. Being of a lymphatic or lymphatic-bilious temperament, they enjoy a re- markable immunity from inflammatory disease, and the tubeixular diathesis is little known amongst them. The soldiers are often employed in China in duties which would be considered by western military authorities as outside their proper functions. Construction of the Government railway in Formosa, building walls, and even scavenging may be given as examples of the extra military labours which they are called upon to perform at times. Boohs recotmnendcd. — Mayer's 'Chinese Government.' 'Account of the Arm}' of the Chinese Empire,' by Sir Thos. Wade, in Chinese Repository,' Vol. XX., pp. 250, 3U0, and 363. ' Memoiies sur les Chinois,' torn. VII., gives a translation into French of the Chinese text books for juilitary candidates, accompanied by remarks upon movements adorned with numerous engravings illustrating both arms and armed array.' 'Die tJhinesische Armee,' von Major a. D. Pauli, an article in 'Schorers Familienblatt' Heft 7, 1892. 'China, von einem friiheren Instiucteur in der Chinesischen Armee,' Leipziz, 1892, a small pami-hlet, containing some ten pages on the Chinese arinj-. The 'China Mail' of 22nd Juh', 1892, contains an account of scavenging by soliliers, and the 'Hongkong Daily Press' of 11th October, 1893, notices the praying to the spirits to direct the aim of the guns. See Article on Arms. ART. 47 ART. — Painting is still in a backward stage in China; the laws of perspective, and light and shade, are almost unknown, though the former is occasionally honoured with a, slight recognition. Height usually represents distance in a Chinese painting, that is to say, distant objects are put at the top of the picture, and nearer ones below them, while but little difference is made in the size. As regards light and shade, no shading is put into many Chinese landscapes, though M. Paleologue states that native artists have sometimes attained to the expression of the most artistic and delicate effects of light and shade, instancing the grand landscape school of the T*ang dynasty as producing perfect works under this class. The arrangement of objects, and the grouping of persons in natural attitudes, would appear not to be taught according to our ideas on the subject. Symmetry is the object aimed at; the subsidiary parts are treated Avith as much care as the principal; the smallest details are elaborated with as much minuteness as the most important. Figures are nearly always represented full-faced; and the heads are often stuck on at a forward angle of forty-five degrees to the rest of the body ; this being the scholar's habitual attitude and one indicative of much study. What the Chinese delineator considers of prime importance is the representation of the status occupied by the subject : as his rank in the official service, or grade in the literary corps, or social position. The presentation of a living, feeling soul, revealed in its index, the face, sinks into utter insignificance in comparison with the exposition of the external advantages of rank and fortune, or of the tattered rags of the old beggar fluttering in the breeze. Rough outline sketches, in ink, of figures and landscapes are much admired. In these, impossible mountains, chaotic masses of rock, flowers, trees, and boats, are depicted in such a manner as to call forth but little enthusiasm from the Western observer. As draftsmen, their forte lies in taking the portrait of some single portion of nature's handiwork. Many of these they have analysed with great care, and so well studied as to hit off a likeness with a very few strokes of the pencil * * *. There is a peculiarity 48 THINGS CHINESE. among the Chinese which has risen from the command they have over the pencil — they hold it in nearly a perpendicular direction to the paper, and are therefore able, from the delicacy of its point, to draw lines of the greatest fineness, and, at the same time, from the elastic nature of the hairs, to make them of any breadth they please. The broad strokes for the eyelash and the beard are alike executed by a single effort of the pencil. It has been pointed out tliat the exigencies of Chinese writing demand an education of the eye and hand, analogous to that required in designing. The handling of the hair brush — the Chinese pen — every day gives a facility and readiness of touch and expression Tlie Chinese artist has learned a lesson which has only within the last few years been understood by us in our natural history museums — he copies all the parts of a bird in detail, and then, it has been aptly said; He studies the attitudes, and the peculiar passions of which atti- tudes are the signs, and thus represents birds as they are in real life, c- o c- though they may be rudely executed in some of their details. Nor is this fidelity confined to birds alone, neither is it a new advance in their art, as we find it recorded of Ts'ao Fuh-hing, a famous painter of the third century, that, having painted a screen for the Sovereign, he added the representation of a fly so perfect to nature that the Emperor raised his hand to brush the fly off. We ourselves have seen a cat go up to examine a bird which was drawn standing on a spray in a most natural manner. These stories point out one of the most striking characteristics of certain Chinese painting — its graphic character — and remind us of Apelles' horse which the living- horses neighed to, as well as the other famous story of a horse trying to eat a sheaf of corn on the canvas. -With equally minute care they faithfully copy flowers, bamboos, and trees, noting carefully the minute ramifications of branches, as well as the action of each particular kind of wind on the objects painted; Avhile, however, all these points are being attended to with a patience worthy of the highest commendation,, as it produces a sort of fidelity to nature, yet at the same time the Avhole perchance is vastly deficient in correspondence and proportion. This entering into the mysteries of nature and the reproduction of some of them with an approach almost to photographic fidelity, ART. 4i> scarcely to be expected from them, judging by some of the other productions of tlieir pencils, is of interest and use to the botanical student, since the illustrations in such a native work, for instance, as the great Materia Medica, rhe' Peri Ts'ao, give a far better idea from their, in many instance?, great truthfulness, than the mere letter-press would convey to the foreign student. Their attempts at depicting animal life result in rude, uncouth forms, but the conventionality of the attitudes of the human figure frequently lends a charm which does not attach to many of their products. The proportion and grouping together of the componenr parts of a picture are defined by a conventional canon, to the rigid adherence of which is due much of the unreality so con- spicuous in their attempts at portraying the human passions,' and they have remained at the same in)perfect development of this branch of their art for many centuries; (tiiis stage has been compared to that of Italian painting in the time of Giotto and Simone Memmi), added to which is their entire ignorance of anatomy, the result of this ignorance being- often a caricature of the human body. At the same time all praise must be given to the delicacy of their colouring, which, without any scientific laws to guide them, they seem intuitively to know hoj^vto apply. They are very fond of their works of art, and the mansions of the wealthy are hung with scrolls depicting landscapes and sprays of flowers, with birds, and insect life, etc. Even the poorer classes adorn their humbler dwellings with cheaper specimens of pictorial art, and scarcely a boat of any pretensions on the Canton river but is ornamented with a few pictures, while the sellers of sketches in black and white find a ready sale for their Avares in the streets. It is necessary, however, to remember that our commend- ation is awarded to purely native art, the bastard productions of those daubers who seem to thrive in Hongkong and some of the Treaty Ports being altogether beneath contempt. The Chinese, in some localities, are clever at fresco or encaustic painting, which they employ upon their temples and better class houses in the form of panels and friezes D 50 THINGS CHINESE. l)oth inwardly and externally. {See Article on Architecture.) ^ever, so far as we can learn, have they made any use o€ oil as a medium for their pigments, but it must, of course, be remembered that the latter addition to the painter's Tesources was equally unknown in Europe down to the fifteenth century. The native pigments are very primitive, and their cakes, or sticks, of water-colour are on a par with the very cheapest toy outfits of an English juvenile. Their Chinese ink, however, is admirable and superior to any other in the world. Their pencils and brushes, also, leave little to be desired, being exactly adapted to their manner of work. It would be impossible, however, for an English water-colourist to produce his effects with such tools, and it would be idle to <3xpect the celestial to make any advance in art until he throws over his conservatism and adopts the paper, colours, and brushes of modern Europe. Religion, nature, history, and literature, have all in- :spired the Chinese artist with a UKjre or less varying degree of success. If implicit credence were to be given to the accounts of the Chinese themselves, painting was first practised B.C. 2 6()0, but the art in China lia? quite a veirerable enough' antiqtiity without ascribing to it such a hoary one. Mural decoration appears to have been the first application of it, and the Chinese Emperors frequently had the walls of their palaces so adorned. In the third century before the Christian era, paintings were made on bamboo and silk, whether pen and ink sketches, or in colour, it is difficult to say ; but a great impetus was given to the art, when, in the first century of our era, paper was invented. The first painter of whose labours mc possess any ■definite record, belongs to the third century of the Christian era, over six hundred years after the period of Zeuxis, thougii Dr Anderson, from wlumv we quote, imfornis us, that a passing allusion to a portrait is found in the works of Confucius. The same authority says that the Oliinese must have attained to sonic profi:;iency in the art ART. 51 of drawing before the Buddhist era : it is probable that the liigher development of painting in China was due to the influence exercised by specimens of Indian and Greek art introduced with the Buddhist religon. At the head of the list of Chinese painters stands then the name of Ts'ao Fuh-hing, the memory of those who preceded him liaving been lost, a retainer of the Emperor Wu Sun K'iian (A.D. 24-0-251). He was famous for Buddhist pictures and sketches of Dragons, and he is the hero of the marvellous story of the fly. Another story is that of a dragon which was painted by him and preserved until the Sung dynasty, when it produced rain in a time of drought. The second artist Avhose name has been preserved is tliat of Chang Sang-yiu. He painted Buddhist pictures for the devout monarch Wu Ti' (A.D. 502-5i9). Anderson thus writes concerning him:— ' It is doubtful whether any of his works are now in existence, but his style has been handed down by followers, amongst whom arc numbered many famous masters of the brush.' Another wonderful dragon story is narrated of him. It 'credits him with the delineation of a dragon of such miraculous semblance to ••nature" that with the final touches the pictured monster b3camo suddenly inspired with life, and in the midst of sable clouds and deafening peals of thunder, burst through the walls to vanish into space ' The second epoch commences some time after the intro- duction of Buddhism into China. This religion exerted a beneficent effect on the stagnant state of ancient art with the new vistas it opened out, and the new fields for fresh achievements. Buddhism was vigorous in those days, and Buddhist monasteries were multiplied to such an enormous extent, that in A.D. 845 there were more than four millions of them. They were schools of literature and art, and many paintings were executed on long rolls of silk illustrative of the life and death of the founder of Buddhism and Buddhistic subjects. Other schools arose which also devoted themselves to religious, as well as other kinds of art. Between A.D. 265 and A.D. 618. Chinese authors mention about five hundred D 2 52 THINGS CHINESE. painters of celebrity, in addition to those of the religious- school. Besides the subjects belonging more especially to- the latter, the delineation of the human face, of the animal creation, and of landscape, engaged tlie attention of the artist. One example alone may be mentioned as an instance of the high position which art held at that period: — One of the members of Mo Ti's (AD. 502-550), Privy Council was appointed to adorn the Imperial Temples with paintings. When we come to the seventh century, we find two brothers, famous painters, named Yen Li-teh and Yen Li-pun, the latter of whom is especially remembered for a series of historical portrait-studies of ancient paragons of loyalty and learning. Wu Tao-tsz is the name which merits most attention. in the eighth century. He attracted the notice of the Emperor Ming Hwang, ' with whom he remained in high favour till his death. His style is said to have been formed upon that of Chang Sang-yiu, whose spirit was believed to have reappeared upon earth in the person of his follower. His chief renown was won in religious art, but his land- scapes were remarkable for picturesque feeling and strength of design, aiid of his life-like portraitures of animals.' Also worthy of mention, though not of such renown, are the names of Wang Wei, a landscape painter holding high rank in court (A.l). 713-742), and Han Kan, ?i protege of the last, remembered chiefly for his painting of horses. Amongst other names, famous during the T"'ang dynasty as painters, may be mentioned Li Tsien and his son Li Chung- ho, noted for drawings of figures and horses; Yuen Ying, best known for his minutely drawn representations of insect life; Kiang Tao-yin and Li Cheng, landscape painters. The artistic appreciation of natural scenery existed in China many centuries before landscape played a higher part in the European picture than that of an accessory. The third epoch of Chinese art commences with the T'ang dynasty (A.D. 618-960) and ends Avith that of the Sung. At the beginning of this period, Chinese painting- divides itself into the northern and southern schools, sa ART. 53 named from the respective parts of the country in which those belonging to them resided, the chief distinction between the two being that the southern Avas less trammelled by the canons of art to which the northern school rigidly adhered. To the former belonged Ouan Mo-kie, described as one of the most original artists of China. Like many of China's artists, he was not painter alone, but poet and musician too, for the beauties of nature's landscapes, which were his special forte, were not only interpreted by his brush, but sung by his muse as Avell. He reduced his methods to writing, and for two centuries afterwards, viz.: — 'the eighth and ninth, they led the artistic world to go direct to nature as their mistress and model. The most brilliant painter of this epoch is Au To-huan. ^Mountains with pagodas, convents, and Buddhistic scenes were what he delighted to paint. Daring the ninth and tenth centuries, the painting, in all their various movements, of animals and flowers, occupied the attention of all the artists, but at the same time the Buddhist school still pursued its course and produced works of great merit. In the tenth century, two artists of the first rank deserve mention — King Hao and Hoang Tsuan. There are two specimens of the latter's style in the British Museum. The fourth epoch is that of the Sung dynasty, and is marked by a rejuvenescence of literature and art after the troubled periods which immediately preceded it; but owing to the disfavour under which Buddhism fell, the religious school of art also lapsed into a state of decadence in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, though a few artists of great ability are still to be found in this branch. The Sung dynasty was rich in famous artists. We may call attention to Muh Ki, Liang Chi, Kwoh Hi, the Emperor Hwei Tsung, Li Lungyen, Ma Yuiin, Hia Kwei, Yuh Kien, Hwui Su, and Mih YuiJn-chang. Ngan Hwui, who lived in the thirteenth century, is usually associated with the great painters of the Sung dynasty. The school of landscape artists, started on the right track under the former epoch, rose to the highest point of art. The beauties of spring-time with its joyous- 54 THINGS CHINESE. bursting of bud, leaf, and flower; the sweets of summer; the sadder traits of autumn, and the snow-clad beauties of winter, all engaged their brushes. Amongst the masters of this style may be mentioned the two Li Cheng, one the chief of the northern school, and the other belonging to the southern; the former was followed by numerous artists during the eleventh, twelfth, and part of the thirteenth centuries, but unfortunately, in the devotion to their master, they began to copy the style of the man rather than to follow him in his sincere admiration of nature herself In conjunc- tion with a new tendency, which manifested itself, each school, each studio, took as a speciality the production of a certain picturesque detail, and ceased to see landscape in its whole. As examples of this tendency may be instanced the two brothers. Ma Yuen and iMa K"'on, avIio confined themselves to pines, cypresses, cedars, and steep rocks; another only cared to reproduce the effects of snow ; others confined their attention to the feathery bamboo with its stiff stems, tender green leaves, and the graceful curves of the topmost boughs ; another speciality was clusters of flowers in the spaces between glazed tiles on a roof, — surely a singular taste; bull-finches, bamboos, and rocks are named as the objects on which Li Ti exercised his brush; snow-laden pines and clumps of trees were what another artist loved to reproduce ; while plum-trees and flowers were what Chong Jen singled out as worthy of his skill ; other jjainters had the good sense not to confine themselves to one speciality. Some wonderful productions of birds, life-like and natural, were painted during this period. The fifth epoch is that of the Yuan, or Mongol dynasty. The Mongol conquest of China stirred up the comparatively stagnant pool of Chinese native life, and introduced a stream of vivifying influence from the more western nations. Other styles of art were introduced to the Chinese, who had for some centuries seen but little from outer lands to inspire their genius, or spur on their adaptive eff"orts. These influ- ences from abroad, more felt in other branches of art, did not make such an impression on painting as one might suppose,. ART. 55- though some traces of such influence are to be found- Coupled with this, there was also a renaissance of Buddhism, which the tide of Mongol rule brought in with it, and which made itself felt in the artistic world, as well as elsewhere. The divisions, which we have noted in the Sung period, still continued. The characteristic of the painters under the Yuan dynasty is the taste for bright and brilliant colours. A tiger and cvibs, executed by one of the artists of this, dynasty, is to be seen in the British Museum. The sixth epoch is that of the Ming dynasty (A.D. 1368- 1643). Painting benefited in the first years of this dynasty by the improvements in technical art which took place, though a along the mountain roa,cls, while troups of friends and acquaintances mny be noticed chatting their loudest and enjoying the treat of a whiff of fresh air after months of confinement in narrow streets and close shops. Up at the Peak itself, the base of the flag-staff is black witli human beings, who, from tlie distance, look like ants on a lump of sugar; and on the road slowly meandering their zig-zag course up the hill are clusters of pedestrians; other black specks on the path are home-bound Avanderers wearily wending their downward course, though many patronise the tram again and besiege the empty cars like excursionists in England, the disappointed ones, who have to Avait for the next trip, nearly blocking the station. This Ch'ung Yong festival is looked upon more as a partial holiday than as a feast in the strict sense of the term. Many Chinese, though per]ia])s not five per cent of the Avhole population, avail themselves of this opi^ortunity for a little relaxation from business; those who do so being such as are blessed Avith leisure, or who desire an ouling, or Avho are specially superstitious. In connection A\ith its celebration a feAv fly kites from these elevated po.sitions. The Avriter, himself, has seen remnants of kites at the Peak and the block-house; he has also seen joss-paper lying about, though, on the Avhole, fcAv make it a day of worship. ASIATIC SOCIETY (China Branch of), was started in Hongkong in 1848, and continued in existence until 1859. Before it was defunct, a ' Shanghai Literary and Scientific Society ' Avas commenced in 1857, Avhich Avas shortly after changed into the ' North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society;' a fcAv years since the Avord 'North' Avas dropped: out of the title. These societies have published a number of 'Transactions,' forming a set of some scores of thick and thin hroclmres full of most interesting and valuable information on China and Chinese subjects, the result of much research and study. The present 'China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ' holds its meetings in Shanghai; the membershijo is considerable; the subscription is five 60 THINGS CHINESE. dollars a year, which may be commuted by a payment of iifty dollars, entitling the subscriber to be a life member. Those who wish to belong to the Society should apply to the Secretary in Shanghai, ^rembers receive the 'Journal of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ' free, and have the privilege of purchasing back numbers at a reduction of 40 °/q on the published prices, while the public are allowed a discount of 10 °/o if a complete set of the ' Journal/ as far as can be supplied, is purchased. The annual sub- scription to the latter, for the Journal, is f5. A classified index to the articles in the Journal of the N. C. Br. of the R. A. S., from the formation of that society to the 31st December 1874, is to be f(nind in the Journal, New Series, No. IX. AUDIENCE. — During recent years the audience by the Chinese sovereign of foreign ambassadors, envoys, &c., has been one of the burning questions of the day in the Far East. As a writer in the •' Times ' well says : — 'Perhaps, in course of time, they [the Chinese] will begin to see the absurdity of shutting up their Emperor from the foreign ministers accredited to him. There may have been good and substantial reasons, from the Chinese point of view, in refusing to present foreigners to the Empress Uowager when she acted as Regent ; but there is no reason whatever — even a Chinese reason — for persisting in keeping the Emperor and the foreign ministers apart. In the last century the Emperor of the present dynasty received foreigners, and condescended to be instructed by them. The present Emperor receives his own ministers in audience every day, and is not treated as a semi-divine being, on whose face ordinary mortals may not look, as the Mikado of Japan was in former times. There is no reason in principle or Chinese practice why the sovereign should not receive the ministers at his Court, and, not to speak of earlier Emperors, there is the precedent of T'ung Chi, his predecessor, who granted an audience to the Corps Diplonmliqiie. It is the absence of reason about the business, the obstinate persistence in withholding this usual mark of mutual respect, that renders it so irritating.' To get some idea of wliat the Chinese standpoint of view was, it must be remembered that through ages past it has been the theory — a theory well sustained by practice, and where practice failed to support it, well bolstered up by Chinese historians — that China was the Suzerain State, and all other kingdoms its vassals, who, if they did not pay AUDIENCE. 61 tribute, were in a state of reb;^llion, and should present this open and visible sign of fealty. All presents from other sovereigns were styled 'tribute'; and to such a length was this carried, that when China was divided by two reigning houses, and when the so-called vassal ivingdom was in reality the leading state in China, and the so-called Imperial family ruled over but a small moiety of the Empire, yet all presents from the more powerful state were classed as tribute in history, while the presents from the Emperor, Avhich, as given to a more influential state by a weaker and inferior one, were in reality more entitled to the name of tribute, were classed as presents. It must further be remembered that China has been the leading nation of Eastern Asia for many centuries past, Avhile the rest of the world was comparatively unknown; all surrounding nations have been their inferiors, who have looked up to the Middle Kingdom as the centre from which their letters, literature, knowledge, art, and science have all originated and emanated. It is owing to all these causes, and for all these reasons that the preposterous claim of the Chinese has been founded. The receiving of all their envoys and ambassadors at the Courts of Europe, to which they have been accredited for the last twenty years, Avas not sufficient, in face of these, antiquated views, to move them from their position; for, judged from the same standpoint, it was only to be expected that China's envoys should be received with every mark of respect and honour — nay more, their theories would natur- ally lead them to expect that they should be received with that homage accorded to them by their neighbours^ such, for instance, as by Corea in past times — a homage rendered to them as representatives , of the Son of Heaven — a homage given by virtue of the claim of the latter to universal sovereignty. Whatever may have been the private opinion of the handful of enlightened officials, the belief held by the ma- jority of them, namely, the theory already enunciated above, had to be upheld at every cost; for such beliefs die hard in China. And if the pressure of foreign opinion rendered u/ <)2 THINGS ClimBSE. necessary some sliow of alteration, plausible excuses were put forward, or subterfuges resorted to; and eventually we find the representatives of the most powerful nations on the earth received twice — long ago once, and again in 1891, after years of a refusal to grant it — in an Audience Hall, especially reserved for the audience of tributary nations, a\ ith ■only a statement, on the last occasion, that such should not be the case again. The Emperor, by a decree of the 12th December, 1890, expressed his intention of fixing a day every year for tlie reception with honour^ of all the Foreign Ministers resident in Peking. After the general reception, mentioned above, the Austrian-Hungarian Minister was j*eceived in another out-building, which was also associated with humiliation. The Chinese seemed indisposed, to put it mildly, to receive Foreign Ambassadors in the ImpeTial Palace. Out- buildings were made to do duty for these functions. The point, of course, was that until the Chinese Emperor received Foreign Ambassadors on exactly the same footing that our ■.Sovereign receives the Chinese acredited to tlie Court of St. James, and until every disposition to shirk this proper mode of dealing with the Audience Question was gone it -^vould still remain unsettled. The future only will reveal whether the reservations, equivocations, and evasions of the past will be resorted to again ad nauseam. At the same time it is worthy of note, as a sign of progress, that the iiumiliating ceremony of 'kow-tow' has not been demanded at the last receptions, for the very good reason, doubtless, that the Chinese are well aware it would not be performed. And as a straw showing a slight change in the current of the rstupid pride and arrogance of tiie past, it is pleasing to see that the Czarewitch, on hiii visit, a few years since, to the high officials in Canton, had an Imperial-yellow sedan-chair provided for him — an honour never previously granted to a European, and' an honour only reserved in China for the Teigning family. The Audience Question would appear to be approaching :a . satisfactory solution. As indicative of some of the first BAMBOO. 63 signs of this change, for the better, may ba noticed the fact that the bite British ^[inister to Peking (Mr. O'Connor), presented his credentials in person to the Emperor in the Cheng Kuaug-tien and not in the 'Han of Tributary Nations/ The Austrian Ambassador hafl previously also been received in a proper manner, and the other lepiesentatives of their respective countries have since been accorded receptions more befitting the nations whoso interests they have in hand than has been the case for many years past. 7>.^.1/Z>00.— What iron is to the English, such is the useful bamboo to tlie Chinese. Not by any means that the use of iron is unknown in China, far from it; it is largely used for many purposes; but bamboo is even more extensively employed, not only for the purposes that iron is ill fitted for, but also for many for which that metal is well adapted. Bamboo has been called the universal material. There are few things which cannc^t be made of it. The question is not what it is used for, but what is it not used for; and after a lengthened residence in China with the discovery every now and then of some fresh article of bamboo, the answer, with but little reservation, would appear to be that it is it?ed for nearly evei-ything. 'J'o the Chinese it is, perhaps, the most valuable product of their land. They excel in its manufacture. The last thing that one would suppose it to be fit for is food : the hard silicious culms lock anything but tempting to an epicure, it is, however, not these in their hardened mature state, but the fresh young sprouts as they come out of the ground that, cooked till tender, form a fine vegetable, or, otherwise treated, make a pickle, or comfit. The graceful slender stems — strong, but light — serve an infinitude of purposes: the frame- work of mat-sheds is almost entirely constructed of them, whether they be the gigantic temporary structures erected for religious festivals which tower above all the other buildings (See Article on Amusements); or the more modest dwellings of the poorer classes ; or the complicated network of scaffolding round the rising house or the building under repair. Their ei THINGS CHINESE. long tubular structure adapts them admirably for water-pipes^ when the thick septum at each joint has been brokers through. The street-coolie, or tlie chair-coolie, wuuld be badly off without the bamboo: it provides carrying-pjles for the first, whilst the whole frame-work of the sedan-chair, and the shafts are often of this material. The boatman's pole for his boat, the ribs for the sailor's mat sail, and the sampan woman's awning for her small craft, are all constructed or the bamboo. Could the bamboo age that now reigns in China be suddenly abolished by some magician's enchantment, the whole of the fairies that ever peopled Fairyland would find their hands more than full to provide substitutes for all the household articles, the agricultural implements, the toys for the children, and the innumerable objects of every-day use which are made of this ubiquitous plant. The roots make the divining blocks lying on every temple altar, while the divining sticks that keep them company are slender slips, of bamboo contained in a bamboo .vase; the mats for the worshippers to kneel on are made of its dried leaves; the- incense sticks have a thin slip of bamboo, round the upper part of which adhere the fragrant spices brought from Araby" the blest and the Sandal-wood Islands (Sandwich Islands). We can scarcely keep our eyes off bamboo in China whether in-doors or out. Rain-hats or sun-hats, large sized and small (the large ones having the spread of an umbrella, of which the handle is the man or woman who uses it, or when a youngster claps one on his head, we have a walking mushroom, so overshadowed is he by his gigantic head-gear)^ the policeman's or soldier's conical small hat, constructed to ward off strokes and parry blows — these are all made of bamboo. The native umbrella, handle and ribs and spring,, is ingeniously constructed of it as well, while oiled paper serves in the place of silk or cotton. The Robinson Crusoe- like rain-coat of the extreme South is made of leaves — a garment of leaves — of this gigantic grass sewn together. The old man's staff, the blind beggar's stick, the sewing^ woman's pole to which to fasten her seam, the washer- woman's clothes-lines, are bamboo. The rake of the farmer^ BAMBOO. 65 the foot-rule of tlie carpenter and tailor, the measures of the rice shops, and many chopsticks are made of it. Rags are too precious in China to be ^\■asted on the manufacture of paper, for when the decent garment begins to show the wear and tear of the merchant jji'ii^ce, it descends in the social scale, serving in turn the shopman and coolie, and finally, when all i-espectability is gone out of it, forms a covering for the wretched beggar, if any ability to cover remains in it at all. In lieu of rags, the bamboo, soaked for a length of time and reduced to pulp, then dried and made into sheets, furnishes paper for the student's class- book, the merchant's account-buoks, and the author's scrib- bling paper. The latter writes with a pen, the handle of which is a fine bamboo tube; the vase for holding his pens is of the same material. Chairs, tables, stools, conches^ ornaments, stands, images, lantern-handles, canes, instruments of torture, handles of spears, cages for birds, hen-coops, musical instruments (such as flutes and fifes and fiddles, &c.), pillows, dutch-wives, ladders, lattice-Avork, bars of doors and windows, primitive-looking lamps and lanterns, nutmeg graters, pepper-dusters, floats, watering-wheels, rafts, bridges, watch-towers, tobacco and opium-pipes, ropes, window-blinds, curtains, brooms^ brushes, baskets of all and every kind, cricket-traps, snares to catch game, combs, tallies for checking cargo, summonses for secret society meetings,, the frame-work and handles of fans, are all of this cane ; but we must stop, or we should have to make an inventory of much that is in common use by John Chinaman, and which he would sadly want Avere he deprived of his bamboo. It even supplies him Avith medicine in the shape of tabasheer, a silicious concretion found inside the joints; while the green outer surface of the young bamboo is scraped oflf and used as a cooling drink (being boiled \\\i\\ water) for fever in combination with other medicines, or alone. The green bvids (of the leaves) are also employed in the same way and for the same purpose. Order is maintained throughout the whole empire by it, and a sprig of it is borne in the van of the funeral procession. E 'Throughout life the Chniaman is almost dependent upon it for support, nor does it leave him until it carries him to his last resting place on the hill-side, and even then in company with the cypress, juniper and pine it waves over and marks his tomb.' Inhere are many varieties uf the bamboo; some twenty or more in the south of China; one Chinese writer describes sixty varieties. They are of different sizes and colours — green, yellow, and black — with large and small leaves, from the tiny dwarf bamboo which, Avhen full grown, is only large enousrh to form a low hedo-e, and is o-lorified with the name of the Goddess of Mercy Bamboo, up to the larger sizes, whose feathery sprays rise to a height of fifty or even some- times seventy feet. It is a most graceful object, touching with rare beauty every few yards of the Chinese landscape, a,nd has inspired many a poet and artist. If the bamboo is kind to the Chinaman, he returns it with interest, as some of his best work is bestowed upon it, and it forms the motif in numerous works of art. What would many a hideous carving be but for its saving grace; the paintc- would be lost but for its lines of beauty, while its tawny yellow or bright green stems and waving top plumes of duller green, the whole object, so delicate in tint and shape, soft of hue * * *, indefinite in outline * '^' *, like wonderful grey-green lace against the opalescent sky, appeals not only to the raosk aesthetic side of the Celestial's nature, but also to that of the matter-of-fact Western traveller. The flowering of the bamboo is considered to be a very rare occurrence. Once in eighteen, twenty, and even twenty-five years does it flower, and still less seldom does it produce seed. Externally the seed resembles a pear in shape and is of a deep olive greea colour, gradually changing to a dark or rifle green. On opening the seed longitudinally, a thick coat of coriaceous matter is found covering the germinal centre. It has a strong vegetable smell. In two recent years, has the bamboo flowered in Hong- kong, though ordinarily one may live many years in China without noticing it. A spray of it in flower looks some- what like a head of oats, but much smaller. Boohs recommended. — 'Ling Nam, by Kev. B. C. Henrv. M.A., D.D., pp. Ill, 135, 136. 'The Middle Kingdom; by liev. S. Wells Williams. L.L.D., Vol. I., pp. .358-360. An interesting account appears in the ' China Mail' ind Hongkong Daily Press,' of tlie 9tli and 10th June, 1893 respectively, of an eccentric mandarin who was about building a house and furnishing it with nothing but bamboo. BANKS AND BANK-NOTES. 67 BANKS AND BANK—NOTES.— There are no 'chartered banks in China, but private banks are very common. If we include branches of the same establishment, rthere were a few years since, 300 in Tientsin. Their number is large in proportion to the business of a town, their capital, in many cases, also being small, amounting to a few 'thousand taels. The native banks do not appear to have hit upon the device of cheques ; a foreign bank in Hongkong, the National Bank of China, having been the first to introduce these convenient orders for money to the Chinese in their own language in that Colony. The native banks, however, issue circular letters of credit to travel through ithe Empire, and the system of remittance by drafts is as complete as in Europe; the rates charged are high, however. IPromissory Notes are largely availed of by the native banks and their customers in their dealings with each other. A very carious feature in these transactions is that the interest is often not stated in the note itself, but is written on the •envelope in which the note is enclosed, though in the trdinary joromissory note it is inserted in the note itself. As Chinese cash, the common copper mite and only Jaiown coin amongst the Chinese, is lieavy and difficult to transport in any quantities, it was only natural that, keen merchants as they are, the Chinese should have early invented bank notes. The date seems to have been about A.D. 800. The earliest specimen known to exist in any country was purchased in 1890 by the British Xuseum, where it may be now seen by anyone in the .King's Library placed under a glass case. The label attached to it states that it is 300 years earlier than the 'establishment (at Stockhohn) of the first European bank which issued notes. This wonderful note is abovit the size of a piece of foolscap paper and is almost blackish in colour. It was issued durins^ the reign of Huns: Wu, A. J). 1368-1399. Each money shop has its own device, though the general features are the same : an ornamental border surrounds the ■oblong paper, and since the Chinese printing is in columns, the greatest length is from top to bottom and not from side E 2 G8 THINGS CHINESE. to side as in the English bank-note; the name of the bank or shop issuing it is put in large characters, transversely,, as a heading; below this are several rows of characters, the centre one often being somewhat to this effect — 'on production of this note pay cash,' and the other columns containing necessary particulars, such as the number of the note and date, &c. ; besides which, some moral sentences very often adorn the note. 'The check on over-issue of notes lies in the control exercised by the clearing-house of every city, where the standing of each bank is known by its operations. The circulation of the notes is limited in some cases to the street or neighbourhood wherein the estab- lishment is situated ; often the payee has a claim on the payer of a bill for a full day if it be found to be counterfeit or worthless — a custom which involves a good deal of scribbling on the back "•' '■' '■- to certify the names. Proportionally few counterfeit notes are met with, owing more to the limited range of the notes, making it easy to ask the bank, which recognises its own paper •- "••■. Their face value ranges from one to a hundred tiao, or strings of cash, but their worth depends on the exchange between silver and cash, and as this fluctuates daily, the notes soon find their way home. A tlao is 1,000 cash, but the author possesses a set of cancelled Poochow notes ranging in value from 100 cash, to 1.000 cash and !|il. Great inconvenience is sometimes caused by the failure of tlie firms which have issued this paper money. These bank-notes are not used in the extreme south of China, though they are very common at Foochow and in, tlie north. The issue of these notes at the present day is due entirely to private enterprise, but the Government have acted as bankers more than once in this one respect. Marco Polo, the celebrated Venetian traveller, was in China at such a time and, speaking of Kublai Khan's piarchases, he thus describes them : — ' So he buys such a cjuantity of those precious things every year that his treasure is endless, while all the while the money he pays- away costs him nothing at all. If any of those pieces of paper are spoilt, the owner carries them to the mint, and by paying three per cent on the value he gets new pieces in exchange.' The total issue during Kublai Khan's reign of thirty- four 5'ears, amounted, it is estimated, to the sum of BETROTHAL. 69 :§624<, 135,500. This,, however, Avas carried too far by the subsequent Mougol Emperors, and added fuel to the flame •of discontent felt by the Chinese against their foreign rulers, yet the new Chinese dynasty (the Ming) which •succeeded to the throne, were obliged at first to issue notes for nearly a hundred years. The present dynasty of ]Manchus has also had recourse to them during the great Tai-p'ing rebellion, but their circulation did not extend beyond the metropolis. JjiHilix rrnnn mended. — "WilliainsV • Middle Kingdom.' Vol. JI. [)p. >n5, 8(5. WesleA'iiu Methodist MagaziiK^ -July ISiMJ. contains a. woodcut of a Chinese bank-note. Sir also Iloleonibe's • The Eeal Chinaman." \i\). :U8-:-i4G. BETROTHAL. — Betrothals are generally negotiated — for they are matters of business and not of sentiment — •by the go-betA\eens, who are mostly women and who make it their business to find out a suitable parti. They are commissioned by the parents, the parties themselves having, as a general rule, no voice in the matter, often being of too tender an age to understand what it means. Unborn infants are even sometimes informally betrothed, i.e., the parents agreeing that the children when born, if of opposite sexes. shall in future life be husband and Avife ; this is carried so far that married couples occasionally promise that if they ever have children of different sexes they shall be given in marriage to one another; but the usual age for betrothals in many parts of tlie country is ten, twelve, or even older. The go-betweens are generally women of the status of elderly servants who have the free entree into the houses of those desirous of contracting matrimonial alliances, in the same manner that an ordinary broker Avoukl — in fact they are marriage brokers. Sometimes they are specially sent for by the parties desirous of their services, and at other times they visit families unsolicited on account of having received information. These go-betweens have a hand in the matter from beginning to end, and are responsible for the proper •conduct of the whole affair; they are not employed only to brins: the families contractinsr marriage tosrether. The first 70 ' THINGS CHINESE. ceremonials consist in the :jo-between beins; commissioned' by the young man's family to obtain from the girFs family her name and the moment of her birth; this is done that the horoscope of the two may be examined by a fortune-teller in order to ascertain whether the proposed alliance will be a happy one. These particulars are written on paper, and should the fortune-teller give a favourable replv to the inquiries, the second ceremonial takes place, that of sending the go-between back with an offer of marriage. The assent in writing is asked for, and forms the third ceremonial. Fourthly, presents are sent to the girl's parents. Fifthly, the go-between requests them to choose a lucky day for the- Avedding. The preliminaries are concluded by the bride- groom going in a procession to bring the bride home. The Chinese speak of three covenants and six ceremonies, which may be stated to be as follows :-— The three covenants are : — The Contract of Marriage, The Receipt of Betrothal ^loney, The Deed of the Delivery of the Bride. The six ceremonies are : — The Small Presents. The Inquiry for the Name of the Bride, The Payment of the Betrothal Money, The Request to fix the Day, The Sendins: of a Goose. The Fetching of the Bride. Betrothal presents are called clrd lai, tea presents, or ceremonials. They consist of a present of tea^ cakes, betel- nuts, and money, given by the future husband's family to the family of his future wife. The go-between takes, or accom- panies, these presents (to the girl's family) which are carried in hop, or round flat boxes made of wood. A few dollars are also put into the boxes. With concubines, money alone is most generally given. The Chinese have a phrase, sJiik iimi ■ch'd lai, which means that these ceremonial presents have been accepted and eaten, and consecjuently that the daughter is betrothed. If there are no presents, there is no betrothal. BETROTHAL. 71 Betrothals are most binding: and it \v(juld seem that on the woman's side they cannot be broken without the consent of the man, accompanied by a money salve. No misconduct, however flagrant on the side of the youth at least, is held to be a release from the covenant. From the time of engagement until marriage, a young lady is required to maintain the strictest seclusion. \Vhene\er friends call upon her parents she is expected to retire to the inner apartments, and in all her actions and words guard her conduct with careful solicitude. She must use a close sedan whenever she visits her relations, and in her intercourse with her brothers and the domestics in the household maintain great reserve. Instead of having any opportunity to form those friendships and acquaintances with her own sex, which among ourselves become a source of so much pleasure at the time, and advantage in after life, the Chinese maiden is confined to the circle of her relations and her immediate neighbours. She has few of the pleasing remembrances and associations that are usually connected with school-day life, nor has she often the ability or opportunity to correspond by letter with girls of her own age. Seclusion at this time of life, and the custom of crippling the feet, combine to confine women in the house almost as much as the strictest laws against their appearing abroad; for in girlhood, as they know only a few persons, except relatives, and can make very few acquaintances after marriage, their circle of friends contracts rather than enlarges as life goes on. This privacy impels girls to learn as much of the world as they can, and among the rich their curiosity is gratified through maid-servants, match-makers, peddlers, visitors, and others. Curiosity also stimulates young ladies to learn something of the ciiaracter and appearance of their intended husbands, but the rules of society are too strict for young persons to endeavour to form a personal attachment, though it is not [absolutely] impossible for them to have a look at each other if they wish. As to relations with the betrothed, there are none. The two are as utter strangers to each other as any other man or woman, if not more so: no courting:: no moonlight rambles; no gradually getting better acquainted with each other and thereby getting better fitted to live together. It is simply a business transaction in almost all cases, the active parties, in which are the parents, while the most interested parties are simply passive. The children are supposed never to meet or speak to each other, and it avouM be unpardonably bad taste were the parents representing the one side ever to discuss the subject with those of the other side. Under these circumstances there are, of course, 72 THINGS CHINESE. no engagement rings, nor for that matter is a wedding ring worn by Chinese hidies when married. What has been stated above is in I'egard to the betrothal of a chief or legitimate wife. With concubines, or secondary wives, it is quite different. In their case a go- between may be employed or not. In such a betrothal, all that generally takes place in Canton is for the woman to pour out a cup of tea for her future husband to drink, and a parcel of money, wrapped up, of course, in red paper and containing two, or three, or ten dollars or so, is placed on the tray for her; but in other places there may not be as much ceremony about it as that. The bargain money may even be paid right into her own hands, but this is only the case with very low people, as it is not thought tlie right thing for either party to liave direct dealings with one anotlier. In the Macao district of country the course of procedure with regard to concubines is as follows: — a man taking a fancy to a domestic slave for her good looks or for her capacity for work, approaches her mistress on the subject through a ^o-between or a mutual friend, who sees the master, if he is a man, or the mistress, if she is a woman {for men and women, as a general rule, have no dealings together in China). The friend may even commission his wife, if she knows the mistress, to transact the business; preliminary enquiries iirst being made, the bargain money then passes through the hand of the friend to the master or mistress. Should the money required be :§ilOO — then the bargain money would be |10. This is really a purchase, though disguised under the name of baj-gain or earnest money. In the Macao district, the tea pouring out takes place occasionally, but is not a regular practice. Bool' recommctuh'd. — Williams's Mi'ldle Kiuiiddiii, Vol. II., pp. 78."). 786. Sec Article on Marriage. BIBLIOGRAPHY.— mmendorfTs ' xManual of Chinese Bibliography ' is a most valuable work of reference with regard to European books, essays, and articles on China BIRDS' NESr SOUP. 73 down to the year 1876: it contains 4,639 titles. There is also the encyclopsedic work of M. Henri Cordier, "Bibliotheca Sinica: Dictionnaire Bibliographique des Ouvrages Relatifs i\ I'Empire Chinois,' in two large volumes of 1396 pages; it is a perfect storehouse of information on books relating to China, and a supplement has either been, or is about to be, issued to bring it up to date. As to native works, Wylie's 'Notes on Chinese Literature' is invaluable: it treats of 1,74-5 Chinese books. For an account of the immense compendiums of former works, made by authority of •different Emperors, one should refer to ]\rayers's Bibliography of the Chinese Imperinl Collection of Literature,' published in the 'China Review,' Vol. YL, pp. 223—286. BIRDS' ^EST ,S Of 'P.— Birds' nest soup is even more of a luxury in China, than turtle soup is in England. An old resident in China thus writes of them :— ' Perhaps the costliest dainty of the Chinese cuisine and is as much prized by Chinese gourmands as turtle is in England. It is not nasty, but it is. to a European palate, ■exceedingly insipid: it is a white, soft, slippery substance, not unlike a badly made junket, or flummery, and tlie taste for it is certainly an acquired one.' The nests from which the soup is prepared are not like an ordinary nest made up of sticks and twigs, hay and grass, but are of a gelatinous substance, secreted by the bird itself for the purpose, or, as it has been Avittily put, the bird makes them 'all out of its own head.' Darwin puts it in plain English : — • The Chinese make soup of dried saliva ' ; in scientific language, they are described as being produced from the 'inspissated mucus from the salivary glands'; these nests are constructed in caves on the sea-shore, the swiftlet which makes them being a native of ]\L\laya and Ceylon. Gomanti are the largest birds' nest caves in the world * * from which there is an out-turn of over i^ 15,000 worth yearly.' The nests are gathered at con- siderable risk, and the best quality commands a high price, ranging from three to thirty dollars a pound, while 74 THINGS CHINESE. the inferior grades are mixed more or less with twigs, &c. The Chinese consider it strengthening and stimulating, and it forms the first dish at all grand dinners. Here is a receipt for preparing Potage cmx Nids cV Hirondelles, translated from the Chinese: — • ' Take clean white birds' nest shreds, or birds' nests, and soak thoroughly. Pick out all feathers. Boil in soup or water till tender, and of the colour of jadestone. Place pigeons' eggs below, and add some ham shreds on tcp. Boil again slowly with little fluid. If required sweet, then boil in clear water till tender, add sugar-candy, and then eat. This is a most clear and pure article, and thick (or oily) substances should not be added. It should be boiled for a long time ; for, if not boiled till tender, it will cause diarrhcea." BIRTH. — (Customs coxxfxtI':d with.) There are quite a number of su|;erstitions connected \a itli the birth of children. As an instance of them it may be noted that certain coins are worn by Avomen before the event, as they are thought to ensure an easy delivery. Midwives are- nearly always in attendance; they are utterly ignorant women, and sad are the tales that many a foreign doctor could tell of the wretched plight Chinese women have been reduced to under their unskilful treatment, or ■want of treatment. They are engaged a month beforehand except in very poor cases. Shortly before birth, when the birth-pangs come on. the mother-in-law and midwife worship all the household gods (all the gods that may be in the house) and the ancestral tablets, but there is no going to the Temple or Ancestral Hall for the purpose. These acts of worship consist in burning incense before the objects of adoration and extempore prayer (there being no form of prayer for the purpose) for a quick and happy delivery, and for the welfare of child and mother; the woman herself does not offer any prayer. One of our inf«n"niants tells us that, from his experience, the new born infant is washed with warm water at once (whether this is due to foreign influence or not we cannot say), Avhile from other sources w-e learn that such an idea is scouted. No daintv little babv garments are ready for the BIRTH. 75- stranger, worked with the expectant love of the motlier, or given by friends in anticipation of the interesting event, but ]iis tender little limbs and body are wrapped up in swaddling bands which consist of old warm clothes both of men and women— a little bundle of old clothes, awkward and uno-ainlv for the tinv mite inside them. After this, the new born babe may probably not be washed again thoroughly (if he has ever yet been subjected to such an operation ) for the first month, for fear the child should get cold, he cr she niay be wiped over with a cloth ; but after that time the luxury of an occasional wash, such as it is, may be indulged^ in. A special kind of fine little cake, sweet and delicate in taste, is sometimes the only food the little stranger is regaled' with for the first few days. For the first month, the mother must have ginger and vinegar with everything she takes. She eschews lier ordinary food — chicken boiled with ginger and vinegar, or (if too poor to afi'ord the fowl, cheap enough though it be in China), duck's eggs boiled with the same- condiments, and pig's feet boiled with the same articles form her diet : and these she eats twice or thrice a day. Such a dietary is considered to be tonic, and after the month is np, she returns to her ordinary food. And now comes a most important event— the shaving of the child's head. A lucky day is selected for it. It must not be after the thirtieth day, but it may be before or on the day itself, i.e., the shaving takes place on the completion of the month (the month of course has sometimes 29 days and sometimes 30 dnys) if that should prove to be a lucky day, if not, an earlier day is selected, never a later one. After the shaving is over (on the same day — never before the operation), the ancestors first are worshipped and then the household gods, thanks being offered to them for the addition to the family and prayers for the prolongation of the life newly bestowed. The Temple and/or Ancestral Hall are often also visited for the same purpose by those who are making a great fuss over the event. Offerings are, of course, made. The mother-in-law, or some relative, goes to perform these religious acts and not the father or mother : it is very 76 THINGS GlimEHE. ravely, if over, that the iiK^tlier goes <)ii tlicse o'.jcasion.s. The (;hn(l. h(.)\vevei, dressed in its best is cariiud in the arms. Avlien this worship takes place. On the first occasion when a child is shaved, which necessary operation from a Chinese stand[)oint takes place, as we liave already seen, Avhen the baby is either a month or nearly a month old; eggs, dyed red, are sent round to relatives, friends and acquaintances. The number to be sent is not fixed by custom, nor is it necessary f)r any written communication to accompany them ; a verbal message that they are from so-and-so is :suffi.cient. The recipients are expected to give a j^i'esent to the cliild on its being a month old, when a feast is held, to which they are invited. These red eggs are sent, in the south of China, irrespective of the sex ; whether a distinction exists in the north and only a boy is entitled to them, and ■of the boys of a family, only the first born, w'e are unable to say; but ^\\. Giles in his 'Chinese Sketches,' p. 159,' states that such is the case amongst the Chinese. The custom amongst the Cantonese is as stated above: so that it is possible ^Ir. Giles's remarks simply refer to the north, since customs differ so widely in China. The Chinese have almost as great a love fjr dinners as the English, and it is only natural that a feast should take place when the child is a month old, called Kijiig fs'o. ginger and vinegar. Cards of invitati<)n ai-e issued to this Kong chbk, or ginger dinner, to which the guests are both friends and relatives. Unless the family is poor, the male friends go to a restaurant for their feast: if poor, and there are onlv two or three relatives, it may be given in the house. The women's repast, on the other hand, is spread in the h(juse. If, however, there are many friends and relatives, two feasts are held: the first is for the relatives and is at the house, even if they are males ; the second is for friends, and is at a restaurant. In such eases the relatives are invited on the day of the shaving even if it takes place before the month is up; the invitations are sent out the before day, or ;to those at a distance, earlier; and the friends also, whether BOATS. 77 invited at the same, or anotlier time, may also be asked as well before the month is up. The feast may be held at another time than the shaving date either for relatives^ or friends, or both, the chief thing seems to be to celebrate the event by a feast. Two dislies are on the tables : the one containing the pickled ginger which gives the name to the entertainment, and the otlier red eggs dyed with vin chi, Chinese rouge, or with foreign dye stuffs. The invited guests make presents of gold and silver jewellery, or articles of clothing, to the infant, accompanied with lai-chi (cash or siher folded within red paper), the latter is given if nothing else is, more presents, of course, being given to a boy than to a girl. The swaddling bands being discarded, the little mainkin (or the ' little wifie ' to a lesser extent) comes out gorgeous in scarlet and red — bright with colours; amulets and charms adorn him and safeguard him from e-sil spirits and demons : a tiny mirrow flashes, perchance, from the front of his forehead to dismay the ugly devils by a sight of their hideousuess; a row of gilt deities benignly encircle his brow to guard him; silver locks and chains bind him, so that no harm may befall him : many and wonderful are the means used to protect him by such and other mysteiious and occult expedients and devices from all injury, while common- sense rules of health and cleanliness are unknoM'n and ignored. The tribute paid by childhood, from the very moment of birth and onwards to the insanitary conditions- that surround it must be enormous, not only in the immediate sacrifice of life, but in the way of sowing seeds of future disease and weakness. It is wonderful that so- many children escape with a fair amount of health to carry on the increasing round of human life and toil in this populous land of China. BOATS. — Leaves floating on the water first suggested' the idea uf boats to the Chinese, so some native writers inform us: other accounts ascribe their origin to the sight of drift wood, or to a natural development from the more 78 THINGS CHINESE. primitive raft. Whether or not fallen leaves — the leaves of the f(jrest when autnmn hath blo^^'n — Avere the first hints of future possibilities, the boats of China might almost be ■compared to the leaves of the forest in number, and their varieties arc about as great as that of the foliage of China. Boats large and small, boats long and short, boats broad and narrow, boats for hawkers, boats for fishing, boats for pleasure — boats ready for any and everything; boats for smuggling, boats for pirates, boats for honest tradesmen, boats for lepers, boats for beggars, boats for everyone; boats for passage, for ferries, for bridges, for marriages, for feastings, for theatres, or rather for theatrical troupes and their properties. Is there anything that boats are not provided for in China? It has been said there are more boats in China than in all the rest of the Avorld put together. The extensive sea- board, and the innumerable rivers and streams are a -suificient reason for this multiplicity of boats. If we credit what the natives themselves say, boats were first built in the third century before the Christian era. One account ascribes the invention to Ho Sin Kwii, a pious ■woman, who became one of the eight Taonist genii. Her first craft was a mere raft, without means of propulsion. But one daV when she was washing clothes in the river, she took a hint from a fish that was rowing with its fins and steering with its tail, and she then put oars and a rudder upon her boat. In medioQval times the Chinese not only held their own, but took the lead, in adventurous voyages to distant shores {See Article on Chinese Abroad), which awaken the surprise and admiration of those who have investigated the subject; but gradually these voyages have been discontinued; and even in modern times, within the memory of the author, they have shrunk into short passages between different sea- ports on the coast of China and closely adjacent countries. The voyages in native craft to the Straits Settlements and neighbouring lands and islands being bitt few; while the long trips to India, and other distant lands, in the large old junks carrying from three to ten and twelve sails (the present sea-going junks seldom have more than three or BOATS. 79 four sails) and a crew of 250 or more men, mentioned by the medieval travellers, Friar Jbrdanns, Ibn Batuta, and Marco Polo, are now entirely a thing- of the past. The old must die out before the new, and the modern steamship is running, in fact has run, the heavy lumbering junk off many of its old established sea-routes; even a commencement has been made in inland waters in the same direction, and ■eventually the picturesque clumsy old craft are bound to disappear in the ^vorld's march of progress which even now influences distant Cathay. Notwithstanding their uncouth shape and clumsy-looking sails, they undoubtedly are picturesque objects, and look as if they had been commenced in some antediluvian age and never finished off. Their bizarre hulls, high sterns further augmented by the ginger- bread work, the divergent rake of their masts, their large nut-brown matting sails, topped sometimes with a gay red pennant, all lend a distinct charm and piquant flavour of their own to the jnnk, and make it a su I generis, not to be found anywhere else in the -wide world. They offer very effective objects for the painter's brush, whether as brown sails speckled on the sun-lit sea; or whether the diverse style of their build with their queer-shaped hulls are more carefully studied; or whether, all tattered and torn, the ragged sail f" the weather-beaten craft on its return voyage suggests a conflict with stormy winds, while a more forlorn Appearance still is apparent when dismantled they are undei going repairs, or when heeled over on the sand for breaming, jr when cast high and dry on the beach or stranded on the rocks with their bare poles of masts, and gaping sterns, out of which stick their queer-shaped enormous rudders. Still more picturesque is the sight of a squadron of w^ar-junks with briglitly painted hulls and many-coloured banners, of all shapes and sizes, and stream- ing pennants like the old mediaeval galleys of Europe, lying ready to sta-t on an expedition to subdue the rebellious subjects of His Imperial Majesty the Emperor of China. A book, nay scores of books, might be written on the many-featured sides of life to be found on boats in China: . 80 THINGS CHINESE. their liistory from earliest times to the present; their shapes unci sizes and builds and rigs, from the curious Hakka boats, with their nine or a dozen sails spread fan-like on an improvised frame-work of bamboo poles, doM n to the tiny fislier's canoe. What interesting chapters could be indited anent thousands and millions of human beings, whose Avhole lives are spent on the rivers and canals, which flow past, or cut through, so many Chinese cities — inhabiting dwellings without foundations (and for which the occupants pay no ground-rent) as the flowing stream supports them in more senses than one ; the strange and varied experiences to be found in travelling by boat will still afford material for many a volume of novel adventure in the future as they have in the past; the origin of some of the boat populations, their curious customs, habits and superstitions, these all have been but lightly toiiched upon as yet, and present an interesting field to be worked by the ethnologist, the com- parative mythologist, and the lover of folklore. The following extracts from consular reports, by Mr. Byron Brennan, are interesting as showing how an attempt has been made to copy tlie paddle-wheel in one species of boat in Canton, and how steam-launches are making their way into use : — The evolution of the Chinese passenger boat is proceeding cautiously. Twenty years ago sails and sweeps were the powers used ; then came stern-wheel boats worked by manpower, these are still extensively used. The next stage was a tow boat lashed along- side a passenger boat and the next, it may be hoped will be the amalgamation of the tug and the tow. The stern wheel passenger boats are a striking feature on the busy river at Canton. They are long, low, box-looking craft, the largest being of about loo tons measurement. The inside of the box is divided into compartments into which the passengers lie down or squat, for there is not head room. The roof is flat, and on this sit a crowed of passengers sheltered from the weather by stiff bamboo mats. At the stern is the compartment, where the men work. The largest kind of boat has twenty-four men. The machinery on a large boat consists of four shafts laid across the boat at a distance of 3 feet from each other. At each end of these shafts six men work a sort of treadmill ; they hold on to a cross bar above with their hands, while their feet work the three wooden pedals which are fixed on three iron arms ladiating from the centre ; there is thus an angle of 120 degrees BOOKS OX CHINA. 81' between two pedals. The pedals along the shafts are so dispersed that the six men do not keep step. As No. i puts his foot on one pedal, No. 2 is already half way through his step, and so on. These series of treadmills are connected with the stern paddle-wheel by means of cranks, so that one revolution of the tread-mill makes one revolution of the stern wheel. The stern-wheel is 8 feet in diameter and has 8 floats, and when the men are working easy it makes 16 to 18 revolutions a minute, and the speed attained is 3 J miles to 4 miles an hour. On a long journey the men rest in turn, three working to one resting, and in this way the boat is kept going during the whole of the day. The number of native owned steam launches running between Canton and the numerous towns to the delta is constantly increasing. Besides their use by officials, and in the customs, likin, and salt preventive services, they are constantly employed to tow passenger boats ; but, in this case, only to and from fixed stations. The launches engaged in towing are taxed, and ply under severe pains and penalties. However, since the opening of the West River in 1897, steam traffic on the Canton waterways has been placed under the control of the Imperial Maritime Customs. At Swatow and other places in China, such as between Soo Chow, Hang Chow, and Shanghai, steam-launches are- plying as passenger boats, and it is hoped that as time goes on they will be increased, as notwithstanding the multiplicity of boats and the magnificent rivers in many parts, inter- communication is slow. BOOKS ON CHTNA.— The books written on China are numerous and are constantly being added to (See Article on. Bibliography). Nearly every one that has taken any interest in the country or people has written about one or both. Missionaries, merchants, military and naval men, scholars, professors, teachers, interpreters, consuls and vice-consuls, ambassadors and diplomats, statesmen, travellers and globe- trotters, the literary man, reviewers, novelists and poets, as well as the Chinese themselves, have all contributed their quota to instruct Europe and America as to things Chinese; and the views presented from such varied standpoints are naturally diverse. The books produced range through all branches of the subject: the languages and peoples, the history, geography, natural history, government, customs,. F 82 THINGS CHINESE. and manners, books, arts and industries, religions, politics and commerce— all come in for their full share of attention. We do not propose to give a complete list of the best books on China^ but the perusal or study of the following ten will give a very good idea of this interesting people : — (1.) Williams's 'Middle Kingdom,' — To those who wish to get a general idea of the Empire, and all that concerns it and its people, there is not a better book. It is a perfect repository of information for the general reader, and the last edition, which has been brought up to date will doubtless maintain its position as a text book on the subject for many years to come. (2.) Archdeacon Gray's 'China.' — A book in two volumes, profusely illustrated by Chinese dra^dngs, and giving much information, not in the style of a text-book, but in the form of a personal narrative of what the author liimself saw during his long residence in China. (3.) 'Historic China and other Sketches,' by H. A. Giles, late H.B.M's. Consular Service. — An octavo volume of 400 pages, containing short sketches of the different historical periods, and essays, all written in a light and pleasant style, and containing much information. ( k) Doolittle's ' Social Life of the Chinese.' — A book full of all the curious superstitions, strange ceremonies, and customs of the Chinese, more particularly those pertaining to Foochow. (5.) 'Ling-nara,' by Rev. B. C. Henry, M.A., d.d. — A pleasant, brightly-written book of travels in the Canton Province, Avith descriptions of its beautiful scenery, fine rivers, and thickly populated districts. (6.) Miss Gordon Cumming's 'Wanderings in China,' is light, pleasant reading, and gives the general reader a good idea of the coast ports. BOOKS ON CHINA. 83 (7.) 'Journeys in North China,' by the late Dr. Williamson, ■ contains an immense amount of reliable information, prin- cipally about that portion of China. (8.) Professor Douglas's ' Society in China ' is even better than his former work ' China,' Avhich we recommended in a former edition as being well fitted to give a good general idea of China and its people within compact limits. (9.) Journals of tlie North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society', [See Article on Asiatic Society.) (10.) Professor Legge's 'Chinese Classics' contain the Bible of the Chinese nation, which every school-boy is taught to learn by heart, and on Avhich the government of the whole empire and the fabric of Chinese society is based. The above books might be increased to ten times ten ■easily enough; nor, by placing these first, do we intend to imply that many of the others Avould not equally claim to be mentioned with them. With such an enibarras de. riehesses it is difficult to know where to begin. Of books of travel, we may instance • Old Highways in China.' by Mrs. Williamson, as a light and readable book, containing a good deal about the women and children. 'J_jife among the Mongols' is a true picture of thece nomads. Quite a literature is springing ■up on Western China; Mrs. Bryson's 'Child Life in China' treats of Hankow and tlie neiohbourhord of the Yano;-tsz; so does Rev. W. A. Cornaby's 'A String of Chinese Peach Stones,' in the way of tales and folk-lore, finally ending in a story of the Rebellion of Rebellions in modern times in China, the great T'ai P'ing Rebellion; E. Colborne Baber's * Travels and Researches in Western China,' published as a supplemental paper of the Royal Geographical Society, Vol. 1, pt. I, 1882; Hosie's 'Travels in Western China,' and Rev. V. Hart's 'Western China' are all most interesting books and well worthy of perusal. In this connection there is also Mr. Little's 'Yang-tsz Gorges.' Still treating of particular parts of China is Baron ■Richthofen's splendid work, which deals with the northern part of the empire, and contains much valuable information f2 84 THINGS CHINESE. by a traveller ' of great scientific ability,' whose explorations have been described as ' at once the most extensive and the most scientific of our age.' It is written in German. Concerning Canton, one may read Archdeacon Gray's ' Walks in the City of Canton,' Avhich, besides giving much information, is also useful as a guide book. Mention should also be made of the Rev. Hilderic Friend's ' Willow Pattern,' written by one who lived amongst the people, and took the greatest interest in all their habits and customs ; it is consequently a very truthful picture of Chinese life, told in the guise of a tale. Macao has been treated of in a book, now rare and out of print, viz. : — Sir Andrew Lungstedt's 'Macao and China,*^ over the production of which the author spent much labour and research. Swatow customs, people and folk-lore are treated of in a trio of books by Miss Fielde, entitled ' Pagoda Shadows,' 'A Corner of Cathay,' and *' Chinese Nights' Entertainment.' Archdeacon Moule's ' New China and Old,' has some- thing to say of Ningpo, Hangchow, and Shanghai ; besides treating of Chine.se subjects in general. The transition from these to a lighter class of reminis- cences of olden days, may be made by the reading of an "old resident's" recollections of earlier days, under the names of ' Bits of Old China,' and ' The Fan-kwai in Canton.' A vast amount of learning, erudition, and research are shown in many of tlie books published on China, especially in the China RevieAv,' 'Transactions of the N. C. Br. of the E. A. S.,' already mentioned, and in the twenty volumes of the 'Chinese Repository.' Any one who will take the trouble xo make himself acquainted with most of the Articles and Notes contained in these three periodicals, to say nothing of 'Notes and Queries on China and Japan,' and 'The Chinese Journal and Missionary Recorder,' and 'Journal of the Peking Oriental Society,' will find that there is scarcely a subject BOOKS ON CHINA. 85 -connected with China that has not been most learnedly •discussed in tliese pages. To those who are fond of the marvellous, treated in a sober manner, let us recommend Olythical ]\Ionsters,' by •Charles Gould, son of the gifted and renowned ornithologist. From myths to Avorship is an easy transition, and here we have a whole host of books, especially if under this category we include books dealing with the philosophical systems. • The Dragon, Image, and Demon, or the Three Religions, will give an idea of the multiplicity of objects of worship : it deals primarily Avith the neighbourhood of Soochow, though much is applicable to all parts of China. Edkin's 'Religion in China,' and his "'Chinese Buddhism,' ]jegge's "The Religions of China,' and Real's 'Buddhistic Literature in China,' treat full}' of these subjects. To those wlio are content with comparatively short essays, there is Douglas's ' Confucianism and Taouism,' containing two admirable monographs on these two religions, or philosopliies. Then there are the works of Dr. Faber, noted for sound scholarship: 'The .Mind of JMencius, or Pi^litical Economy, founded upon Moral Philosophy,' and • A Systematic Digest of the Doctrines of Confucius,' besides his other works in both German and English. The Bible of the Taouists, 'The Tao Teh King,' is translated by the learned sinologue, \)x. Chalmers ; there are besides two translations of the Taouist philosopher by Balfour and Giles respectively, and .latest of all Professor Legge's translation in the •' Sacred Books of the East ' series. There are numbers of volumes containing short papers or essays, amongst which we may mention the admirable ' Hanlin Papers, or Essays on the Intellectual Life of the •Chinese,' 2nd series, by Dr. Martin; 'Balfour's Leaves from my Chinese Scrapbook'; and Sir Walter ^Medhurst's 'The Foreigner in Far Cathay'; amongst these also might be classed the interesting work ' Chinese Characteristics,' by A. H. Smith, now in a second edition. A second edition of Walter's 'Essays on Chinese Literature' has just been published. 86 THINGS CHINESE. The gift to see ourselves as others see us will be granted by a perusal of 'Those Foreign Devils': a Celestial on England and Englishmen, translated by W. H. Wilkinson of H.M's.- Consular Service. For the Historical student there are Boulger's ' History of China, ' in three large volumes ; Ross's History of the Manchus/ and the same author's ' Corea, ' which necessarily deal largely with China. Tiiere is also Dr. Hirth's learned brochure 'China and the Roman Orient: Researches into their Ancient and Mediaeval Relations as represented in old Chinese Records.' Parker's 'A Thousand Years of the Tartars/ Rev. J. Macgowan's 'History of China,' and his 'Pictures of Southern China' ; Mrs. Bishop's 'Korea and Her Neighbours' ; Mr. J. J. M. de Groot's 'Religious Systems of China'; and Dr. H. A. Giles' ' Biographical Dictionary ' are amongst the latest works published on China. Those who are interested in the part that different European nations have played in the Far East, and in the political out-look in that part of the world will doubtless find the following books to their taste, viz.: — 'Problems of the Far East,' by the Rt. Hon. G. N. Curzon; and 'The Peoples and Politics of the Far East,' by Mr. H. Norman. A pleasant taste of Chinese literature may be obtained from Mr. Giles's ' Gems of Chinese Literature,' being gleanings from all times and periods. Those fond of poetry will find it treated of in Sir John Davis's monograph on the 'Poetry of the Chinese' ; and those delighting in rhymes, will find Stent's 'Entombed Alive, and other Songs and Ballads from the Chinese,' a lively book to beguile a pleasant half-hour; 'Pidgin-English Sing-song/ by Chas. G. Leland, is amusing. Freemasons and those interested in Secret Societies will find Schlegel's ' Thian Thi Hwui,' of great interest. 'A Collection of Chinese Proverbs/ by W. Scarborough, will suit another class of readers. The translation of the Ch'cug Yii K'ao, ' A Manual of Chinese Quotations, ' by the Hon. J. H. Stewart Lockhart, c.M.G., is another work of value. BOOKS ON CHINA. 87 Philologists have their tastes provided for in Edkins's ' China's Place in Philology,' and ' The Languages of China before the Chinese/ by Professor Terrien de Lacouperie. The Collector of China has had some aids provided in Dr. Birth's ' 'Ancient Porcelain: A Study in Chinese Mediaeval Industry and Trade/ and Dr. Bushell's ' Chinese Porcelain before the Present Dynasty.' It is a pity that the illustrations of this last work could not have been reproduced. Numis- matists will find their tastes catered for in the Hon. Stewart Lockhart's 'The Currency of the Farther East from the Earliest Times up to the Present Day.' Not a few books in French have been issued from the press dealing with China, and ranging from the learned works of Julien to the recent light literature by Tcheng Ki Tong. The other principal languages of Europe have all been requisitioned to describe this people and their country, such as German, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, and even Latin. But we have already occupied more than enough space in this rapid survey of books treating of China and the Chinese, and ha\e necessarily left many works unnoticed. We cannot, however, close without a passing reference to Marco Polo, the celebrated Venetain traveller of the middle ages, the pioneer of the army, which, with ever increasing numbers, has visited the ere-while Kingdom of the 'Grand Khan,' Kubhii Khan; but the present itinerants, unlike their great predecessor, who resided for years in the country, are content to 'do' China in a few days or mouths, and then hasten to instruct the ignorant world in bo Whether the design is of such remote antiquity that it may have been carried from some cradle of the human race, and thus been common originally to both; it would appear in our present state of knowledge, that this question must be left unanswered. At first, animal forms were the original models for the Chinese in their sacrificial vessels, but they were not confined, to the representation of animals, for vases of curious and antique forms are found, and libation vessels like a reversed casque mounted on three feet. Ancient bronze work was made for other purposes besides the two already named, being used by the Emperor for bestowal as presents. Buddhism, which we have already referred to, introduced in its train objects of virtu and art for the native Chinese to copy; and it served as an incentive in presenting a broader field for the Chinese art-worker to roam over, less fettered than the narrow limits confined him to. Many of the treasures of art, which owe their origin to its inspiration, have doubtless perished in the iconoclastic persecutions- which this religion has met more than once since its establishment in China; for the human figure now formed a subject for the Chinese artist, and gods and goddesses innumerable were depicted, and it is here that the best samples of Chinese art are to be found, the finest specimens BUDDHISM. 97 being pvoduced about A.D. 1426, and from A.D. 1621 to 1643, reaching their highest excellence under the reign of K-ang Hi, A.d! 1662. Taouist idols and symbols have had their share in providing objects of art to the Chinese bronze-worker. Arabian, or Persian art, has also, in the time of the Mongol rulers of China, exerted some influence on Chinese bronze art, by giving it certain beauties of form which it had not previously possessed, as well as new decorative and ornamental designs; and in this connection one must mention the bronze astronomical instruments in Peking, made for the Observatory- there, during the time of Kublai Khan. We can only refer en passant to the incrustations of gold, or the beautiful ornamentation Avith delicate scrolls and flowers in niello Avork of silver or gold wire, inserted into grooves cut in the metal on bronze work, Avhich greatly enhances its beauty ; nor can we do more than call attention to the damaskeen work, probably introduced from India, as well as the gilded bronze, due to Buddhist influence on Chinese a]'t. Biiolt rcro mm ended. — 'I/Art C'hinois.' by M. raleologiie. BUDDHISM. — Cirina presents the unique spectacle of three powerful so-called religions, holding sway concurrently over the teeming millions of its inhabitants ; and though strong opposition has been shown to the younger members- of this trinity of religions by the older one — Confucianism — yet there is now an outward pax. Each of them is a complement of the other, and attempts to meet a diiferent want in human nature; Confucianism appeals to morality and conduct; Taouism is materialistic; and Buddhism, metaphysical. Two only are indigenous : Buddhism is foreign, introduced in A.D. 61, for the Emperor dreamt of a gigantic image of gold, and sent to India in search of the new religion : but some believe it Avas known in China before that. The first centuries of its arrival were marked by the translation into Chinese of numerous Buddhistic works; and there was considerable progress in making proselytes, for 98 THINGS CHINESE. in the fourth century nine-tenths of the inhabitants of China were Buddhists. It is impossible* to give an estimate of the number at the present day, as every Chinaman, who is not a Mohammedan or Christian, is a Buddhist, as well as a Toauist and a Confucianist, often at one and the same time. The eclectic nature of the Chinese, and the mutual adaptation of the systems — a give and take — to one another, in the course of centuries of combined occupation of the Chinese religious mind, have rendered the outcome more of an- amalgamation, or rather a mechanical combination of the three ; for their partnership is not of that intimate character that it can be compared to a chemical union, where the different elements combine to produce a new substance. All three are likeAvise established faiths in China: their sages and divinities are admitted into the state pantheon and honoured by state patronage. One is tempted to illustrate this combination of the three, so intimately are they some- times blended together, as a tripartite union of body, soul, and spirit : Confucianism with its ever present essence, permeating the whole body politic, and social system, forming the soul; but here the comparison must stop for it cannot, Avith any approach to truth, be carried further except to say that there are two other members of this partnership. Buddhism is divided into two great branches, tlie Northern and Southern. The Buddhism of China, Nepaul, Tibet, Mongolia, Corea, Japan, and Cochin China belong to the Northern ; that of Ceylon, Bui'mah, and Siam to the Southern. There are several points of diff"erence between them: the sacred books amongst the Northern Buddhists are either in Sanscrit, or translated from it; while amongst the Southern, Pali is the sacred language. The Northern Buddhists have the story of the Western Paradise, perhaps evolved from the human mind as the result of longings for some tangible residence of future bliss, which the doctrine of Nirvana does not satisfy with its absorption into a passionless state. In this pure land of the West, the saints are exempt from suffering, death, and sexual distinction. BUDDHISM. 99 surronnded by the most beautiful scenery, and 'live for seons in a state of absolute bliss. The Goddess of Mercy, who takes very much the same place as the Virgin Mary amongst Roman Catholics, belongs to this division of Buddhism. In the Southern branch the Hindoo traditions in respect to cosmogony and mythology are adhered to more rigidly ; while in the Northern branch a completely new and far more extensive universe, with divinities to correspond, is believed in. Thougli these three, especially Taouism and Buddhism, are so blended and mixed together, the latter obtrudes itself more on the view than the other two. Its temples, as well as its priests, are more numerous. It is very interesting to notice the various phases which this wide-spread form of religion has developed in different lands. In China, it is polytheistic, and has borrowed and adopted deities from Taouism. In fact. Buddhism has adapted itself to circum- stances, and finding certain beliefs prevalent amongst the ■Chinese, instead of combating them, has taken them under its wing, and thus gained by accretion, not only beliefs, but numbers. Nor does Buddhism seem only to have borrowed from Taouism, and in this connection the following extract from a paper by Professor Max Miiller in the Fortnightly Review for July, 189G, may be interesting : — Hui and Gabet, Avhile travelling in Tibet felt startled at the coincidences between tlieir own ecclesiastical ritual and that of the Buddhist priesthood in Tibet. They pointed out, among other things, the crosier, the mitre, the dalmatic, the cope, the service with two choirs, the psalmody, exorcism, the use of censers held by five chains which shut and open by themselves, blessings given by the Lamas in extending their right hand over the heads of the faithful, the use of. beads for saying prayers, the celibacy of the priesthood, spiritual retreats, worship of saints, fastings, processions, litanies, holy water — enough it would seem to -startle Roman Catholic missionaries. They ascribed them g2 100 THINGS CHINESE. to the devil who wished to scandalise pious Roman Catholics who might visit Tibet. **«-*;= We cannot escape from the conclusion that this large number of coincidences proves an actual historical communication between Roman Catholic and Buddhist priests. And such a channel through which these old Roman Catholic customs could have reached Tibet can be shown to have existed. It is an historical fact that Christian missionaries, chiefly Nestorians, were very active in China from the middle of the seventh to the end of tlie eighth century. Their presence and activity in China during these centuries are attested not only by the famous monument of Hsian-fu, but likewise by variovis Chinese historians, and we have no reason to doubt their testimony. The Nestorian Christians had monasteries and schools in different towns of China and were patronised by the Government. We know that one of the monks in the monastery at Hsian-fu was at work under the same roof with a well-known Buddhist monk from Cabul, trying to translate a Buddhist Sanscrit text into Chinese. The prosperity of the Nestorian missions in Cliina lasted till the year 84' 1, Avhen the Emperor Wu tung issued his edicts for the suppression of all Buddhist and likewise of all Christian monasteries. While Buddhism recovered after a time, Christianity seems to have been rooted out, and when Marco Polo visited Hsian-fu, he tells us that the people were all idolators. Referring to many of the ethics of Buddhism being, identical with the precepts in the Holy Scriptures, it has been pointed out that it is erroneous to suppose that Christianity has borrowed them from the Buddhists, as they were freely taught by Moses and the Prophets centuries before Buddha existed :— The ethics of Buddhism were evidently derived from those nations with whom the inhabitants of India had commercial and other relations, including the Jewish, which was in its greatest prosperity 500 years before Buddha was said to have existed. * * "' Evidence has been given by Strabo and other ancient writers to the great commercial intercourse existing in the tenth century B.C., between India, Persia, Parthia, Media and the countries south of the- BUDDHISM. 101 Tiuxine, as well as the ancient traffic by sea, which recent research had shown to have existed. "■■ *- "■■■, carried on from India round Ceylon and up the Red Sea, the ships being mostly manned by those intrepid mariners, the Phoenicians. On the other hand Roman Catholicism seems to have borrowed a little from Buddhism, Buddha himself having been made a saint. The Buddhism of the first few centuries of the Christian ■era in China was a vigorous immigrant, fresh and lusty with life ; eager to attempt great things in its new chosen home, with strength and vigour, prepared to spread its principles : and I'eady to endure the fiery baptisms of persecution through which it had later on to pass. A very differeirt thing to the emasculated descendant that now occupies the land with its drones of priests, and its temples ; in which scarce a worthy- disciple of the learned patriarchs of ancient days is to be found. Received with open arms, persecuted, patronised, smiled upon, tolerated, it, with the last phase of its existence, has reached not the halcyon days of peace and rest, but its final stage, foreshadowing its decay from rottenness and corruption ; for it has long passed its meridian. It was at the zenith of its power in the tenth and twelfth centuries, not only being popular, but exerting great literary influence. It excites but little enthusiasm at the present day in China ; its priests are ignorant, low, and immoral ; addicted to opium ; despised by the people ; lield up to contempt and ridicule; and the gibe and joke of the populace. The nuns likewise hold a very low position in the public estimation. The belief in the transmigration of souls ; the desire for the merit of good works in charity bestowed on priests, and gifts to the large monasteries, so frequent throughout the length and breadth of the land ; as well as the superstitious beliefs in charms and masses for the dead; faith in the worship of the Goddess of Mercy, and a trust in the efficacy of other gods : — all these may be looked upon as the strong supports of Buddhism in China at the present day ; but the scoff of the infidel, and the sneer of the atheist is slowly undermining some parts of this religious structure; and a better religion 102 THINGS CHINESE. and a purer, -svhich will stand true to its colours, Avill have- more chance of success in future than Buddhism has had in the past. The Light of Asia is setting in obscure darkness, while the first glimmering rays of The Light of the World are chasing that darkness away, and The Sun of Righteous- ness is arising with healing in his wings. BooJ/.i reroinmciKh-d. — -Rhys David's 'Buddhism,' ])iiblished by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledsje, gives the best account for the general reader of Buddhism, as a religion. Eitel's ' Three Lectures on Buddhism,' give, in a iiopular form, and in a few pajres, an account of Chinese Buddhism, which is more lengthily treated of in Kdkins"s 'Chinese Buddhism'; Beal's •Buddhism in China' is interesting and smaller than the last. Edkins's ' Religion in China' contains much on Bufldhism. Beal's ' Buddliist Literature in China' treats of works translated into Chinese. Eitel's ' Hand-book for the student of Chinese Buddliism ' is a dictionary of the Sanscrit terms used in Chinese, their translations into the latter, ■with an account of their meanings. For an interesting account of a paper dealing with the etliics of Buddhism .syv ' Hongkong Telegraph,' Ivth Feb., 1896. Also ,svr 'Chi])sfroma German Workshop,,' Vol. IV.. pp. 445-458. for a stranofe account of the canonisation of Buddha himself as a Roman Catholic saint. BUFFALO (WATER-BUFFALO).— Th\s animal is called by the Chinese the water ox, or cow : by naturalists. Bos huhalus. Crauford and Dr. Dennys thus describe it: — The same useful, powerful, ugly, sluggish, and unwieldy animal which exists in all the warm countries of Asia, and which was intro- duced into Greece, Egypt and Southern India in the middle ages. It is only, however, within ten or twelve degrees of the equator that it is found of great size, strength and vigour. * ''- *- The flesh of this semi-aquatic animal is coarse. * "'" * The wound inflicted by an enraged buffalo is fearful. The victim is generally gored in the thigh, the femoral artery being ripped open. The buffalo is a dangerous animal for Europeans to approach, as it has a repugnance to strangers, but Avith its friends is thoroughly docile, and in perfect control of the little boys who have the task of driving them to and from the fields, and of guiding them when pulling the harrow and plough, often riding on their backs. So common is this sight that the metaphor of a lad astride a buffalo's back, blowing the flute, frequently enters into Chinese descriptions of rural life, and the buffalo with the herd-boy thus engaged appears in paintings and is used for decorative designs, &c. CAMPHOR. 103 The buffalo can scarcely be said to be covered with hair,. a few straggling ones being all that Nature has vouchsafed to it ; one author describing it as having ' a hairless hide.' Through this scanty pretence for a covering the light black colour of the skin shows without any concealment. Each horn is nearly semi-circular, and bends downward, while the head is turned back so as almost to bring the nose horizontal. This peculiar carriage of the head enables the animal to submerge nearly the whole of the body and head under the surface of the water in the pools and ponds in which they deliglit to lie, to cool themselves or to get rid of the gnats. It is very curious to see a herd of them thus immersed with only the tips of their noses showing. The habits of this animal make it cheaper to keep him in good condition, while he can do more "work than the ox. The milk of the buffalo cow in the South of China is richer than, that of the cow in that part of the Avorld. CAMPHOR.~Yh{& useful drug is the product of the camphor tree, a species of laurel, which grows abundantly by in Fuh-Kien and Kwong-tung, and is met with as a timber- tree in Kiang-si, Hu-peh and other provinces to some extent. The tree attains a large size, is of much use, and gives employment to many carpenters, shipwrights and boat- builders, the Avood being valuable for the manufacture of trunks and chests of drawers. The odour of the wood is pleasant, and when fresh and strong of some utility in keeping away moths and insects from clothing, the wood itself not being subject to the attack of white ants, &c. Vessels are also constructed partially or wholly of it as well. The drug is employed medicinally by the Chinese, and another use they make of it is for thinning lacquer. The Chinese are not careful in the preparation of the drug which is very impure. Williams thus describes the preparation of it : — The gum is procured from the branches, roots, leaves, and chips by soaking them in water until the liquor becomes saturated; a gentle heat is then applied to this solution, and the sublimed camphor received in inverted cones, made of rice-straw, from which it is. detached in impure grains, resembling unrefined sugar in colour. 104 THINGS CHINESE. Dr. Porter Smith tells us : — It is met with in granular lumps or grains, of the colour of dirty snow, and having a strong terebin- thinate odour, and a warm, bitter aromatic taste, with an aftertaste somewhat cooling. It is not so strong as the English drug, but it is more volatile. Very good camphor is brought from Tsiuen-chau fu in Fuh-kien. Rein says : — Japanese camphor is much purer and more valuable, and therefore commands a higher price than Chinese. More than one variety of camphor is procurable in the Chinese drug shops ; the common dirty stuff, sold at a cheap rate, being of little use. The better qualities are either from abroad, or have had more care taken in the preparation. A variety called icicle-flakes is procured from a different species of tree, is said to come from Chang-chau fu, in Fuh- kien, and the tree yielding it, * * * * is described as growing in Canton province. Since the loss of the Island of Formosa, the Chinese production of camphor is confined to that of the mainland. In a British Consulate Report from Foochow occurs the following passage : — Camphor trees grow in this neighbourhood, and I cannot but think that if the Chinese were sufficiently long-sighted to take proper care of the existing trees, and to plant young ones, a considerable trade in camphor might be fostered. Heretofore Formosa has been a camphor-producing country. Now that this has been transferred to Japanese rule, the Chinese, unless they take measures to prevent it, will lose the camphor trade entirely. Camphor has risen enormously in value lately. It has been erroneously thought that this was due to the extended use of it in the manufacture of smokeless powder ; but it was only employed experimentally at first for that purpose which could not have affected the market value. It is, however, extensively used in the manufacture of celluloid. CAPITAL CITIES.— The country now included in ■China has been the scene of so many different states in ancient times, due to the vicissitudes incident to conquest and war as well as to other causes, that various cities have been the capital of the empire at different periods of its existence. CAPITAL CITIES. 105 flangchow is one of the most famous of these. Marco Polo waxes eloquent in his praise of it : The noble and magnificent city of Kin-sai,, a name that signifies '■'the celestial city," and which it merits from its pre-eminence to all others in the world, in point of grandeur and beauty, as well as from its abundant delights, Avhich might lead an inhabitant to imagine himself in paradise. All writers agree in praising its situation, and the beauty of the surroundings, as well as the richness of the city, though they do not go into the ecstacies of the mediaeval Italian. Hang- chow was the metropolis during the latter part of the Sung dynasty (A.D. 1129-1280), when the northern part of the empire was in the hands of the Kin Tartars. The ancient capital of Shan-tu, rendered famous by Coleridge's exquisite poem : — 'In Xanadu did Kubhii Khan/ ■ — is now in ruins. The chief city of Shan-tung is Chi-nan-fu. once the capital of the ancient state of Tsi (B.C. 1100-1230). Kai-fung-fu, or Pien Liang, had the honour of being the metropolis from A.D. 960 to 1129. The After Hans had their capital at the chief city of Sz-chuan, where their rule extended over the West of China. Si-ngan-fu, has been the capital of the empire for more years than any other city. Nanking, I.e., the Southern Capital, has been the metropolis of China several times during long periods of her history, once from A.D. 317 to 582. It was here that the seat of government was established in the former part of the Ming dynasty, A.D. 1368-1103, though Hung Wu, the founder of that dynasty, intended Hwui-chow to be the capital. The famous porcelain tower was here (at Nanking), and here it was too that the T'ai P-ing rebels made their head-quarters for many years. The Southern Mandarin was the court language of China, until displaced by the Northern, owing to Nanking being the capital. 106 THINGS CHINESE. Peking is the Northern Capital, and has been so for many centuries, but it was not the capital of the whole of China until the time of Kublai in A.D. 1264. On the fall of the Mongol dynasty, the centre of government was transferred to Nanking until A.D. 1411, when Peking again became the metropolis, and has remained so ever since. It is owing to Peking being the capital that the Northern Mandarin is spoken in Peking, otherwise an insignificant dialect is the Court language of China. Jiockft rccoiiinieH many valuable industries and enterprises being opened up. The construction of the railroaid across. the United States .was also largely duetto- their.ihelpJ^Mir- ■• ••• : • ; ''.i,-.' In Trinidad there were, about twenty years ago, 4,000 or 5,000 Chinese, but they have decreased to probably about 2,000 or 3,000. They used to work in sugar plantations, but are now principally shopkeepers, &fc. There were three Chinese males in Grenada in 1891, out of a population of 53,209. In the Leeward Islands, by the census of 1891, there were 83 males and 39 females, natives of China, making a total of 122. In Antigua the numbers were G6 and 3, making a total of (39. In Jamaica, in 1891, they had increased to males 373, females 108, total 481, of '^vhdiii"347'w^re Borhifl China; thus lising from -02 of the total population in 1881, to -08 in 1891. 'In Cuba and'Porfo Rr Eye - - C'HIX - - Neck - - Figure - Hakds and Feet Stature - - - • Complexion Hair Low, receding, narrow. Small, aliiioml-r^hapeil, obli , 2 5 , :^ inches ^ 1 1 11 17 44 77 112 172 5 feet 4 inches = 178 5 = i(;4 6 = 117 7 ,. = 62 8 .. = 28 9 -, = 13 10 „ ^= 2 11 „ = 1 CHINESE PEOPLE. 133 We discarded from our investigations all under the age of 21 by Cliineso reckoning, which is a year or two less than by English computation, but maturity is early attained in a hot climate. Neither does the fact that the measurements are those of prisoners on their admission to gaol militate against them being reliable as average statistics for Chinese in this part of China, as the majority, if not all the prisoners, form a very good sample of Southern Chinese. The great proportion of them are artisans and coolies, and are typical of the whole of their class ; a few of the better class of Chinese are also to be found amongst them. The height of 100 female prisoners was as follows ; — 4 feet < „ = i 4 ,, 9 ,, = i) 4 ,, 10 ., = 11 4 ,. II ., =14 feet inches ^ L'7 „ 2 ., =ia » -^ » = " ."•) .. = 1 The average height of the Chinese is said to be 5 feet 4 inches, while the averasre for Ensrlish is 5 feet 61 inches. As regards their mental characteristics, much might be. and has been, written ; the latter largely tinctured by the mental media through which the various observers viewed their idiosyncracies. One of the most marked peculiarities is their wonderful memory in the way of study. Trained for centuries in this particular groove, the result has been that books are easily learned by heart and repeated from beginning to end without mistake. Their patience, perseverance, and industry are deserving of all praise ; no task is considered too trivial, no labour too arduous to engage in. Their politeness, peaceable- ness and dread of giving offence are often carried to an extreme. Their economy, credulity, lack of sincerity and sympathy are all characteristics on which page after page might be written. 134 THINGS CHINESE. As has been said of the Japanese, so may it be said equally well of the Chinese : — ' His very politeness may compel him to hide a disagreeable truth or, at the utmost to express it in very indirect language. His native tongue, with its elaborate impersonal forms of address and even of command, reflects the whole social sentiments of the people. It abounds in *'■■ * negations, in honorifics to the person addressed, in deprecatory phrases concerning self, or selfs belongings.' These assist the fatal want of veracity so noticeable amongst the Chinese, for it must be confessed that the obligations of truth are not so binding with them as with us. This trait of character is constantly exhibited in the courts of justice. They are, however, not worse than most Orientals in this respect ; in fact they are better than many. Having thus lightly touched upon a few of the charac- teristics of this wonderful, little understood, much lauded, as well as much decried people, we Avill ourselves retire to the background and present a symposium of opinions of residents, authors, statesmen, missionaries, travellers and others. 'It is an abuse of terms, to say that they are a highly moral people * * '■■' '■■' A morality that forgets one half of the decalogue must be wonderfully deficient, however complete it may be in the other '■■" * '•' I think, however, we may affirm '"• ""' "'■' that the moral sense is in many particulars highly refined among them. * * '- Respect to parents and elders, obedience to law, chastity, kindness, economy, prudence, and self-possession are the never-failing themes for remark and illustration. * * * * * The happiness and general prosperity of the Chinese are so conspicuous that they merit a short analysis. Let us see then of what elements they are compounded : — (i) An habitual readiness to labour. (2) Frugality in the use of worldly goods. (3) Skill competent to enable the people to turn all advantages to the best account. (4) An exact conception of money's worth.' — (Tyadescaiii Lax). ' In the Chinese character are elements which in due time must lift her [China] out of the terribly backward position into which she has fallen and raise her to a rank among the foremost of nations. Another ground of hope * * * lies in the matter-of-fact habits of the Chinese, their want of enthusiasm and dislike of chansre, Avhich are rather favourable than otherwise to their development as- a great community.' — (Dr. Wells Williams). CHINESE PEOPLE. 135 ' The mental capacities of the people are of no inferior order. Their administrative powers are remarkable. Sir Frederick Bruce is reported to have said that "Chinese statesmen were equal to any ha ever met in any capital in Europe." '■■■' *■■' * Certain it is, they hold their own with our British diplomatists. Chinese merchants cope successfully with our own in all departments of trade ; in fact, are gaining ground on them. {See Consul Medhurst's "Report on the Trade of Shanghai," i^/?^^ ^(w/^ [China], No. 7, 1870.) * * "■ *■- Their literati are equal to any intellectual task Europeans can set before them * * •■■ *. The common people are shrewd, pains- taking and indomitable ; and the more I have travelled among them the more have I been impressed with their mental promise, docility, and love of order * * * * *. The Chinese have always been the imperial race in the Far East ''■' "- *' *. It is true that at present they are in a most deplorable condition. Their old principles of government are disregarded; the maxims of their classics utterly ignored by the generality of their rulers ; rapacity and corruptions pervade every department of the State. * '■' -■- * Absence of truth and uprightness and honour, — this is a most appalling void, and, unfortunately, it meets one hi all classes and professions of the people. I do not refer to money matters, for, as a rule, they stand well in this respect. * * * * The Chinese are not naturally an anti-progressive people. They are peculiarly amenable to reason, have no caste, and no powerful religious bias. Their history shows that they have adopted every manifest improvement, which has presented itself, for these many centuries. * * * The truth is, the Chinese have all the mental, moral, and religious instincts of our common nature. "•" •" * * The fact that they have preceded us in many of the most important discoveries of modern times, such as the compass, gunpowder, printing, the manufacture of paper, silk, procelain, &c., proves their inventive genius. * * "' * They are peaceable and civil to strangers. — (Dr. Williamson.) Hei'e are a few extracts from older Avriters : — ' Generally speaking, they have all the cunning, deceit and intrigue of the French, without any of their good qualities.' — Dr. Morrison. ' Such Europeans as settle in China, and are eye-witnesses of what passes, are not surprised to hear that mothers kill or expose several of their children ; nor that parents sell their daughters for a trifle, nor that the empire is full of thieves ; and the spirit of avarice universal. They are rather surprised that greater crimes are not heard of during seasons of scarcity. If we deduct the desires so natural to the unhappy, the innocence of their habits would correspond well enough with their poverty and hard labour.' — Preniare. 'The Chinese are so madly prejudiced in favour of their own country, manners, and maxims, that they cannot imagine anything, not Chinese, to deserve the least regard. — Chavagnac. ' So unwilling are the Chinese to allow themselves to be surpassed, or that any other people possess that of which they cannot boast, that they fancy resemblances where there are none, and, after striving in vain to find them, they still hope that such there are, and that if there should happen to be none, they are of no importance, or surely they would have been there.'— Z>r. Mibie. 136 THINGS CHINESE. 'The superiority which the Chinese possess over the other nations of Asia is so decided as scarcely to need the institution of an elaborate comparison. "•■•' '■■ ""' * It may be considered as one proof of social advancement on the part of the Chinese, that the civil authority is generally superior to the military, and that letters always rank above arms. ''' * * The Chinese are bad political economists. o c- o o The advantageous features of their character, as mildness, • docility, industry, peaceableness ; subordination and respect for the aged, are accompanied by the vices of specious insincerity, falsehood, with mutual distrust and jealousy * i- * * 'f he superior character of the Chinese as colonists in regard to intelligence, industry, and general sobriety, must be derived from their education, and from the influence of something good in the national system. * * * >» The comparatively low estimation in which mere wealth is held, is a considerable moral advantage on the side of the Chinese * * * * Poverty is no reproach among them. * * * * The peaceful and prudential chai^acter of the people may be traced to the influence and authority of age. •■" "■'• '■' ■'• The Chinese frequently get the better of Europeans in a discussion by imperturbable coolness and gravity. * * It is the discipline to which they ^re subject from earliest childhood, and the habit of controlling their ruder passions, that render crimes of violence so unfrequent among them. * "•■'■ '■■ '■■' Hereditary rank without merit, is of little merit to the possessor.' — Sir ydiJi Davis. ' As a direct refusal to any request would betray a want of good breeding, every proposal finds their immediate acquiescence : they promise without hesitation, but generally disappoint by the invention of some slight pretence or plausible objection : they have no proper sense of the obligations of truth.' — Barrozv. ' The Chinese * 'f- * are in general of a mild and humane disposition, but violent and vindictive when offended,' — Sir George Stainiton. 'Genius and originality are regarded as hostile and incompatible elements.' — Gillespie. And again some extracts from later writers : — ' Ingenuity is a gift largely bestowed upon the Chinaman ; it is indeed one of his most marked characteristics, — but it is ingenuity of that peculiar kind which works with very slender materials. « Almost every Chinaman is, by a kind of natural instinct, good both at cooking and at bargaining.' — Archdeacon Cobbold. ' This mysterious race, which with the Anglo-Saxons and the Russians will divide the earth a hundred years hence. * '■' '■' Hard- working, frugul and orderly when their secret societies are kept under due control, they are admirable aud trustworthy men of business, while as artisans their industry is only exceeded by their skill and versatility.' — Sir Lepel Griffin. CHINESE FEOPLE. 137 ' The love of antiquity is inborn in the Chinese, they h've in the past. * * * * To them the past is not a mass of musty records filled with the suffocating odours of decay, as it appears often to us, but a rich treasure-house fragrant with the aroma of purest wisdom and noblest example. '■' * * " They are exclusive to the extremest degree. "' '■■■' '"'' * Conservatism has been carried to such an extreme that the whole nation has become fossilised. * * * * Closely connected with this spirit of exclusiveness is an overweening pride and absurd conceit in their own superiority and an unreasoning hatred of everything foreign. "■'■ '■■■ "•'■■ '■' Taking the people as a whole, their fundamental qualities of industry, stability and readiness to submit to authority, contain the promise of cheering results in the future.' — Rei'. B. C. Henry. ' The Chinaman and the mosquito are the two great mysteries of creation.' — H. Norman. 'One of the most remarkable national peculiarities of the Chinese is their extraordinary addiction to letters, the general prevalence of literary habits among the middling and higher orders, and the very honourable pre-eminence which from the most remote period has been uniyersally conceded to that class which is exclusively devoted to literary pursuits. '■' '' '" * I have left the country with the conviction that the Chinese nation, as a whole, is a much less vicious one than, as a consequence of opinions formed from a limited and unfair field of observation, it has been customary to represent it ; further, that the lower orders of the people generally are better conducted, more sober and industrious, and, taken altogether, intellectually superior to the corresponding class of our own countrymen.' — Dr. Rcnnic. 'I find here a steady adherence to the traditions of the past, a sober devotion to the calls arising in the various relations of lite, an absence of shiftlessness, an honest and, at least, somewhat earnest grappling with the necessities and difficulties which beset men in their humbler stages of progress, a capacity to moralise withal, and an enduring sense of right and wrong. These all form what must be considered an essentially satisfactory basis and groundwork of national character. Among the people there is practical sense, among the gentry, scholarly instincts, the desire for advancement, the disposition to work for it with earnestness and constancy. Amongst the rulers, a sense of dignity, breadth of view, considering their information, and patriotic feeling. Who will say that such a people have not a future more wonderful even than their past.' — G. F. Seward. ' The moral character of the Chinese is a book written in strange letters, which are more complex and difficult for one of another race, religion, and language to decipher than their own singularly com- pounded word-symbols. In the same individuals, virtues and vices, apparently incompatible, are placed side by side. Meekness, gentleness, docility, industry, contentment, cheerfulness, obedience to superiors, dutifulness to parents, and reverence for the aged, are in one and the same person, the companions of insincerity, lying, flattery, treachery, cruelty, jealousy, ingratitude, avarice, and distrust 138 THINGS CHINESE. of others. The Chinese are a weak and timid people, and in consequence, like all similarly constituted races, they seek a natural refuge in deceit and fraud. But examples of moral inconsistency are by no means confined to the Chinese, and I fear that sometimes too much emphasis is laid on the dark side of their character, * * "" '* as if it had no parallel amongst more enlightened nations. Were a native of the empire with a view of acquiring a thorough knowledge of the English people, to make himself familiar with the records of our police and other law courts, the transactions that take place in what we call the "commercial world," and the scandals of what we term "society," he would probably give his countrymen at home a very one-sided and depreciatory account of this nation.' — Archdeacon Gray. I find the Chinese most polite. * ■■■■ * '- The only thing no man can accuse the Chinese of is love of change. — Mrs. Gray, 'The earnest simplicity and seriousness with which an amiable and lettered man in China will sit and propound the most prepos- terous and fantastic theories that ever entered a human brain, and the profound unconsciousness he shows of the nonsense he is talking, affect one very curiously. ■•' * * * There are few things in which the Chinese do not claim pre-eminence, and it is this habit of self- complacency which renders them so very much averse to being enlightened on those points on which they habitually are found wanting. The belief in their own infallibility cannot but be a standing obstacle to the progress of the people in all departments where it prevails, and the difHculty of getting a Chinaman to acknowledge that he is beaten in an argument is but another phase of the same phenomenon. It is a sufficient answer, for him, that, however useless or hurtful a given practice may be, it is the " custom " of the country ; and the belief that all the customs which have descended from generation to generation are, for that very reason, incapable of improvement, renders him a very hopeless subject to deal with 'o and return subject to different calls on a whistle, obedience being enforced bj'^ the persuasive strokes of a bamboo — the great educational factor in China 1 When thoroughly trained, a male bird is valued at from 205. to 30*., and its fishing career is expected to continue for five years, .after which it will probably become old and sulky.' Cormorant fishing was practiced in both France and Enghand in the seventeenth century ; and an attempt to revive it has lately been made in England. COSMETICS.— "These are largely used by the Chinese, no girl or woman above the very menial classes being considered as dressed without a plentiful application of rouge to the lips and patches of it on the cheeks. A sign, ■even if others were wanting, that the present race of Chinese have descended to the warmer regions of the south of China from a climate where rosy cheeks and ruby lips were natural. No art is dispUiyed in applying the rouge, nor is concealment ever dreamt of At the first glance, a Chinese lady is seen to be painted by the coarse big daub on each side of her face. On festivals and gala occasions it is even more freely applied. White powder is also used to render their dark faces more fair. The lavish use of cosmetics spoils whatever complexion a. Chinese lady may possess. COTTON. — The introduction of cotton as a textile plant into China is an interesting subject. It has been supposed that the ancient Shii King (The Book of History) mentions ■cotton, but ' the Aveight of proof is, however, strongly adverse to this view,' There is no doubt that a historical notice^ about A.D. 500, * refers to cotton robes,' and in A.D. 670 we find it bearing the name of Kih-pei, derived from the Sanscrit Karpasi. This early knowledge of cotton amongst the Chinese was confined, it would thus appear, to what was brought into the empire as tribute, for it was not until the Sung dynasty that the plant was grown in China. 150 THINGS CHINESE. ' Early in the eleventh century the plant was brought over and cultivated in the north-western provinces by persons from Khoten. * " ■■'■ The opposition to cotton cultivation on the part of silk and hemp growers was so persistent that the plant had not fairly won its way into favour until the Yuen dynasty. The great cotton region is the basin of the Yangtsz Kiang, where the white and yellow varieties grow side by side. The manure used is mud taken from the- canals and spread with ashes over the ploughed fields, in which seeds are sown about the 20th of April. The seeds are planted, after sprouting, five or six in a hole, being rubbed with ashes as they are put in, and weeded out if necessary. After the winter crops have been gathered, cotton-fields are easily made ready for the shoots, which, while growing, are carefully tended, thinned, hoed, and weeded until the flowers begin to appear about August. As the pods begin to ripen- and burst, the cultivator collects them before they fall, to clean the cotton of seed and husks. The weather is carefully watched, for a day summer or a wet autumn are alike unpropitious, and as the pods are ripening from August to October, it is not uncommon for the crop to be partially lost. The seeds are separated by a vvheel turning two rollers, and the cotton sold by each farmer to merchants in the towns. Some he keeps for weaving at home ; spinning-wheels and looms, being common articles of furniture in the houses of the peasantry. Cotton is cultivated in every province, and most of it is used where it grows. Around Peking the plant is hardly a foot high ; the bolls are- cleaned for wadding to a great extent, while the woody stalks supply fuel to the poor. Minute directions are given in Su's ' Encyclopaedia of Agriculture ' respecting the cultivation of this plant, whose total crop clothes the millions of the empire.' ' The durable cotton cloth made in the central provinces called Nankeefihy foreigners, because Nanking is famous for its manufacture, is the chief product of Chineselooms. It is now seldom sent out of the- country, and the natives are even taking to the foreign fabric in its. stead. Cotton seed in that part of China is sown early in June, about eighty pounds to an acre ; in a good year the produce is about two thousand pounds, diminishing to one half in poor seasons. It is manured with liquid bean-cake, often hoed and the bolls gathered in October, usually by each family in its own plot. The seeds are separated by passing the pods between an iron and wooden roller on a frame, which presses out the seeds and does not break them. The clean cotton is then bowed ready for spinning, and the cloth is woven in simple looms by the people who are to wear it after it is dyed blue. The- looms used in weaving cotton vary from twelve to sixteen inches in width ; they are simple in their construction ; no figures are woven, in cotton fabrics, nor have the Chinese learned to print them as chintz or calico. '■■' * '■■' * The only attempt to estimate the- product has been in Kiangnan, at 28,500 tons, a figure below rather than above the truth.' The cotton plant is grown all over China at the present day. It has been thought that it may have been introduced • by foreigners trading with the Chinese ' ' by way of the- southern sea ' ' as well as by the Mongol usurpers coming ia COTTON. 151 from the north-west/ for, though first cultivated during the Sung dynasty, it was only under the Mongols that it was grown to any extent. One writer describes the spread of the cotton plant in China as being very rapid on account of its being able to stand the northern winters and the southern mildness of climate. So common has it become now that it is the staple article for dress in China, especially amongst the poorer classes, as it can be more cheaply made than silks. Not content with their own native produced article, cotton and cotton goods form the largest import into China, and an import which is continually increasing in value. In 1892 it was represented in value by 53,290,200 taels, grey and white shirtings from England accounting alone for 15,693,081 taels of that amount. (See Article on Trade.) The Indian yarn thus imported ' is suited to make coarse fabrics which are strong and wear well.' ' China greatly values cheapness and if she procure these [Indian yarns] she will supply her own coarse textile fabrics for the time by the cottage loom system and suit her own taste in strength and quality.' But a new phase has recently come over the cotton industry, and mills fitted with the latest appliances for tlie manufacture are now springing up at Shanghai and a few other important centres of trade and industry in China; this is accompanied by an increased cultivation of cotton. It would seem that the Indian yarn is better suited for manufac- ture than the native. 'Mr. Tratman referring to the manufactures of the Hupeh cotton mill at Wuchang says: — "These goods have had a fair trial throughout these provinces during the past few years, but they are not appreciated to anything like the same extent as similar goods of foreign manufacture. The yarn is short and difficult to work with the primitive apphances in use here. The shirtings have not the same toughness as even the most common kind of English goods and they tear very easily. This inferiority of the Hupeh goods is not, I am told, to be in any way attributed to the manufacture, but simply to the fact that the cotton used is much below the standard of Indian, cotton." ' Though of short staple, Chinese cotton ' is suitable for mixing with other qualities.' The Hon. T. H. Whitehead,. 152 THINGS CHINESE. from whom we have qiioted the last sentence, in his speech at the Royal Colonial Institute in 1895, proceeds to say : — 'In the Shanghai River in December 1893, there were at one time no less than 5 ocean going steamers taking in cargoes of China- grown cotton for transportation to Japan, there to be converted by Japanese hands into yarn and cotton.' ' The Chinese have millions of acres of land admirably adapted to the cultivation of cotton.' The starting of these cotton mills, to Avhich we have already referred, will obviate the necessity of carrying the cotton to Japan and then bringing the yarn back to China, since the conversion of it into yarn can be carried out on the spot. Shanghai, being the centre of the cotton growing districts, bids fair, if the industry is not throttled by Chinese officialdom and officialism, to 'be one of the greatest manufacturing centres in the world ' It has already proved a commercial success in Shanghai, and companies for starting mills at other places are every now and then being promoted; sometime ago it was announced that a * weaving enterprise on a somewhat large scale ' would ' shortly be inaugurated in Honam, Canton.' There are now (1898) fifteen mills running in Shanghai and at outports. In the last-mentioned city, there are over 1,000 em- ployed in the native primitive method of weaving cotton- cloth. It takes ;ibout twelve days to make one piece of 1 1 chdng in length (about 43 yards), and the pay for this is 3S0 cash, the masters providing board and lodging for the workmen but charging them for it. The cotton is carded by means of a large bow several feet in length which is held by, or fastened to the body of, the workman, who vibrates the string amidst the cotton, thus producing a very light floss. The cotton tree is not to be confounded with the cotton plant. It is a large splendid tree growing to a considerable size with immense limbs branching out from it. and in spring it has a large red flower. A Avhite silky down covers the seeds, whence its name. This cotton is ' equally good looking ' as the true cotton, its staple is too short to be woven into cloth ; consequently it is only used to stuff cushions, &c. CREMATION. 153 A rough cloth is capable of being produced from it, so it is said, but this statement is doubtful. Boohs recommended. — Williams's 'Middle Kingdom.' Dr. Porter Smith's 'Chinese Materia Medica and Natural History,' and Dr. Edkins ' Modern China.' CREMATION. — Cremation is opposed to the principles of the Chinese. They believe that unless the whole body goes intact into the next world, it will not be in a perfect condition in a future state of existence. It is only Buddhist monks whose bodies are thus disposed of at the present day. It was. however, a common practice, in some parts of China, at all events, during the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, for Marco Polo says : * The people have paper-money, and are idolaters and burn their dead.' Ibn Batuta also says: — 'The Chinese are all infidels: they worship images, and burn their dead just like the Hindoos.' A memorial was presented against it in A. D. 1261 to the Emperor 'praying that the erection of cremation furnaces might thenceforth be prohi- bited.' It is a great pity that the practice was not continued, as the neighbourhood of a Chinese city is converted into a vast necropolis, to say nothing of solitary graves scattered over the hills and mountains, even at a distance from human habitations. There is no intramural burial. No places of Avorship are turned into charnel houses to the detriment of future living worshippers as with us, but an equally, or even more, reprehensible custom is in vogue of preserving the coffin in the house or some convenient temple for weeks, months, and years, until either a favourable site with propi- tious inflnences is found, or until the family can afford the expenses of a funeral befitting their social position. This is in the South; in the central portions of China, as at Shang- hai, one sees coffins standing even in the corners or centres of fields All these insanitary customs would have been done away with had the more scientific and health-preserving practice of cremation been allowed to continue. The Man- tsz aborigines in Western Sz-chuen cremate their dead. The •bodies are placed in a sitting position and bound with cords. 154 THINGS CHINESE. The funeral pyre is built, and after the body is burned the- ashes and unburned wood are buried on the spot. Archdeacon Gray thus describes a cremation at Honam Temple : — ' As I entered the inner gates my attention was directed to an apartment, the doors of which were crowded by a number of priests arrayed in sackcloth, and wearing white bandages round their foreheads. The corpse, attired in a cowl, and with the hands fixed in the attitude of prayer, was placed in a bamboo-chair in a sitting posture, and carried to the pyre by six secular monks. All the monks, were in attendance, and walked two abreast, immediately behind the remains of the departed friar. As the long procession advanced, the walls of the monastery echoed with the chanting of prayers and. the tinkling of cymbals. When the bearers reached the pyre, they placed the chair containing the corpse upon it, and the fagots were- then kindled by the chief priest. Whilst the body was enveloped in flames, the mourners prostrated themselves upon the ground in obeisance to the ashes of one with whom they had been accustomed to join in prayer and praise. When the fire had burned itself out, the attendants collected the charred bones and placed them in a cinerary urn, which was then deposited in a small shrine within the precincts of the monastery. The cinerary urns remain in this shrine- until the ninth day of the ninth month, when the ashes which they contain are emptied into bags of red cloth, which are then sewn and. thrown into a large ossuary, or species of monastery mausoleum. These edificies, built of granite, are called by the Chinese Poo-Toofig- Tap, and are upon an extensive scale. That belonging to the monastery of Honam is a noble piece of masonry, and is divided inta compartments, one being for the ashes of monks, and the other for those of nuns. The bags of red cloth, with their contents, are consigned to these receptacles through small apertures just sufficiently large for their admission.' CURRENCY. — China presents the curious spectacle of an empire without a gold or silver currency in general use throughout the land. For centuries, with but slight exceptions, the medium of exchange has been the cash, a small copper coin of the size of an English halfpenny, but only a half or a third as thick, with a square hole in its centre for convenience in stringing. It has a raised broad, rim round the circumference as well as one round the square hole in the centre. In the sunk space between these two rims are, on the obverse, four Chinese characters, two of Avhich are the style of the Emperor's reign, and two are the equivalent of 'current coin.' At the present day ther CURRENCY. 155 majority of the coins also have on the reverse two Manehu- characters, one denoting the provincial mint at which the coin has been cast, and the other the equivalent of the word •'currency.' For some centuries before Christ, and until the present time, this has been, in its general features, the circulating medium of China. Larger coins of the same character have also been coined, but, as a rule, it may be said that China has had no gold or silver coinage. A few attempts to coin silver have been made once or twice, but they have been failures. Edkins says 'Arabian trade brought to China the use of silver by weight, as European trade at a later period brought the dollar.' ' A thousand years ago the people in Central China kept their accounts in copper cash.' It is now the general practice, at all events in the South, for accounts to be kept in silve'r — taels, mace,, candarins, and li (a decimal system : ten 11 making one candarin ; ten candarins, one mace; and ten mace, one tael) ; there being actually no such coins in existence. Paper notes have at different times been issued by the Government, and in later times by private firms. They have been much in use in certain parts of China — Foochow for example. Marco Polo devotes a whole chapter to an account of the paper-money in use in China in his time, [See Article on Banks and' Bank-notes.) The Chinese readily used the Mexican, South American, and other dollars, — half a century ago Spanish dollars took the place that the Mexican subsequently held, but, , except in the neighbourhood of Hongkong, and often there as well, they always weighed them, and they were generally stamped, as they passed through the hands of merchants and shop-keepers till they fell into pieces and became what is known as broken silver, and had to be weighed as each transaction took place to know their value. For this purpose a small money scale is a part of the equipment of everyone going shopping, in time, no doubt, a regular silver coinage will drive this practice out. The Japanese, Hongkong, and. Straits Settlements subsidiary coins, such as the five, ten and twenty cent pieces, are also much in circulation, especially in. 156 THINGS CHINESE. Hongkong and its neighbourliood. The Japanese yen and Hongkong dollar are also used. Within the last few years a mint has been established at Canton. Tiiis mint is a very fine one, and in one respect, that of stamping machines, is the largest in the ^vorld. It is under the superintendence of a Scotchman, but all the other officials and workmen are natives. The following extracts from Consul Brenan's Report may prove of interest in this connection : — 'This mint has not so far [1893] taken upon itself the duty of providing the people with a standard of value at the expense of the Government. It only cares to work at a profit. * * '■■' '■' -No assayer is employed, and the provincial treasury silver is taken to be pure, the Canton dollar [few of which have been coined] is not of even fineness. Some of the first dollars coined there were found in the London mint to be actually that in London as one European language is from another,, so that any merchants from London, who settled in Liverpool, would have to learn the language of the people of that city,, and Avould be strangers in a strange land, as far as the speech, was concerned. Again, suppose that Gaelic was the speech in. Edinburgh or Glasgow, a native of those cities settling in London would find that to be understood he had to pick up the language of the South of England. Again, let Welsh be the only language spoken in the principality, a Welshman Avould then not be understood in York, or anywhere else in England or Scotland. Such, then, represents the position of the Chinaman in- his own land, for different so-called dialects are spoken in it. It it a pity that they have received this name, for it gives such a wrong impression as to their range, the number of people that speak them, and the very great difference that exists between them. As the lamented, but talented, Carstairs Douglas says in- speaking of one of them : — 'But such words as "Dialect" or "Colloquial" give an erroneous conception of its nature. It is not a mere colloquial dialect ox patois ; it is spoken by the highest ranks just as by the common people, by the most learned just as by the most ignorant > learned men indeed add a few polite or pedantic phrases, but these- DIALECTS. 16T are mere excrescences (and even they are pronounced accordina" to the,' so-called dialect of that part of the country) ' while the main body and staple of the spoken language of the most refined and learned classes is the same as that of coolies, labourers, and, boatmen. Nor does the term " dialect " convey anything like a correct idea of its distinctive character : it is no mere dialectic variety of some other language ; it is a distinct language, one of the many and widely differing languages which divide among them the soil of China. * * -■' ■■■ They are cognate languages bearing to each a relation similar to that which subsists between the Arabic, the Hebrew, the Syriac, the Ethiopic, and the other members of the Semitic family ; or again between English, German, Dutch, Danish, Swedish, &c.' To generalise then, there are throughout Cliina the following main divisions of speech or language, generally called dialects. We arrange them with some attempt at relative age, or the greater or less remains of age contained, in them : — - 1. The Cantonese. 5. The Hainanese 2. „ Hakka. 6. „ Shanghai. 3. „ Anioy. 7. „ Ningpo. 4. „ Swatow, 8. ., Mandarin. (In the Straits Settlements No. 2 is known as the Kheh, No. 4 as Till chiu, and No, 5 as Hylam), in this pronunciation following that of the Swatow and Araoy people.' Mandarin and its cognate branches being the youngest, it will thus bo seen that another fallacy,- viz., that Mandarin is the language of China, and the others dialects of it, is unten- able. Cantonese being more akin to the ancient language of China (spoken about 3,000 years ago) than the Mandarin, while the Hakka also contains traces of a high antiquity, and i& supposed to mark a period long anterior to that represented by Mandarin, but, in some respects, subsequent to that period of which the Cantonese contains remains, although, in other points it has traces of as high, or nearly as high, an antiquity. This is true also to some extent of Swatow, Amoy, and Shanghai, as well probably as of others ; so that it may rather be said that the languages spoken in the South-East of China have traces of the ancient speech, whereas the Mandarin is modern ; in fact, one appears to have- 168 THINGS CHINESE. ^ elements in it which seem to be remnants of a dialect of greater antiquity than even the ' Cantonese ' can boast of.' Having thus spoken of the grand divisions, we have further to draw attention to the fact that, besides these main divisions, there are lesser ones, into which they are sub-divided, for which, if we give the main divisions the name of languages, we have the more fitting term of dialects ; for to adapt what we wrote some years since in ' Cantonese Made Easy/ they have their real dialects, some of which are spoken by tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands of natives, and which, if they were spoken by the inhabitants of some insignificant group of islands in the Pacific, with only a tithe of the population, would be honoured by the name of languages. We quote again from a monograph by ourselves (on the San-Avui Dialect): — At the same time, however, there are wheels within wheels in the matter of these Chinese dialects: that is to say, the dialect of one district is not one homo- geneous whole, though the district may be so small as geogra- phically to equal in square miles a few English counties only. It will readily be understood that there is scope foi' a considerable variation, without this variation being so marked as to become a separate dialect or sub-dialect. Considerable changes can thus be rung, while }^et the changes are not so great as to put the dialect or sub-dialect out of harmony with the general characteristics of the particular dialect, or language, of which it is a branch. Every now and then one comes across villages and towns, which seem almost a law to themselves as to their speech, for all the peculiarities of the district are so accentuated, and so many new varieties of pronunciation introduced, new idioms and words used, as well as a diflference in the tones employed, as to result in a lingo more or less unintelligible, even to inhabitants of the same district, and a perfect jargon of unmeaning sounds to a stranger to that part of the country. It will thus be seen that the ramifications are numerous, for after the division of dialects proper, are the lesser divisions of sub-dialects, variations and \ocdX patois. The most minute DIALECTS. 169 ■divisions of all are those which present a curious spectacle when found to exist in a city itself, as, for instance, there are two or three of these minute sub-divisions found in the City of Canton, with a population estimated sometimes at a million. It is as if about a dozen different minute divisions of English were to be found in London : the inhabitants of 1;hat City south of the Thames having certain peculiarities, which would mark them out as different from those in other parts of London, while the West End, the City itself, the East End, and, not to carry the comparison any further, half a dozen other districts of London would each have some few local peculiarities of pronunciation distinguishing them from 'the rest of London. The above will help to explode another fallacy, that if a man knows one of the so-called dialects, such for instance as Cantonese, he is then perfect master of all that may be said by people speaking that language. The real facts of the case will be better understood if one instances the bewilder- ment of a cockney, when landed amongst a crowd of York- ^hiremen speaking the Yorkshire dialect in its broadest. So many are the changes in the language in China that it may be said that every hundred miles the language differs to a more or less material extent — in some places every twenty miles — and a rough estimate has been made th;it there are as many dialects in China as there are days in the year. The word China, when applied geographically, covers such an aggregate of country, that practically a knowledge of one of the languages of China is sufficient to carry one over hundreds and thousands of miles, though, Avhen it comes to a minute and accurate knowledge of all that is said, much is left to be desired, and ludicrous mistakes occur. It may be of interest to have some general idea, im- perfect though it must necessarily be, of the range of the •different languages and some of the more important dialects. To begin then with Mandarin as being the most widespread. It is the speech, in one form or another, in fourteen or 170 THINGS CHINESE. fifteen out of the eighteen provinces into which China is^ divided. Mandarin is divided into the northern and southern ► The standard dialect of the former being Pekingese, omng to the accident of Peking being the seat of the Central Govern- ment, while Nankingese holds the same position with regard to the southern division. A third marked variety is that of Western China, which has its centre in Ching-tu in the Sz-chuan province. Besides these, there are a number of smaller divisions, such as the Hankow, but, amidst all these varieties, there appears to be a better chance of one being understood through a much wider extent of country in that part of the empire, where Mandarin is spoken as the language of the people, than is the case in other parts of China. Taking the population of China as 360 000,000, a population say of 300,000,000 are Mandarin speaking. This is of course a mere rough estimate, and, to be accurate would require a considerable amount of adjustment, as there are large Hakka speaking com- munities amongst them, while on the other hand, there are Mandarin speaking people amongst some of the other provinces. In the city of Canton alone there are 1 00,000 Mandarin speakers. All high officials require a knowledge of Mandarin, those who do not know it have therefore to learn it, and the consequence is that almost all who aspire to office, or to come in contact with official life, acquire it to a greater or lesser extent. Many of the plays put on the stage are in Southern Mandarin, consequently ardent play-goers have a more or less smattering of that variety of it. The other languages of China are spoken by smaller populations, but by still large enough ones to command respect. For example, the people who speak Cantonese, in some form or another, number 20,000,000, a population falling not far short of that of Italy. This language is in. use throughout the larger part of the Kwang-tung, or Canton province ; one authority considers that 12,000,000 speak it there. It has been estimated that about one-third of the people of the province speak Hakka, while in the north-east of the same province there is a considerable population speaking the Swatow and its variations. The Cantonese DIALECTS. 171 speakers then are in the majority, but they are aot confined to this province, for in the next, the Kwang-si, it is also largely spoken, especially in the South, some of it being of a comparatively pure type, while in other parts it is mixed Avith Mandarin. It is impossible, without writing a book specially dealing with the subject, to give an account of all the dialects coming under each separate language. The following short notice of some of them in Cantonese may give an idea of what may be expected to be found under each grand division. The Cantonese has numerous dialects and groups of dialects. One group consists of the San-wui, San-ning, Yan-p'ing and Hoi-p'ing, a most peculiar class of dialects, containing much that is very different from the pure Cantonese, and any one of which, when spoken in all its broadness, is to a great extent difficult of comprehension. Another group consists of the Tung-kwun, San-on, Pok-lo, and Tsang-sheng dialects. Besides these, there are a number of other dialects such as the Hong-shan, or Macao, the Shan-tuk, the Shfii-hing, and others too numerous to mention, each district having more or less differences which segregate it and its inhabitants to a greater or lesser extent from the neigh- bouring districts. It must be remembered that each of these dialects have, as has already been said, smaller divisions or subdivisions. For example, the San-wili dialect may be divided into three, whilst besides this three-fold division there are numerous smaller divisions still. The ramifications are most minute ; not only are there several slight variations in one city or even in one town ; not only does the speech of the boat-people differ from that of those on land ; not only is there baby-talk ; but there are even certain words, which are used by women and never by men — in fact, the men would be laughed at if they used them. With regard to the Hakka, there do not appear to be such differences between the speech of those living in different parts of the country, in Kwang-tung at least, as there is amono;st the Cantonese. To mention some of these Hakka !T2 THINGS CHINESE. dialects, there are the Ka-yin-chu, the Sin-an, the Ch^mg-lok, and others. Again, with regard to this language, we have constantly been met with the supposition that a knowledge of" Hakka means a thorough knowledge of Hakka in all its dialects. Such knowledge is almost impossible for one man to acquire, be he native or foreign. The difference between the dialects of Hakka is still sufficiently marked to confuse one considerably, until familiarity with speakers from different parts of the country overcomes the difficulty. In the Canton Province alone not a few millions speak this language, roughly estimated at say about the population of Portugal and all her Colonies combined ; perhaps about four millions says one authority, but this same curious people are found in other provinces as well ; at present there is no accurate knowledge of their number as a whole. The next so-called dialect up the coast is that of the Svvatow and neighbouring districts, which is spoken by some millions, perhaps three, in one or other of its variations or dialects, such for example as the Hoi-fung, Luk-fung, &c. Next after this comes the Amoy, which has about the same affinity to the Swatow that Spanish bears to Portuguese. There are numerous dialects of it, and it is spoken by a large population of say 9,000,000 or so — a larger population than that of Belgium and Ireland combined. Again, further up the coast, but still in the same province, is the Foochow ; it is spoken throughout an extent of country of approximately 130 miles by 270, and by a population of 5,000,000, consider- ably more than that of Sweden spread over a larger extent of country than Wales. Like all the others, it has variations, some twenty or so main ones. Of it, as spoken a few hundred miles inland, a writer says : — ' But what a Babel of tonsfues and dialects there is among these wild mountaineers ! A native can hardly pass the limits of his own village but his speech, will betray him.' This is, of course, what one would expect in such a moun- tainous district ; the country which the Mandarin occupies is, much of it, of a more level type. DIALECTS. 173 Besides these, there are the languages of Shanghai and Ningpo, and otliers less well known to the foreigner, and consequently whose divisions into dialects have been less studied. The Hainanese is spoken in the island of Hainan, where numerous other speeches are in use, Hainanese being, however, the lingua franca; it has also numerous vaiiations, the dialect of Kiung-chau being the standard. It is allied to the Amoy and Swatow, but is very different in some respects, having some peculiarities, incident also to the Japanese, in the change of letters in the pronunciation of a word. It is spoken by three millions of jDeople, being used in the Luichow peninsular. The number of syllables in some of the different speeches of China are as follows :- — 1. Amoy, 846. 2. Cantonese, 780. 3. Foochow, 7S6. 4. Hakka, 700. 5. Hankow, 316. 6. Ningpo, 444. 7. Pekingese, 430. 8. Shanghai, &60. 9. Swatow, 674. 10. Wenchow, 452. XI. Yangchow, 415. Mr. E. H. Parker, a great authority on Chinese dialects says :— 'It is plain that 1,500 years back the Chinese dialects had for centuries been almost as numerous as they are now,' and he says further, 'from the earliest historical times, widely different dialects have been spoken in China.' ' Between the dialects of Peking, Hankow, .Sz-Ch'uan, Yangchow, Canton, Hakka, Foochow, Wenchow, and Ningpo, * * * there is complete homogeneity; and though, the variations between this and that dialect are often greater * '•■' ■■' than the differences between Portuguese and French (as one extreme), and no greater than between Flemish and Dutch (as another extreme), yet the rigid adherences of all to theoretical standards is more perfect than in the European languages or dialects.' The so-called, dialects are, however, in many respects as different as one European language from another. These differences are partly due to climatic and telluric influences, individual, and local peculiarities of utterance which have been perpetuated, and the effects of succeeding waves of migration from different parts; possibly the influence of preceding residents, as well as other more obscure causes 174 THINGS CHINESE. have also been responsible to some extent. Some of the reasons for these divergences in languages or dialects can be seen, but the whole subject is one that would repay study. We may here draw attention to a few of the causes : tlie mixture of people speaking different dialects produces a new form ; old forms are retained in one dialect, while other dialects may discard these and retain others ; localisms are perpetuated, and new terms are sometimes brought back by those who have been in other districts and find a permanent home away from their original habitat ; migrations take place from, and to, different parts of the country, so tliat districts Avide apart are more similar in their speech than the intermediate country is to one or the other. 'There can be little doubt that the corruption of old Chinese into the modern "Mandarin" dialects was caused chiefly by the immense admixture of Tartar and Thibetan blood during the period 300—900 A.D.' It is a dream of some Chinese to introduce a uniform language in place of the numerous so-called dialects that exist throughout the length and breadth of the land. About 200 years ago the Emperor Kang Hi caussd schools to be established in Canton, and elsewhere, for this purpose. We question if the result the scheme was meant to accomplish is much nearer fulfilment now than at that time. In the future, doubtless, it will be brought about to a greater or lesser extent, but by other means than that, for there is but little reasonable doubt that when the railway shall have drawn the distant parts of China together by the meshes of its network, the unification of the language Avill proceed with more rapid strides, as the nation by it, and other means dependent upon and accelerated by it, becomes welded into a homogeneous whole. What then will be the speech that will succeed to this confusion of tongues in China? We believe if, that is to say, China is not subdivided, but continues as one empire in the future, in the course of time (it may take centuries to accom- plish it) one language will gradually, either take the place DIVORCE. 175 of the others, or the others will, modifying the one, give place to a new language, which will perhaps contain the best features of all, and be an advance on any now spoken. The language that bids fair to take this prominent position in the future .would seem to be the Mandarin, at all events it stands as good a chance as any, if not a better than many, of taking this enviable position. Boohs recommended. — Numerous articles have appeared in the ' China Review ' and " Missionary Recorder,' amongst which may be instanced those by E. H. Parker, by Don, and by the present writer. Also see the 'Philological Essay' by E. H. Parker in Giles's new 'Chinese English Dictionary.' DIVORCE. — There are seven reasons for whicli, •according to Chinese law, a man may divorce his wife ; they are barrenness, lasciviousness, jealousy, talkativeness, thievery, disobedience towards her husband's parents, and leprosy. These seem sweeping enough in all conscience ; and to those unacquainted with the inner life of the Chinese, it would seem simple enough for a man to bring his Avife to book under one or other of these, and rid himself of an uncongenial companion, but such is not the case in practice. The wife's relations have to be considered in the matter ; and again, if she has no parents, she cannot be put away, as they are not living to receive her back again; further, for the lesser offences, he cannot put her away if he be in mourning for a parent ; and, yet again, it is much simpler for a Chinese, (and causes much less ill-feeling to all parties concerned) in case no sou is born to him, to take a concubine or secondary wife (not a second wife except by courtesy, for a Chinese has only one legal wife, see Article on Marriage) and increase the number, one after the other, until he obtains the longed-for heir or future worshipper at the family tombs, or failing this, he may adopt a son. [See Article on Adoption.) All these different expedients and restrictions nullify, or render unnecessary, the provisions as to divorce, which, like every- thing Chinese, is theoretically easy of accomplishment, but in practice is something very different. Statistics are difficult to obtain in China, and, when obtained, are very unreliable owins: to the inexactitude of the Chinese mind — one of their 176 THINGS CHINESE. most common characteristics. No statistics, as far as the- author is aware, are obtainable on this particular subject; but, judging from a long residence amongst the people, he would say that divorce is not any oftener resorted to than in England, probably less often by far. Besides Avhat has been said above, a married couple may mutually agree to separate ; again, by law a husband is liable to be punished if his wife is convicted of adultery, and he does not put her away. But there is as high a standard of chastity among many classes of Chinese married women as there is among women of the West, and such a rule among the middle and higher classes, at least, does not often require application. This is the law and custom as between husband and wife. It is very different, however, when the wife has to complain of her husband. She has then practically no redress or safeguards (unless he break her bones, when he is amenable to law), except the small and uncertain modicum of public opinion, which may keep her husband from transgressing too much, or better still, the punish- ment which his wife's family will take in hand, should he act so as to bring disgrace on them. The case is quite different with the so-called secondary wives. They are not a man's wives in the sight of the law, that is to say they do not stand on a footing of equality, though recognised as concubines, for there is only one first legitimate wife; and a man is free to dismiss these concubines from his bed and board and treat them in a way he would not dare to act towards his first wife (though a man may be cruel enough to her in China, as well as in England, if he choose). This treat- ment may be modified more or less by the prospective counteraction of the so-called wife's relations and her social position, presuming she has any. If she has none, or if her position is of no account, as is more then likely often to be the case Avith a secondary wife, beggary or DOCTORS. 177 prostitution stares her in the face,, unless she is fortunate enough to enter another family in a similar position. Boolis recummeiidefl. — 'The Status of Women in China.' bv Rev. E. Faher. Dr. Theol. Most books on China also contain longer or shorter paragraphs on the same subject ; si'c, for example, Williams's ' Middle Kingdom ' and Gray's 'China;' also see Articles in this book on Marriage^ and Women. DOCTORS. — The native doctor is a curious character : he passes no examination ; he requires no qualification. He may have failed in business and set up as a physician for which he requires no stock in trade, medical instruments are almost unknown {See Article on Acupuncture.) If he can get an old book of prescriptions from another retiring practitioner, so much the better for liim. He is uow fit to kill or cure as chance may will it, or as his ignorance or fortuitous circumstances may decree. The doctor most entitled to confidence in the sight of his countrymen is the man whose father has been one before him and tlie confidence increases should his grandfather have followed the same calling. This it might be supposed was due to an ignorant belief in the influence of heredity ; but, as it is stated bv the Chinese, the value in their eyes consists in the son or grand- son possessing all the books of prescriptions of his sires. Thus provided, he is ready to begin his empirical career. Fees vary according to the class of man and his patients, and according to the place of residence, whether it be a fashion- able quarter or poor suburbs, or whether it be town or country. The enormous sum of perhaps thirty cents or half a dollar may be charged per visit if he comes in his sedan to see his patient, and of this amount a large proportion would go for tlie chair and the rest for the doctor himself. Should he belong to the humbler ranks and come on foot, his fee is proportionately cheaper. He puts on a solemn air and has quite an o\vl-like look, as he peers out of the semi-darkness of a Chinese bedroom through his great. goggle-shaped glasses — each lens of which is two inches across and set in huije uncouth, copper fraiues. The thing of the greatest importance is feeling the difi"erent pulses of the human system, of which the Chinese count a number. The pulse at each wrist is felt, M 178 THINGS CHINESE. and each is divided into three, which, according to the light or heavy character of the pressure, indicates a different organ of the body, so, by thus feeling the pulses, the states of a dozen real or imaginary organs are determined. Having then learned by the pressure of these three at each pulse the seat of the disease, a few questions may be asked by the doctor, but these are scarcely considered necessary. A prescription, sometimes composed of the most horrible and nauseous compounds, is prepared in large doses, for the native idea is that the larger the dose, the more likely it is to prove efficacious. In prescribing for natives, the foreign doctors have to be most careful, as most ludicrous cases have occur- red, such as the paper being swallowed by the sick ignoramus, as well as the powder or pill it contained. Amongst their medicines besides some that are to be found in our Western Materia Medica are snake skins, fossils, rhinoceros or hart's horn shavings, silk-worm and human secretions, asbestos, moths, oyster shells, &c., &c. Almost anything that is disgusting is considered good as a medicine. Apothecaries' shops abound where the doctors' 2:)rescriptions are made up or where the patients themselves procure medi- cines as they think they require them. Quack advertisements are placarded on almost every blank well. The manner in which the Chinese treat their physicians is rather peculiar. Should a speedy cure not result from the doctor's treatment, the patient calls in another, and, if no better, yet another, and so on in rapid succession, until, all human aid failing, he perchance at last goes to his gods, if he has not already tried them before. It is not an' uncommon sight to see a woman waving a child's jacket in her hand in the street, Avhile she croons in a monotonous voice to the spirit of the sick child to return to the body from whence, the child being in an unconscious or comatose condition, it is supposed to have fled. In seasons of epidemic, large processions are got up by the different commercial guilds, every shopkeeper and house- holder being called upon for a subscription. Books recommended. — Williams's ' Middle Kingdom.' DOGS. 179 DOGS. — The clog is so much in evidence in China that he deserves an article to himself. From the erroneous im- pression that dogs form one of the principal items of a Chinaman's diet, the common variety has been dubbed the * chow dog.' A glance at one of this species is enough to show its great likeness to that depicted in books of Arctic travel, and known as the Esquimaux dog. This Chinese dog approaches much nearer to the original wolf type than the more highly bred species to be found in our western lands. That they are not more highly developed is doubtless due to the apathy of the Chinese with regard to them, for though kept by many families as a watch dog, the animal is not petted and made so much of as would be the case amongst us ; for instance he is not made a companion of his master's walks, nor when his owner often does not appreciate the luxury or necessity of a bath, is it likely that his dog would be given one. He lies at the outer-door, or in the shop, or prowls about the street very much uncared for according to our ideas of the treatment of our pets, dogging the steps of the foreigner, scarcely ever attacking him boldly but retreat- ing before him in a cowardly manner, and seeking safety at his master's door to be re-inforced with fresh courage as the stranger passes, when he issues out behind his back Avith his irritating bark, which has been described as a 'short, thick snap, very unlike the deep, sonorous baying of our mastiffs.' He begins with several of these and runs off into a quick succession of them for a few seconds, a series of these short refrains producing a most monotonous effect, especially when lasting for a long time. The vigorous greet- ing thus received from the whole pack of village dogs is extremely unpleasant Avhen one is out for a country walk ; though apparently very fierce, there is generally but little danger to be apprehended. The chow dogs are all about the same size, a foot in height and about two feet in length. The colours are uniform in one individual and consist of light brown, black, and creamy yellow. A writer in '' Home ITotes ' on dogs thus describes them : — ' Black chows, or the edible dogs of China, are very fine animals M 2 180 THINGS CHINESE. of the size of a small collie, and of the Pomeranian type, the desirable points being almost identical. The tongue and roof of the mouth are black, and the eyes very small and keen. They are faithful creatures, and become greatly attached to their owners.' The good points in Pomeranians are 'thick long hair, a well "feathered" tail (styled the plume ), long hair on the back of the forelegs, small ears, fox-shaped head, and a frill of thick fur round the neck.' The ears do not hang down, but are sharp and upright, except in a variety to be found in the province of Ngan- hwui, which 'has pendent ears of great length.' One pecu- liar feature in these dogs is the abrupt rise of the tail from the insertion, whence it curls up over the back, never hang- ing down. This is so marked that a wag has said that thfr tail almost assists in lifting the legs from the ground. This abrupt rise is heightened doubtless in appearance by the unusually straiglit hind legs, giving a somewhat un- gainly look to the animal. The chow is not a very rapid runner, probably this style of hind legs handicapping it.. The bitch has dew-cla\\'s on her hind legs, one on each, but the male has none. The Chinese sav of the dog that it ' can go on three legs.' ' The dogs of Peking are very clannish, and each set jealously guards its own street or yard ; they are fed by the butchers in the street and serve as scavengers there, and in all large towns. They are often mangey, presenting hideous spectacles, and instances of plica polonica are not uncommon, but, as among the celebrated street dogs of Constantinople, hydrophobia is almost unheard of.' There is another breed of dog, the Pekingese pug, or sleeve dog ; the latter name has been given to it from the masters carrying this pretty little pet in their capacious sleeves. Dr. Rennie says of it : — 'The breed is a very pecu- liar one, something between the King Charles and the pug/ What are termed in England ' Japanese spaniels/ which ap- pear if not identical with, to be very similar to the Pekingese dog, and some specimens of which were taken from the Summer Palace at Peking to England, are thus described : — ' They are docile, playful, and affectionate, and of unusual intelli- gence. Their long silky coats, delicate and finely formed paws, large, lustrous eyes, massive heads, and long, feathery tails, proudly curled over their backs make them beautiful pets. * * '■■. Smallness is an important point as they are carried in the large sleeves of Japanese ladies and called 'sleeve dogs.' DRAGON. 181 A writer in * Cornhill ' for July, 1896, speaks about 'A large chow-dog from Northern China, which a freak of fashion "has decreed shall be kept as a pet by English ladies. These dogs are not suited either by nature or training for domestic pets. They are only half-civilised dogs, very excitable, often savage, and so little con- sidered as household companions in their native Manchuria that they are bred for the sake of their fur, and killed, like seals when the fur is in season. Hut they are born sledge-dogs, immensely strong in the shoulder and short in the neck, with pulling powers far greater than those of any of the breeds used in Holland and Belgium for drawing carts. If the laws against the use of dogs for draught are repealed just as the laws against road-engines and steam-carts are about to be repealed, the "chows" would form the basis of a new breed of cart dogs for minor traffic' There is a large breed of clogs in Thibet which are mentioned by tiumerous authors : — ]\Iarco Polo says of them. — 'They have dogs of the size of asses, strong enough to hunt all sorts of wild beasts, particularly the wild oxen, which are "•■' '■"' * extremely large and fierce.' Turner describes them as — 'Huge dogs, tremendously fierce, strong, and noisy ■■•' * '■- so imperiously furious, that it was unsafe, unless the keepers were near, even to approach their dens.' Again he says. — ' Up started a huge dog, big enough '■- '■■' ■■- to fight a lion.' Captain Raper describes one. — 'A remarkably fine animal as large as a New- foundland dog, with very long hair, and a head resembling a mastiff's. His tail was of an amazing length, like the brush of a fo.x, and curled h.df-way over his back.' Mr. Hosie speaks of them as — 'Fine, powerful dogs. * The animal brought to me for inspection required the whole strength of a Thibetan to keep him in check. Had I bought the dog, which was offered for ten taels, I should have had to engage his keeper also.' Bnol-x i-rcovniwndrcl. — William's 'Middle Kingdom,' Gray's 'China, Hurt's 'Western China,' 'Asiatic Researches,' Vol. XI., p. .529, Turners 'Embassy to Thibet,' pp. 155-21.5, Hosie's 'Three years in Western China,' p 134. DRAGOy. — The dragon is the Imperial emblem of China — the emblem of Imperial power — and is symbolical of what pertains to the Emperor: his person is called 'the •dragon's person', his countenance, 'the dragon's face'; his ■eye, 'the dragon's eye'; his hands are 'the dragon's claws'; his sleeve, 'the dragon's sleeve'; his children are 'the dragon's seed'; his pen, (that is the Emperor's autograph) 'the dragon pen'; his throne is 'the dragon's seat,' when he mounts it, the action is spoken of as 'the dragon's flight'; 182 THINGS CHINESE. his bed, 'the dragon's bedstead'; his decease is euphemisti- cally termed' the Emperor ascended upon the dragon to be a guest on high'; and his ancestral tablet is called ' the dragon tablet.' The dragon, which is reserved for Imperial use in de- signs on furniture, porcelain, and clothing, is depicted with five claws ; that in use by the common people has four. A Chinese author thus describes the dragon : — 'Its head is like a camel's, its horns like a deer's, its eyes like a. hare's, its ears like a bull's, its neck like a snake's, its belly like an iguanodon's, its scales like a carp's, its claws like an eagle's, and its paws like a tiger's. Its scales number eighty-one, being nine by nine, the extreme '^odd or) lucky number. Its voice resembles the beating of a gong. On each side of its mouth are whiskers, under its chin is a bright pearl, under its throat the scales are reversed, on the top of its head is the poh slian, which others call the wooden foot-rule. A dragon without a foot-rule cannot ascend the skies. When its breath escapes it forms clouds, sometimes changing into rain, at other times into fire.' Having thus given an accurate description of this wonderful creature ( one of the four supernatural [ or spiri- tually endowed] creatures, according to the Chinese, the others being the Tortoise, the Lin and the Feng), it only remains to be said that 'it wields the power of transforma- tion and the gift of rendering itself visible or invisible at pleasure.' Another Chinese authority informs us that ' the dragon becomes at will reduced to the size of a silkworm, or SAvollen till it fills the space of Heaven and Earth. It desires to mount — and it rises till it affronts the clouds ; to sink — and it descends until hidden below the fountains of the deep.' The Chinese most thoroughly believe in the existence of this mysterious and marvellous creature : it appears in their an- cient history; the legends of Buddhism abound with it; Taouist tales contain circumstantial accounts of its doings ; the whole country side is filled with stories of its hidden abodes, its terrific appearances ; while it holds a prominent part in the pseudo-science of geomancy ; its portrait appears in houses and temples, and serves even more than the grotesque lion as an ornament in architecture, art designs, and fabrics. DRAGON. 183 There are numerous dragons — too numerous to enter even into a succinct account of them in the space of a short article. Volumes might be filled with a history of this wonderful antideluvian creature, embalmed in Chinese literature and memory. Among other roles that the dragon fills is that of a modern Neptune to the Chinese. In this character he occu- pies a palace made of pearls at the bottom of the sea, sends rain, and waters the thirsty land. ]\Iany years ago, in England, the writer came across an old gentleman, interested in China, who was firmly of the be- lief that the Chinese worshipped the devil because they paid divine h(jnours to the dragon. Only another instance, out of many, of the fallacy of reasoning on Chinese subjects fr(;m European premises. They worship the dragon, but it does not follow that their dragon is ' that old dragon,' the devil. Another dragon is the bobtailed dragon, which causes whirlwinds ; a frightfully destructive one in Canton city a number of years ago was believed to be due to his agency. The district of country on the mainland immediately opposite the English colony of Hongkong is called Kau-lung (generally written, Kowloong, or Kowloon), or the Nine Dragons, probably so named from the numerous ranges of hills, which like gigantic monsters spread their sinuous course along the coast, the nine dragons being a favorite number with the Chinese, and represented in some of their ancient works on standards. The national flag of China adopted with, and by, the navy of. foreign-built ships, was a triangular yellow flag with a dragon on it, now changed to an oblong one more in keeping with the shape of other national flags, but with the same device. The conventional representations of the dragon, as we have already said, are commonly divisible into two. On Imperial China we see a snake-like body mounted on four legs, with an enormous head, the feet are five clawed. This is sprawled over the dish, or whatever it may be, and covers 184 THINGS CHINESE. the greater part of it. On vases used by the people as ornaments, a scope is given for ingenuity by the introduction of a number of similar saurians (but only Avith four claws) in different positions on the vase — front views being given as well, in which the tAvo horns are seen. On mural pictures and in paintings on wood, inserted above doorways, the rain dragon is the one usually represented. Here what is seen of the hideous monster conveys more the impression of an enormous python, as folds of a very thick and large snake-like body are visible amongst masses of clouds, the half suggestive revelation of what is seen increasing, if anything, the impres- sion of size, while a frightful head fronts one, full-faced, with all its gigantic repulsiveness. In books printed under Imperial sanction or auspices, two dragons encircle the title, striving, not like the lion and the unicorn for the crown, but for a pearl. There are again two kinds of dragons carried in some of the processions of which the Chinese are so fond. They are at such times represented as long serpentine crea- tures of great girth, and 150 or 200 feet long, made of lengths of gay, bright-coloured crape and sparkling with tiny spangle-like mirrors. Every yard or so a couple of human feet — those of the bearers —buskined in gorgeous silk, are visible, the head and shoulders of the men being unseen. The Avhole is fronted by an enormous head of ferocious aspect, before the gaping jaws of which a man manoeuvres a large pearl after which the dragon prances and wriggles. The difference between the two kinds is that the one is resplendent with gold scales, while the other gleams with silver ones. That this difierent way of representation is not due to simple fancy, appears from the fact that in India they distinguish three varieties of dragon : one of which lived in the mountains and had golden scales ; and the other in caves or flat country and had silver scales ; while the third dwelt in marshes and fens and was of a black colour The rain dragon used in mural representations, appears more like the last. We give the following account of the supposed DRAGON-BOAT FESTIVAL. !85 origin of the dragon from tho learned pen of Mr. Cliarles Gonld : - ' 'It [the dragon] is more likely to have once had a real existence than to be a mere offspring of fancy. * * '■" '■-' We may infer that it was a long terrestrial lizard, hibernating and carnivorous, with the power of constricting with its snake-like body and tail; possibly furnished with wing-like expansions of its integument, after the fashion of /^/Vic "•(»//?;/.';, and capable of occasional progress on its hind legs alone, when excited in attacks. It appears to have been protected by armour and projecting spikes, like those found in Moloch /torrufns and Mci^alania prisca, and was possibly more nearly allied to this last form than to any other which has yet come to our knowledge. Probably it preferred sandy, open country to forest land, its habitat was the highlands of Central Asia, and the time of its disappearance about that of the Biblical Deluge. •'' ''■•' "•■' Although terrestrial, it probably, in common with most reptiles, enjoyed frequent bathing, and when not so engaged, or basking in the sun, secluded itself under some overhanging bank or cavern. The idea of its fondness for swallows, and power of attracting them, mentioned in some traditions, may not impossibly have been derived from these birds hawking round and through its open jaws in the pursuit of the flies attracted by the viscid humours of its mouth.' lioolts recontmnided. — ■ Mythical Monsters,' hy C. Gould, B.A. ' Scraps from Chinese Mythology,' in ' China Review,' Vol. 13, by Rev. Dj^er Ball, M.A., M.D.. annotated by J. Dyer Kail. DRAGON-BOATS AND THE DRAGON BOAT FESTIVAL. — This festival is the nearest approach to an annual regatta that the Chinese possess. It is held on the fifth day of the fifth moon, but the preceding days shadow forth the feast day as well. It took its origin in the commemoration of a virtuous minister of state whoso remonstrances were unheeded by his unworthy sovereign, and whose only reward was degradation and dismissal some 450 years B.C. He committed suicide, and on the first anniversary of his death the ceremony of. looking for his body was commenced; it has been continued on succeeding anniversaries ever since, and has resulted in this festival. Little packages of boiled rice, done up in bamboo leaves, are eaten at this time, as such offerings were €ast into the river by the fishermen who tried to recover the body. 186 THINGS CHINESE. The dragon-boats are long narrow boats from fifty tO' one hundred feet in length, broad enough to seat two men abreast. The craft is propelled rapidly with paddles, accom- panied by the sound of a drum and gongs which are placed in the centre of the boat. Impromptu races are got up, not unattended with accidents at times, as the boats are slight and dangerous when paddled by well nigh a hundred excited Chinamen, Avild with enthusiasm and unsteady with spirits. Large crowds of spectators line every vantage ground on the banks of the rivers; and prizes of no intrinsic value are often offered by them, which are eagerly contested for, the bare honour of winning spurring them on in their efforts; the crews are occasionally treated by wealthy hongs on the banks. For hours and days nothing is heard but the unceasing monotonous clang of the gongs, and the boom of the deep-toned drums in the numerous boats. This Dragon-Boat Festival is one of the four festivals at Avhich settlements of accounts take place amongst the Chinese; the others being New Year's Eve, occurring sometime in our January or February; the Moon Festival on the loth day of the 8th moon, in September or October; and the Winter Solstice Festival, a variable festival in the 11th moon, November or December. The Dragon-Boat Festival is the second of the series, occurring on the 5th day of the 5th moon, in June or July. Bdolis vccovimcnded. — Archdeacon Gray's "China,' Vol. I., p. 258 et seq. Ddolittle's ' Social Life of the Chinese,' Vol. 2, p. 55 et seq. Maj'ers's ' Chinese Reader's Manual ' p. 107. DRESS. — The foundation, or starting point, of all Chinese dress is the loose pair of trousers and the almost equally loose fitting jacket; with these two articles on, a Chinese is completely dressed: all the rest are not necessaries, but luxuries. The fundamental idea is simply displayed in these two ; the other articles which are piled on in a greater or lesser degree, owing to the weather, or the length of the owner's purse, are merely, with the exception of the headgear and that for the feet, an elaboration of that simple DRESS. 18T idea. Take any article of male attire. Tlie long gaberdine or robe is only the jacket whicli has overgrown to the ankles, instead of stopping short a little below the middle of the body : it has not an entirely diiferent shape, as with our various shapes of coats and jackets, or what difference there is, is but slight; and even, what, t'ov want of a better term, one calls a waistcoat, is not quite another style of article, but simply a short straight jacket without sleeves, buttoning up as the common, close-fitting, sleeveless one (worn occasionally by the labouring classes) does. There are two varieties of it : one so buttoning ; and one fastened at the side. A riding jacket has wide sleeves, but is still a jacket. The jackets of the women are of a different shape from that of the men, being longer, reaching well towards the knees, and having much wider sleeves. If one proceeds to the lower extremities, there are, as said above, the loose-fitting trousers. These sometimes are tucked into long stockings, which are neatly bound with garters below the knee, and presto ! our boy or waiter is in knickerbockers — the same pair of trousers doing duty for both styles of dress. Is the weather cold? Then a pair of leggings is put on. These are simply single legs of peg-top troupers diminishing gradually in calibre, as they proceed downwards till their extremities are tied round the ankles. They are fastened up to the girdle at the waist ; but there is a void space beliind, where they do not meet, and where the inner jacket hangs in folds, presenting a most untidy appearance unless a long robe is worn over all to hide it. A woman's trousers are exactly the same shape as a man's They do not wear knickerbockers, but the middle and upper classes often wear, especially when dressed up, what, for want of a better name, are called skirts. These are the very embodiment of the divided skirt, for the simple reason that their different component parts have never been united, and, at the same time, they have a trace of the trousers still about them ; trousers unfinished, as it were, for one piece hangs in front down to the ankles, like an apron, and 188 THINGS CHINESE. anotlier piece hangs behind in the same way ; they are but- toned up at one side, and open at the other, while embroid- ery and numerous pleats in vertical lines adorn them. There are several varieties of dress besides those named above, adapted to different uses, as well as to the changes of weather. For instance nature's garb appears to be often all sufficient for the Swatow fisherman or farmer, and even many of the boatmen at the city of Tie Teong, near Swatow, wear nothing else at times. In other parts of China the savage state is not so nearly approached except in the case of young children of the poorer classes, who run about naked for several years, the several years being of longer duration, wlien they are boys. In Amoy and Swatow it is not at all uncommon to see a boy with nothing on at all but a purse. It, must, however, he explained that the purse is more of an apron or pinafore than with us, and is fastened round the neck, covering as much of the front of the body as decency requires in a hot climate — though this last is not always even attended to. The common coolie or labourer considers himself sufficiently attired for his work in hot weather, with a loin cloth and a pair of straw sandals, but the latter are optional. •Others make shift with a pair of short trousers, only reach- ing half-way down the thighs, or roll the longer trousers up that length, or as far as they will go. In the pure native dress nothing in the form of a shirt or cinglet is worn, though now of late years, from contact witli foreigners, the iatter is being adopted by a few, and must be much more com- fortable in cold weather than the loose fitting jacket. Coats, jackets, and trousers, varied only by robes, and leggings, are piled one on the top of the other as the weather gets colder. The upper garments are readily cast off in the middle of the day, or in a warm room, thus offering a great advantage, in this one particular, to our style of dress, where a top- coat is the only thing one can throw off on entering a house. The women's innermost garment is of thin stuff, close .fitting, and closely buttoned up the front, but above this, the DRESS. 189 usual piling on of jackets takes place if the Aveather rcijuires it. The women wear no long robes. Loss care is taken of the legs with both men and women,, and fewer thicknesses appear to satisfy" them there. There is a considerable variety displayed in sandals, boots, and shoes. Besides the straw ones, already mentioned as worn by men, simple soles of leather, with a loop for one of the toes, and strings to tie them round the ankles, are worn by those of both sexes, who labour out-of-doors in carrying burdens, &c. Mens' and womens' shoes on the contrary are quite distinct. One of the most marked differences being in the thickness of the sole. The large footed women are perched up on a thick white sole, two or three inches in height. Of late years, Shanghai shoes with thin soles have come into vogue amongst those who are well dressed. And again a curious style is in fashion : it consists of the whole foot being poised on a round pedestal a few inches high, fixed in the centre of the sole. Common shoes are made of cloth, but silk and satin and embroidery are also largely employed. The cramped-up little feet are enclosed, after being wound up in long bandages, in small shoes of from three to. four or five inches in length, coming to a point at the toe. No stockings can be put on wdth such feet, but they are worn on the natural feet by Avomen as well as by men, or rather, to be correct, socks and stockings are both worn by men, the former principally in summer, and socks are generally used by women, though stockings are also put on. Those of foreign manufacture are coming into use at treaty ports; the native ones consist of pieces of calico sewn together. It may be mentioned that both sexes wear a girdle of cord round the waist to fasten their trousers up, by hitching them over it. There are no openings in the trousers, except for the legs and waist. A collar, or rather stock, made of satin, is worn round the neck by men in winter, and when in ' dress.' Before marriage a Chinese girl's hair is plaited in a queue, but on marriage it is done up into a curious shaped coiffure.. 190 THINGS CHINESE. The ladies wear no bonnets or hats, neither do the common women as a rule, except those who are out in the sun and •exposed to the weather, their hair is combed and plastered with a gum, and, thus made up, forms a svifficient head covering in a hot climate ; but an endless variety is seen in this style of head-dress : now a modest set of protuberances •in connection Avith the tea-pot handle-like coiffure at the back of the head ; now enormous butterfly wings project from the side of the head, or lie closer to it; again back wings project to a greater or lesser degree ; and yet again various adjuncts are added to eke out the quantity of hair, or to raise it like a small horn on the head. In some places the styles differ in every bit of country-side. One of the best places the author has ever seen for noticing these is Swatow, where, in a group of from twenty to forty women, nearly a score of different coiffures were seen. The boat-girls in Macao, and some in Hongkong, go with a "bright coloured handkerchief over their heads, tied under their cliins. The Hakka women also often bind a cloth round the head, looking something like an old-fashioned bonnet. In Swatow and the surrounding country a number of different kinds of head cloths are worn by tlie women according to the districts they come from. The author saw a curious one in use at the district city of Tie Yeong, near Swatow. It was a long narrow cloth thrown over the head and the ends were brought round the face when its wearers wished to hide their countenances from the passers by. In winter a broad band, either plain or embroidered, is often bound across the forehead by women, and prevents that cold aching feeling which intense cold produces. The men wear a skull-cap of satin with a cord button of red or black on the top in winter, but go bare-headed in summer. Felt hats are likewise seen ; they have a turned up brim, and some of the better kind have gold thread on the edge ; their use is restricted to the lower classes. In very cold weather a peculiar headgear is worn by some. It -jconsists of a pointed cap, which, with a flap falling down DRESS. 191 behind and buttoning under the chin, covers up not only the neck but the whole head with the exception of the face, little boys are often seen with these on, as well as some men and a few women. Large bamboo hats, nearly a yard in diameter, •effectually shed the rain off, and as effectually protect the head from the rays of the sun. Several other varieties of bamboo hats are worn, some by men alone; others by women alone; while others are patronised irrespective of tlie sex of the Avearer. In rainy weather the lower classes in the South, put on a cloak made of bamboo leaves sewn together, presenting a veritable Robinson Crusoe appearance; but in Swatow a similar one made of coir fibre is substituted, looking some- what like the capude palha, or straw cloaks, worn by the peasantry, in the northern provinces of Portugal. At such times labourers go bare-footed, as for that matter thev do at nearly all times; shop-keepers and others splash about through the mud and rain on shoes with wooden soles a couple of inches thick (for the usual felt sole acts as a sponge in wet weather), a poorer style consists of a ruder chump of Avood with a network of string for tlie toes. A still better class, such as official underlings, and some gentlemen, put on boots made especially for damp and wet, reaching half- way, or even further up towards the knees. Wooden clogs, Avith leather uppers, are used by Avomen and girls. We have already spoken of jackets, robes, Avaistcoats or sleeA^eless jackets, and close fitting ones. There are besides, double jackets or lined ones, and fur jackets. A dress-suit consists of a robe opening at the bottom of the centre line, both before and behind, Avith sleeves shaped like a horse's hoof, a jacket is Avorn over this, and satin boots Avith thick Avhite soles, a sash round the waist, and an official hat Avith a button at the top, are put on. Earrings are quite a part of Chinese female dress ; eA^ery Avoman and girl Avears them ; and so accustomed does one get to see them in a Avoman's ears, that it looks almost as queer to see a Chinese Avoman Avithout these indispensables, as it would to see an English lady going barefoot ; and a 192 THINGS CHINESE. Chinese woman would feel as ashamed to appear in the one condition, as an English lady would in the other. The earrings differ in style in different parts of China, and there is as great a dissimilarity between them as there is between those of one country and another. Among the Hakkas, a com- mon earring is a silk tassel. The Foochow Avomen have enor- mous rings, several inches in diameter, in their ears. The Cantonese earring is often formed of two parts : the earring proper — a round metallic (gold, silver, or brass) ring, broad- ened out into a flat ornamental surface in front, into which a flat ring of jade, or other stone, or composition, is hung. Fashions in dress do change in China, but so slight and gradual are the changes- -except when some dynastic over- throw revolutionises everything — that to the foreigner na difference is visible, but to the initiated into these mysteries aa extremely gradual change is perceptible, so that, in the course of forty or fifty years, ladies' sleeves are noticed to be wider than before, and, in the course of a quarter of a century, quite a new style of dressing ladies' hair is seen. The style of dress, it should be noticed, is not quite the same in different parts of China. What has been writen above applies principally to the South of China, in the neighbourhood of Hongkong, Macao, and Canton : even in these neighbour- hoods the dress of the Hakkas is not quite the same as that of the Cantonese [see Article on Hakkas). The mode of doing up the hair by the women, the kind of earrings worn by them, as Avell as the dress itself, are so distinct as to mark anyone, at the first glance, as coming from some other part of China. The men's dress has, however, but little or nothing to differentiate it, the greatest exception being in the case of the Swatow and Hokkien men, who often wear a turbaUj Avhereas other Chinese are seldom seen with it. The short jackets of these same men are sometimes longer than .those in the extreme south. The colour of the clothing worn, also differs. White is •never seen as an oviter 2:arment on women in Canton or EARTHQUAKES. 193 Hongkong, except to please Europeans. This colour being reserved alone for under-garments, in which, of course, a woman would be ashamed to appear in public. In Amoy, how- ever, this does not seem to be the rule, and in that part of the country bright red, and other colours are worn by young ladies, a thing which is never seen in Canton amongst respectable women. In Swatow white also is worn, but the young ladies do not appear to come out in such brilliant hues- as in Amoy. These may be taken as instances of the varia- tions in style of dress in China. Though the Chinese men go often in a state of semi- nudity, the women make up for it by a severe modesty in their dress. There is no exposure of their person, as there is in the evening dress amongst European ladies ; neither is tight-lacing a vice amongst the Chinese. They sedulously hide all the contours of the figure, and in fact tie down the breasts. EARTHQUAKES. — An earthquake is not a phenome- non often experienced by the foreign resident in China. Very slight shocks have been felt a few times in Hongkong, but so insignificant have they been as to be unknown to the majority till the next day's papers contained a notice of them ; but in some other parts of China they are not such a trivial matter. They are recorded as of frequent occurrence in Hainan; earthquakes in conjunction with storms, famine, and pestilence having materially decreased the population at one time ; but as a general rule earthquake shocks would appear to be infrequent in China, and not of serious import. We give a short, but unfortunately not a complete list, as the subject has not yet received the study and attention it merits. A.D. 1037. — A severe earthquake 'that afifected Honan and Shansi and caused the death of 22,000 people and the wounding and maiming of between 5 and 6,000 more.' A.D. 1295 — 1308. — During the latter years of this period 'severe earthquakes in T'ai-yuan and Ta-tung in Shansi. In the former town over 800 houses were thrown down and a large number of people were killed. Ta-tung however suffered still more severely. There 5,000 houses were shattered into ruins and 2,000 people were buried beneath them.' L 194 THINGS CHINESE. A.D. 1334 — Earthquakes, and also during the next few years. In the early days of the Ming dynasty (this dynasty lasted from A.D. 1368 to A.D. 1643), a 'terrible earthquake visited the plain of Chien-ch'ang. * * * The old city of Ning-yuan sank bodily into the ground, and gave place to the large lake which lies to the south- east of the present city.' A.D. 1662. — One in China, when 300,000 persons were buried in Peking alone. A.D. 1 73 1. — Another when 100,000 persons were swallowed up at Peking. A.D. 1847. — November 13th, an earthquake at Shanghai. A.D. 1850. — The city of Ning-yuan, in western China, already mentioned, was again ruined by an earthquake. A.D. 1852. — December i6th, there was a shock of some violence at Shanghai at 8.13 p.m., and another slight shock at 10 p.m. There were no serious effects. These were felt at Ningpo at 8.09 p.m., and three hours later. There were other shocks at Shanghai on two subsequent days. A.D. 1854. — A shock felt in Canton, and about the same year at Chin-kiang where people were thrown on their faces. A.D. 1867. — A sharp shock at Ningpo at a few minutes after 10 a.m. on the 17th December. Bells were set ringing, clocks stopped, ■chandeliers swayed and water in earthern jai's rippled violently. A slighter shock was felt at Shanghai. A.D. 1871, April nth. —A severe earthquake to the west of Sz-chuen, at about 11 a.m., at Bathang, when 'government offices, temples, granaries, store-houses, and fortilications, with all the ■common dwellings,' were overthrown, and most of the inmates killed. Flames burst out in four places, and were beaten down on the i6th, but rumbling noises underground continued like distant thunder and the earth rocked and rolled. In about ten days the earth quieted. For several days before, the water had overflowed the ■dykes, the earth cracked, and black fetid water spurted out. The region affected by this earthquake was over a circuit of four hundred miles, and it 'occurring simultaneously over the whole of this region'; 2,298 people were killed. ' In some places steep hills split and sank into deep chasms, in others mounds on level plains became precipi- tous cliffs, and the roads and highways were rendered impassable by obstructions.' 1874. — June 23rd, a slight shock in Hongkong. 1890. — Five distinct shocks during the year in the province of Shansi ; the heaviest was in the spring, and upwards of a 100 persons were killed in it. On the 15th October two shocks were felt at Fenchow-fu. This year was exceptional. It is said that earthquake shocks are only felt once in 10 years in that province. 1891. — April I2th or 13th, three shocks of earthquake felt during the day at Taiyuen-fu in Shansi. EARTHQUAKES. 195 1S91. — April 17th, a severe earthquake shock occurred at Fen- chou-fu in Shansi at half-past six o'clock in the morning, the worst that has happened in that region within thirty years. A number of houses were thrown down in the city and suburbs, and some eight or ten persons were killed. There was a great destruction of houses in the villages. The shock extended at least 100 li in all directions. ' It is somewhat surprising that more damage was not done, as the whole country rocked like a ship on a wave of the sea. The earth- quake lasted one minute only, but some of the houses that were shaken by it fell during the following afternoon. The people say that earthquakes are caused by a large fish, which wakes up after a sleep of some years and gives a flop.' 1 89 1. — July 2 1st, an earthquake felt at the Peak and Kowloong at 6.40 a.m. 1 891.- -August 3rd, a slight shock felt by a few residents at Hongkong at 2.10 p.m. 1892. — April 22nd, a distinct and continuous series of shocks lasting for a few seconds in Hongkong, with lateral vibrations and a rumbling sound, but doing no damage ; also felt in a number of the other coast ports in China. 1892. — July 2 1 St, a slight shock felt at the Peak and Kowloong at 6.40 a.m. 1892. — July 28th, a heavy earthquake shock at Hoihow 'that shook the whole place, houses being seen and felt to stagger and shake in a most terrifying manner, "••■ "•■■ accompanied by a subterranean roar far louder than thunder. •■' * * It is said by .the natives that Hoihow has not been visited with a similar shock for a century : even a slight one is an unusual occurrence.' l892.-^August 4th, a slight shock in Hongkong. 1892. — December l6th, a shock at 3 a.m. at Amoy, by which people were awakened, and lasting for several seconds. 1893. — 29th August, an earthquake of great magnitude devastating an area of 9,000 square miles in the Tibetan district of Kada, border- ing the province of Sz Chuan. The Dalai Lama's Grand Monastery of Hueiyuan and 7 small Lamaserais were buried in ruins and 804 houses, belonging to the native and Tibetan soldiers and their .families, met the same fate. 74 Lama priests and 137 Chinese and Tibetans were killed with a large proportion of wounded. 1893. — October 17th, severe repeated shocks at Taipeh-fu in Formosa, and on the i6th a strong shock was felt in Amoy and Kulangsu at 2.30 a.m. 1893. — December 8th, a severe shock at Foochow at 11. 10 p.m. 1894. — June 20th, a sharp shock of earthquake felt in Amoy and Kulangsu at 6.30 or 6.45 a.m. ; a very slight shock had been noticed two days previously at about 2 p.m. Three houses were wrecked. 1894. — August nth, there were slight shocks at Hongkong at .10.55 ^•'^'^- 'ind 1.20 p.m. L 2 196 THINGS CHINESE. 1895. — August 30th, earthquake shocks were felt in Hongkong,, Swatow, Waichow, and Haifung. The earthquake was severe at Swatow where it occurred at ten minutes to six p.m. It was preceded by an excessively hot day with a dull, oppressive feeling in the air, rain falling heavily just before. It lasted between fifteen and twenty seconds by one account, and two minutes by another ; a slight shock had been experienced about 3.30 p.m., a continuatioii of minor shocks followed it as well, up until 3.15 a.m. on Saturday. Considerable damage was done on shore to native property, and a little to foreign in the way of cracked walls and ceilings. The vessels in harbour were shaken from truck to keelson, the colour of the water in the river was changed from blue to brown by the agitation of the mud, and the sea had a very confused appearance south of the Lamocks. The direction was from E. to W. It was the severest shock ever felt in Swatow. It was thus described in Hongkong: — 'Horizontal vibration between E. and W. roughly ; there was no vertical motion, and ha<«dly any perceptable travelling direction. The first distinct oscillation was- felt a minute or so before a quarter to six, and lasted about 30' seconds. Fainter tremors were felt for some minutes afterwards ; and another distinct shock occurred about 1 1.30 p.m.' Persons sitting or lying down felt it plainly, and it interfered a little with writing. It was felt most in high buildings. Two gentlemen in upper floors of the Hongkong Hotel felt dizzy and thought the place was coming down. Bottles and glasses rattled in some buildings. A coolie sitting on the pavement in the streets rushed into the roadway shouting that the houses were falling.' 1895 — August — October. Earthquake shocks at Kit Yeung, 30^ miles from Swatow from the 30th August till nth of October 'the* country round for eighteen miles seeming to be within the district of disturbance.' Two small shocks were felt towards the end of Septem- ber at Swatow, but no damage was done. A different tale, however, came from Tsing Hai City in the Chao Chow Prefecture, where there were several earthquake shocks with disastrous consequences^, more than a hundred houses falling and about forty persons being killed by their collapse, the shocks in Kit Yeung being slight ini comparison. 1896. — July 22nd. A pretty severe shock at Tientsin about 8.52 p.m. 'A tremor, accompained by a rumbling or grating noise as- if a large quantity of bricks had been shot from carts, was, after an interval of two seconds, followed by a very distinct earth oscillation which lasted for two or three seconds. * "' '■■■' " The most severe shock that has been felt at Tientsin since 1888."' 1 89S. — November 1 2th. A shock of earthquake felt in the city of Shi'ii Hing (about 70 or 80 miles from Canton) and the surrounding; villages. Houses, windows, furniture, and hanging lamps were seen shaking with a creaking noice as if they were going to fall down ; and; people were startled from their sleep by a phenomenon which ihey had never experienced before. The elders of the village made- enquiries as to whether it portended good or evil. EDUCATION. 197 EDUCATION.— ^\ie Chinese owe everything to their rsystem of education. It is this which, amidst all the changes of dynasty, has kept them a nation ; it is this which has knit together the extremes of this vast land, and has caused the same aspirations to rise, and the same thoughts to course, through people differing in vernacular, and in many customs and habits ; it is this that has been the conqueror of the conquering hosts that have swept over the land, and set up an alien dynasty more than once in her history. f^e Chinese child is heavily handicapped when he commences his educational course, for ' the language of the fireside is not the language of the books ; ' nor has he all the auxiliary aids which first launch a child on the sea of 'learning, and make the acquisition of knowledge a pleasure, in happy Western homes, with the present-day beautifully illustrated books, and language simplified to encourage the youthful beginner : there is no ' Reading Made Easy,' no •Laugh and Learn,' no 'Peep of Day,' nor any of the other numerous books, which are the delight of the little ones amongst us. Though one often sees a bright intelligent infant among the Chinese, the absence of all aids, similar iu their design to those mentioned above, must be a terrible want to the poor little Celestial. Were the first book put into the youngster's hands named ' Reading Made Difficult ' it might then convey some idea of the nature of its contents ; for, barring the fact that it is in rhyme and in lines of three words each, there is nothing in it to smooth the rough path for little feet. It commences with a statement that might tax all the mental powers of a philosopher to fathom, to wit : — ' Men at their birth are by nature radically good ' ; after this tough introduction, instances are adduced of youthful learning and precocity, all tending to show the necessity of ■education. Categories of the numerical series, of which the Chinese are so fond, follow, such for example as the three powers — heaven, earth, and man ; the five cardinal virtues ; and sijf kinds of grain. A list of books to be learned is next enumerated, followed by an epitome of Chinese history 198 THINGS CHINESE. in the tersest form possible ; and the book ends with what,, if it were only in an intelligible form for the boy, would be the most interesting part of all, viz. : — instances of the pursuit of knowledge under difficulties, which are used to goad the future aspirant for literary fame on his course. At first scarcely anything he reads is understood by him, but he has to learn it off by heart, so as to say it without a single error. The first is, of course, a mistake ; the second is not ; for experience shows that such a metliod is the best for learning Chinese. The author, himself, when a boy, learned the first book and others in this way, so as to be able to repeat long screeds of them by heart, and later years have only deepened the impression that, given time to do so, this is the only way to learn Chinese thoroughly. In fact, if we Westerners were not always in such a hurry, and so pressed for time, it would prove an excellent plan in the first stages of learning a European language ; the author has tried it with French and found it produced excellent results. But to return to our Chinese boy in the midst of his difficulties. These may perhaps be better appreciated by the foreign reader from the following illustration : — We remember readyig of a school for teaching the English language to Gaelic-speaking boys. The schoolmaster ordered the scholars to read from one of their English lesson-books, which they did beautifully, but Avhen an English visitor began to- question them on what they had read, he found blank faces staring at him in amazement, and not a single reply could he get. The master then informed him that the boys had only been taught to read English, not to speak it ; their pronun- ciation was perfect, but not a word did they understand of what they had read. Our Chinese boy is in pretty much the same plight at first; for four or five years he learns the names of the Chinese characters, but the great majority of them are meaningless signs to him. Book after book has he to get up in this wearisome manner, and page after page of copy-book characters has he to trace in a listless round, which knows no Sunday, nor Wednesday, nor Saturday half- EDUCATION. 19^ holiday : a Chinese school is for work and not play ; play is considered a waste of time, and, as such, to be discouraged as much as possible ; no variety of studies ; nothing to break the monotony from daylight till dark, only enough time to take meals being allowed. Verily it is no wonder that the Chinese school-boy appears heavy and dull, grave and dignified, and that he has his company manners always at hand, appearing the pink of propriety like all the fossilised youngsters he has read about. At last a little light is allowed to glint into this mental darkness, for he is initiated into the mysteries and privileges of knowing what the thousands of seemingly arbitrary signs mean. And here is the reason why, though nearly all Chinese (at least in the more civilised parts of the empire) can read to a greater or lesser extent, so many of them understand but little of what they read ; for many of them are unable from poverty to pursue their course of education beyond the initial stage. Many of them are in the position of Milton's daughters : the blind poet taught them to read Latin to him — simply to read it, without a knowledge of what it meant; and the- Chinese that is spoken in every-day life is nearly as different from much of that contained in the books, as a dead language is from a living one. There is no class system in Chinese schools ; each boy forms a class by himself: there are as many classes as there are boys. A dull scholar is thus not drawn on faster than he is able to go by the quicker boys, nor do the brighter pupils have a drag on their progress in the persons of the dull ones. As each boy learns his lesson he goes up to say it, the long school hours also making it necessary for him to learn the greater part, if not all, of his work in school-time. A Chinese school makes itself heard long before it is seen : a confused babel of sounds warns you of your approach to it ; for each boy is learning his task off" by heart, repeating it over and over again, till fixed in the memory, in a loud sing-song tone of voice ; the effect of thirty or forty boys (for few schools are fortunately much larger than that) all 200 THINGS CHINESE. doing their best to out-voice each other in this maimer, being better imagined than described, and, once heard, never forgotten. In England, schoofe are a nuisance to their neighbours at play-time; there is no play-time in Chinese schools — they are, on the contrary, a nuisance Avhen the boys are at their lessons. If a boy's studies are continued, he is taught, as we have said, the translation of this wonderfully recondite literary style into more intelligible language. Besides this, the following ■subjects find a place in the curriculum : com- position, where rules of grammar are conspicuous by their absence, and position is everything, and precedent or ancient usage establishes the proper collocation of words. Intimately connected with this is the construction of antithetical sentences, where meaning, word, and phrase, as Avell as tone, are matched together with wonderful care, precision, and musical rhythm. One or two other forms of composition are also taught, and the scholar learns the art of letter writing, where almost every possible idea is already provided for in cut and dried expressions redolent with the flowers of allusion, classic lore, and fable. This is a most important branch of Chinese education and requires special study. We ourselves were present at a meeting at which a letter was read from a gentleman, expressing his regret at not being able to be present, and containing good wishes for the members and the Society to which they belonged. Such a letter in English would require no explanation to an English audience, but the Chinese secretary of this Society considered it necessary to explain its contents to the members present, though they Avere all fairly well educated in Chinese. Belles-lettres also take a place in the more extended course of study. A collection from ancient authors, forming a course of Chinese literature, is placed in the hands of the student ; a smatter- ing of Chinese history, valuable for the sake of allusions it places at a writer's disposal, is acquired ; artificial verse- making claims a share of attention ; and the composition of EDUCATION. 201 those wonderful essays, where the reasoning proceeds in a circle, and ends where it began, which are valuable as pre- paring the student for the Civil Service examinations ; this last being the final stage for which all the preceding has been preparatory ; this, the goal which has necessitated all the arduous toil, with, in the event of success, its resultant office-holding. [See Article on Examinations.) The whole of the classics (the Four Books and the Five Classics) are mastered, as well as the commentaries thereon in the school and collegiate course, extending over some years. It will thus be seen that geography, arithmetic, algebra, mathematics, and all branches of science, are utterly unknown in a Chinese educational course. What then is the result of the whole thing ? Not the acquisition of knowledge, or the training of the mind, so much as the turning out of successful essayists ; a marvellous training of the memory, and the extraordinary development of the imitative faculty — these two at the expense of everything else — no originality, no scope for individuality ; the produc- tion of literary machines, the manufacture of mental type- writers, where the stereotyped forms of antiquity are repro- duced with but scant variety. It speaks well f(jr the Chinese nation, that, with all this tight lacing of healthy aspirations, with all this binding of the feet, of progress, it has been impossible to entirely curb all individuality, to check all variety. It has been well said that though this system 'has considerable educative value ' it yet Mimits the mental and moral vision to the horizon which confined the mind of Confucius twenty-four centuries ago, cramps the intellect? stunts the groAVth of moral feeling, and bends the will into an antagonism to everything non-Chinese.' It has also been stated with truth that, "the vast majority of the educated men in China do not know to this day what is the meaning of the most common terms in our educational vocabulary, and much less do they know the use and value of the things -designated, or how they are to be studied.' 202 THINGS CHINESE. China has no school-boards, nor even anything in the- place of the National and British schools in England. Schools are opened by masters to gain their living, or established by the gentry, or one tutor is employed by several families to conduct a private school for their children,, while colleges, or, strictly speaking, higher schools, established on pretty much the same principles, abound in all cities. We have thus far only mentioned boys, and we might close without any reference to girls; for the attitude of the nation, as a whole, with regard to the education of this sex, is almost that of complete neglect. Notwithstanding this, not a few instances are adduced in Chinese history of blue- stockings; and at the present day, in some parts of China at least, a very small minority of the girls either manage to pick up such a smattering of the characters as to be able to read cheap novels, or, very rarely, have the advantage of a teacher provided by their parents, who are stimulated to give them an education, in some cases by the example of the mission schools. From personal contact with thousands of natives in the course of his official duties,, the writer is able to say that it is the rarest thing that a woman is able to sign her own name, and when that is laboriously accomplished, it is perhaps all that she can write. Whereas, on the other hand, a preponderating majority of men in the extreme south of China, in the cities at alL events, are able to sign their names. To state it broadly : it is a great exception if a woman can sign her name, while it is an exception if a man cannot. It is very hard to form an estimate as to the number of men who can not only read, but mentally understand what they read. The proportion differs in different parts of the empire, and even in the same part, it will vary greatly in town and country. Dr. Martin, of Peking, estimates it at one in twenty. An account of education in China would not be complete without a closing allusion to the dawn of better days. Mission schools and colleges are to be found at the different centres, and these have done a good and EDUCATION. 203 appreciable work ; there are likewise the schools in Hongkong, under the fostering care of the British Colonial Government ; and, what is more encouraging still, there are, here and there at several important centres, either schools established, more or less under the auspices of the Chinese Government, such as the T'ung Wan Kwen, at Peking and Canton, where a thorouglily good training is given in English ; or again, such establishments as naval and other colleges, in connection with arsenals, where a technical education is imparted ; and, lastly, a most significant fact, at one of the provincial examinations in the City of Wu-chang, the examinees were asked to give a comparison between ancient and modern mathematical methods, the former being native, and the latter foreign; other centres of examination have taken the same subject up, doubtless in consequence of the decree issued some seven years ago by which the Literary Chancellors of the provinces were ordered 'to admit candidates to a competition in Mathematics at each annual examination for the first degree.' If successful, these were to undergo a special examination at Peking, in Physics, Applied Mathematics, Practical Mechanics, Naval and Military Tactics, Gunnery and Torpedo Practice, or, instead of these, in International Law, Political History, &c. * If successful they shall be admitted to competition for the second degree in Peking, which shall be conferred in the ratio of one to twenty, the total not to exceed three in one year. Those who obtain the second degree may compete for the third.' [See Article on Examinations.) As an instance of this introduction of a new subject in the stereo- typed Chinese examination the following will be found interesting : — In Western Shantung in the Tung Ch'ang Prefecture, two problems were propounded at the examination for the hsiu ts'ai degree in 1892, the first, or B. A., 'one of which asked for the superficial area of a globe eighteen inches in diameter. The other was of a more complicated character, and adapted to fit the aspirants for the post of Grain Commissioner. Problem.— If eight thousand piculs of rice are canied at thirteen tael. cents per picul, and if the freight is paid in rice at taels two and a half per picul, how much rice is expended for the freight ? It is said that this question was propounded 201 THINGS CHINESE. to not less than ten thousand students in the Tung Ch'ao Prefecture and that only one man tried to give any answer at all, and he was snubbed by the Chancellor for an ignorant pretender. Yet if any one could have given the correct answer which a western lad of ten years would be ashamed not to be able to do in three minutes, he would probably have been passed on that account ! The result, as often happens in such cases, has been a great increase in the number of applicants to the foreigner for a formula which will evolve correct answers. The absurdity of proposing problems in regard to the nature of which students have had no opportunity of learning must be evident to the Chancellor as to the candidates. But by another three years, some mathematical books will have probably been pored over not in vain.' Another hopeful sign is the resumption of the plan for sending students to western lands to prosecute their studies in the modern centres of learning and thought. The young Emperor himself began the study of English some years since. 'The Tsung-li Yamen have promulgated [1896] a verbal edict of the Emperor to the provincial authorities, commanding that the study of foreign mathematics and the various branches of poly- technical science shall from henceforth be compulsory in all colleges of the country. Candidates at the literary examinations will now have to qualify in at least one of the latter subjects, while mathematics must be one of the standing subjects at these competitions for literary degrees.' This gradual progress in the betterment of this wonderful system of examinations was followed by orders from the Emperor for a radical change, only to be again upset by the reactionary measures of the Empress Dowager. This is all a matter of history of the year 1898. Boohx reeommcnded. — Martin's ' Han Lin Papers.' Also see Extract from a paper by Rev. J. C. Fertruson in the 'Hongkong Daily Press' of the 7th of January, 181t2. Most of the text books on China also contain more or less full accounts of the Examination system of China. EMBEOI DEBT. —The Chinese are famous for their skill in embroidery. Men and women are both employed in the production of numerous articles for home consumption, as well as for exportation. Official robes for Mandarins and their wives ; petticoats for ladies ; purses for rich and poor ; shoes for men and women with natural feet, as well as for those with golden lilies — -the cramped-up deformities which ilo an imperfect duty in place of the natural growth ; caps for men and boys; adjuncts of dress, such as spectacle- cases and numerous other articles are all adorned and EMBROIDEUY. 205 ornamented with embroidery. Banners, altar-clotlis, the gorgeous robes donned by tlie ragged boys in a procession, are all rich with it. 'There are many styles with thread, braid, or floss, and an infinite variety in the quality, pattern, and beauty of the work.' The • motives ' are of the usual style of Chinese art work — heavy bats, long convoluted dragons, splendid phoenixes, geometrical patterns, insignia of the genii, fruit, flowers, and butterflies; these are blended together in a galaxy of richest colours or studded in more diff'use splendour on glowing backgrounds of cerulean blue or emerald green, or numerous other shades in which the gorgeous East delights to clothe itself But it should be mentioned that, owing to the introduction of aniline colours, the loveliness has, in a great measure, departed, and harmony of tint almost entirely, from the needlework of the present day. Girls are taught to embroider as an accomplishment and a necessary duty, for their own tiny shoes are worked by themselves, and not bought ready-made in the shops, Avhile many a woman, seated in the narrow street at the door of her humble dwelling, adds to the slender means of her family by her skill in fancy work of this description. Peddlers go through the streets whirling a small rattle, and, from the stock-in-trade of these peripatetic dealers, the domestic stocks of silk for embroidery are generally replenished. Most lovely shades of the finest floss silk, running through, the whole gamut of the richest colours, are displayed in the numerous small drawers of these itinerant merchants, while gold and silver thread are also for disposal, to be added to the needle- work to enhance its beauty. Numbers of men are employed in the production of shawls, table-covers, and fire-screens for exportation. The latter are made 'of divers colours of needle-work on both sides,' the screen at which the men work being set upright between the two who are producing the piece, and the needle pushed through from one man to the other alternately, and thus the same pattern is produced on both front and back. -206 THINGS CHINESE. Time is of no consequence when effect aud beauty are to be the results, while patience and perseverance are the two principal factors employed without stint by the Chinese in all their industrial arts, nor are they absent in the production of embroidery. It is said that, in a spectacle-case, six inches by two, there will sometimes be not less than 20.000 stitches; and theatrical costumes, mandarin robes, and ladies' dresses will take ten or twelve women four or five years constant work to finish. Under such conditions it will be readily seen that fashions cannot change from year to year. ' Wall hang- ings made of such work are very costly. In Canton where it is carried to its highest development, they have frequently brought several thousand dollars. Nevertheless such extra fine work is rare. The buying public demand good, effective tableaux at prices not over $100 each and the supply naturally equals the demand.' Large stores of old embroidery are to be found in the pawn-shops of Chinese cities ; nor are the robes, there to be seen, all of modern make, but some splendid specimens of a style no longer in fashion, or ordinarily procurable, are occasionally met with. Many foreign ladies who would not touch a Chinaman's clothes yet buy these old and soiled robes, and diflferent articles of dress worn by generations of Chinese, and utilise the embroidered pieces in ornamenting cushions, chairbacks, &c. These may appear cheap, and they are certainly "'nasty,' yet it is the fashion in this least suitable climate to drape the furniture and walls of drawing-rooms with the equivalent of what a greasy old-clothes man at home carries off" in his bag. How much more sensible it would be if ladies sought after specimens of the Art made years ago for Art's sake, two of which stand out in the writer's memory as most excellent of their kind. Both were circular and about a foot in diameter; one representing a white eagle perched on the rugged branch of a pine tree, with a stanza in beautiful characters in a column on one side, and so EMBROIDERY. 207 exquisite was the work it was almost impossible to discover that they were not written with a brush and the richest ink. Every feather of the bird was articulated, every needle of the pine was given in natural shades. The other, probably more interesting, was a dancing female figure, her robes and ribbons fluttering in the air, whilst all manner of flowers strewed the ground, a marvel of delicate work and refined colouring. But, alas ! the features of this Nymph or God- dess were, as is not unusual, painted upon the satin ground, and the artist was not in touch with the embroiderers. The face was quite one-fifth of the whole figure and very un- beautiful, with, shocking to relate, a nose of Bardolphian proportion impossible in nature and execrable in Art, but in every other resp^sct this work was a masterpiece. 'Embroideries, ancient and modern, are always in demand among Orientals, the former being much more expensive. Many- skilful artisans take advantage of this fact and by an accurate imitation of colours faded by age and also by secret chemical treatment turn out embroideries which seem worn with age. The counterfeits are not easily detected. Even when they are, the discovery is to the benefit of the dealer and not the collector. A bogus antique of this class was recently sold in Hongkong for $500 for which two weeks previously the dealer had paid $15 to the maker. As a matter of fact, modern embroideries in China are just as good as ancient, so that it is folly to pay ten times for one picture what you might for a second of equal merit and beauty. This is especially true when a fine embroidery is to be exposed in the drawing-room of a house which uses coal and gas. "'' * So ruinous are the gases produced bv the combustion of both coal and illuminating gas that the only safe rule is to frame embroideries air-tight between glass plates. Thus protected they will retain their brilliancy unimpaired, where left exposed they become dull and dingy in a few years.' There are a number of diflerent stitches employed. In one a fine raised effect is produced by winding the thread round the needle and then taking the stitch. No one, as far as we are aware, has made a special study of this subject, and though we have made a point of enquiring of those interested in Chinese embroideries as to the stitches, we must confess we have not yet penetrated to the inner arcana of their mysteries, but must perforce be content with stand- ing on the threshold, and admiring the skill of the Chinese in producing such marvellous fantasies of colour. 208 THINGS CHINESE. ENGLISH FROM CHINESE PENS.— To the Chinese the acquisition of our language is a terrible task ; nearly, if not quite, as appalling to contemplate as the idea of learning Chinese is to the average Englishman. To the majority who undertake it, time and money are of more importance than a thorough knowledge of the subject, and * maskee, can do ' is the motto of the tyro who thereupon proceeds to inflict his outrageous attempts at writing English on the English- man, with generally most ludicrous results. Perhaps Wan Chi wishes some favour from you, and as an introduction, he sends you his English calling-card with an invitation on it as follows : — Mr. Wax Chi Requests the pleasure of Mr. William Jones for a Dinner party at the Chinese Hotel (Hang Fa Lau), Queen's road central, to- morrow at 6 P.m. Hongkong, 17th October 1892. 1st top floor. Again here is a business notice : — EXPRESS. NOTICE. We beg to inform, Gentlemen, all of you that we have commenced business of establishing a new Printing Office hern as a substitution for the Printing Office of T. S. Marchmont but we have been selected with best arrangement of new and approved Machine for quickness of improvement. Expresses, Bills, Programmes, and any kind of Joping and Stationery, that we have choose too with great care a department of fashionable, current and suitable calon's Type for printing. We beg leave to inform, Gentlemen, as my own experience as a printer enable us to forward the most approved order as cheaply as any of the long established printer here. We request every confidence trust by all of your Company and we shall be glad to give all of you the satisfaction of printing, but we hope earnestly, may all your Company prepared orders to bestow on our printing department and we having referred already to all of your Factory the perfected and completed business of our preparation. N. B. Hoping sincerely all of your Company will see no objection to this notice. A Shang Printing Press. Po Man Tap, John. Shau Chow, January, 1893. ENGLl^fl FROM CirmESE PEXS. 209 It is to be feared that if Po Man Tap, John succoedccl in commencing the ' business of establishinjT a new Printin far inferior to literary ability : military officers, as compared ■Avith civil functionaries, are despised, and under the heading ■of military officers are included naval officers as well. Of late years, as has been remarked above, there has been a tendency to introduce a few mathematical and other questions at some of the centres of examination, and this attempt to employ western knowledge culminated in an edict by the Emperor Kwong Sui, dated the 23rd of June 1898. directing that at the literary examinations from those of ■doctor down to those for licentiates the candidates should write short practical essays instead of using the Chinese classics entirely as heretofore. A similar attempt, made by the Emperor Kanghi, to vivify with the touch of knowledge tlie stagnant pool of Chinese ancient lore, resulted in a short time in a return to the old state of affairs, as public opinion was against any innovation ; and an even quicker reversal of the Emperor's plans has taken place in this case, for the Empress Dowager, with, as far as can be seen at present, a fatuity fraught with the greatest danger, has upset this as well as the other beneficent plans inaugurated by Kwong Sui. ' The standard essay — Wen-chang— has been the chief cause of the working of the minds of the literati and causing them to labour ceaselessly in the same old tread-mill. It has held absolute sway for a millennium over China's intellectual life, and its baneful effects can be seen everywhere in the literature of the last three dynasties. Scholars have learned what they could not afterwards make use of in actual life, and they have had no time left for learning what could be used. The scholars of the Sung dynasty bequeathed in this legacy of the Wen-chang a burden of such weight upon the mental life cf China that it has been steadily crushing out its very existence. Originated to perpetuate classical learning it has been the liveliest factor in suppressing the desire for such knowledge. It has absolutely nothing to be said in its favour unless the remark of an eminent living statesman of China be given to its credit that "it has repressed rebellion by keeping the minds of ambitious men cramped by the pursuit of useless knowledge." The main reason that has kept it alive has been that it was supposed to be the essence of orthodox Confucianism.' EXTRATERRITORIALITY.—As the laws and judicial system in force in China partake more of the character of those in operation in Europe in the middle ages, Europeans 230 THINGS CHINESE. and Americans in China, as well as in otiier Asiatic countries, have insisted on being amenable to their own laws, and' exempted from the legal process of the country in which they dwell. There is a Supreme Court, with a Chief Justice and other officeis under the Foreign Office of England, which sits in Shanghai, and proceeds in circuit to the different treaty ports when cases arise, demanding its attendance amongst British subjects or in which one party is British. The Consular Courts, presided over by the British Consuls, take cognisance of the smaller cases, or hold a preliminary enquiry in the more important ones. The posts of Chief Justice and Consul- General have been amalgamated, and the Consul-General at Shanghai, has in addition to his other duties, performed those of Chief Justice. On the other hand, if a Chinese is sued by an English- man, the trial takes place in a Chinese Court, at the instance of the English Consul. In Hongkong, of course, this rule does not hold good, for, being an English Colony, it is an integral part of the British Empire. Chinese criminals sometimes escape from the mainland to this island. Before their rendition to the Chinese authorities, an inquiry is held by the Police Magistrate, Avho, ou j^i^i^^^'^ facie proof of the crimes, sends up the cases to the Governor of the Colony, who decides as to whether the criminals are to be handed over to the Chinese or not. Applications have been made to the Supreme Court of the Colony, on a Avrit of habeas corpus, for a release of the prisoners on some alleged technical flaw; but these have rarely succeeded. Nevertheless the Chinese authorities at Canton have felt a considerable amount of soreness on the subject, as it is difficult for them to under- stand (with their system of torture of prisoners and Avitnesses, and the forced confessions extorted from the fornaer and even at times from the letter), the importance of unshaken,, truthful evidence, and of genuine eye-witnesses. The un- certainty of English law, and the jealous care exercised. FAIRY TALES. 231 ■over the prisoner in case he should be innocent, are incom- prehensible to them. Books rrt-om mended. — ' Exterritoriality, The Law relating to Consular Jurisdiction and to Residence in Oriental Oonntries,' l)y F. T. Piyirott, M.A., Ll.M. 'Jurisdiction et P]x.territorialite en Chine,' par J. Helenius Ferguson. FAIRY TALES.— Theve are many fairy tales to be found in Chinese literature, but different in detail to those of the West. The animal world, like the wolf in Red Riding Hood, comes in, but in a more artistic form than in the old nursery tale, as the foxes assume human shape at will, not being detected till well on in the story, and they are bene- ficent as well as malignant. ' Our Chinese foxes, \vhich are represented as the frequenters of the ancient sepulchres, tui-n into the Elves of the Forest, and by moonlight imbibe the ethereal essence of heaven and earth. They dig up the graves of the dead and place their skulls on their foreheads. They. then look up to the North Pole and bow to the Starry Host. If the skulls do not fall off while they perform this rite, they change into lovely and fascinating females.' Love often plays an important part in some of these stories, showing that, though not considered proper by the prudish Chinese, humaii nature and the ruling passion Avill yet reveal them- selves even under the most repressive circumstances. Besides this class of fairy tales, much of the Taouist mythology miulit be classed under this category, when the marvellous and miraculous doings of the gods, demi-gods, and genii, are told at garrulous length and with, tedious detail. In China it is n(jt only tlie children that believe in sprites, fairies, dryads, nymphs, demons, and goblins, but the children of an older growth nearly all firmly believe in them ; for the whole universe to the average Chinaman is peopled with unseen denizens, who occasionally appear to the good or evil, and reward or punish them in quite the orthodox story-book style. /?()((/.'.< r(co))iviriidrd. — 'Strange Stories from a Chinese Studio,' trans- lated and annotated by Herbert A. Giles. 2 vols, De la. Rue & Co. "The Fairy Foxes,' published by Messrs. Kelly and Walsh. Ld. 'Scraps from Chinese Mytholoiry,' in different numbers of the 'China Review,' by Rev. Dj-er Bali, m,a., m.d,, annotated by J, Dyer Ball, -232 THINGS CHINESE. FANS. — There can scarcely be any other nation on earth that uses such quantities of fans : amongst us. the use of the fan is confined to the gentler sex. and it would be considered effeminate, or at all events singular, for a gentle- man to sport one. With the Chinese, fans are used as much by the one sex as by the other, and particular makes or forms are confined in their use to the male sex. All sorts of materials are employed in their construction, the palm leaf, which nature seems almost to have designed as an object lesson and a hint, being one of the most commou ; silk, paper, bamboo, feathers, and other things, are also used. The largest size of palm leaf, nearly a yard in diameter, of an orbicular shape, has a neat rim braided round it, the stalk formintr the natural handle This gigantic size is placed in the hands of slave-girls, and other female domestics, to perform the duty which the poet inveighed against so strongly in the well-known lines : — ' I would not have a slave to till my ground, To carry me, to fan me while I sleep. And tremble when I wake, for all the wealth That sinews bought and sold have ever earned.' The smaller kind of the same shape, and of which such large quantities are exported to America — the common palm-leaf fan — is used by the lower classes, and it is curious to notice the variety of uses to which this fan is put in China : it serves to blow up the wooden or charcoal fire in the earthenware furnaces instead of a pair of bellows ; old torn-down looking seamstresses pin it on the top of their hair to serve as a hat ; it also does duty as a sunshade ; it is used, in common with other fans, as a duster to fan or flap away the dust off a seat, or to cool the chair before offering it to a visitor; to drive out the mosquitoes out of the .mosquito net ; to fan the restless baby to sleep ; to cool the hungry youngster's food ; and it comes in handy for many another purpose. FANS. 233 There is a great variety of fans, and the foHowing classification embraces many, thougli not all of them, viz.: — Feather fans, folding fans, and screen fans ; the latter are of a variety of shapes, ' round, octagonal, sexagonal or ■polygonal.' The young Chinese exquisite in his robes of silk and satin, generally carries, at the proper seasons, one of them in his hand, the gift perchance of some artistic and literary friend, who has embellished it with a landscape in black and white, and/or a few lines from his pen in either prose or poetry. We give an inscription on one of these fans which was presented to a European. It not only gives an idea of what such inscriptions may be, but also shows what a Chinese complimentary letter is like. We have changed the names from what they were in the original : — ' The noteworthy visit you paid me some time ago has filled my humble cottage with glory. I believe you are a virtuous man whose object it is to benefit the world with your kind heart, which is ready to afford free services to the distressed it comes in sight of. This being its policy, many a poor sufferer has had his chronic disease removed and got immediate relief from great difficulties. How greatly in need is this class of people ! Furthermore, our unexpected iTieeting has quickly made us bosom friends. That a man so forsaken by the world as myself can gain so true a friend as you is rare. It has given me great consolation to hear of your promotion to the post ot Chief Medical Officer. Your success is the result of your repeated good deeds which always multiply one's blessings : The Eye of Heaven clearly sees our human actions. Though I am not worthy of your friendship, I sincerely hope you will not forget me after you have lel't here for your new appointment. Send me advice and instruction to amend my defects. True affection forbids me to forget you or to cease thinking of you. May there still be a time lor our future meeting and companionship is my earnest prayer. Kwong-sui, 1 6th year, 9ih moon in autumn. Written in the Tsing Ming Tai Tak Fort, Kwong-tung province, for the use of Dr. Cheung-lei. Scribbled by Chau Yau (z//.'Z5 Sik Ping.' The silk of which some of these fans are made is actually spun by the silkworm on the bamboo frame which surrounds the fan. This may seem incredible, but the writer has in his possession a small disc of silk, a few inches in diameter, spun in the lid of a tin canister, and given to him by a friend in whose house it liad actually been produced. It therefore requires no credulity to believe that 234 THINGS CHINESE. a fail somewhat larger could be thus made. The folding ftui is universal throughout China, from the cheap affair, of course bamboo splints and black paper with a few splashes of gilt, to the more expensive kinds ; though the gorgeous folding fans that are sent to Europe and America are not used by the Chinese themselves — they are simply made to please the outside barbarian. In Canton simple white ones can be bought witli maps of the city on them ; the Chinese map-maker has, however, adapted his map to the shape of tlie fan. Many of the feather fans are lyre-shaped, with a white bone or ivory handle, and eight, ten, or a dozen long feathers ranged in order — a fan fit to meet the requirements of fastidious gentlemen. A lady sports one in which, perhaps nearly a score of feathers are emfiloyed, and which, unlike the gentleman's long narrow shape, is broader than long. In Amoy the writer procured a curious fan which came from Formosa, a fibrous, somewhat lyre-shaped, leaf having a few leaves or sprays as ornamen- tations burnt into it with a hot iron. The Swatow fan is another sort that is well-known : a bamboo tube, about the thickness of a small finger, serves as the handle; to form the framework, the bamboo above the handle is split into very thin slips; the surface is paper, pasted over these slips, on which some elegant figure or two, a bird, or some scene from Chinese history, or mythology, is depicted ; the top is slightly bent over. Tljis is one of the best of open fans to use. It is amusing to see the vigorous Avay in which a Chinese fans himself: not content with a languid stirring of tlie air in front of his face and chest, he inserts the fan under his jacket, both front and back, and applies it vigorously till cooled, when his legs and arms will come iu for an equal share of attention. The ordinary way to carry a fan is in the hand, but another convenient place for a folding one is the back of the neck, or it is sometimes stuck by a tradesman into the top of his stocking. It takes the place of a walking-stick with a. . Chinese gentleman, as it gives him something to hold iu his FANS. 235 hand, and to flutter and Avave and gesticulate with, when excited. With schoolmasters, it is constantly at hand to rap a boy over the head or to call attention by t;ip[)lng the desk with it. It serves to give point and emphasis to the public speaker's periods ; when he has M-armed up to his subject and his heated oratory has had its effect, and a cooler frame and quieter manner will suit his next periods better, he opens its folded ribs and with a few leisurely motions brings down his temperature to its desired state ; it adds grace to the faultless get-up of the jeanesse doree; while the youthful bride is sheltered from the too inquisitive stare of the crowd by her attendant's fan ; the over-heated coolie cools himself with it as he rests a moment or two from his arduous toil ; and the sweltering half-naked blacksmith has his apprentice fan him Avhen engaged before the glowing forge ; the man- darin has a huge imitation screen-fan of wood carried in his reiiniie, which comes in useful when he meets a fellow official with whom he has no time to waste in salutations by the way, for their attendants interpose these wooden fans, and neither official has seen the other, thus obviating the necessity of stopping the processions and descending from the sedan-chairs. Folding fans may be used at any time of the year ; but certain other fans are only to be used at certain seasons. Thus palm-leaf fans and those made of goose feathers are for summer. while wlien the weather is neither very cold nor very hot — as in autumn, and likewise towards the latter part of spring — circular silk fans are seen. Winter has no dis- tinctive fans assigned to it, for the obvious reason that fans arc not generally required in cold weather. Fans are used in decorative art : open work spaces are left in walls of that shape; papers for fans are painted, mounted, and framed as pictures. Even the gods and genii are sometimes represented with these indispensables of a hot climate., some of them being capable of all sorts of magic. 236 THINGS CHINESE. A deserted wife is, by that happy periphrasis so con- stantly employed by the Chinese, known as 'an autumn fan ' from the inscription written on a fan, and sent to her royal master, by a lady of the Court, who found herself in this unenviable position two thousand years ago. The pathetic lines written on this memorable fan have been rendered into English by Dr. Martin, as follows : — LINES INSCRIBED ON A FAN. (Written by Pan Tsieh Yu, a lady of the Court, a?id presejited to the Emperor Cheng-ti of the Haji Dy?iasty, B.C. i8.) Of fresh new silk, all snowy white, And round as harvest moon, A pledge of purity and love, A small, but welcome boon — While summer lasts, borne in the hand, Or folded on the breast, 'Twill gently soothe thy burning brow, And charm thee to thy rest. But ah ! when autumn frosts descend, And autumn winds blow cold. No longer sought, no longer loved, 'Twill lie in dust and mould. - This silken fan, then deign accept, Sad emblem of my lot. Caressed and cherished for an hour, Then speedily forgot. B whs recommended. — An article "On Chinese Fans' that originally appeared in 'Fraser's Magazine' and also in 'Historic China and other Sketches' bj^ H. A. Giles, published by De la Rue & Co., p. 294. For an amusing skit on the fickleness of the female sex and on marriage, one is referred to Davis's 'China and the Chinese,' Vol. 2, p. 119 et seq., where the story of a widow fanning her late husband's grave is given. FILIAL PIETY.— Yi\m\ piety is the greatest of all virtues in the Chinese eyes, while disobedience is the greatest of all crimes. From his early childhood the child is trained up, as far as books are concerned, in this idea, while at the same time he is spoiled by the doting love of fond parents, mixed with such a portion, however, of severity, that the ■compound of bitter-sweet treatment produces on the whole FILIAL PIETY. 237 better results than might reasonably be expected ; the bitter, generally coming after the sweets of" spoiled infancy, has some effect in toning down the over-indulgence so lavishly acted on. Filial piety is very wide-reaching in its applica- tion among the Chinese. It concerns itself with a proper care of their bodies, as these being received perfect from their parents, it is their duty to preserve them. As regards one's parents, it is, according to our Western ideas, most exacting, though at the same time there is no doubt that if the Chinese have erred too much in going to one extreme, we have likewise erred in going to the other. Confucius said, ' while a man's father is alive, look at the bent of his will ; when his father is dead, look at his conduct. If for three years he does not alter from the way of his father, then he may be considered to be filial.' He also taught that filial piety should be accompanied by reverence, and that its duties should be performed with a cheerful countenance. It is thought to militate against rebellion, and is considered to be the sovirce of loyalty to the Sovereign. The way in which it works is thus expressed in the ' Classic of Filial Piety ' : — ' Filial duty is the root of virtue, and the stem from which instruction in the moral principle springs. * '■' * •". The first thing which filial duty requires of us is, that we carefully preserve from all injury, and in a perfect state, the bodies which we have received from our parents. And when we acquire for ourselves a station in the world, we should regulate our conduct by correct princi- ples so as to transmit our name to future generations, and reflect glory on our parents. This is the ultimate aim of filial duty. Thus it commences in attention to parents, is continued through a course of services rendered to the prince, and is completed by the elevation of ourselves.' As Archdeacon Gray remarks in his book, ^China' : 'The Chinese Government is only to be understood through the relation which exists between a father and his son.' Instances of extraordinary self-denial are constantly occurring amongst the Chinese on the part of children towards their parents. They undergo imprisonment at times in their stead, but, what is still more strange, they cut out pieces of their own flesh, cook it, and give it to them to eat,- 238 THINGS CHINESE. when seriously ill and when other remedies have failed; it seems to be a never-failing cure to judge from the accounts that appear in t!ie native newspapers concerning it. The youths are incited to these and other acts of devotion by the recital of instances of self-denial on behalf of parents. There are twenty-four of these stories of paragons of filial piety. One thawed through the ice on a pond, by lying naked on it, and then caught carp, of which his mother was fond. Another went into the bed at night to let the mosquitoes liave their fill on him before his parents should retire to rest- Another, though seventy years old, played like a child to amuse his aged father and mother. As an instance of the great lengths to which the Chinese go in this respect, a father was preparing to bury alive his only child of three years of age, as poverty was so pressing that there was a ^difficulty in supporting his mother ; Heaven intervened, how- ever, for when digging, he came across a pot of gold. One sees in ancestral worship the full development of filial piety when the parents and ancestors are deifi.ed and divine honours are paid to them, with, however, it must be confessed, a very- selfish feeling for the great part, for the raison cVetre of ancestral Avorship is founded mainly upon a desire to pro- pitiate the departed spirits, and thus ensure prosperity to themselves. ^^See Article on Ancestral Worship). A great deal of filial piety is mere ceremonial observance with but little real heart at the bottom of it, and there are as unfilial sons to be found in China as in our own land, still, at the same time, it must be good for the youth of this vast empire, teeming with future men and women, to have such a high standard, on the whole, held up for their guidance. Bo(ili'!< rc'C(ym in ended: — Legge's 'Chinese Classics.' ' Tlie Sacred Edict' translated by Rev. W. Milne. 'Chinese Eepositorj-,' Vol. X.. j). 1<)4. Doolittle's ' Social Life of the Chinese,' Vol. I., p. 4i"j2 et seq. FIRECRACKERS AND FIREWORKS.— The Chinese are essentially a noisy people- —all Orientals are. Spending so much time out of doors has doubtless something to do Avith their noisy way of talking ; for they will shout FIRECRACKERS AND FIREWORKS. 239 nt each other when a quiet whisper wr MENU. 1. Birds' Nest Soup. 2. Stewed Shell Fish. 3. Cassia Mushrooms. 4. Crab and Sharks' Fins. 5. Roast Beef (i\ I'Anglaise). 6. Koast Gliicken and Hani. 7. Pigeons' Eggs. 8, ' Promotion ' (Boiled Quail, &c.) 9. Fried Marine Delicacies, 10. Roast Turkey and Ham (il I'Anglaise). 11. Fish«glills. 12. Larded Quails. 13. Sliced Teal. 14. Peking Mushrooms. 15. Roast Pheasant (A, I'Anglaise). 1(5. Winter Mushrooms. 17, Roast Fowl and Ham. 18. Beche-de-Mer. li). Sliced Pigeon. 20. Snipe (a, I'Anglaise. 21. Macaroni (k la Peking). SIDE DISHES. Cold Roast Sucking Pi?. Cold Roast Fowl. Cold Roast Duck. Cold Roast Mutton. ■ Table dishes. Cold Sausages. Prawns. Preserved Egg's. Livers. &c., &c., &c. FRUITS. Preserved Apples. Citrons. Tientsin Pears. Pomegranates. Carambolas. Greengages. Pine Apples. &c., &c., &c. . (PASTRY. Sweet Lotus Soup. Almond Custard. Rice. &c., &c., &c. WINES. Champagne (Krug). Claret. Orange Wine. Rice Wine. Rose Dhu. • Optimus ' Wine. Pear Wine. We give a few Chinese receipts which we have trans- hited from a Chinese Cookery Book : — Steamed Sharks' Fins. The manner of washing sun-dried sharks' fins is [as follows] : — First take the fins [as bought] and place in a cooking pan, add wood- ashes and boil in several waters. Then take out and scrape away the roughness [on the fins]. If not clean, boil again, and scrape ag:ain, until properly clean. Then change the water and boil again. Take out, take away the flesh, and keep only the fins. Then boil once again. Put in spring water. Be careful in changing water, and thoroughly soak them, for it is necessary that the lime-taste should be taken out of them. Then put the fins into soup, stew three times- -248 THINGS CHINESE. till quite tender. Dish in a bowl, placing crab meat below them, and add a little ham on the top. The taste is clear and chiirty (i.e. neither tender nor tough, something like the taste of pomeloes at times). Chicken with the liquor of Fermented Rice. Take the bones out of a chicken and steam till just ready. Take out and let it cool. Cut into thin slices. Take gelatinous rice, which has been fermented with yeast and water add||l, and cook with this far two hours, afterwards add the juice expressed from fresh ginger, soy, sesamum, and oil, of each a little. Mix together with boiled peanut oil. Dish and add fragrant herbs. Genii duck. Take a fat duck. Open and clean. Take two mace of salt and rub over it both outside and in. Put into an earthen dish and take oi/afi spirits one cup, and put the cup with the spirits inside the duck. Do not let the spirits spill on to the duck ; only the vapour of the spirit is wanted. Steam over water till quite tender. Lift out the wine-cup into a bowl. Done in this way, there is no need of minor vegetables. THE FORETGNER IN FAR CATHAY.— \i the record of Chinese intercourse with the West is interesting, it must be admitted that the accounts of the adventures and travels of foreigners in the distant land of Cathay are also full of interest and adventure. Are they not to be found Tecorded in the innumerable volumes published during the past few centuries; are they not chronicled in the old- fashioned language of mediseval writers, so full of wonders as to astound their contemporaries who often would have none of these travellers tales, and treated them as Baron Munchausens? The achievements of commerce, though in the general written in a soberer strain, sometimes almost approach the interest of a romance. There are fragmentary records of the early trade of the Chinese with neighbouring and distant nations in the dim remote periods of antiquity; but the origin and earlier transactions of this primitive period are lost in the hazy oblivion of ancient times. The Serica vestis tempted the practical Roman merchants to undergo hardships and difficult journeys of which the majority of our present- day merchants know but little; nor less adventurous were the long journeys of the Arab traders. The Portuguese, who took such a leading position in the van of nations in the THE FOREIGNER IN FAR CATHAY. 219 sixteenth century, had the honour of being the pioneers of modern European commerce to China, in the-year A.D. 151G. They were followed in later years by the Spanish, Dutch, and Russians. 'The intercourse of the English with China, thoucjh it commenced later than other maritime nations O'f Europe, has been far more important in its consequences, and their trade greater in amount than all other foreign nations combined.' It commenced in A.D. 1635. American trade with China began in A.D. 1784-. {See Article on Trade). At the present day there are different settlements of foreigners at different ports on the coast and on the large rivers, while, scattered here and there throughout the empire, may be found some solitary individuals and families. The larger proportion of foreigners in China at the present day are British subjects. In 1890 the different nationalities in China were represented as follows : French ....589 Germans 64S Italians 74 Japanese 883 Portuguese ...'...610 Russians 131 making a total of 8,081. It mtist be remembered that Hongkong and Macao are not included in this return, as they are not a portion of the Chinese empire politically, though as far as geograpliy is concerned they are. The total of Europeans and Americans in the British Colony of Hongkong, by the census of 1891, was 8,54^, or total British and Foreign community 10,44<6. According to returns made in 1879, there were 4,476 Portuguese in Macao, and 78 of other nationalities not Chinese. An interesting subject to enlarge upon would be the benefits that this foreign intercourse with China has conferred •on her, as well as a view of the other side of the case, but, though tempting, we must forbear. Batiks rc'CODnjiendad.^Ainongsi, othev books that might be named as containing interesting notices of foreign intercourse Avith China, maj' be mentioned William's ' Middle Kingdom,' ' The Chinese Repository,' and ■* The China Review.' Austrians 65 Brazilians 2 Belgians 28 British 3,317 Danish 81 Dutch 4.1 Spanish 304 Swedes and ) Norwegians J "" ■'•' United States, \ . ,., Citizens ot the J ' ^-^ 250 THINGS CHINESE. FORFEITS.— The Chinese have a noisy game of forfeits often played at the dinner-table at feast times. It consists in the player flinging out one or more fingers of the hand, and shouting out a number, when the other, who is playing with him, must instantly fling out as many of his fingers as will, if added to the number mentioned by his opponent, make up the total to ten, and while doing this he also shouts out the number of his fingers that he throws out. If a mistake is made, the one who makes it has to drink a cup of spirits as a forfeit. As they proceed, the party of six eight, or ten, at table, get more and more excited and boisterous, and the shouting at the top of their voices proves very exasperating to any Europeans who may unfortunately have their residences near to those of the Chinese. Such a. nuisance is this noisy game, that the playing of it after 11 o'clock at night is prohibited in Hongkong by Ordinance. Looking at it from another point of view, this game of ehdi-mui (chai mooee) is a most interesting one, as the- Italians have a similar game, whicli they call morra, in France it is known as mourre, while the ancient Egyptian^j^ had some corresponding game as represented on their sculp- tures, and the Romans had their onicare digitis over which, butchers and their customers gambled for bits of meat, from, which game descended the Italian one already mentioned. FRUIT — One of the advantages of living in a hot climate is the quantity of fruit that one gets. After a long residence in the East, one notices on a i-eturn to Europe- unless it be in a plentiful strawberry season, how much more readily one can get fruit morning, noon, and night in the East than in the West. There is quantity in the East, but quality (with regard to many fruits) in the West; for after all few fruits are superior to those grown in hot-houses in England. This is, however, not so much the fault of the fruit, as the fault or misfortune of the cultivator ; for it is often due to circumstances over which he has no control. As a rule, unless the fruit is plucked Avhen yet unripe it will spoil with the heat before.^he alow means of locomotion available FRUIT. 25! would allow of its being conveyed to its destination. One can try to imagine what would become of our vaunted hot-house productions were they all plucked wliile green — pears picked while hard, strawberriers gathered before they were ripe, and a week taken in carrying them to the market. In the South of China, at Hongkong, Canton, and Macao (for in some other places, such as Ainoy, fruits are scarcer, though in Swatow they seem plentiful and of fine quality) there is a succession of fruit nearly the whole year through ; for not only is there such a variety of it indigenous to the soil, but so many different kinds liave been introduced during the last few centuries from foreign countries, that before one has had time to get tired of one sort, another has succeeded it— sometimes all too soon. Oranges are very common in the South, having been introduced from that part of China into Europe in A.D. 1548 by the Portuguese. The German name, Apfelsina, shows their origin, while the Italian name, Portugallo, points out their introducers in the West. The common coolie orange, however, differs rather from those brought to England from Spain at the present day, perhaps tlio change of soil, climate, and cultivation, have caused a difference in the fruit. The small kat-Uai, as they are called in China, but erroneously named ' mandarin oranges ' in London, have a fine acid taste, and were only brought into Europe in the present century. The real mandarin orange, or chil-shd kat, is a much larger fruit — larger even in diameter than the common coolie orange, which last is the shape and size of the ordinary kind in England. It is the finest of all, having a skin of a cinnabar red colour very loosely adherent to the fruit itself, the segments of which are much larger in every way than the small kat (though the shape of the two varieties is much the same), and without the acid taste, but very juicy and sweet. It is much dearer and rarer than the smaller one, or than the coolie, or ' tight skin.' Of plantains there are numerous varieties, amongst which may be named the coarse large ones — almost unfit to 252 THINGS CHINESE. eat raw — the ' dragons' tusks/ ' fragrant plantains,' ' over-the- hill plantains,' and others. One sort or another, with but few breaks, carries one through the year, while the oranges are a winter fruit. Amongst other indigenous fruits in the Canton province, may be named : — first, the whampee, as it is generally spelled, a yellow skinned fruit, as its name implies, and pendent in clusters from the glossy-leaved trees which produce it, about the size' of a grape, tart, and nearly filled with two, three, or four, comparatively speaking, large and greenish stones. Second, the li-chi, better known in England by the dried ones, which are exported there in some quantities, but the pulp of which, being shrivelled into a dryish, sweetish, black substance round the dark stone, gives no idea of the taste of the fresh fruit. The skin, when fresh, is more like a shell, being rough and of a bright, red colour, like a very large round strawberry, when seen at a distance. Inside this is a thin white membrane, enclosing the watery translucent pulp of a sweetish taste surrounding the brownish-black ovoid stone.- The colour of the fruit is like that of a glass of water with a few drops of milk mixed in it. There are two or three kinds of li-chis, the best variety has a very small stone. Third, the lung-ngan or 'dragons ' eyes,' is a fruit about the size of a li-chi with a yellowish-green skin, a large stone, and a watery pulp of a disagreeable, rawish taste, though the Chinese and a few Europeans are fond of it. Fourth, the lo-quat, which Williams describes as a kind of medlar. There is a thin yellow skin adherent to the fruit, and within, in a cavity in the centre of the fruit, is a seed or two. The fruit is not unpleasant in taste. The peaches, when ripe, are good, though smaller than the English hot-house ones. There are two or three varieties of the common kind, one being the Eagle bill, with the point prolonged and a curious kind, somewhat like a very small apple in shape but more flattened, the stone inside partaking of the spheroid form. - FRUIT. 253 There are two varieties of pear ; one lianl, like a turnip, rather sweet in taste, but better when cooked, and srrowin"- in the South ; the other conies fVoUi Tien-tsin, and is much nicer, being sweeter and more juicy in its turnipy Substance. Grapes are also brought from the North, a few are grown in the South, but very different are both pears and grapes fnjm English ones. Apples come from the North of China, but are very spongy in taste. The mango is a flattish, oblong fruit of»a bright, yellow gold colour and very nice, having, however, a slight tur- pentine taste. It is a fruit overflowing in its juiciness. The best come from Saigon and Manila, whence they are brought over in steamers. China has not only given the orange to Europe, but has on the otlier hand benefited by the introduction of not a few fruits from other parts of the world, amongst which may be mentioned the pineapple, which was cultivated as early as A.D. 1594, in China, 'to which it was brought from the Western shore of America through the Philippines.' The custard apple also, as it name in Chinese— /cm-^ai-c/it, foreign li-chi — implies, is a foreign introduction, and is identical with the sweet sop of the West Indies. Besides this there is that most curious of fruits, the carambola, called by the Chinese the ydng-t'b, or foreign peach, though why this name should have been selected is a mystery, for when cut through, it looks like a star with five rays. By Europeans it is also known as the Cape gooseberry. There is another variety called the sdm-nirn, which is sourer than the other. There is also the guava, having a smell something like onions. The Amoy pumelo is ^ fine fruit, the shaddock of the West Indies. There are two or three varieties of persimmons ; a yellow hard kind, a bright red, soft sort, about the size and shape of a middling sized apple, and a small, red variety somewhat like a small egg. There are also several varieties of plums, and the sour arbutus, which, however, is sweeter and better at Swatow than at Canton. The jack-fruit is also found in China, and the 254 THINGS CHINESE. roseapple, a highly scented fruit about the size of a small apple and of the form of a hollow sphere, the seeds being inside the hollow part. The pomegranite. as produced here, is not eatable, consisting mainly of a dry mass of seeds. In the north of China the fruits are more of the European type — apricots and strawberries, besides some we have already mentioned. GARDENS. — Here is again a word, like many other words, which represents a different idea in China from what it does in the West. One who comes to China prepared to see the beautiful beds, the grouping of colours, and blending of shades, the massing of foliage, the parterres, the trim gravel Avalks, the grass lawns, and the tout ensemble that goes to make up the idea represented by the word garden amongst us, must be prepared to be disappointed. In their place are fantastic masses of artificial rockwork, or pools filled with the large, rich, green, disc-like leaves of the lotus while the formal but lovely red flowers give some warmth or colour to the scene. A Chinese garden must have a sugges- tion, at least, of water : if nothing else, a tiny pond with artificial rockwork and a bridge — a veritable arch — up which one climbs to its top and descends on the other side. At times, as on the earth's surface, water abounds more than the dry land, for numerous sheets of water take up the space which would be occupied in Western lands by flower beds ; but still the flower beds are not foregone : in other words, the Chinese have no flower beds on land, but their flower beds are in the water; for the still surface of the ponds is embellished with the large, round, peltate leaves of the lotus, having a stiff beauty of their own, relieved in the summer months by the many petaled, purple, chalice-like flowers borne on their long, green stalks above the leaves, and rising from the underlying mud — a Buddhist emblem; for 'as it lifts up its buds out of the slimy ground to a greater or less height above the water, unfolding its leaves and flowers, on whose spotless petals no traces are to be found of the mire from which it has sprung, so the souls of men * * rise from the .slime of sin, by their own power and eflFort, to difierent GARDENS. 255 lieights. and reach the blessedness of Nirvana.' Later on when the petals are scattered and have floated aMay like tiny boats, the green an(;l curious shaped seed vessels are seen. Bridges, as we have said, cross these ponds, while kiosks, or summer-houses, are placed here and there, in the midst of the water or on land, as fancy suggests. Here picnics or summer parties are held, and the literary tastes of the guests are met by the quotations from the classics hung up by the hundreds under the roofs of the sheltered walls, while the votaries of the histrionic art have their tastes pro- vided for by a stage erected especially for that purpose. Larger buildings are scattered about the grounds, fitted with the straight-backed and antique-looking blackwood chairs, matched with teapoys and sofas, while rustic-looking stools stand about, formed each of a mass of rock, supported on a wooden stand of three legs. Those who have not been in the tropics know nothing of the luxury of one of these cold, smooth, stone seats on a hot summer's day. The plants are ranged in rows in hundreds of coarse, earthenware pots, or at the best, green glazed ones supported on similar stands or on' wooden ones. Very few, if any, flowers are planted in the ground. Plants of privet are trained into figures of animals and men, to which eyes, hands, feet, and hats of earthenware are added. Long rows of these, interspersed with flowers and shrubs, all in flower pots, line the walks. Trees are allowed to grow in certain places, but there are no ferneries, no glass-houses, and, though the minutest care is taken in the cultivation, the results do not produce what we would look upon as a garden. Gardens, in this Chinese sense of the terra, are attached to temples, to ancestral halls, or form the pleasure grounds of wealthy gentlemen, and are sometimes, in the latter case especially, of considerable extent. ]\[ost Chinese who can afford it, or who have the space for it, have a few flowers, or shrubs, in pots, some rockery work, and a little water with gold fish, in the inner part of their house, or congeries of buildings which do duty for a mansion. 256 THINGS CHINESE. GEOGRAPHY.— The China of to-day is not the China of ancient times ; its boundaries have extended greatly while the history of the Middle Kingdom was being made. Unlike England, which had to go beyond the sea to add to her empire, the nucleus of the Chinese people had all around them their grand future, and having acted well up to their possibilities^ these have developed into the actualities of their present extended dominions^ — dominions which, with all their tribute bearing neighbours, form the most extensive 'ever swayed by a single 'power in any age or any part of the world.' The germs of this mighty realm are supposed to be found some thousands of years before Christ in a nomadic people in the present pi'ovince of Shen-si. Settling in villages, they become tradesmen and agriculturists, and from the dim mists of myths and tradition, amidst which scarce anything can be seen clearly or Avith certainty, we find the empire growing, getting the sea-board as a boundary, and extending its limits, We do not intend in the course of "this short article to give a historical account of the geographical growth of the empire. It would lead us, were we to do so, far beyond our limits, and its scope would necessitate an account of all the petty states into which, at times, China was divided. Suffice it to say, that for many centuries China did not extend beyond the great River, the Yang-tsz-kiang. Eventually , an offshoot was sent south into the eastern portion of the present Kiang-nan, and, like the rootlets from the banian tree, grew and formed finally another trunk to support the tree of empire, which was destined to gradually cover the whole land. For a long period the extreme South of China was not embraced in the realm except as a tributary state or with spasmodic attempts at Government, but at last the bonds which united it with the northern portion were strengthened until it formed an integral portion of China. The present dynasty has recovered much of the territory that was lost under the last, the Ming, till now it is nearly equal to what it was under Kublai Khan, when Marco PoL> writes of him 'in respect to number of subjects, exteiit of GEOGRAPHY. 25T territory, and amount of revenue, he surpasses every sovereign that has heretofore been or that now is in the world,' In' 184<0. it was estimated that the Chinese Emperor ruled over 5,300,000 square miles, from lat 48° 10' N, to long. 144-° 50' E. in the N.E. part of the empire, to the island of Hainan in the south, in lat. 18^ 10' N. and on the extreme West to long. 74° E. It has since lost about half a million square miles, which have gone to add to the dominions of the other colossal empire of the world, Russia, which is China's neigh- bour in the North, while more is apparently going the same way in the shape of Manchuria. England and France in the colonial empires also touch her territories in the south, * Of the 12,000 miles which form the land girdle of China, 6,000 touch Russian territory, 4,800 British territory, and only 400' French, while 800 miles may be described as doubtful.' Japan has also, with the last war, by the acquisition of Formosa, been brought into near neighbourhood to China. Since the greater part of the above was written, Germany has likewise established herself on the coast of Shan-tung at Kiao-chao, Russia has obtained Port Arthur, and the French lay claim to Kwong Chau Wan in the South. England has also obtained a lease of laud at the back of the Kauluns; Peninsular and some islands. What the near future has in store for China remains to be seen. Will this great empire so loosely knit together remain intact or will it fall to pieces from the combined pressure from without and the corruption and disintegrating forces from within ? In shape, the Chinese empire approaches a rectangle, whose circuit is 14,000 miles, or more than half the circumference of the world ; her coast line is roughly stated to be 4,400 miles. Tliis vast empire naturally divides itself into the three divisions of China proper, Manchuria, and the Colonial Possessions. China proper embraces the whole of the eighteen provinces, as well as the large island of Hainan ; Manchuria lies to the North of Corea and part of China proper ; and the Colonial possessions include Mongolia, Hi, Kokonor, and. Tibet. p 258 THINGS CHINESE. These eighteen provinces cover about 2,000,000 square miles. It would take seven Frances, or fifteen Great Britains and Irelands, to cover the same extent of ground. China is surrounded by different mountain chains, forming a wall almost all round it, with their different ranges, such as the Altai, the Stanovai, the Tien-shan, and others; also four large chains occur inside the boundaries, assisting in delimiting territory, the highest peaks of some of which are snow-clad ihe whole year through ; some of the mountains in Yun-nan, in the south-west of the empire, are the same. A great part of China is divided into three great basins, -drained respectively by the Yellow River, say 2,500 miles long, the Yang-tsz-kiang, 3,000 miles long, while the Canton Hiver and its numerous tributaries drain 130,000 square miles. We cannot mention the other rivers, though they are by no means insignificant nor few, for ' the rivers of China are her glory, and no country can compare with her for natural facilities of inland navigation.' Among the lakes may be mentioned the Tung-ting, about 220 miles in circumference, and the picturesque Po-yang, with it numerous islands, 90 miles long by 20 in breadth. Besides the three basins drained by the three great rivers, there is the Great Plain of 700 miles in lenirth, varvinsr in -width from 150 to 400 miles, having the same area as the plain of Bengal, drained by the Ganges. It supports an enormous population; in 1812, the number was 177,000,000 that is two-thirds of that of Europe, being the most densely settled portion ' of any part of the world of the same size.' China may likewise be ' divided into the mountainous and hilly country and the Great Plain.' ( See Article on •Geology). The mountainous is nearly half of the whole of China, the hilly is in the southeast, another Great Plain is in the north-east. From the Yang-tsz to Hainan, the whole coast is studded with numerous islands and rocky islets. GEOGRAPHY. 259 The most important Channels are that of Formosa, 'between tlie Ishmd of Formosa and the mainland, and the Straits of Lui-chau, between the Island of Hainan and the Promontory of Lui-chau. The must noteworthy gulfs or bays are the Gulf of Liang- tung in Manchuria, the Gulf of Pe-chih-li in the province of the same name, and the Gulf of Tonquin in the extreme south. Among the principal promontories may be named that of Liang-tung, forming the Gulf of the same name, the Shantung promontory, and the Lui-chau promontory, already named. The principal seas are the Yellow, between Corea and China; the Eastern, between Japan and the Lew-chew Islands and China; and the China Sea to the south. In political geography, China proper is divided into the eighteen provinces, these again are subdivided into prefec- tures, the latter are formed of different kinds of districts, which may be compared to the counties in England. It is not an uncommon thing to group two of the provinces together for administrative purposes, such as the two Kwang — Kwang-tung and Kwang-si; the two Hu — comprising Hu-peh and Hu-nan. Of the principal cities, it is impossible to give an •enumeration, so numerous are they. The capital of each of the eighteen provinces would come under this category, some of them boasting of a million of inhabitants, such as Peking, Canton, arid others, while every province has numbers of important centres of commerce and government, such as the district cities and marts : the former taking the place of country towns and often having tens or hundreds of thousands of inhabitants; the latter forming centres of commercial activity and distributing centres for agricultural produce, &c., to the surround country districts. Boohs rrroni mended. — 'Historical Atlas of the Cliinese Empire,' by E. L. Oxenhani, gives maps of China during successive dj-nasties and shows in a striking form the geographical growth of the Empire, while the preface is most interesting. Several works are in existence dealing each with one province, such as 'La Province Chinois du Yiin-Nan,' par Emile Rocher. and 'Shan Tung : A Chinese Province' by A. Armstrong, f.e.i.s. p 2 260 THINGS CHINESE. GEOLOGY. — The geology of the Chinese empire has- not been fully investigated. When it is remembered that vast tracts of country have not yet been trodden by the man of science, it will be seen how much remains to be done towards the acquisition of a full knowledge of the geological conditions- of the large portion of the globe ruled over by the Chinese. In the centre of China is the great alluvial plain pro- duced by the large rivers, the Yang-tsz-kiang and the Yellow River, as Egypt has been created by the Nile. The great quantities of silt brought down by the Yellow River,, combined with other causes, such as deforestation, &c., produce the periodical floods and cause 'China's Sorrow,' as it has been aptly termed, to seek new means of reaching the sea. The Yang-tsz-kiang, which has been styled 'The Girdle of China,' carries its silt more out to sea than the Yellow River does. The land it has made during its existence must have been enormous, for it has been estimated that it dis- charges 770,397 cubic feet of water per second into the sea, and the 'amount of suspended material carried down every year to the sea at 6,428,858,255 cubic feet.' An island 32: miles long by 10 broad has been formed since the fourteenth century in the estuary of the Yang-tsz. This mighty river takes the third place in the list of the largest rivers in the world, the Amazon and the Congo heading it, and the Miss- issippi coming fifth. It has been calculated that the Y'^ang- tsz, the Yellow River, and the Pei Ho, would in sixty-six days form an island a mile square in the sea, and in 36,000 years the Gulfs of Pe-chih-li and Liau-tung, the Yellow Sea, and the Eastern Sea as far south as about half way between Ning-po and Wen-chow, and as far east as about mid-way between the coast of China and Japan, would become solid ground. Passing from the future to the past it has been reckoned that it has taken 20,000 years for the delta of this gigantic river to be formed. The oscillations of land level do not appear to have had much share in its formation, as they, in this portion of China, seem to have been of the slightest, during this period at all events. GEOLOGY. 261 Even during the historical period, the changes appear to have been great, for the Shii Xing, which contains the most ancient account of Chinese geography, mentions three mouths of the Yang-tsz, though only one now remains. At the time of Christ a 'great part of the Shanghai plain was not yet reclaimed from the sea ; and the Woo-sung River or Soo-choAv Creek was also anciently a large river twenty li (6 or 7 miles) broad at what is now the city of Shanghai.' The land has extended further out into what was then the ,sea by fifty miles. With regard to the underlying stratum or strata. Dr. IMacgowan says : * Whether it rests immediately 'Upon granite, which forms the basis of the nearest mountain ; or immediately upon new red sandstone, of which some of tlie adjacent hills are composed ; or upon limestone, which is found protruding at the Great Lake (Tai-hii), it is impossible for us without more imformation to determine.' In A.D. 1865 an artesian well revealed at a depth of 248 feet gray sand beneath 10 feet of loam, and a few feet lower pebbles ; at 240 feet a fragment of limestone. At one time the Shan-tung promontory Avith the con- tiguous mountainous portion of the province was an island, and the province of Kiang^su had no existence. The steppe-like plains of Pe-chih-li show their recent elevation above the sea. On the other hand, there are evidences of the encroachments of the sea on the land to a no less remarkable extent. The eastern border of the continent has experienced a slight depression, and the real eastern border included Sumatra, Java, Borneo, the Philippines, Formosa, tlie Liu Chiu Islands, Japan, and the Kuriles, to Kamtschatka. Among the most interesting features of the geology of North China is the loess. It covers a vast extent of country 'extending over thousands of square miles and often hundreds of feet in thickness,' and is a brownish-coloured earth; it is split up into numerous clefts ; is of a terrace formation, and steppe-like contour ; but admirably adapted for agricultural purposes ; and lends itself to the picturesque most effectively. •One opinion about it is that ' it is a sub-aerial deposit, dating 262 THINGS CHINESE. from a geological era of great dryness before the existence- of the Yellow and other rivers of the northern provinces.' Another, and the latest, is that it is a sedimentary deposit,, and probably of marine origin. In Southern China, between Canton and Hankow, the succession of rocks is first, granite ; second, grits and slates ; these are covered by old limestones, on which rests another series of limestone strata, and over some coal-beds lies red sandstone. Of this part of the country it has been written : — ' The whole country is *'■ * "■•' divided into several isolated basins any one of which can be studied by itself, whilst in most instances, the lines of demarcation follow roughly the political divisions of the empire. Amongst these natural divisions of the country, we may adduce the provinces of the two Kwaiig, Kiang-si, Fuh-kien and Che- kiang, Ngan-whui, Kwei-chau, Kiang-su, &c., — all forming separate- districts, divided by ranges of mountains and distinguished each by geological characteristics.' ' The central and eastern portions of Kwang-tung, contain, within a limited area, a connected sequence of formations, ranging upwards from the early paleozoic rocks of Hongkong and the adjacent coast and islands, to the new red sandstone of Canton and the delta of the Pearl River, intermixed with some traces of still later formations,, and being accompanied by masses of rocks of igneous origin extending probably over a still more prolonged epoch.' ' From the neighbour- hood of Canton to the sea, the rocks are composed of red sandstone resting on granite, until, on reaching the clusters of islands that line the coast, these are found to consist of a coarse granite only, crossed' by perpendicular veins of quartz, over the irregular surfaces of the islands, and at the summits of the highest, are strewn immense rounded blocks of the same rock. They are generally imbedded in the coarse earth, which is a disintegration of the general substance of the islands, and, as this is washed from under them, roll down the steep declivities until they reach a level space, and commonly stud the sandy margin of the islands with a belt of piled rocks, some of them many tons in weight. The scenery of these islands has often been compared to that of the Hebrides, and is quite as barren.' ' The island of Kulangsu (Amoy) is typical of the coast formation of Southern China ; granite is its principal feature, and it seems to be a general, but by no means unexceptional, rule that along the coast, from South to North, the granite becomes coaser grained, less- micaceous and more felspathic' The following is an account of the country north of Amoy : — * Considerable diversity of the geological structure of the district from Amoy to Tam-Si, — the most northern portion of the province visited, — obtains ; this is not, however, the case with the Physical' GEOLOGY 263 (Geography, as in the latter respect the whole country is a series of high mountains, the general character being physically very persistent although geologically ranging from the ingenite or granitic, plutonic, and volcanic rock at Amoy (as observed along the greater portion of the East Coast of China and typically represented in the island of Hongkong) the Transition or Metamorphic sedimentary rocks being developed in proceeding northwards, culminating in the Derivate rocks, the Subaqueous containing the whole series of the Paleozoic period, the Devonian, Carboniferous, and Permian systems being highly developed, particularly the Carboniferous ; and the Sub-aerial being represented in the Mesozoic period, principally by the upper new red sand-stone in the Triassic system. The whole country must have been subject, long after the Mesozoic period, to extraordinary convulsions of nature. One "fault" in the Carboniferous Group, which the writer had a good opportunity of studying, extended a distance of 8 miles; the mountain in which ihe '"fault" appeared being over 1,500 feet above the adjacent valley, standing at a scarped angle of about 8 degrees, exposing, amongst other groups of the system, the coal measures in numerous seams fully 300 feet thick. Shan-tung is a moet interesting province from a geological point of view. The following extract from ' Across Shan-tung,' by S. B. J. Skertchly, F.G.S., M.A.I., puts in a succinct form an account of the geological formation of the Eastern portion of China : — ' Travelling northwards from Hongkong by Amoy, Foochow, Ningpo, Shanghai to Chefoo, we pass, speaking generally, from older to newer rocks. The granites of Hongkong with their associated beds of diorite and felspar porphyries are the oldest rocks of China, the backbone, geologically speaking, upon which has been laid down the newer beds which take the surface over by far the greater part of this vast empire. These rocks are again seen at Amoy and Foochow, are hiddden beneath newer volcanic rocks at Ningpo where the beautiful mottled volcanic agglomerate yields the fine building stone which adds such beauty to the architecture of .Shanghai ; then the land sinks down to the broad plain of the mighty Yangtsz, to be succeeded by old crystalline rocks, probably ofLaurentian age which run all the way to Chefoo on the Gulf of Pechihli, whose northern shores in Manchuria and Chihli are largely made up of beds belonging to the Carboniferous system. Travelling inland a similar series of rocks is found, the granites being overlaid by crystalline schist and gneiss and quartzites, over which again lie the carboniferous beds, with patches of volitic rock here and there, yielding as in Eastern Shantung beautiful fossil fishes. The granite rocks rise in bold hills and mountains, weathered into rounded masses, which oft-times become quite isolated, and stand like boulders upon the hill sides, or lie embedded in the well-known " decomposed granite " '-' *' ••'■ ; these boulders are simply harder 264< THINGS CHINESE. masses of granite which have withstood the dissolving action of the elements ; they tell neither of frost-bound coasts, nor changes of level, nor volcanic outbursts but are stolid witnesses of the silent forces of rain and river, of tropic showers and burning suns and chilly nights. In marked contrast to the swelling contours of the granite series, are the jagged and gnarled hills and mountains of the crystalline schists, which beautify the landscape with every variety of crag and peak and sierra, the rocks themselves bent, twisted, and crumpled as though instead of being tough enough for neither millstones they were plastic as dough. Very different again are the limestone hills of the carboniferous system with their gentle flexures, fretted into picturesque castellated ramparts, and running in long lines along the dip.' The province of Shan-si is rugged. The southern part * presents a geological formation of great simplicity * * * There are coal formations and limestone,' and a plateau of later rocks — sandstones, shales and conglomerates of green, red, yellow, lilac, and brown colours. Some granite peaks rise to a height of 8,000 feet. " On the eastern side * * * rocks are made up of ancient formations or deposits of the Silurian age.' There are most extensive coal fields in China'. ' Most of the rocks belong to the paleozoic or early secondary ages ; the later deposits in the central and seaboard provinces at least being confined to a few sandstones and clays.' The great coalfields of China stretch from ' near Peking along the frontiers of Pe-chih-li and Shan-si, and thence through Ho- nan and Hu-peh, into the great coal and iron district of Hu-nan' 'The less important fields are those of Kiang-si, .Hu-peh, Ngan-hwui, Kiang-su, Cheh-Kiang, Fuh-Kien, and Kwang-tung.' They all belong Ho the true "coal measures" of the carboniferous system.' All kinds of minerals and precious stones are found in China. Boohs recommended. — There are numerous articles on the g'eology of certain districts and coal formations, &c.. &c., iu the ' Chinese Kecorder and Missionary Journal,' the 'Journals of the N. C. Branch of K.A.S.' and * Notes and Queries on China and Japan : ' as well as notices on geology in Williams's 'Middle Kingdom.' For North China, the great work in German by Baron von Richthoven, 'China,' is the standard work. See also 'Across Shan-tung ' by S. B. J. Skertchly, consisting of a series of Articles in the 'Hongkong Daily Press ' in September and October, 1892. GEOMANCY, OR FUNG-SIIUL 2(>5 GEOMANCY, OR FUNG-SHUL— This superstition in connection with the worship of ancestors has the greatest hold on the Chinese mind. To them the whole of Nature is alive with influences for good or evil, revealed to those who have made their indications a study : the course of a stream, the trend of a mountain, the position of a clump of bamboos, the curve of a road, the site of a grave, and a number of •other things too numerous to mention, all form the visible manifestations to the initiated eye, of Nature's future actions, or the good and evil intentions of the departed dead. The rudiments of this magic art are to be found in ancient China, but it was not till the twelfth century that it was elaborated into the system of science, falsely so-called, that has now such a hold on the Chinese. Adopting what was popular and attractive in the modern school of Con- fucianism, and being already in consonance with the Taouistic and Buddhistic philosophies, this system, based to some degree on the rudiments of natural science, has subtly . laid hold of the whole being and existence of the Chinese people. They believe not only that the comfortable sepulture of their ancestors will redound to their own comfort, but that if the union of the elements, the nature of the soil, the configuration of the ground, and all the other things which enter into this fco'i'ago of nonsense are such as to produce a felicitous combination, that riches, honour, and posterity will be vouchsafed to them. It is these beliefs that cause the coffin to be so often kept for months or years unburied, for a site is being searched for which shall combine all that is productive of good to the children and grandchildren. Even when the eldest son has discovered such a site, and is confident that happiness and prosperity will be his lot, it may be that another son has found out that what will benefit his brother will not be productive of good to him, but of evil; consequent- ly the whole search will have to be gone over again till one favourable to all parties can be discovered. So many different elements come in, in determining the lucky sites, that the professors of geomancy are easily able to make a living out 266 THINGS CHINESE. of the gullibility of their employers. When it is added that in building a house, in fixing on a site for an ancestral hall^ in commencing a temple, and in numerous other projects and businesses demanding the attention of the Chinese, these doctors of geomancy have to be consulted, it may readily be seen that, in the hands of clever and designing men, much room is open for earning an honest (?) penny. The compasses exposed for sale in such numbers in the- streets in Chinese cities are not mariner's compasses, Avhich are seldom to be met with, but geomancer's compasses, which contain the elements of their mystic art, by the aid of which they largely determine their judgments on sites and localities. Just one instance of how Fung Shui is troublesome to- Europeans in China : in the phraseology of this occult science- ' when two buildings are beside one another, the one on the- left is said to be built on the green dragon and the one on the right on the white tiger. Now the tiger must not be- higher than the dragon, or death or bad luck will result/ Supposing now a European or American gets a site for a residence next to, and on the right hand side of, a native dwelling. Here then are all the elements ready for trouble ;, for, to begin with, the foreigner will naturally desire to erect a house more suited for habitation than the low abode whick would satisfy the average Chinaman. Another curious instance of the reasonings, or shall we rather call them insane vapourings, that its professors indulge in, will give a practical illustration of the workings of Fung Shui : when it was proposed to construct a telegraph between Canton and Hongkong, the ground of the opposition- against it was as follows : — Canton is the ' City of Rams,* or Sheep, the mouth of the river is known as the Tiger's Mouth ; the District opposite Hongkong is the ' Nine Dragons' (Kau Lung). What more unfortunate combination could be found — a telegraph line to lead the Sheep right into the Tiber's Mouth and amongst the Nine Dragons ! ! ! GINGER. 2()7 It is this pseudo science which has so strenuously opposed the introduction of railways, telegraph lines, and foreign innovations, in the past or was made to do duty as an objection to them, but it has not been an insuperable obstruction, for whenever the Chinese Government has made up its mind to the introduction of any of the inventions of Western science. Fung Shui has not been allowed to be an obstacle, for, while pandering to its absurd ideas as far as is practicable without hindering the feasibility of their scheme, yet the populace, if obstructive, has usually been made to feel that the will of the rulers has to be obeyed. Boohs recomvu'Hdcd. — ' Fun^s Shui : or the Rudiments of Natural Science in China, by Rev. E. J. Eitel, M.A., Ph. D. The chapter ou ' Ancestral Worship ' in Rev. B. C. Henry's ' The Cross and the Dragon,' and different pages under the heading of geomancy and geoniancers in Rev. H. C. Dn Rose's ■ The Dra^'on, Image, and Demon,' Williams's 'Middle Kingdom,' Archdeacon Gray's 'China,' and Rev. J. Doolittle's ' Social Life of the Chinese.' GINGER. — Most of the ginger produced in the world is furnished by the root of the Zingiber officinale (Roscoe) ; . but that from China, as well as Siam is the product of another plant, the Alpinia galangas ' yet, considering the wide distribution o( Zingiber officinale it is quite possible that tlie true ginger may also be cultivated in some parts of China.' It is grown largely in the Kwang-tung Province where it is found in nearly every part, the Miau-tsz aborigines even cultivating large quantities of it. The best and most in the neighbourhood of the city of Canton coming from the Niim-hoi District itself, in a portion of which the provincial city is partially situated. In another district, some days journey from Canton, three- tenths of the flat land and seven -tenths of the cultivated soil in the hills are planted with ginger. 'A distinction is made between the flat land ginger '' * * which is generally soft and tender, and mountain ginger *■"' •'■' '' which is brittle and very pungent. This is generally used for home consumption ; the Chinese pickle it in vinegar. The expensive '- ** syrup ginger is almost exclusively consumed by foreigners or exported.' 268 THINGS CHINESE. Ginger is also grown to a large extent in Hu-peh and Kiang-si where it is largely eaten in the green state. This ginger of mid-China is said to be very fragrant, but 'too sticky ' to make ' a very excellent preserve.' Ginger is used as a medicine in China. The author has «een it cure a violent headache when applied in the Chinese fashion, which is to heat fresh ginger in the fire, and slice in thin pieces which are stuck on the forehead and temples. The Alpinia galangas grows wild in Hongkong and forms when in flower a conspicuous object in the glens and on the hills sides with its narrow long: leaves and briijht panicles of flowers,, each flower being nearly an inch in length. GINSENG. — Kaempfer says that next to tea ginseng is the most celebrated plant in the whole Orient on account of its root. It has indeed well been termed the cure-all as the Chinese have a most wonderful faith in its curative and strengthening properties, for which reason it has been also styled ' the cinchona of China ' It is considered to be ' a cure for fevers and weaknesses of all sorts the chief and most costly medicine.' The plant belongs to the family of the Araliacete and the scientific name for it is Pamax Ginseng. It is found ' wild in the mountain forests of Eastern Asia from Nepal to 2tlanchuria.' It formerly grew in Fuh-Kien, Kiang-nan and Shan-si; "their stock would seem to be extinguished or the plan of cultivation by seed, described in the "Pen Ts'ao " might have been given up in the face of the growing favour of the Manchurian wild plant.' Ginseng is one of the treasures of Manchuria. Dr. Lansdell in his book '' Through Siberia ' thus writes of it : — 'Ginseng is found chiefly in the valleys of the upper Ussuri, where it is cultivated in beds, planted in rows. The earth must be a rich, black mould and loose; and when the plant has attained the height of four or five inches, it is supported by a stick. The beds are carefully weeded and watered and protected from the sun by tents or sheds of wood Wild ginseng is said to be the best. From May to September hundreds go out to seek the plant. '■'• * """ " The prices named * * for this root were almost fabulous, a single root being valued in Manchuria at from ^250 to ^300. I was told on the GIXSEXG. 2Gi> river that ginseng sells for ^^3,0 per Russian lb., but that in a bad year the Chinese count it as valuable as gold, and give up to ^40 per lb. *■' *-■ *- The root is straight, spindle-shaped, knotty, and up to half an inch in diameter, and eight inches in length. The leaves are cut off, and the root is boiled in water, apparently to remove some injurious quality : and when it has undergone fitting preparation its colour is a transparent white, with sometimes a slight red or orange tint ; its appearance then is that of a stalactite. It is carefully dried, wrapped in unsized paper, and sent to the market. Dr. Porter Smith, in the course of a long article on ginseng, says: — • 'The root is carefully hunted for by Manchus, who boast that the weeds of their country are the choice drugs of the Chinese. The pieces, after carefully trimming with a bamboo knife and drying in still air, are made to assume something of the form of the human body. They generally do resemble a miniature human hand, the larger pieces being of the size of a man's little finger, with some two to four finger-like branching rootlets. They are yellowish, semi- transparent, firm, brittle to some extent, and of a sweet mucilaginous taste, accompanied with a slight bitterness. * " *. Fabulous stories are told of the finding of special depots of this root which is associated with guiding voices, stars, and other good and peaceful omens. * * *. The trade in the drug is a speciality. Great care is requied to preserve choice specimens from the effects of damp and the attacks of worms, to which the drug is very liable. This drug is prepared as an extract, or as a decoction, in silver vessels as a rule. c- c- c!_ Several cases in which life would seem to have been at least prolonged by the taking of doses of this drug, to as to allow of intelligent disposition of property, indicate that some positive efficacy of a sustaining character does really exist in this speciesof Ivywort.' Manchuria does not supply sufficient quantity to meet the constant demand for it, and Corea and Japan furnish it as well, but they (the Japanese and Corean) are not considered equal in quality to the first named variety. That found wild in Chinese Manchuria is a government monopoly, and is gathered • by detachments of soldiers detailed for this purpose.' The Emperor sometimes makes presents of it to high officials, as a mark of great favour. There is even a variety of it which is indigenous in the Appalachian range and which is exported from Philadelphia and Baltimore (U. S. A.) (and also from the Western States as well) to China. In 1877 nearly $700,000 worth were sent to the Celestial Empire. The trade is not increasing, of late years remaining ' stationary, owing to the gradual extinction of the plant [Panax Quinquefolius],^ which cannot be grown artificially with success.' 270 THINGS CHINESE. GOVERNMENT.— The Government of China is that of an absolute, despotic monarchy. The Emperor rules by virtue of a divine right derived direct from heaven, and he is styled ' The Son of Heaven.' This divine right he retains as long as he rules in conformity with the decrees of heaven. When the dynasty falls into decay by the vices of its rulers, heaven raises up another who, by force of arms, the virtue of bravery, and fitness for the post, wrests the sceptre from the enfeebled grasp of him who is unfit to retain it any longer. This idea has exerted a beneficial effect on the sovereigns of China, who feel that on the one hand they are dependent upon high heaven for the retention of their throne, and who humbly and publicly confess their short- comings in times of floods and drought. On the other hand, though there is no House of Commons to exercise a check on the unrestrained power of the Sovereign, there is the general public opinion of the people, who, being educated in the principles that underlie all true Government, are ready to apply them to their rulers when they forget, or act grossly in opposition to, them. To see the system of patriarchal Governmeat carried out in its entirety, one must come to China. The Emperor stands in loco parentis to the common people and his officers occupy a similar position. The prin- ciples which have formed the framework of Government for millenniums among these ancient, stable, and peace-loving people, may be found in a study of the rule of the ancient kings, Yao and Shun, and their successors, and in the precepts inculcated by Confucius and Mencius. With all its defects, their system appears tobe better adapted for the punishment of the criminal classes amongst them and the prevention of their fraudulent bankruptcies than our systems, which are the outgroAvth of centuries of civilisation, not yet passed through by the Chinese, who consequently are not yet educated up to our standpoint. The unit in China is not the individual but the family, therefore it is impossible for a fraudulent bankrupt to settle his goods on his wife or family, 3,s the family must make good his losses ; in the same way a GOVERNMENT. 271 family is responsible for the good behaviour of its members : a neighbourhood for its inhabitants ; and an official foi- thosegoverned by him. Thus, results a system of ' mutual responsibility among all classes.' This acts as a great tieterrent of serious crime and defalcations ; and it is much t<> be regretted that in our rule of the Chinese, such a system could not have been carried out, with such modifications as to free it from its defects, instead of introducing a new system foreign entirely to their feelings and understanding. The right of succession to the throne in China 'is here- ditary in the male line, but it is always in the power of the Sovereign to nominate his successor from among his own <;hildren.' This nomination, most wisely, is not made public during the lifetime of the reigning Sovereign, thus prevent- ing intrigue and obviating all necessity for those bloody scenes which disgrace the accession of so many Eastern potentates to their thrones. The Emperor has two councils to advise him and to consult with. One is the Cabinet, or Imperial Chancery (the Nui Koh). A more influential body is the Council of State, or General Council, approaching more to the Ministries of Western nations, though necessarily quite unlike them. It meets in the Emperor's palace daily. Under these two councils are the Six Boards — Luk Po — their names give a pretty good idea of their functions : The Boards of Civil Office, Revenue, Rites, War, Punishment, Works — and a Naval Board has been added in recent years. There are other departments of government, one of which, the Censorate, deserves more than passing notice. On account of its peculiar duties it has attracted much attention from Western writers. In conjunction with some of the other Boards it forms a Court of Appeal ; and, with other departments of government, it deliberates on important affairs of State ; it exercises an oversight over all criminal <;ases ; and superintends the affairs of the metropolis. These duties call for but little remark, but it is the extraodinary powers that are vested in its members of censuring, not only 272 THINGS CHINESE. the manner in which other officials have performed or neglected their duties, but even the conduct of the Emperor himself — powers that are often availed of in the interests of justice, with a boldness and courage most unusual under a despotic rule, that at times meet with their reward, and at other times call forth overwhelming censure and punishment from the Sovereign himself. When rightly used by a high- minded and conscientious official (for such are to be found in China) in the consciousness of right, and with the best ' interests of the country at heart, these extraordinary powers must be productive of good, though many must be loath to use these privileges of outspoken speech for fear of the consequences which may recoil on their own heads, often indeed so serious, as to make the best intentioned hesitate before committing themselves. For the government of the provinces there is a perfect ramification of officials from superior to inferior, from the ten or twelve Viceroys of one or two provinces each, down to the petty officials. One very curious feature in Chinese official life is the manner in which judicial, military, naval, and fiscal duties are performed by one and the same official at diff"erent stages of his official life. He is transferred from one post to the other, irrespective of former experience in the particular duties of his appointment. With the introduction of Western naval vessels and military armaments this eclectic system of filling offices is bound in the long run to give way. Were bribery and corruption absent from official ranks, this complete system of officialdom, with all its business-like methods of accomplishing work, would produce mucli more beneficent results ; but a premium is put on ' squeezing,' as no official is paid a sufficient salary to meet his necessary expenses. Notwithstanding this, there are noble exceptions to the general rule of corruption, and these honest mandarins meet with the honour of the people who justly appreciate such conduct. They have no other rewards but this, and that of their own self-approving consciences, for such probity HAKKAS. 27» brings no pecuniary benefits in its train, indeed it often lands the noble man in the lowest depths of poverty. HAKKAS. — Who the Hakkas are is a question of some interest. We remember, when a boy, travelling in the in- terior of China, and coming across a village where the people spoke quite a different speech to that of the other inhabi- tants round them ; it is like this that the Hakkas are often situated in the midst of a population, quite distinct from them in language, differing in customs, to a slight extent in dress, and even in some of the idols worshipped. Those found in the South of China were not originally of that region, but their family genealogies show that they have come from the north, settling in some cases in different places till they have finally established themselves in their present surroundings. In certain districts they have monopolised the whole countrj^- side, as in the prefecture of Ka-ying-chow, in the Canton province, ' which is entirely peopled by Hakka,' while in other places they form a half, a third, or more, of the population, being interspersed among the Pun-tei, as the older Chinese inhabitants are termed. In. some places, partly peopled by them, they have settled on the higher land, leaving the Pun-tei to the low lying lands, and from this circumstance they have been called Chinese Highlanders by some, but the name is a misnomer, as it is only capable of local application, for in other places they are spread over the plains as well as the hilly- ground. They are not confined to the Canton province, where they are considered to form a third of the inhabitants, but are found in differents parts of China — in Kwang-si, in Fuh-kien, in Che-kiang, and in Formosa ; it has also been said that ' the chief part of the Kiang-si province ' is Hakka, and that the language spoken in the Capital, Nam-chang-fu, is Hakka. Their language is more akin to Mandarin, being a half- way house between Cantonese and Mandarin : * the Hakka dialect is the remnant of a phase of transition through which the common Chinese language passed in developing itself from Cantonese to Mandarin.' It is perhaps spoken by about Q ^74 THINGS CHINESE. four millions of people in the Canton province alone ; but for more about their speech we must refer the reader to our article on Dialects in this book. The German missionaries and English Presbyterians have some most successful missions among this interesting people. The sexes are not so strictly separated in domestic life as is the case with some of the other Chinese ; nor do the women bind their feet. Perhaps this last might be taken as nn indication that they left their original home before foot-binding came into vogue, and, not having practised it at first, never took to it. Taken as a whole, they are a poor people, having to work hard for their living, though there are ricli men among them, as well as literary graduates. In dress the women differ somewhat from the Cantonese, their jackets being longer and reaching down nearly to their knees; their shoes have squarer toes ; they Avear a peculiar hat consisting of a broad brim with a valance of cloth round it ; the bunch of hair, done up on the top of the head, goes through the open crown. The women's ornaments are somewhat dissimilar, such as their bangles, which are made of thick silver, and of different patterns from those in use among the Puntei population. The earrings are also of curious construction; one kind, of silver, hooking through the ear and thickening up to the other end, while every short distance they are embossed with rings of silver ; another kind of earring is formed of tassels of silk. The Hakka children often have a ring of silver round their neck ; Cantonese childen do nut wear the same, but one or two of the attendants of the Chinese idols have such a ring. In the Straits Settlements there were, in 1891, as many as 16,736 Hakkas out of a Chinese population of 227,989. The Hakkas are a simple people, but very contentious, and they show a litigious disposition in the few cases which -occur in the English Courts in Hongkong ; for there are a JIAKKAS. 275 great number of them in this Colony : the barbers, stone- cutters, and foreign ladies' tailors being mostly Hakkas. The word Hakka means ' strangers,' and refers to their origin. In the Straits they are known as Khck, or Kehs, so called from the Swatow and Amoy pronunciation of the word Hak. We give a short summary of the history of tliis curious people as far as is at present known about them : — The North of China is •' the original home of the Hakkas' where, about the third century before Christ, they were located in Shan-tung principally, as well as to a slight extent in Shan-si, and Ngan-hAvui. They were subjected to a bloody persecution in the time of the Ts'in dynasty ( B.C. 2^9-209), and this started them off on their travels. Settling in Ho-nan, N2;an-hwui. and Kiang-si, some changed their names, but a more prosperous time followed. Another persecution under another Ts'in dynasty (A.D. 419) finally scattered them entirely from that part of China. This resulted in a general stampede '' which carried some of them even into the mountainous regions in the s outh-east of Kiang-si and to the very borders of the Fuh-kien province.' At the beginning of the T'ang dynasty (AD. G18) they were compelled to move again, the majority took ' refuge in the mountains of Fuh-kien, whilst a few hovered on the high mountain chains which separate the Kiang-si and Kwang-tung (Canton) provinces.' Under the Sung dynasties (A.D. 960-1278) many became soldiers, and thousands of them perished with the last Chinese prince of the Southern Sung, in A.D. 1279, Mest of ]\lacao. when the Mongols were coming into power. Under these last they ' made their first appearance within the borders of the Canton province,' but not settling down permanently here, or in large numbers, until the beginning of the Ming dynast)' (A.D. 13(58) when tlie Fuh-kien Hakka?, after centuries of residence there, were compelled by disturbances to seek a new home. They came in such overwhelming Q 2 276 THINGS CHINESE. numbers ' that they drove everything before them ' in the Ka-ying-chau prefecture, which has remained their head- quarters ever since. About the same time others came from Kiang-si and settled to the north-west of the Fuh-kienese Hakkas. From these places they have spread more or less over different parts of the province. The change of dynasty, which resulted in the present house being establish on the throne, caused them to spread to the west and south-west of Canton. The nucleus of the great T'ai-P*ing rebellion was formed of Hakkas from the Canton province, and it was among them that it started. ' During the present dynasty many have become soldiers and have been employed by government, gaining admission to the competitive examinations for both literary and military degrees. A dreadful internecine strife, in which 150,000, at least, perished, took place between the Hakkas and Pim-teis in the south-western districts of the Canton province, from A.D. 1864' to 1866, and arms and even armed steamers, were procured from Hongkong by both parties. Finally, the Chinese Government took vigorous measures, the half-hearted schemes hitherto pursued having proved ineffectual, and, Avith the aid of money to assist immigration of the Hakkas to waste lands, succeeded in getting some of them to move to the province of Kwang-si, the Island of Hai-nan, and other parts of the country. Boohs recommended. — A series of articles appeared in the Hongkong ' Daily Press' for 1866, dealing with the customs of Hakkas, from a native pen for the most part ; there is also a more interesting set in ' Notes and Queries on China and Japan,' Vol. I,, written bj"- Rev. E. J. Eitel, M.A,, Ph. D., and another article on their history hy the same author in ' The China Review,' Vol. IL, p. 160, also see an article by Rev. Ch. Piton, in same vol., p. 222. As to books for the study of the language of the Hakkas, see Article on Books for Learning Chinese. HISTORY. — Chinese history deserves more attention than it has received from Western scholars ; it has both been unduly lauded and unduly depreciated. Like all histories, it may be divided into the mythological, ancient, and modern. The line of demarcation between the first and second is blurred and indistinct. The mythological period covers from- HISTORY. 277 45,000 to 500,000 years, and commences with 'the opening of heaven and earth,' as the Chinese say. Different accounts have been given of the creation, one of the most popular is that of Pwan-ku, who is represented with hammer and chisel bringing the rude masses of chaotic matter into shape and form. His labours lasted for 18,000 years, and day by day he increased in stature six feet, while the heavens rose, and the earth expanded and thickened. His task completed, and the earth roughly fitted for its future inhabitants, Pwan-ku by his death benefited the world as much as by his life, for as the story goes : — * His head became mountains, his breath wind and clouds, and his voice thunder ; his limbs were changed into the four poles, his veins into rivers, his sinews into the undulations of the earth's surface, and his flesh into fields ; his beard, like Berenice's hair, was turned into stars, his skin and hair into herbs and trees, and his teeth, bones, and marrow, into metals, rocks, and precious stones ; his dropping sweat increased to rain, and lastly ( nasciUir ridiculus imcsj the insects which stuck to his body were transformed into people ! ' The Chinese believe that there were giants in the earth in those days, for Pwan-ku was followed by three sovereigns named the Celestial, the Terrestrial, and the Human, who Avere of gigantic form. Another 18,000 years was occupied by their reigns, during which numerous inventions and im- provements were effected for the good of mankind, such as good government, the union of the sexes, and, what must have been of parahiount importance, men learned to eat and drink, and sleep was invented. Two more Sovereigns succeeded these, Yu-chau and Sui-jin ; the latter brought fire down from heaven, and mankind had the blessing of cooked dishes. The ancient or legendary history commences with Fuh-hi : he and his four successors are called ' The Five Sovereigns.' No\v begins the ' highest antiquity ' of the Chinese, B.C. 2852 or B.C. 3322, according to different authorities, which is about the same time as the commence- ment of the Assyrian Monarchy. Amongst other blessings conferred at this period was marriage; the bounds of the kingdom were extended to the eastern sea ; and Fuh-hi's capital was in the present province of Ho-nan. His successor 278 THINGS CHINESE. was Shin-nung, who shortly changed his capital to Shan-tung-. Fuh-hi and his seven successors reigned 747 years, or an average of 93 years each. This period has, of course, much of the mythical about it, but standing out very prominently is the reign of Hwang-ti. He triumphed over his several rivals, and divided his territory according to the decimal system, as follows : — 10 to\vns = l district. 10 departments =1 province. 10 districts = 1 department. 10 provinces = the empire. Weights and measures were also fixed on the same principle. He is credited with having regulated the calendar, and having introduced in the sixty-first year of his reign the cycle of sixty years, which in its sexagenary periods bridges over the thousands of years from that time (B.C. 2637) to the present, namely, seventy-five revolutions of sixty years. He made roads and built vessels for inland waters, as well as for the open sea. He is looked up to as the founder of the great empire, and his dominions are said to have extended from Sha-chow, in the west, to the sea ; and from the modern Pe-chih-li, in the north, to the Yang-tsz-kiang in the South. He was succeeded by his son, and the latter by his nephew, who is said to have widened the borders of his empire to Tonquin in the South, and to Manchuria in the North. Two hundred and forty years (three reigns) intervened between the periods of Hwangti and a galaxy of China's greatest worthies, the Emperors Yao, Shun, and Yu. Con- fucius and Mencius have held up to all future time the perfect character and virtues of Yao and Shun — they are two of China's greatest sages. During this period occurred the great deluge in China, which the best authorities concur in considering to be an overflow of the Yellow River, possibly when changing its channel. Years were spent in coping with this great disaster, which must have wrought terrible havoc and destruction, and unremitting toil and energy were ex- pended in remedying it. It is about this time that the first Chinese settlers arrived in their future home, namely B.C. 2200, HISTORY. 279 driving out the earlier settlers into more remote parts of the country where some of them are now still to be found as aboriginal tribes (See Article on Aboriginal Tribes) . The history preceding the time of Yao, it has been suggested, must then be consideied either as that of the previous inhabitants of the land incorporated into Chinese history, or their own previous history brought over with them to their new home ; for though much, if not a great portion, of what is narrated of the present period under review is mythical, unsubstantial, and unreal, we cannot help consider- ing it the height of folly to agree with the sceptical school of Chinese sinologues, who reject everything because the greatest proportion is incredible. It seems wiser, in our eyes, to believe that amidst all the chaff, some grains of wheat are to be found. The great Yu was the founder of the Hia dynasty (B.C. 2205-1818) ; and with this period the throne becomes hereditary — having hitherto been more or less elective— seventeen rulers belonged to the same family ; one was dethroned by the people, and another by a minister, but the heir apparent was preserved alive in a massacre that ensued in an attempt to recover the throne, and, after many vicissitudes, ascended the throne of his ancestors. (The whole population of China at this time was only between one or two millions', constituting, it is supposed of stations of colonists dotted about amidst the aborigines. The greater part of • China was then, except in Honan and along the Yellow River, overrun by luxuriant vegetation.' Wild beasts abounded, and their trails formed the roads. In certain senses life must have been a harder struggle for existence than at the present day). Yu's son was worthy of such a sire, but the succeeding nine monarchs were of so little account that but little record is left of their doings. In B.C. 1818, Kieh-kwei and his consort spent all they extorted in unbridled voluptuousness. A pond of wine was formed, able to float a boat, at which 3,000 men could drink at once ; when drunk, they were allowed to attack the pyramids of delicate viands surrounding the lake ; and the vilest orgies 280 THINGS CHINESE. were held in the palace. Public opinion was outraged, and one of the ministers, a descendant of Hwang-ti, assumed the throne, and founded the new dynasty of Shang in B.C. 1766, which lasted for 644 years. The Shu King contains fragments of the annals of this time which show the high standard aimed at by China's rulers. Twenty-eight sovereigns, good and bad, ascended the throne, the fortunes of the State fluctuating in response to the hand that held the helm, the wickedness culminating in the person of Chau-sin, the last of the line. Two instances of his wanton cruelty may be noted: — Several women who were gathering shell-fish, barelegged, on a river's bank, one winter's morning, had their legs cut off, that the inhuman monarch might see the marrow of those who were so insusceptible to cold : and he, likewise, had the heart of a bold minister, who reproved him, brought, that he might see the difference between it and that of a cowardly minister. Such conduct in China naturally produced its inevitable result, the passing away of the dynasty ; and the founders of the Chau dynasty (the Chau dynasty lasted from B.C. 1122 to B.C. 660) were the agents in establishing a better order of things. Some sinologues would blot out all that precedes this dynasty and make this the starting point -of Chinese history. We have already expressed our opinion on the subject. / The founders of the Chau dynasty, Wan Wang, Wu /Wang, and Chau Kung, 'are among the most distinguished men of antiquity for their erudition, integrity, patriotism, and inventions.' Wan Wang united the principal men against the reign of misrule, but, dying, left to his son the completion of the work he had begun, while the uncle of Wu Wang, Duke Chau, advised the actual sovereign. These men were praised and held in the highest esteem by Confucius. Notwithstanding all his ability and reverence for the Supreme Ruler, Wu Wang committed a grand political blunder by dividing the empire into petty states j) and, harassed by attacks of the Tartars, a later sovereign/") Ping Wang, committed an equally grave error of judgment HISTORY. 281 in abandoning his eastern capital to one of his nobles, to form a buttress against the incursions of these nomads, while he retired to the western capital, thus dividing it into ' the Eastern and Western Chau. These fatal mistakes paved the way for the weakening of the central authority, and the result, of the first especially, was a multiplicity of feudal states, little kingdoms in themselves, engaged in internecine strife, the weaker succumbing to the stronger, and all belittling the authority of the ruling sovereign. The number of these states varied at different times, 125, 41, and 52 are numbers that are given. Begun so auspiciously, this dynasty, like its predecessors, reached a period of decadence, though it has the honour of having lasted for 873 years, with 35 rulers, the longest time known in history. 'A series of wars, intrigues, diplomacy, conspiracies, and plots, much resembling what has been occurring in the empires of Europe during the last 200 years, ensued.' ' The Chinese Empire consisted of Shan Si, Ho Nan, and Shan Tung, and it gradually threw out tentacles to embrace the rest of modern China, just as Rome threw out its tentacles, from Italy, Greece, and Spain, to embrace parts of Asia, Africa, Teutonia, and Sclavonia.' Eunuchs probably followed the introduction of the imperial harem at the beginning of this dynasty, the tributary princes copying the bad example of the emperors. .. This period is, however, glorious for having given birth \ to two of the most remarkable men the world has ever seen, Lao-tsz and Confucius. Dissimilar as two men could possibly be — the one, to his contemporaries, a wild visionary, the other a man who occupied himself with ceremonies and moral precepts — they were both destined to exercise an important influence on the country. Nor must we forget that Mencius lived during this time : — 'There can be little doubt that the competition in arms, in diplomacy, in military discipline, in material civilisation, and in education, caused the Chinese of that period to reach a very high level of ability, of skill, and of material progress. It was so, under similar circumstances, in Greece, in Arabia, in Italy, and it is so in modern Europe ; and we can no more wonder at the fond pride with which the Chinese regard that famous time than we can at the European for his admiration of ancient Greece and Rome. Against Plato and Aristotle place Confucius and Mencius ; whilst China had then statesmen and orators not greatly inferior to those of antiquity.' 282 THINGS CHINESE. Millions were slain during the constant wars which lasted during the whole of the 'Chau dynasty ; but out of all this continued strife between the feudal princes themselves and between them and their own subjects grew the material on Avhich a greater China should be established, for before the Chau, China was without doubt but of limited extent. The end of that dynasty saw the soutliern border-line of the Chinese empire extended to the south of the Yang-tsz. Some foreign writers are again inclined to reject as incredible the greater part of this period, but when archaeological researches are carried on in a systematic manner in China, confirmatory evidence of the Chinese records may be found similar to the ten stone drums of the period B.C. 827. One of the most powerful of the feudatory states, that of Tsin, subdued the sovereign; and the son of the conqueroi" assuming the imperial power, destroyed the last vestiges of the famous Chau dynasty, but died in three years, thus- forming a dynasty with only one Emperor. His son ambitious and powerful, took tlie name of the first Emperor, Ch] Bwang-ti (B.C. 220-204), and was the first 'ofthe Ts'in dynasty. A man of consummate skill and ability, he con- solidated the empire, dividing it into thirty-six provinces.. His name is known throughout the habitable world by the gigantic work with which it is associated, viz., the Great Wall of CJiina ; but this stupendous labour was not accom- plished entirely during his reign, as the first beginning of it seen to have been commenced in 240 B.C., and even as late as the Ming dynasty, in the year A.D. 1547, between 250 and 300 miles of wall were added to that then in existence. Were this the only work that had received the impress of his genius, his name would doubtless have lived to all time as that of one of the great benefactors of the empire, but the restless activity of this Napoleon of China also expended its energy in the construction of palaces, public edifices, canals,, and roads. The latter, like, the Roman roads in England^, HISTORY. 283 remain during 2,000 years to this day. Again, had he contented himself with these engineering triumphs and architectural undertakings, supplemented by his vigorous sway, his name and exploits would have been had in ever- lasting remembrance; but one act of his has blasted his reputation to all eternity in the eyes of the Chinese ; and they have nothing but ill to say of him. Desirous of blotting out all records of a former China, and wishing to pose before posterity as the First Emperor, he ordered the destruction of all classical works by fire, as well as of five hundred scholars. The texts were recovered by transcribing them from the retentive memories of the literati, and a few copies were dis- covered which had been secreted, To a literary nation like the Chinese, such a crime was never to be forgotten, nor was it to be forgiven. On a complete survey of all the facts of the case, the Emperor, though the act was cruel, was not so much to blame as the Chinese make out, for the integrity of the empire was jeopardised by the literati. His son reigned but seven years, and was unable to cope with the feudal chief- tains. With this period closes the ancient history of China. A soldier of fortune, a commander of the forces of one of the chiefs, captured the capital, and started the Han dynasty (B. C. 206 to A. D. 25) and the modern history of China. In the North of China, Men of Han ( Han-jin), and Sons of Han ( Han-tzu ), are still the names by which a Chinese is knoAvn, thus perpetuating this glorious epoch, whether looked at from a literary, historical, military, commercial, or artistic point of view. Many public works were undertaken, prominent among which were bridges. The capital, being difficult of approach, had roads cut through mountains, valleys filled up, and suspension bridges built to it. It was, the 'formative period of Chinese polity and institutions, official and formal.' 284 THINGS CHINESE. / The present competitive examinations for which China has been so famous were started (See Article on Examina- tions), A penal Code was drawn up, which has formed the model for subsequent Codes in China ( See Article on Law ). This dynasty is famous for the introduction of Buddhism ; it was •' one of the most popular which ever ruled the Chinese ; years of peace, during which the nation prospered, alternated with incursions by the restless Tartars. The modern Fuh- kien, Yun-nan, and Canton, &c., and the greater part of Sz-chuen became Chinese provinces, other territory was incorporated with that of the empire, and tribute-bearers came from remote countries. Chinese armies marched across Asia, and China occupied a foremost position among the nations of the world. The short reign of a usurper, M'ho tried to found a dynasty of his own, under the name of Sin, divides the Han dynasty into the Western and Eastern Han (the Eastern Han lasted from A. D. 25 to A. D. 220 ), Commercial relations are supposed to have been established with the Roman Empire at this period. The two Han lasted 467 years with a total of 28 monarchs. Contemporaneous with the latter part of the Han, and extending to a later period, viz., from A.D. 220 to 277, is .one of the m.ost interesting periods of Chinese history, and it has been immortalised and a halo of romance thrown over it by the famous historical novel called 'The History of the Three States.' Were any instance needed of the utility of works of fiction, it might be found in this entertaining book which has spread a knowledge of what took place in those troublous times in a way in which no cut and dried history, though it might have proved more veracious, could possibly have done. The Tsin and Eastern Tsin dynasties ruled for 155 years under 15 monarchs — a time big with disasters and wars. The Tsin or Chin dynasty lasted from A.D. 265 to A.D. 419. A General then succeeded to the throne, and started the HISTORY. 285- dynasty of the Northern Sung, but, as at former times, the country was divided among separate states, and it did not always happen that the house which the historians have con- sidered as the legitimate one was the most powerful. This observation also holds good with regard to some of the succeeding periods as well. This dynasty ended in a series of crimes, and the Tsi followed it. Both of them were un- interesting and inglorious, and this line was again extin- guished in murders. This brings us to the year A.D. 502. Three small dynasties succeeded, thus making five between the Han and T*'ang. We come, in the T'ang dynasty (A.D. 618-907) to another of those most illustrious periods in Chinese history, which lasted for nearly three hundred years. 'Under that beneficent imperial sway, the peasant tilled his land and the trader sold his goods in peace. The fiercer and more martial spirits found an outlet for their energies in extending the western boundaries of the empire, and the triumphs of war and the tranquil pleasures of peace were sung and hymned by some of the greatest poets which China has produced.' It augured well for this dynasty that its founder did not cement the foundations of his empire with the blood of his predeces- sors, as was so frequently the case with those who started a new house in China. Of the second Emperor, it has been well said that :- — * no ruler of any country has had sounder claims to the title of great.' His military exploits, with but one exception, were always attended with success, while his genius, military knowledge, and courage, were tempered with the gentleness which maketh great. He gave peace and settled government to the troubled land, while his conquests ensured the same to some of the neighbouring peoples. He patronised literature ; and it was during his reign that the Nestorian tablet was erected. (See Article on Missions — • Nestorians). It was during this dynasty that, after a century of struggle and hard-bought victory, Corea became a posses- sion of China ; and so powerful was China that even Persia solicited aid from the Middle Kingdom. .286 THINGS CHINESE. We find the empire placed at this time in what would be considered an anomalous position for China to be in, namely, under the rule of a woman ; this however, was not so very uncommon, especially in ancient times, but the most notable . instance of it was the Empress Wu, who ruled with a masculine hand, and whose reign, notwithstanding her cruelties, was one of benefit to the people for more than forty years. The siege of Tai-yuen claims notice from the use of cannon for its defence, which threw twelve-pound stone shot to the distance of three hundred paces. Civil wars and troubles with Tibet and other neighbouring nations — wars which lasted for two centuries— dimmed the lustre of the earlier reigns, and the vigorous hands which held the sceptre were succeeded by weaker ones unable to grasp the kingly power with regal grip and pass it on intact to their successors' The eunuchs arrogated to themselves the character of king- makers, and took far too much on themselves, as has often been the case in the course of Chinese history. The closing chapters of this period are melancholy — a desolate country, ruined towns, and the capital in ashes. It had lasted for 259 years, and 20 emperors sat on the throne. The people of the South of China have immortalised this dynasty, and marked the time of their civilisation and incorporation into the Chinese rule, by calling themselves T'ong-yan, or Men of T'ong. In contrast to the dark ages of Europe, China presented the brightest spectacle to the nations of the world. JMoharn- medanisni was introduced; the Greek Emperor, Theodosius. sent an envoy, in A.D. 643, with presents of precious stones : -as also did the Persians. We next come to a series of petty dynasties — ''The Five Dynasties' or 'Ten States' (A.D. 907 to A.D. 960), as the Chinese call them; the centre of the empire on the Yellow -River formed their arena, w^hile the rest of the country was held by diflferent Generals, — 'a period of wasting and incessant HISTORY. 287 •civil war, discord, invasions, and commotions.' The whole time occupied by them is less than sixty years; the most noteworthy thing was the invention of printing. / The SunJ(A:i). 960-1126) is another of the groat dynasties of Chinese history. It is divided into two, the Sung and the Southern Sung. There Avas a greater centralisation of power in the Supreme Government, the almost autocratic power of the governors of the provinces being curtailed, and more peaceful times succeeded, though fierce wars were still waged witli the Tartars. The empire was reunited, and literature and tho arts of peace wore cultivated. Chinese history contains the record of many great names as shedding lustre on this period ; the Sung dynasty however, lacked the military prowess to hold its own against the warlike ancestors of the modern ]\Ianchu-Tartars, the Kins ; these first acted as treacherous allies ; then showed their true colours; and eventually founded a kingdom, (A.l). 1115- 1234) which M'as more powerful than that of the Sung; and the two held concurrent sway in China. The rise of the Mongol power prevented what might perhaps have happened five centuries sooner, namely, tlio establishment of a Manchu dynasty over the South as Avell as the North of China. Constant wars took place between the Chinese and the Kins, the latter compelling the conquered people to shave their heads, as at the present day, until their w-aning power sank before the rising glory of the Mongols, who overthrew them, though they offered a stubborn resistance. The Sung ruler allied himself with the Mongols out of hatred to the Kins, but no sooner were the latter conquered, than it became evident that the Chinese and 3Iongols could not rule together in China. After a war carried on for many years (TO), during which parts of China were subdued, the Mongols, under different leaders, but finally under Kublai Khan, gradually conquered China. Among many memorable battles the siege of Sian-yaug Avhich was defended for four years, is Avorthy of note. After the conquest of Hankow and its neighbouring cities, the 288 THINGS CHINESE. conquerors proceeded in their victorious course, subdued the country, and gained possession of the Yang-tsz-kiang, while the Court retreated to the south of China. Mementoes of the last Emperor's flight are to be found in British territory on the mainland opposite Hongkong, while the last scenes of his life were enacted in one of the estuaries of the Canton River to tlie west of Macao, where, after a disastrous naval encounter, one of his courtiers sprang into the sea with him in his arms. Thus ended, after a possession of the legitimate throne for a space of 309 years, the Sung dynasty in its two divisions of Northern and Southern. This House was not equal to that of T'ang. One very interesting feature was the trial of socialistic principles after long discussion and opposition. They, however, were not of such a nature as to be adapted for a successful issue, and proved a failure. The Mongol sway (A.D. 1260-1341) was a foreign one to the Chinese, and the latter being the superiors of the former in civilisation, though not in military prowess, the Mongols very naturally allowed the Chinese laws to remain in force, and retained all the advantages of the superior state of the Chinese. To those who are anxious to learn fuller particulars of the 'vigorous and magnificent' sovereign, Kublai Khan, the gossipy pages of the mediaeval Venetian traveller will afford many details of interest, both of the vast domains and the splendour of the Court of the great Khan at Peking ; this city was first made the capital, and it and the Court, were at that time the most splendid in the world. Not content with all his victories on the mainland^ this born conqueror resolved to win Japan, but his efforts only met with disaster and defeat; his armies, though encountering a similar fate in Annam, were successful in Burmah. He evinced a toleration of all creeds. The rule of the invader (the Mongol dynasty was named the Tuen) was not popular with the Chinese, but the grandson, Timur^ who succeeded him, endeavoured, with some success, to make it more so. A number of princes of the same house succeeded to the throne, whose reigns were of short duration ;. HISTORY. 289 Mongols were put into office in disregard of the Chinese rule of that event following upon literary distinction. This innovation caused disgust to the natives ; abortive insurrec- tions followed one another, gaining strength and force with each renewed effort, until at length the heaven-sent man, arose, and the Mongols were finally expelled, in A.D. 1368, after a sway of 89 years over China. The dynasty had become effete and powerless through luxury, misrule, and weakness, and had to give way to one more vigorous and powerful — a native dynasty that changed its capital to Nan-king. The founder of the Ming dynasty (this dynasty lasted from A.D. 1368 to 1628), having been left an orphan at seventeen, and without any means of support, became a Buddhist priest. He afterwards joined one of the rebel forces as a soldier, and was soon in a forward position in the strife between the Chinese and Mongols. In A.D. 1356, he made himself master of Nan-king, and continuing to extend his authority for some ten years, he finally, in A.D. 1366, commenced 'the war for the expulsion of the foreign rulers.' Very little opposition was experienced, so that in a short time Peking was captured, and the lust of the Mongol emperors fled, though wars, necessary for the consolidation of the power of the empire, lasted for some years longer, the Mongols still giving trouble by their continued raids. Hung-wu, as the first Ming ruler was called, was a man of ability and prudence, Avisdom and moderation ; a man of peace, he promoted literature, which the Mongol rulers, with the exception of Kublai Khan, had foolishly slighted. Among many other deeds conducive to this end, he caused libraries to be placed in all the large cities ; not this act alone, but many others, not least of which was the distribu- tion of salt, showed he had the Avelfare of his people at heart. Hung-wu was succeeded by his grandson, who, after a short reign, was displaced by one of his uncles, who reached the throne after a protracted and frightful civil war. His son was Emperor for a few months only. The Ming dynasty Avas more firmly established. Envoys bearing presents came R ■290 THINGS CHINESE. from Bengal and Malacca. The son of the last Emperor succeeded to the throne, and during his reign Tonquin, which had been a Chinese province for ten years, was given up, owing to the difficulty of its administration. The next reign but one gave another forcible illustration of the ill effects of allowing a eunuch to hold the reins of power, for, -owing to the incapacity of one of this class, the Emperor was well-nigh brought to the verge of ruin, he even being ^aken captive by the Tartars. Periods of incessant warfare succeeded — wars with tlie Tartars, insurrections, seditions, movements, and distur- bances. One of the Emperors was foolish enough to start a Council of Eunuchs — a species of Chinese star-chamber, but the public outcry against it was so loud that it was suspend- ed after five years. Another bad measure by the same Emperor was the granting of lands to several members of his family, thus tending to build up Feudal States. This was one of the ' chief causes that operated towards effecting the overthrow and destruction of the Mings.' The Court was extravagant, and orders were given to work the gold mines in Central China, but the result was next to nothing. Un- dertakings that were of use must be noted, amongst which was the repair of the Great Wall. The difficulties that surrounded the Ming dynasty were increasing : troubles in Cochin-China, further wai'S Avith the Tartars, and raids by the Japanese, all kept them occupied ; and the misfortunes culminated in the long reign of Wan-lieh, when the troubles began with the Manchus, though several Emperors succeeded to the throne before the final overthrow of the native dynasty. The Portuguese arrived in China in the reign of Kiah-tsing, and Jesuit mis- sionaries in tliat of Wan-lieh. A small Tartar tribe, presided over by a chief of ability, gathered strength and amalgamated its power with other branches, until, after a long and desultory Avarfare, the opportunity arose in the success of a rebel chieftain who HISTORY. 291 ascended the Chinese throne, and the last of the Miner Emperors committed suicide. Ng San-kwai, a renowned (jeneral, called in the aid of the Manchus to expel the usur- per, and they, in their turn, after a long contest of forty years, succeeded in conquering the whole empire, notwith- standing that several Ming princes were proclaimed Emperors and fought against the conquerors. Numerous uprisings also took place, but the Manchus were victorious over all. A great part of the reign of the first Emperor (A.D. 1644) of the Manchu, or Ts'ing dynasty, was occupied by these wars ; and it is interesting as being the time when several embassies from the West arrived in China. Shun-chi, for that was the name by which the first sovereign of the Ts'ing dynasty was known by on the throne, was succeeded by the renowned Kang-hi. These two reigns were also famous for the exploits of the semi-piratical and naval hero Koshinga, who expelled the Dutch from Formosa. The Jesuit missionaries held high positions on account of their mathematical and astronomical knowledge. A bold rebellion, headed by the redoubtable Ng San-kwai, complicated amongst other things by a threat of the Mongols to attack China, was quelled by the Manchus, and as a result Manchu garrisons were placed in the cities, where they are still maintained at the present day. Formosa was conquered, and a protracted struggle took place Avith the Eleuths under Galdan, but the Chinese army met with success. This Avas foUoAved by much trouble Avith the Central Asian question : and Chinese authority Avas rendered paramount in Tibet. Kang-hi reigned for sixty-one years, during which period the Manchu rule over China and the neighbouring States Avas firmly established. 'The public acts and magnificent ex- ploits of his reign * * * show him Avise. courageous, magnanimous and sagacious.' ' In the smallest affairs he seems to have been truly great.' His son Yung-ching folloAved him, but his reign Avas short compared Avith that of his father. He Avas a man who cared not for military glory and aggrandisement ; his reign R 2 292 THINGS CHINESE. is noted for the restrictions placed on the growing power and influence of the Jesuit missionaries, and after Kien-lung succeeded to the throne they suffered persecution. The first few years of this latter monarch's reign were tranquil ; but they were succeeded by a long war in Central Asia, where his authority was set up amongst the turbulent tribes ; and for nearly a century and a half the wisdom of Kien-lung's able and far-seeing policy has been visible in peaceful frontiers. Wars were also carried on against the Burmese and the Miao-tze with success, and also against the bravest of the Indian tribes, — the Goorkhas in Nepaul, — who had attacked Tibet. An insurrection in Formosa was put down, as well as some others. This long reign of sixty years is also noted for the close relations that were entered into between China and the nations of Europe. We cannot leave our short summary of some of the principal events of this period without adding our tribute to the universal voice of praise of the eaergy and thoroughness of this Emperor, and the assiduity with which lie devoted himself to the subjects requiring his attention. The Manchu power was brought to the zenith of its glory and had as able rulers always sat on the throne as Kang-hi and Kien-lung,.. much of the misery of later days might have been prevented. The succeeding reign, that of Kia-king was not one of peace and quiet : there were secret combinations against the Goverment, and insurrections and piracies abounded; a formidable force of pirates infested the coast of Kwang-tung for some years; the Portugese assisted the Chinese in attacking them, but the two piratical leaders quarrelled, and finally submitted themselves to the Imperial Government. Kia-king's son Tau-kwang was a more energetic and just ruler than his father. Many local insurrections and disasters took place, among which was the first war with England, which, however, resulted in one good thing, the opening of China to foreign trade. The frightful T'ai P'ing rebellion broke out at the close of this Sovereign's reign, and demanded the prowess of a Kang-hi or Kien-lung to subdue it, but Hien-fung, who succeeded Tau-kwang, was- HISTORY. 293 not cast in the same mould as his grandfather or great- great-grandfather. A second war with England took place, and resulted in the country being still further opened to Western nations. In the next reign, that of T'ung-chi, the great T'ai- P'ing rebellion was subdued, Chinese Gordon having a very great share in the matter; this rebellion had lasted from A.D. 1850 to 1864 and had desolated several provinces. A Mohammedan rising was also quelled ; and diplomatic inter- course was started with the Treaty Powers. His cousin succeeded T'ung-chi, under the style of Kwang-su. As far as can be judged by the imperfect light of the historic past, China is better governed now, under the present dynasty, than she has ever been. A slow progress towards Western civilisation has commenced : the construc- tion of railways has begun; cotton mills have been established; mints have been opened for the coining of copper and silver after the Western fashion; a navy of foreign-built vessels was formei-l\-, and is now being again, acquired ; bodies of troops, trained in the European style; arsenals, started; and various other minor improvements effected. But the almost universal corruption and inefficiency of the mandarins has resulted in a series of disastrous defeats of the army and navy, the results of which amongst other things are seen in the loss of the magnificent Island of Formosa, the dismantling of- Port Arthur, and in the destruction or taking of the vessels of the Northern Fleet by the Japanese. All who are interested in the future of this mighty empire are watching with keen eyes every sign of progress, now rejoicing in in- dications of foresight and prudence on the part of her rulers, and now lamenting the apparent ineptitude and inability to grasp the position of affairs on the part of those in power. The future alone will show how the balance will turn. What the results of the present condition of affairs will be is hard to say. Russia is extending her hold over Manchuria and holds Port Arthur; Germany has Kiao-Chau; Great Britain, Wei-hai-wei. 'Spheres of influence,' and 'open doors * 294 THINGS CHINESE. and different plans to build up or pull to pieces the present house are talked about by difierent persons, but no one knows A^hat will really happen next. We have thus traced in the shortest manner possible the history of the Chinese nation fi'om a mythological period to a mythical and semi-mythical one, until, under the House of Chau, the facts of Chinese historj'' are more reliable. We have seen the ebb and flow of dynastic changes : how, with the new vigour of a fresh dynasty, the power of China was extended for a few centuries, to be succeeded, when effete rulers followed, by an ebb of dominion and influence, until, with each successive change, a higher tide of power reclaimed what weak hands had lost, iaud the boundaries of the empire were again expanded with each rise of fortune to a greater extent; how the Feudal States of China, with a nominal paramount lord, were succeeded by 'the foundations of a coherent empire' under the first Emperor of Tsin ; next, we have seen ' the stately house of Han,' ' making vast strides towards a more settled state of prosperity and civilisation; ' the troublous times of the Three States and other dynasties from which China rose in the brilliant epoch of the T'ang ; another ebb and transition period of the Five Dynasties, when the recurring tide of prosperity came in with the Sung, to be followed by an efflux, and another stormy wave of conquest under the Mongols, which quickly retired to return, with renewed force, with the great Ming dynasty on its crest again, to again retire, and with fresh energy, to once more return with the conquering Manchu Books recommended. — Boulger's 'History of China,' 3 vols. 'Historic China and other Sketches,' by H. A. Giles. Williams's 'Middle Kingdom.' Ross's ' Corea,' and the paine author's ' History of the Manchus.' ' Historical Atlas of the Chinese Empire from the earliest times down to the close of the Ming Dynasty,' by E. L. Oxenham, gives maps of China at different periods and contains a most interesting summary of Chinese history. To all of these we are more or less indebted in the preparation of this pnper. Numerous sketches of different epochs of Chinese History will be found treated of in different articles in the ' China Review,' and ' Missionary Recorder,' amongst these particularly note ' China in the Light of Historj-,' by Rev. E. Faber, Dr. Theol : A series of articles translated from the German and published in the ' Chinese Recorder,' Vol. XXVII. ' Macgowan's History of China ' is the latest history of China. The historic portion of WilliamsV * Middle Kingdom ' has also been published separately as a volume. ] HOK-LO. 295 HOK-LO. — This word is applied to the inhabitants of certain parts of the North-eastern portion of the Canton province, who differ in speech, manners, and customs, from the rest of the population. Their language (See Article on Dialects, under the word Swatow) is near akin to the Fuh- kienese, but has several dialects, The Swatow is spoken at that port, and the Hoi-fung and the Luk-fung in the districts of country so named, and some other dialects would probably be discovered were the subject fully examined into. The Hok-lo occupy the whole of some districts, and ai-e scattered through other parts, having migrated from the Fuhkien province a few centuries since. It is estimated that within the Canton province there are about three million Hok-lo speakers. There are some traces of a very ancient origin in this speech ; and it is not so soft and musical as the Cantonese, having many nasal twangs. In dress they differ slightly from the Cantonese, the jackets of the men are rather longer at times, and they often, in common with the Fuhkienese, wear turbans. They are a rougher, wilder set of men than the Cantonese. There are other points of difference between them, into which we cannot enter. The American Baptist and English Presbyterian missions have many stations in the Hok-lo country. There are a number of Hok-lo in Hongkong, many of the chair coolies belonging to that part of the country. They make good bearers, being physically stronger than the natives further South. Many Hok-lo have gone abroad, and are to be found in different parts of the world. By the census of 1891 there were 43,791 Teo Chews in the Straits Settlements : Teo Chews is the term applied generally to them in Singapore, Penang, and the Malay States, while Hok-lo is the name by which they are generally known by the Cantonese speakers in China; the former name being derived from the Departmental city of Ch'ao Chao fii (in the local dialect Tin Chiii fii, or Teo Chew fu) to which the different districts, from which many of the Hok-los come, belong ; while Hok-lo means Men from the- Fuk (or, or as it is locally, Hokl province, ?.e.,Fukkien province. '396 THINGS CHINESE. INFANTICIDE.— The longer one lives in China the more one feels the necessity for caution in saying what does and what does not exist here. In our younger days we have been guilty of dogmatically asserting that such and such things were not done in China, to be sometimes confuted in later years by the evidence of our own eyes and ears ; nor are we singular in this respect, as doubtless many other old residents in China could testify. Some authors have been egregious sinners in thus writing about a small portion of China in which they have resided : they have judged of the whole of this vast empire, with its diverse inhabitants, manners, and customs from a small part of it, reversing the mathematical axiom that the whole contains its parts, into ' one small part contains the whole.' About no subject is this perhaps more strikingly true than that of infanticide, for what holds perfectly good of one small district, is entirely false when applied to other large tracts. Also what happens at one time, an exceptional period possibly, may not happen again, even in the same district, for years. To form an approximately correct estimate of this evil and crime in China, a systematically carried out investiga- tion, extending over a number of years, all over the land, would be necessary. To premise, as a general statement, it may be said that in certain parts of the empire, and/or at certain times, this •crime is only too alarmingly practised. One writer says, * thousands of female babies are destroyed every year.' That it is prevalent in some regions it is useless to deny. There is a quasi sanction given to it under certain circumstances by the tale of one who had not sufficient to support his aged parent and his own family, and who thereupon came to the resolve, with his wife, that the infant should be sacrificed in order to have enough for its grandparent. Taking the child for the purpose of burying it alive, the misguided and wicked parent — but, according to Chinese ideas, most dutiful son — was rewarded by heaven, and restrained INFANTICIDE. 297 from this act of filial piety by discovering a pot of gold in the hole he had dug for his own offspring. And this is held up as an example, it being one of the twenty-four moral (?) tales to encourage others to a performance of filial duties. What wonder if some follow the example thus held up to them. Were it not also a known fact that infanticides take place, proof of it might be found in the proclamations which are sometimes issued against it by the officials. And even another corroboration of its practice may be found in the Chinese mothers, Avho have acknowledged putting their own cliildren out of the way. Again the author has a small tract issued under the imprimatur of the Goddess of Mercy, which contains illustrations of the methods of committing the crime, and inveighing against it. On the other hand, it must not be supposed that all the dead bodies of children that float down the rivers are the victims of infanticide, nor that those which are found exposed at the roadside or on the hills are necessarily thrown there by heartless hands, for the Chinese do not go to the trouble of burying little children with the same care that they do older people, and the dead children are often thrown into the river, or cast out in the country. One of the great causes of infanticide is poverty ; another is the low estimation in which girls are held, and all the evils which necessarily ensue from such an inferior position in the social status, for it is seldom, indeed rarely, that boys are killed ; and that brings us to another reason, for if a boy is made away with, it is probably due to some physical defect, this reason also causing the death of some girls- 'In his pamphlet on "The Diseases of China," Dr. Dudgeon says (on p. 56) : — "One thing is certain, infanticide does not prevail to the extent so generally believed among us; and in the North, whence Europe derived her ideas chiefly from the Jesuits of the last century, it does not exist at all." These remarks do not apply to Shan-si, where the practice is quite common. The teachers deny that female infants are thus killed, but the common people readily admit that they destroy many of their girl babies. There are <;omparatively few old women of the poorer classes who have not been guilty of this crime. The writer himself is aware of some instances of the kind.' 298 THINGS CHINESE. In the neighbourhood of Hankow there are many cases- of it among the poor and rural population. It is also said to be prevalent among the Hakkas. It is practised in Canton, but is much rarer there than in some places. It seems to- prevail in certain parts of the Fuh-kien province. From enquiries made in some villages in that part of the country,, it was ascertained that an average of 40 per cent of the girls were thus murdered^ as we call it, but neither Chinese law nor opinion seem to consider it as such. At the prefectural city of Ch'ao Chau, near Swatow, the author saw, outside the walls of the city, a basket placed against a wall, looking from a distance something like a cradle. A piece of matting was fastened above it, forming a sort of pent roof to shelter it from the rain and sun. In this basket, is put any baby whom its parents do not care to preserve, and should any charitable person be so disposed, he, or she, may lift out the forsaken infant and take it home. Failing such rescue, the child ultimately meets the fate of so many of the inhabitants of babydom in China. The provision made for infanticide in a large and important departmental city near Amoy is not so merciful, as it is; simply a large hole in the city wall into which the infant is cast. In the North of China baby towers are provided, perhaps amongst other reasons, for the same purpose, though they are principally used for receiving the dead bodies of infants. Occasionally a separate hole is provided on different sides of the tower to keep the sexes distinct, and thus prevent any incentives to immorality amongst the ghosts of the little babies. INSECTS. — Insect life is rampant in China. To one who is accustomed to its abundance in the East, it appears^ as if man had to look for it in the West, the opposite beings the case in China ; here the insects find out the man ; for hide as he may from their advances, they follow him every- where, and all his subterfuges to avoid them are unavailing. There is no need for the enthusiastic entomologist to look under stones for beetles, for beetles abound everywhere ; nor INSECTS. 299 need he sally forth at night to catch moths, the moths come, attracted by his lamp, into the room to him ; and when the white ants are in full flight, they fly in at the open window in such quantities that the table is soon littered with the wings which the pupa-like insects drop without the least reluctance, at the slightest hint : they come off" in the hands, they are shed on the lamp-globes, anywhere and everywhere, while the wretched little creatures crawl over your book or paper, and, if the lamp is not too attractive, they proceed to explore the genus homo with a persistency worthy of abetter cause. A grand thing is to set the lamps into large basins of water, when hundreds of them lose their lives in the moats which thus surround the lights. And these same white ants, Avhen in another stage of their existence, are a worse nuisance than ever, for they are not simply an annoyance then, but a pest. Nothing is secure from their depredations. Have you a trunk full of valuable documents ? You may, after keeping them for years intact, suddenly discover, on opening the trunk, that the papers and pamphlets have been transformed into trash, glued together into one mass and ridded with the tunnelled roads of these indefatigable workers in the dark. Are you fond of books and is your collection a valuable and priceless one of old editions ? With all your care, you may discover some day that these respecters of nothing have eaten up through one of the legs of your bookcase, and run riot nere and there throughout all the accumulated treasure of years. Is there anything left untouched by white ants ? One's house is at- tacked in the flooring and the beams of the roof, and sudden- ly and unexpectedly collapses ; clothing, carefully packed away for future use, is found, when wanted, to be eaten into holes. The only fault to be found with the white ant is, that he has a superabundance of energy that is misapplied, but unfortunately misapplied energy is not appreciated by man, and thwarts his plans in a most aggravating manner. Were the white ant amenable to instruction, he might be yoked in 300 THINGS CHINESE. the service of man instead of being his antagonist, but he has views of his own on the subject, and probably prefers to work on his own lines, instead of drilling holes in wood for the carpenter, or making button-holes for the seamstress. From white ants to ants is not a far cry, though they are not relations, not even thirty-second cousins. We want a Sir John Lubbock to study Chinese ants. We do not know how many species there are, but the most casual observer cannot help noticing that, at the very least, there are several : black ants and red ants, tiny ants, small black ants and large black ants. In a country where everyone and everything is busy, the ants do not prove an exception to their world-wide reputation for diligence. It is most interesting to notice how these busy little scavengers perform their work ; a dead cockroach will not lie long on the floor before it begins to move, and an investigation will show that tens of ants are supporting it and carrying it off; also how carefully and systematically they bring up the earth from the neat little holes, which are occasionally ^een in one's path; one by one they bring up a small piece, and, climbing up on the encircling mound, select a little hollow, or what seems to be a suitable spot to them, to deposit it — not dumping it down just anywhere. All sorts of devices have to be resorted to, to keep these industrious little creatures out of the stores : the sugar is black with them, and all sorts of edibles are attacked. To keep tliem away, the feet of cupboards are set in bowls of water, but this water must be often changed, else a scum will coat the top, and the ants cross over as human beings would on ice. Cockroaches are even worse plagues than ants in many places. They swarm everywhere, hiding in the daytime in any dark corner, whence they emerge and run riot after dark, running and flying all over the room, much to one's discomfort. They attack clothing, especially that with starch in it, as well as edibles, and books. Woe betide the new-bought book, nicely bound in cloth, lying on your table ; its fine bindins: will be blotched all over with stains IJ\' SECTS. 301 (if you have not already given it a dose or two of anti- cockroach varnish), and a week of such treatment Avill reduce the volume to so disreputable a condition, that it will look as if a heavy shower of rain had besprinkled it. The female cockroach displays a considerable amount of ingenuity in her endeavours to hide her eggs. These consist of an oblong case, with one edge serrated, of about half or three-quarters of an inch in length and about three or four times as long as broad. This is naturally of a dark, brownish colour ; but if it is laid on a white pith hat, the mother collects some of the whiting off the hat and partially covers the egg-case with it to conceal it ; and to a lesser degree this is also done where the colour of the substance on which the egg is deposited differs much from that of the egg-case itself. Insect life knows no rest in the East. Speak not of the silent voices of the night here ! The voices of the night are as many as the day, if not more. This is particularly notice- able to the newcomer on his voyage out, when perhaps he spends a night on shore at Singapore, and first realises that insect life in the East is more intense, more persistent, and universally prevalent. We have seen a book called ' Songs in the Night,' but the insect world in Eastern countries provides incessant ' songs with words ' both day and night. A walk along a country road after nightfall is through a perfect chorus of chirps and chips, scissors grinding — but sufficient words have not yet been invented in the English language to describe accurately all the shrill little voices, pitched in different keys ; soprano, alto, and tenor are present, and, to make up for the want of a bass, the bull-frogs in the neighbouring pond join in a deep, full, well-sustained note, brought out at regular intervals. All else being quiet, doubtless the insects have a better chance of being heard. But the day is not silent either. It is sufficient to mention the cicada, an insect about an inch and a half to two inches long. The outline of its shape is -302 THINGS CHINESE. somewhat like that of the shot of a new breechloading cannon, for its head is nearly straight across, and its abdomen tapers to a point. In colour it is black, touched with brownish orange, especially on its under surface, with four transparent gauze wings, two long, and two short, and absurdly small antennae for an insect of its size ; as to its voice — well, to put it mildly, it is not pleasant, though we read in a recent book of travels in Africa a charming account of its angelic notes ! Solitude must have had a soothing effect on the family of cicadas which settled in that dark land, and perhaps the cruel treatment they receive from the Chinese boys has produced an irritating one on those in the Celestial Land ; for young John Chinaman delights, Avith a long bamboo pole, some sticky substance having been placed on the end, to poke among the upper branches of the trees and capture the insect, which then does duty as a rattle, protesting with his strident ' sz-sz-sz-sz ' when he is fingered; but it is when he is at liberty ' on the tree-top ' that he is in full voice — no other insect approaches him in that respect — and, as if apparently rejoicing in a knowledge of what his voice is capable of, he starts off" with a preliminary flourish, and then settles down to business. This ear-deafening din is kept up for several minutes, (its distressing nature is intensified if half a dozen cicadas are within earshot) then, after a short rest, he starts off" again with a wearying iteration through the hot hours of the day. It is only the male which ' pos- sesses the musical apparatus, consisting of two membranes over air-tubes in its throat, with hollow-sounding cavities behind each, which increase the volume of its notes.' But time, as well as space, would fail us to bring all the insect creation found in China before our readers : the useful silkworms ; atlas moths, nearly as large as two palms of the hands joined together; smaller moths, quaint in contrasts of colours unusal in the West in such insects ; tiny mites of ones like little pieces of marbled paper flying about ; lovely butterflies like bits of rainbow floating in the breeze, and fluttering over the flowers; gorgeous beetles of all shapes INSECTS. 30;j tind sizes ; and the ubiquitous mosquito, (of wliich there must be a good many species out of the 150 species which are known to exist in the world), the plague of one's nights — what aggravated torture and torment it is capable of inflicting! — then the hosts of grasshoppers of all sizes and modification of shape and habits, some tiny morsels about a •quarter of an inch in length and Avhich walk sideways. What myriads there are of them all ! Where do all these insects -come from, and where do they all go ? Is it any wonder with their ingenious habits, their wonderful adaptation to their surroundings, their marvellous instinct, their wondrous beauty — is it any wonder, we repeat, with all these, that the •Oriental has endowed them with immortality, and has given them a place in future stages of existence ? As to the insects which it is not considered polite to mention in respectable society, they also abound, and the Chinese appear to have no scruples in speaking of them, or in allowing them board and lodging free of expense, though they try to keep down over-population by a judicious thinning-out. The means employed to this end are not always pleasant to a squeamish taste, as the operation is carried on, especially by coolies and beggars, in the open street, the lowest classes using their teeth as the executioners, for the Chinese do not feel any shame at their persons being inhabited. As to the Westerner in China, personal contact with these parasites is perhaps, if anything, less common even than in England, where a ride in a. London 'bus may introduce one to a stray member of their communitj', noletis volens. With the advance of medical science of late years it becomes more and more apparent that man has more to dread from insects, such as the mosquito, than the mere discomfort of its bite or its buzz; for it is thought at least to be probable that the mosquito spreads malaria. 304 THINGS CHINESE. 'Man * '-" may become infected by drinking water con- taminated by the mosquito, or, and much more frequently, by inhaling the dust of the mud of dried-up mosquito-haunted pools ; or in some similar way' 'The later researches of Surgeon Ross of the British army have not only proven that malaria can be acquired from a mosquito bite, but that the malaria parasite is mostly one of insects and only an occasional visitor to man. Particular species of malaria parasites even demand particular species of mosquitos— a fact at least partly explaining apparent vagaries in the distribution of malaria. When all is known, Europeans may be able to live in climates now made deadly by this pest.' Flies and other insects may likewise help to spread that awful disease the plague. 'One can understand how lice, fleas, bugs, and perhaps flies may act as carriers of the virus from person to person, inserting it with their bites. Yersin found that the flies in his Hongkong plague laboratory died in great numbers, their bodies being crowded with the specific bacillus. Sablonowski * *' remarked that during the Mesopotamian epidemic (in 1884) a certain species of fly appeared and disappeared concurrently with the plague ; he considered that this insect was an active agent in spreading the disease.' Nor is the deadly list complete of the dreaded disease which this apparently harmless, though troublesome; insect, the mosquito, may disseminate, for elephantiasis is to be considered as another. 'Mosquitoes infect water with the germs of the disease, to pi'event it we have to keep the mosquitoes down, to prevent their preying on already infected individuals, or, and this is the simple plan, to keep them from getting access to our drinking water, or by iDoiling or filtration to kill the germs which our drinking water may contain.' Books recommendecl. — ' Natural History of the Insects of Chinar containing upwards of two hundred and twenty Figures and Descriptions,' by E. Donovan, F.L.S., &c. See Manson's 'Tropical Diseases.' p. 17, 153. Also see pages i&6-460 for an account of the way the mosquito is con- jectured to infect man with the Jilaria sangubiis homhih. JADE. — The mineral held in the highest estimation in China is jade. Under the name Yuk (pronounced Yook) the Chinese not only include ' the three varieties of the silicate of alumina called jade, nephrite, and jadeite by mineralogists,' but they also apply the same term to a number of different stones. Sonorousness and colour are the two qualities which enhance its value, the best coming from Khoten and Yunnan. JADE. 305 *A greenish-white colour is the most highly prized/ Williams gives the following description of jade : — ' Its colour is usually a greenish-white, or grayish-green and dark grass-green ; internally it is scarcely glimmering. Its fracture is splintery ; splinters white ; mass semi-transparent and cloudy ; it scratches glass strongly, and can itself generally be scratched by flint or quartz, but while not excessively hard, it is i-emarkable for toughness. The stone when freshly broken is less hard than after a short exposure. Specific gravity from 2.9 to 3.1.' The Chinese look upon jade as 'emblematical of most of the virtues '; and from the excessive admiration they have for it, it is natural that they should have largely used it in their ceremonious language ; for instance, in addressing a man, his daughter is styled 'a jade girl,' his hand is 'a jade hand,' ' a jade foot ' means his coming, or 'I hope you will transfer your jade' means 'I hope you will come,' &c. It is the ambition of every girl and woman, amongst the Cantonese, to have a pair of jade-stone drops for her earrings, and a pair of jade-stoue bangles for her arms. Failing the genuine article, imitation ones are worn. Long- pins, six or eight inches in length, having from one to four inches of jade forming the upper part, are stuck into the hair of women ; hair-presses, a curious kind of ornament holding up part of the coiffure ; rings for women : large thumb-rings, an inch broad, for gentlemen ; vases, sceptres — these and many other articles of jewellery, of ornament, and of virtu, are all made of this stone. The jade-stone shops are amongst the neatest and finest looking Chinese shops. The jade in its different shades, from rich green to white, as well as other specimens of precious stones, already made up into the ornaments so highly esteemed, are tastefully arranged on white paper in glass covered boxes. Much labour and pains are taken in the production of these different articles, time being of little consequence to the Chinese lapidary, and expense being lavishly incurred by the moneyed man for their purchase, for the adornment of his many wives and numerous daughters. 306 THINGS CHINESE. as well as for his own wear, and for seals and hric-d-hrac of various kinds to be placed in the halls of his rambling mansion. The Chinese, it is said, will not purchase jade brought from foreign countries. Williams says that a cargo load, brought from Australia, was rejected by the Cantonese, owing to its origin and colour. Giles says that 'whole shiploads of it have been brought from other countries to China, but have found no market, the Chinese declaring it was not the same article as their own.' It was thought at one time that jade was only to be found in three places : which were New Zealand, the northern slopes of the Karakorum mountains, and Northern Burmah, but it has since been found in situ in Silesia, Monte Video, British Columbia, and Alaska. It also probably exists or existed somewhere in the Alps, as jade has often been found in the remains of Swiss lake dwellings, which are supposed to be at least 3,000 years old, and it has also been found in Asia Minor, in Mexico, the West Indies, and South America — particularly in Yenezuela and Brazil. 'The jade of Turkestan is largely derived from water-rolled boulders fished up by divers in the rivers of Khotan, but it is also got from mines, in the valley of the Kardkdsh River, * * "' * The jade of Khotan appears to be first mentioned by Chinese authors in the time of the Han dynasty under Wuti (B.C. 140-86).' JEWS. — Considerable excitement was caused, a number of years since, by the discovery of a colony of these ancient people in the interior of China, in the city especially of Kai- fung, a departmental city in the province of Honan. They are said to have established themselves in Ciiina in the Hau dynasty, though there is great uncertainty as to the time of their arrival. Several visits have been made to them in Kaifung-fu and copies of Hebrew manuscript have been obtained from them, but 'no variations of any consequence have been found between the text of these rolls and that found in the printed Hebrew Bibles of Europe.' These manuscripts have JINRICKSHAS. 307 been deposited in different institutions, such as the City Hall Library in Hongkong, the British Museum, and the Bodleian. The descendants of this Jewish colony at Kaifung-fii have sunk into a state of ignorance and poverty; not one of them can read Hebrew ; their synagogue is no longer in existence ; no services are held; and in a few years the last traces of this Jewish community, of from two to four hundred souls, will probably be lost in the mass of their heathen and Mohammedan surroundings. This appears, since the above was written, to have become almost true, if not quite so. Books recommended. — In the Appemlix to ' Christian Progress in China,' by Arnold Foster, b.a., the general reader will find a succinct account of this interesting Jewish colony. Also see Williams's 'Middle Kingdom.' 'The Jews in China,' by J. Finn. 'The Orphan Colony of Jews in China,' by J. Finn, m.k.a.s. ' Fac-sinules of the Hebrew Manuscripts obtained at the Jewish Synagogue in K'ae-Fung Foo.' JINRICKSHAS.— Though, not used in the purely native parts of China, yet these convenient vehicles are largely employed in several of the Treaty Ports, as well as iu Hongkong, not only by Europeans, but also by Chinese. They appear to have been introduced in the Shanghai foreign settlements from Japan, and some years later into Hongkong where there are 500 or so. The streets of native cities are not of such a character as to suit vehicular traffic of any kind, and special roads would have to be prepared if it were intended for them to run outside the foreign settlements. This has been done in Nanking Avhere a good carriage road has been constructed by the viceroy, Chang Chih-tung, a great many houses having to be pulled down for it. A score of carriages and a thousand jinrickshaws are running on it. The Chinese are not such good ricksha coolies as the Japanese, who think nothing of drawing tandem a heavy man fifty miles in one day up and down hill ; but still the Chinese, though not such swift runners or possessing such powers of endurance, make very fair ones. s 2 308 THINGS CHINESE. To those who have not seen it, the ricksha may be described as a small two-wheeled vehicle capable of seating one, or sometimes two, persons, with a pair of shafts, in Avhich a coolie runs and drags the vehicle. Private ones have sometimes two or three coolies, the other one or two pushing from behind. They are fitted with hoods which can be raised or lowered at pleasure, and waterproofs to cover the legs are part of the outfit. The rates of hire in Hongkong are — quarter-hour, 5 cents; half-hour, 10 cents; and one hour, 15 cents. In Macao the fares are even less. One enthusiast has proposed that they should be in- troduced into London. They are already half-way there, as their use has not only extended to Singapore, Ceylon and India, but even to South Africa. KITES. — China is par excellence the land of kites.. They are not relegated here to youthful hands alone and considered as childish toys ; they are looked upon as fit objects for children of an older growth — not scientific apparatus such as Benjamin Franklin employed to bring the- lightning down from the skies, or such as some present-day aeronauts use for experiments in attempting to solve the problem of a flying machine; but as simple objects to amuse themselves Avith. With this higher view taken of kite-flying, it is natural that more pains should be employed in the construction of kites and more ingenuity in their design than is usually the case with us. The convenient bamboo in its natural growth of different sizes, tubular and light, easily split, should the whole stick be too large, and almost as easily bent into circles, strong yet flexible — seems specially adapted for tlie frame-work, be the kite a crude and conventional imitation of a bird to amuse a child (for the pastime of kite-flying is not entirely niono- jjolised by those of matuier years in China), or be it a Avonderful structure, the joy and admiration of not only its owner, but of a gaping crowd and of the Avhole neighbour- hood. The frame-work is covered Avith paper and silk, but KITES. 301> no Chinese would think of using old newspapers for such a purpose : any written or printed paper is reverently burned. Such importance do the Chinese attach to this that men perambulate the streets for the express purposes of rescuing any scraps of such paper from being trodden under foot, little Avooden boxes are also stuck up on the walls to receive anything of that nature thrust into them. But to return to kites — so lifelike are some of them made, and so well does the trained hand manipulate them (or rather their strings) in their tethered flight that the simulated hovering of a bird of prey in the air is good enough to deceive, at first sight, even a naturalist. It has Avell been said that 'the skill shown in flying them is more re- markable than the ingenuity displayed in their construction.' Butterflies, lizards, gigantic centipedes, a pair of spectacles, a huge cash, fish, men and many other objects may be seen disporting themselves in mid air, while at the other end of the strings will be found young men, or even middle aged ones perchance, gravely enjoying themselves, and a group of ■boys Avatcliing them and doubtless wishing they had grown old enough to fly such beauties of kites. The festival on which kite-flying is indulged in largely is the ninth day of the ninth moon, and this throughout China. ' Doolittle describes them [the kites] as sometimes resembhng- a great bird, or a serpent thirty feet long ; at other times the spectator sees a group of hawks hovering round a centre, all being suspended by one strong cord, and each hawk-kite controlled and moved by a separate line. On this day he estimates that as many as thirty thousand people assemble on the hills around Foochow to join in this amusement if the weather be propitious.' A delightful concomitant to the kite in Chinese eyes, or rather ears, is a small contrivance which is so placed that the wind rushing through it produces a humming sound. We wonder if there is anything in China which is not connected Avith their religion in some way or other, even the thieves and prostitutes have their deities whom they devoutly pray to for success and protection. What wonder then that the innocent kite is often used as a species of scapegoat, as 310 THINGS CHINESE. with string deliberately cut for that purpose, it floats on its downward erratic flight, freighted with an imaginary load of disasters thus carried away from those who otherwise would bear the weight of ills unknown and dreaded. With such a simple expedient to get rid of the dark to-morrow, who need be unhappy even in wretched China ? LACQUER-WARE.—^. Paleologue, in his admirable Avork on 'L'Art Chinois,' while giving full credit to the perfection to which the Japanese, originally the scholars of the Chinese, have carried this art *une perfection que les Chinois n'ont jamais egalee,' says further : — ' Mais, pour relever d'un art moins eleve et d'une technique moins parfaite, les laques Chinois comptent quelques specimens qui sont remarquables par la qualite de la matiere, par la douceur des tons, par la puissance de la composition, par la largeur et la severite du style,' The lacquer is originally a resinous gum obtained from the varnish tree (Rhus verniciferaj, cultivated both in China and Japan for the purpose. Its foliage and bark resemble the ash ; it grows to a height of fifteen or twenty feet ; and at the age of seven years furnishes the sap, which is collected in July and August from incisions made in the trunk of the tree near the foot. These incisions are made at night, the sap being collected in the morning. Twenty pounds from one thousand trees in the course of a night is a good yield. The lacquer sap is of a very irritating nature, especially to some constitutions, the writer himself, when a boy, has suffered from it by passing through a wood where varnish trees were growing; and the Chinese, when preparing it in cakes to enclose in tubs to send to the market, take the precaution to cover up their faces and hands to prevent contact with it, Lacquer 'in any stage, except when perfectly dry, is capable of producing', the following symptoms: — 'Blood to the head, swelling, violent itching and burning, and occa- sionally small festering boils.' The best kind of sap is of a tawny or dark-brown colour when in its inspissated state, and tarred paper is used to LACQUER-WARE. 311 protect it from the air, but all lacquer turns jet-black on exposure to the light. Other ingredients are added, as wood- oils obtained from plants such as Auqia sinensis and others. These, combined with the Rhus vernicif era, form the different qualities of lacquer-ware. Sz-chuen, Hu-nan, and Kwang-si,. produced the finest. The preparation, of the best qualities especially, takes a long time, and one reason asssigned for the deterioration in quality supplied to the foreign market in China is the ignorance, or ignoring, of this fact by Europeans, who, Avhen giving orders, will not wait the necessary time for producing a first-class article; and the Chinese manufacturer,, from being forced to supply the articles required at short notice, has got into the way of producing inferior workman- ship, which meet with as ready a sale amongst the uneducated- in the mysteries of lacquer as the better specimens did. The varnish is prepared for use by the addition of oil of the Vernicia montana or Camellia oleifera, sulphate of iron, and rice vinegar, these ingredients vary- according to the condition and transparency required .^ Different tints are given to the lacquer, likewise, by the introduction of different substances, such as pig's gall and vegetable oil, ivory black, animal charcoal, and tea oil. The wood to be varnished is first planed and polished, the joints are stuffed with a kind of fine oakum, narrow slips of paper are pasted over them, and fine paper, or thin silken material is put over the whole surface. A mixture of emeiy powder, red sandstone, vermilion, or of gamboge, and of cow's gall, is then applied with a hard brush, and when dried in the air it is polished with sandstone, pumice-stone, and powdered charcoal. This double operation is repeated several times. The preliminary work, which takes several weeks to accomplish, forms the foundation for the lacquer which is applied in a room closed on all sides from wind and dust. A very fine, flat brush is used to apply a slight and very equal film of it. 312 THINGS CHINESE. The drying room next receives the article, or articles ; here the atmosphere must be fresh and damp, for it is under such conditions that the lacquer dries most quickly. It next receives a polishing with a kind of soft schist. Each layer of lacquer is subjected to the same slow and minute operations : the least number of layers applied is three, the most eighteen. The ornamentation of figures, flowers, and gilding, &c., is done in more than one way : — ' The gilding is perfoi'med by another set of workmen in a large workshop. The figures of the design are drawn on thick paper, which is then pricked all over to allow the powdered chalk to fall on the table and form the outline. Another workman completes the picture by cutting the lines with a burin or needle, and filling them with vermilion mixed in lacquer, as thick as needed. This afterwards is covered, by means of a hair-pencil, with gold in leaf or in powder laid on with a dossil ; the gold is often mixed with fine lamp-black.' 'Ouand, sur le fond uni de laque, I'ouvrier veut peindre un decor, personnages, fieurs, arabesques, etc., il esquisse directement au blanc de cei'use le sujet qu'il va traiter, ou bien encore il le decalque en suivant avec une pointe de bois les Hgnes de son dessin, sur lesquelles il a prealablement passe, au verso de la feuille de papier, un trait d'orpiment liquide. II commence alors a peindre sur ce croquis avec les couleurs dont dispose sa riche palette.' Much skill, dexterity, lightness of finger, and long practice are necessary to ensure that fineness and requisite delicacy, which at the first touch will produce the effect desired without repetition, for this last is not allowed, the gummy colisistency of the lacquer likewise forbidding it : notwithstanding all these difficulties, some of the lacquer produced by the Chinese is characterised by distinctness of line and a freedom of composition. Besides gold and silver spangles, incrustations of ivory, mother-of-pearl, jade, coral, malachite, and lapis lazuli, are employed in the ornamentation of lacqtier-ware, rough mosaics of flowers, animals, »&c., being formed of them, and then varnished. Foochow lacquer equals the Japanese ; the latter people, it is said, having taught their original teachers, the Chinese, the production of this superior quality. Some fine specimens also come from Ningpo, and command a very high price. LA CQ IJER- WARE. 3 1 3 Cawed lacquer is either not now ( during the present century) made, or but little is produced, as it requires great labour, rendering its production too expensive. Its mode of preparation is as follows : — A dark paste is made of Urtlca nivea, of ' papier de broiissonctia.' and egg-shqlls ; these are beaten together, pounded, and camellia oil added to thicken them. After being applied to the wood and becom- ing perfectly dry, it is carved by the artist, who requires a firm hand, as no repetition is possible. Several coats of red varnish, the composition of which is unknown, are afterwards applied. The defect, to a European eye, in this style of lacquer is the overburdening of the decoration with entangled dragons, phcsnixes, the lotus, &:c. There are no names of Chinese artists to mention as in the case of the same art in Japan. In China it is not the individual that is to be noted but the schools, differentiated by style, tradition and tendency. At present, at all events, but little has been discovered of the history of the art. Carved lacquer was known during the early part of the Christian era, though no very ancient specimens are extant, the oldest being of the comparatively modern date of the end of the 16th century (Ming dynasty). 'Les laquos sculptes de cette epoque sont fort rares, et les Chinois les estiment a tres haut prix : le vernis en est tres epais, le travail en est ferme, d'un style sobre et severe.' Great improvement was effected in the reign of the Emperor Kang-hi (A.D. 1662) of the present dynasty, both in quality of material and decoration ; and in Kien-lung's time (A.T>. 1736-1796) some fine carved lacquer was produced, as also some exquisite specimens of other lacquer, the best of these being made in the imperial manufacturies. We cannot resist the temptation to quote once more from !M. Paleologue's interesting work •' L'Art Chinois ' as to the last :— 'M. de Semalle possecie une dizaine de pieces ayant, sans auciin doute, cette origine ; ce sont des coupes formulees en calices lobes, leg^res k la main et delicatement modelees : I'une est d'un bleu paon a reflets verts, chatoyant et intense conime un email ; une autre est d'un rose tr^s pale que rehausse un rose de corail, et I'cnscmble est 314 THINGS CHINESE. d'une douceur de tons incomparable ; une autre encore est d'un noir uni et profond, de ce beau noir si apprecie des Japonais ; signalons enfin, dans la meme collection, un laque aventurine, d incrustations d'or et d'argent figurant des lotus, qui est une merveille de gout et de finesse. Ces pieces comptent k nos yeux parmi les rares objets de laque chinoise p^inte qui meriteraient de figurer dans la collection d'un amateur au Japon.' Boohs rccommimdc'd. — ' L'Art Chinois.' par M. Paleologue. Williams'3 'Middle Kingdom,' Vol. 2, p. HO, et seq., to both of which books we are indebted for information. LANGUAGE. — We remember, some thirty years or so- ago, trying to elicit from a lecturer on languages and liter- ature his idea of the position held by the Chinese language amongst that of others. After considerable humming and hawing, he said that it held one of its own, outside of the general scheme of languages as elaborated by philologists. This position is practically the same that it holds to this day amongst many of those who delight to classify language. As the Chinese have been outside the comity of nations, so their language has been relegated to a position of its own with no certain relationship to the other speeches of mankind; and as the exclusiveness of the nation, is being slowly broken down, so it is to be hoped that, before long, in response to the toil of not a few scholars, the affinity of Chinese with that of other languages in the world will be more clearly established and the wall of partition separating it from the others be a thing of the past. Most divergent views have been held on the subject and clearly proved to the satisfaction of those who held and advanced them, but not to the equal satisfaction of their readers. There would appear to be some connection between Chinese and the so-called Aryan languages ; to prove this Edkins, Schlegel, and others, have laboured. The latest idea,, that of Professor Terrien de Lacouperie, and his co-labourers in the same field, is that of an affinity between the languages of China and Babylon. These view^s still wait general acceptance, the feeling of many being one of suspense : a waiting till convincing proofs ai-e pnKluced before acquiescing in any of the theories put forth ; and there are still immense fields for the patient worker to explore. LANGi^AGK. 315 The connection between Chinese and the huif^uag-es of some of the surrounding nations is deserving of further atten- tion in order to fix with a greater amount of certainty the relationships which exist between certain of them. Some people go so far as lo say that ClTinese has no grammar. If grammar only consisted of declension and inflection, sucli a statement might be true; but the Chinese most cleverly use the relative position of words to express what we, to a great extent, and some continental nations to a greater, and the dead languages of Europe to the greatest extent, show by case, mood, tense, number, and person : position is everything in the construction of Chinese sentences, and does away with those troubles of school-boys, carried to such an excess in the classical languages. In addition to position, the use of auxiliary characters is employed, and, in the written language especially, a general symmetry of construction, and use of words in sentences and clauses, which are either in antithesis or juxtaposition to each other, assists materially in the correct development of ideas. Chinese is one of the simplest, while at the same time one of the most difficult, languages in the world : most simple from the almost entire absence of these inflexional forms ; most difficult from the combination of different languages under the one heading of Chinese ; such for instance as the book language in its two or three diflerent forms, the Colloquial or spoken language in its different vernaculars, and in its tones, the bugbear and ruin of most Euopean readers and speakers of it. The Chinese have spent much time and labour in the cultivation of their wonderful and interestino^ lano-ua^ords form but a very small proportion of the whole. The language of China may be divided as follows : — ■ 1. — The ancient style in which the classics are written : sententious, concise, vague, and often unintelligible without explanation. 2. — The literary style : more diffuse, and consequently more intelligible ; it might be described as poetry written in LANGUAGE. 321 prose- on account of a ' rhi/thmus," as it has been termed, in which it is written, the ancient language having less of this — both forms having a number of particles either difficult or impossible of translation into English. The essays written by candidates at the literary examinations are composed in this style. 3. — The business style which is plain enough to be intelligible : it is prose without, or with but little of, the poetry element, and few, if any, of the troublesome particles. It is in general use for commercial purposes, legal documents, official and business correspondence, and governmental, statistical, and legal works are written in it. 4. — The Colloquial or the spoken languages. They are divided into numerous dialects (See Article on Dialects) but unfortunately they are despised, — there is scarcely even one book written in them in the South of China, and yet it is impossible to speak in any other language ; and to the great majority of the lower classes, no other is intelligible in its entirety. In nearly all Western languages when we learn to speak them, we learn consequently to read them ; but a knowledge of Chinese, as spoken, only places one on the threshold of the Chinese of books. This has not inaptly been compared to a man who knowns French fluently, but who, if he wishes to read Latin, has, after his knowledge of French, to apply himself to Latin; the French in this instance being the colloquial, and the Latin the Language of the book. Again, the ancient language as compared with the business style, might be likened to the English of Chaucer as compared with that of the modern writer. The dift'erence between the book style and the colloquial might be likened perhaps to the difference between a common English book and some highly scientific or technical work so bristling Avith scientific terms, or technical expressions, or mathematical formul«?, tliat it would be entirely, or nearly entirely, incomprehensible, except to one who had been educated for years, and had made such a subject a speciality. This way of putting the matter may _322 THINGS CHINESE. throw some light on what seems such a mysterious matter to English-speaking people, and show how. difficult of com- prehension the book language is to all except those who have received a special and sufficient training. Writers on the Chinese have differed as to the richness, •or otherwise, of the language. Putting aside all prejudiced statements, it may fairly be affirmed that in some respects its vocabulary is very full, where some of our languages .are poor, and vice versa. The Chinese have no difficulty in expressing themselves so as to be understood by their own •countrymen and others, though Europeans and Americans have not sometimes the patience to -make the good listeners which the want of mood, tense, and all inflections occasionally requires in order to get at the meaning. On the other hand, the statements are often more concisely expressed than is the case in the general run of European languages. What strikes a foreigner as strange in the language, is the ease with which a word does duty as a noun, or verb, an adjective, adverb, or proposition. Marshman says : 'A Chinese character may in general be considered as conveying an idea without reference to any part of speech : :ind its being used as a substantive, an adjective, or a verb depends on circumstances.' Bonlts rfconivi end I'd.' 'Essay f. on the Chinese Languaj^^e,' by T. Watter^. ' The Structure of Chinese Characters,' by J. Chalmers, M.A., L. L. D.. and chapters on language ia standand works, such as Williams's ' Middle Kingdom,' &c. LARKS AND OTHER SONGSTERS.— The l^ivk Is one of the most prized of song-birds among the Chinese. Their fondness for birds and flowers, as Williams has well noted, being 'one of the pleasant features of Chinese character.' No Chinese gentleman, at least in the South of China,, takes .a dog out to walk with him ; but on a fine day numbers may be seen each with a lark in a cage in the outskirts of a town, or sauntering leisurely along the streets, or standing in some square, or squatting on their haunches on some green spot, while their favourite bird enjoys himself, occasionally even with a little ramble on the grass. His master cum dignitate LARKS AyD OTHER SONGSTERS. 323 gravely taking his pleasure in watching his pet, or even unbending so far as to occupy himself with the pursuit of grasshoppers amongst the turf, though more frequently such a hunt is left to the boys or to the wretched grasshopper hunters, who armed with a bunch of twigs and tiny baskets to hold their victims, from dewy morn till darkest twilight, wander up and down the hills, beating every tuft of grass for the active, spi-inging, startled insects, which, when caught, they sell for a cash or two a piece, to the bird shops or bird- fanciers ; their ultimate fate, of course, to be gobbled up by pet birds. Chinese houses are so often, in cities especially, shut out from the breezes, that it must be a positive pleasure to these active songsters to get such airings ; but caged up as they are in close and narrow streets they may often be heard pouring out their melodious sonnets from the purlieus of some confined shop, trying in shrillest notes a musical contest with some imprisoned neighbour — such emulation is there that they get almost frantic at times. The lark's cage is round, made of neatly rounded splints of bamboo, and varnished brown, with a removable bottom sprinkled with sand and furnished with a perch, in shape like a large mushroom, the Chinese evidently knowing that the lark does not alight on twigs or branches. Williams informs us that 'the species of wagtail and lark known amount to about a score altogether.' Amongst them may be noted the field lark (Alauda codivox and arvensis). Large numbers of Chihli larks are brought down every year to the South of China where they are preferred. The Mongolian lark commands a high price, ^25. --being a common figure for a good one ; it is called the j^cik ling or •'hundred spirits.' Next in importance if not in equal favour as a songster is the thrush. Amongst tlie most common in the neigh- bourhood of Canton is the ivd met, a grayish-yellow thrush (Garruliuvperspic'itatus), a 'well-trained bird is worth several dollars.' The spectacle thrush derives his name from a black • circle round each eye; it is very graceful and lively, though T 2 324. THINGS CHINESE. not a very sweet singer. Another thrash (Sufhona ivehhianay is kept for fighting — death or victory being its song. The canary is a great favourite, large numbers being reared and even exported as far as England. Its colour is not only yellow but some seem to display a tendency to revert to the dusky hue of the original bird in the Canary Islands. It is comhionly known as the white swallow, its usual light- yellow or canary colour being a near enough approach to white to satisfy the Chinese philologist. The canary is generally kept in a round cage made of bamboo and varnished, with a removable bottom and perches of twigs. The cage is rather larger than the English wire canary cage, but smaller than the Chinese bird cage used for larks". Besides this cage very neat canary cages of the same materials are made in imitation of houses and boats, as well as large squarish cages of unvarnished bamboo, these last being especially useful for breeding purposes. The prices of canaries vary with the season of the year. In Hongkong about 70 cents is an ordinary price charged for one to a European. It is said that large numbers of canaries are sent to China every year from Germany. i Many other birds, some of which might fairly be entitled | to the name of songsters, as well as others which can only * boast of one or two notes, are kept as pets by the Chinese. I Book recommended. — Jour. N. C. Br. E. A. S., May 1859, p. 289. LAWS. — It has been observed that : — ' The laws of a nation form the most interesting portion of its history.' 'The laws of the Chinese, if taken in the most comprehen- sive sense of the term, framed, as they have been, by the wisdom and experience of a long series of ages, and suitably provided as they are for the government of an empire, unparalleled in the history of the world in extent and population, must, it will readily be imagined, be proportionally numerous and complicated. They are also, which is still more embarrassing, generally intermingled in such a degree with details, concerning the ancient history and actual condition of the civil, political, and ceremonial institutions of the empire, that in- dividual works on these subjects are sometimes extended to the enormous length of a hundred volumes, and the aggregate is, of course, enormous in proportion.' LAWS. 325 The Chinese code of penal laws has been described as, 'if not the most just and equitable, at least the most comprehensive, uniform, and suited to the genius of the people for whom it is designed, perhaps of any that ever existed.' 'The civil and military establishments, the public revenue and expenditure, the national rites and ceremonies, the public works, and the administration of justice, are, each of them, regulated by a particular code of laws and institutions ; but the laws of the empire in the strictest and most appropriate sense of the term, and which may be denominated Penal Laws by way of contradistinction, are the peculiar and exclusive province of the last of these departments.' The Chinese, as in nearly everything of importance that concerns their commonwealth, carry back the first promul- gation of their system of laws to a remote antiquity, namely, the time of Yao (B.C. 2356) and his successor Shun, though according to their account of that sovereign (Yao), there would appear to have been but little need of any repressive legislation ; for his rule was the beau ideal of perfect govern- ment in China — a state of almost perfect blessedness due to the virtues of the ruler or official, for such an one by his conduct and precepts changes the thief into an honest man, and produces such a state of security, that a bag of money, dropped by the wayside, will be left untouched or carefully put in a place of safety till the return of the loser. Yet, not- withstanding the I'csplendent virtues of these early monarchs, the second, Shun, is credited Avith having established the following five punishments: — Branding on the forehead; cutting off part of the nose and feet ; castration ; and death. So innocent and virtuous, however, were the people at that period, that many centuries are said to have passed before it was necessary to enforce them. Each change of dynasty in China may be compared to a new geological period, for, notwithstanding the entire dis- solution of the government and abrogation of the constitution established by the preceding dynasty, yet, as in the deposit of new strata, the same general conditions and principles are adhered to in the formation, or laying down of the new laws, a new code being generally made Avith each successive change of family on the throne. That in present use came into force 326 THINGS CHINESE. when the Manchu Tartars assumed the rule over China ; but,, to again use the same illustration as above, imbedded in this new code, as in the newer geological strata, are to be found- remains of antiquity ; and, if a minute investigation be substituted for a cursory survey, it will be found, as in the material forming the later deposits on the earth's surface, that the mass of the laws are of the same stuff and substance- as the more ancient ones, codified and altered in conformity with the changed conditions of time and life, some of the older forms dying out. and more recent enactments, neces" sitated by the progress of events, giving fresh life and vigour to the whole. The first regular code of penal laws is attributed to Li-kwai, two thousand years ago. It is described as ' simple in its arrangement and construction, having been confined to six books only, two of which appear to have been introductory, the third relative to prisons, the fourth to the adminstration of the police, the fifth to the lesser or miscellaneous offences, and the sixth to all the great and capital offences against public justice.' This code is supposed to have come into operation under tlie Tsin dynasty (B.C. 249). Though codified at this period, the principal characteristics belong to a remoter antiquity. Alterations and enlargements took place with the advent of each successive dynasty, both in the plan and divisions of the code, viz. : — under the Han, Tsin, T'ang, Sung, Yuen, Ming, and some of the lesser dynasties and the latest, under the present one, the Ts'ing. As in European codes, the building up of new material on an old structure, and in conformity with an antiquated plan, instead of pulling down and rebuilding on a new scheme better adapted for the requirements of an altered and progressive state of society, gives rise to ambiguity, confusion, complications, intricacies, and inconveniences. The artificial and complex construction of the code is another cause of obscurity. It is not to be supposed that all thosfr principles, some of which are excellent, contained in ouir LAWS. 327 English system of laws, the result of many years of a progressive struggle towards the attainment of justice, and the outcome of a different system of life and its surroundings^ will be found in a body of laws produced under such different conditions. Yet, on the whole, the Chinese Penal Code is admirably adapted to the requirements of its teeming population of law-abiding subjects, taking into consideration the great difference of the fundamental principles on which the superstructure is founded. The parental authority is clearly seen as one of the great conditioning causes in operation fVoni renaote times to the present. From the small circle of the family of a few individuals it spreads in ever Avidening circles to the clan,, composed of the aggregate of many families, and reaches its final limits in the Government Avhich is based upon the same principle, that of parental authority ; and to this principle is doubtless due, in union with some others, the con- servative and preserving force, which has, amidst, and in spite of, many heterogeneous elements, knit the Chinese people together as one through so many past ages; and which still preserves its unifying power, and may for countless generations to come. The following extract from a Chinese newspaper, published in the Colony of Hongkong, viz. ; The Chung Ngoi San Po, will give some idea of what process of law entails in China. : — 'Governor Luk Chuen-him has given instructions to the Magis- trates of Nam-hoi and PLin-yii districts that they are not to detain people connected with the cases brought before them, whether the prosecutor or prosecuted, except in cases of emergency. Theorder is warmly apprecia- ted by all the Chinese, for the detention of people in the yamens pending the investigation of the cases concerned ati:brded chances to the yamen people to make their squeezes, and it is a fact that the Chinese are willing to stand any amount of suffering rather than present them- selves before the mandarines to be maltreated and squeezed by the yamen people, who do not receive any wages from the mandarines and simply watch for chances of squeezing. People ordered to be detained by the Magistrate in the yamen are kept under the custody of the yamen people, who lock them up in exceedingly dirty rooms, * * *■ givine them no food and no bedding until their friends and relatives come forward to amply bribe the custodians. Sometimes a person is detained in the yamen for many years although the case .:328 THINGS CHINESE. may be only a minor one, if there is no influential Sansz to stand bail, which bail is represented by influence and not by money. It is not uncommon for the Chinese to successfully bribe the yamen runners not to take them before the Magistrate, if a warrant is issued for their arrest. The prisoner, whether he may turn out to be innocent or guilty, is not treated with that tenderness incident to our nineteenth century civilisation ; every effort is not made to prove his innocence, if possible, and points are not strained in his favour, which would be dropped if against him. The Chinese law would appear to be better adapted to ensure the punishment of a greater number of guilty persons than the English law ; but it is probable that occasionally an innocent person is caught in its meshes, and, unable to escape, is punished ; but English law is not free from this defect, even when such a sacred thing as human life is at stake. There is no doubt that, notwithstanding misfortune over- taking a few innocent ones in China, the well-being of the mass, on the whole, is better conserved than in a system where sentiment is apt to get the upper hand. This for the moment leaving out of sight the universal bribery and -corruption prevalent and the infliction of torture. The English principles of a man being considered innocent till proved guilty, and of no man criminating himself, are unknown ; but on the other hand, a prisoner is required to confess before he can be punished ; for no criminal case is complete without this confession. Unfortunately, how- ever, the utility of this safeguard is somewhat, if not entirelv nullified by the introduction of torture, if necessary, to induce ■confession. The application of this must necessarily depend a good deal upon the character of the official within whose power the criminal chances to be. A cursory examination of the penal code might lead one to infer that corporal punishment, and, as a consequence, torture was universal ; but, before arriving at such a hasty conclusion, several things which have a tendency to modify such a decision have to be considered : — In the first place, the Chinese should be compared with other Asiatic nations, whose punishments will ■often be found to be of a most ferocious character. Viewed LA WS. 329 under such circumstances, the use of torture to extract the truth, does not seem so awful for an Eastern people ; it must also be remembered that it is only a few centuries since torture was in use in our enlightened lands in the West ; and, finally, there are so many exceptions and grounds of mitigation, that universality of corporal punishments, and consequently of torture, will be found to be much affected thereby. The law in China likewise interferes with many acts which in Europe are without its pale ; on this point it has been remarked that : — 'In a country in which the laws have not in any considerable ■degree the active concurrence either of a sense of honour, or of a sense of religion, it may perhaps be absolutely requisite that they should take so wide a range. Experience may have dictated the necessity of their interfering in this direct manner in the enforcement of all those national habits and usages, whose pre- servation, as far as they are of a moral or prudential tendency, must undoubtedly be of essential importance both to the security of the government and to the happiness of the people.' We quote again from Staunton's 'Penal Code of China' (Introduction) — 'Another object which seems to have been very generally con- sulted is that of as much as possible combining, in the construction and adaptation of the scale of crimes and punishments throughout the Code, the opposit^ advantages of severity in denunciation and lenity in execution.' The laws are divided into the hit, or fundamental laws, and lai, supplementary laws : the former are permanent; the latter, which are liable to revision every five years, are the ' modifications, extensions and restrictions of the fundamental laws.' Each article of the fundamental laws has been like- wise further explained or paraphrased by the Emperor Yung Ching, 'and the whole of the text is further illustrated by extracts from the Avords of various commentators. Tliese appear to have been expressly Avritten for the use and instruction of magistrates, and accordingly form a body of legal reference directly sanctioned for that purpose by government.' The laws are classified as follows: — 'General, Civil, Fiscal, Ritual, Military, and Criminal Laws, and those relating to Public Works, comprised in 436 sections of the original 330 THINGS CHINESE. laws, and a more numerous quantity of the supplemental laws, or Novella?, Avhich bear the same relation to the code as tlie judiciary law and subsequent enactments in France, and the new laws and authoritative interpretations in Prussia, respectively do to the Code Napoleon and Code Frederic' Staunton characterises the Penal Code as remarkable for the conciseness and simplicity of its style of language, at the same time he calls attentioa to the difficulty, without ' various references and considerable research,' of ascertaining the punishment which a criminal ' is actually liable to suffer.' He proceeds to say : ■ - 'That the sections of the Chinese Code may thus, perhaps, not unaptly be compared to a collection of consecutive mathematical problems with this additional circumstance of perplexity that a just and entire comprehension of each section individually requires a general knowledge of those that follow, no less than of those which precede it.' ' By far the most remarkable thing in this code is its great reasonableness, clearness, and consistency, the business-like brevity and directness of the various provisions, and the plainness and moderation in which they are expressed. There is nothing here of the monstrous verbiage of most other Asiatic productions — none of the superstitious deliration, the miserable incoherence, the termendous Jion-sequitiirs and eternal repetitions of those oracular performances — nothing even of the turgid adulation, accumulated epithets, and fatiguing self-praise of other Eastern despotisms — but a calm, concise, and distinct series of enactments, savouring through- out of practical judgment and European good sense, and if not always conformable to our improved notions of expediency, in general approaching to them more neai'ly than the codes of most other nations. When we pass, indeed, from the ravings of the Zendavesta or the Puranas to the tone of sense and business in this Chinese collection, we seem to be passing from darkness to light, from the drivellings of dotage to the exercise of an improved understanding.' The legal maxim de minimis no7i curat lex is not known in China ; much minute attention is paid to trifles.' We scarcely know any European code that is at once so copious and so consistent, or that is so nearly free from intricacy, bigotry, and fiction. In every- thing relating to political freedom or individual independence it is indeed woefully defective ; but for the repression of disorder and the gentle coercion of a vast population, it appears to be equally mild and efficacious. The state of society for which it was formed appears incidentally to be a low and wretched one ; but how could its framers have devised a wiser means of maintaining it in peace and tranquillity.' 'The people have a high regard for the code,' 'and all they seem to desire is its just and impartial execution, independent of caprice and uninfluenced by corruption. * '■■- '•'' '■■ It may be observed. LAWS. 331 as something in favour of the Chinese system, that there are substantial grounds for believing that neither flagrant nor repeated acts of injustice do, in point of fact, often, in any rank or station, ultimately escape with impunity.' ' Besides these laws and their numerous clauses, every high provincial officer has the right to issue edicts upon such public matters as require regulation, some of them even affecting life and death, either reviving some old law or giving it an application to the case before him, with such modifications as seem to be necessary. He must report these acts to the proper board at Peking. No such order, which for the time has the force of law, is formally repealed, but gradually falls into oblivion, until circumstances again require its reiteration. This mode of publishing statutes gives rise to a sort of common and unwritten law in villages, to which a council of elders sometimes compels individuals to submit ; long usage is also another ground for enforcing them.' 'The Chinese customary law * undoubtedly rests, as did the Roman Law before the publication of the Twelve Tables, upon the mores )najoniiii, "that is," as Lord Mackenzie says of the latter, upon "customs long observed and sanctioned by the consent of the people." We are inclined to think it improbable that the Chinese have added to, or more than superficially changed any of their fundamental social principles since the compilation of the "Ritual of Chau" by Chan Kinig, and that of the "Record of Rites " by Confucius, both of which collections * *■'' most probably reduced to a definite code the social principles of the Chinese, whilst blending them with those of the then ruling dynasty, and to this day continue to exercise a profound influence upon the Chinese mind. We mean by fundamental principles, those such as the Patriarchal Principle * *•• and the Fraternal Principle * *, which, especially the former, apparently the progenitor of the others, pervade the Law and Customs of the Chinese as completely as the Pdlriii Potestas ever did the Jurisprudence of Rome. The Chinese Customary Law furnishes a standing "caution" (in the language of Sir Henry Maine) "to those who with Bentham and Austin resolve every law into a coininand of the law-giver, and obligatiofi imposed thereby oa the citizen, and a sanction threatened in the event of disobedience." ' *The principle oi Iiiao, which, in its broadest sense, we think we may take to include friendship, {si?i), and loyalty, {cJiitng), as well as filial {/liao), fraternal, {yu and kung), or (/'z'), and conjugal piety, or duty, {shun), is undoubtedly the substratum of the Chinese social and legal fabric' 'The Chinese Law, both Customary and Statute, furnishes an immense amount of collateral evidence in support of Maine's theory, that the movement of the progressive societies has hitherto been a movement from Status to Contract, or from families as units to individuals as units. It is particularly fruitful in illustration, perhaps more so even than the Hindoo Customary Laws. * ** The numerous illustrations are the more valuable, inasmuch as China has not yet emerged from Status; and, as regards the Palria Potestas, the Testamentary Power, the position of women and slaves, the fiction of adoption, and the almost entire absence of any written law of contract, 332 THINGS CHINESE. remains in the position of the Roman Law,— not of the latter Empire, not even of the Antonine era; not even, again, of the early Empire, or the Republic at its prime ; but of the Roman Law anterior to the publication of the Twelve Tables, — 2,200 years ago. In fact, with the Chinese law, as with the Chinese language, we are carried back to a position whence we can survey, so to speak, a living past, and converse with fossil men.' ' The law secretaries ■'■•' * ■■■ whether Provincial or Metro- politan' are 'the true and almost sole depositories in China both of the life of the law and the life of official language. They are the jurisconsults of the officials, as the Roman lawyers were those of the people. True, most Chinese officials are thoroughly cognizant of the main principles, and fairly acquainted with the details of their not very voluminous codified law, but the law secretaries are they who search out and apply the law in each case, and who draw up the records for submission to the Courts of Appeal at Peking, — The Grand Court of Revision and the Board of Punishment, "••'■ * "' and to the Supreme Tribunal, consisting of the Emperor, either alone, or aided by such commissioners as he shall see fit to appoint, — which commissioners, again, are assisted by their secretaries. A highly paid class, possessing immense indirect power, and usually plying their vocation with the least possible outward show, they furnish not unfrequently some of the ab.'est statesmen in the Empire. Tso Tsu?ig- /'(Z«^, the strategist who *■' * * recovered Kashgaria to the Empire, may be cited as an illustrious example ; and a * * * memorial presented by him to the Throne, praying for posthumous honours to be conferred on four of his secretaries, evidences the value which is attached to the services of these men, and the important part they take in the concerns of the Empire.' The punishments now inflicted for an infringement of the law are : — Flogging with the bamboo ; banishment Avithin a limited distance for a limited time or permanently ; death — ■ of which there are two modes — by strangling and decapitation. Manacles of wood, and iron fetters are used, and the cangue, a species of stock consisting of a heavy framcAvork of wood in which the neck and hands are confined. Two instruments of torture are legally allowed : one for compressing the anklc-bonos and one for the finger>:, but others are used as well, though perhaps not to tlie extent that is sometimes supi^osed. It is not every crime that is brougltt up before the courts but some, sucli as trifling thefts, are summarily punished, by the people of the neighbourhood, the thief being whipped through the streets of the locality where his larceny was committed. LA IVS. 33.^ In cases coming before tlie officials, the prosecutor must file his charge at * the lowest tribunal of justice within the district' from which, it" not summarily dealt with, it may proceed on to higher Courts. There are no lawyers in our sense of the term, though there is a class of men who assist the parties, unknown to the Judge, by preparing witnesses and drawing up petitions, &c. : — For these 'lawyers are a disreputable class in China, notrecognised by law, and not allowed to appear in Court. They can simply prompt their clients from behind the scenes, and write out their petitions and counter petitions for them.' 'Everything connected with law and law matters is so different in China that a European is in constant danger of misunderstanding and misjudging the people in connection with such matters. In the first place hearsay evidence is perfectly permissible and a man would suffer the extreme penalty of the law even if such were the only evidence against him. No oath is taken in a Chinese Court. The oaths, if a matter is in dispute, take place in the temple before the gods, or out in the open air in the presence of heaven, and consist of worshipping and either the chopping off of a live cock's head, or the burning of imprecations written on yellow paper. In the country something earthern ' — a 'vessel is sometimes broken by way of an oath. The appeal to heaven is undoubtedly the best.' Consequently in our Courts of Justice in Hongkong when a suitor fears his case is going against him, or sees that his opponent as strongly sticks to his version as he does to his, he often suggests a reference to Avhat are more binding than the simple declarations, of our Courts, viz., an oath on a cock's head, which is chopped off. Again a Chinese suitor in a native court does not bring his witnesses with him or subpoena them to attend. That is the magistrate's or judge's duty, or function : he sends his lictors for them if it appears, either in the cotirse of giving evidence or earlier, that their presence is necessary, consequently in our courts of justice, litigants are constantly coming up without their Avitnesses and they often, more Sinico, ask the judge to send for them. A Chinese judge acts as prosecutor as "well as judge, more in the French style (there being no lawyers in our sense of the term, there is consequently no prosecuting c(nmsel, or Solicitor-General, or Attorney-General), and he 334- THINGS CHINESE. • sometimes allows the parties to set to and bandy words and recriminate each other while he quietly sits by and listens to see if he can pick up any more facts about the case. Amidst nil the anomalies of the Chinese administration of justice there is one good point and that is that the magistrate or judge endeavours, if not influenced by bribery, &c., to give a reasonable common sense verdict. Though there are both laAV and custom to guide him, he is not bound by the iron bands of precedents, and la\v and custom, M'ithin certain limits, may go to the wall should he be sufficiently clear sighted to see a better and more reasonable course to pursue. The following extracts will illustrate one or two more traits of Chinese character with regard to legal matters : — 'Though there is an elaborate Penal Code and there are distinctions between different kinds of murder and homicide yet it is all one to the common people and a life for a life is their cry. However a money compensation often pacifies wounded feelings in a case of accident. Though if the relations insist on revenge, the matter must come before the mandarins.' When a Chinese witness comes into the box he 'expects the magistrate to ask him the name of his native district, his own name, his age, the age of his father and mother (if alive), the maiden name of his wife, her age, the number and ages of his children, and inany more questions of similar relevancy and importance, before a •single effort is made towards eliciting any one fact bearing upon the subject under investigation. With a stereotyped people like the Chinese, it does not do to ignore these trifles of form and custom ; on the contrary the witness should rather be allowed to wander at will through such useless details until he has collected his scattered thoughts, and may be safely coaxed to divulge something which partakes more of the nature of evidence.' Boolis recommended. — ' Ta Tsin.a: Leu Lee ; Being the Fundamental Laws and a Selection from the Supplementary Statutes of the Penal Codt^ of China,' translated by Sir G.-T. Stauntan. Bart, F.K.S., Williams's -Middle Kingdom,' vol. 1, p. 384 et seq., Giles's 'Historic China and other Sketches.' p. 12.'> et seq., and Parker's ' Comparative Chinese Family Law,' to all of which we are indebted in the above article. LEPROSY. — One of the most loathsome diseases to be met with in China is Leprosy ; and one that the civilised world has had prominently brought before its notice of recent years. ' As to the cause of its prevalence, the poverty LEPROSY. 335 of the great bulk of the people, poor food, overcrowding-, generally dirtiness, absence of segregation [in some districts] and the liot, moist climate, provide a chain of conditions verv suitable for the propagation of leprosy.' China is not a land where statistics are available ; the Chinese mind needs a considerable tonic of western science and ideas before it will be braced up to that definite and precise form of statement Avhich will prepare the way for this useful branch of know- ledge. At present the Chinese delights in a vague statement of even facts well known to himself. He calls certain of liis relations brothers, which term includes real brothers, cousins of more than one degree, and clansmen. He tells you a thing took place between 2 and 3 o'clock, when he might as well «ay 2.15 p.m.; he says there were between ten and twenty present, when he might as well say fifteen or sixten. Statistics from such an individual, it can be readily understood, are Avell-nigh impossible, else China would present a splendid field for an array of facts on leprosy ; for not only is it existent all over China, but it prevails extensively in the South, especially in the Canton province, where cases are very numerous in the silk districts. The Government has Leper Asylums at different centres of population in the South for the purpose of segregation, doles from the Emperor's bounty being granted to the lepers. These asylums are badly managed, as unfortunately most native charitable institutions are. The village for lepers at Canton is situated about two or three miles north of the City; there is accommodation there for 400 or 500, but it is not sufficient ; they are allowed in boats on the river as well, and outside the east gate of the City. The lepers in the leper village occupy themselves in making rope of cocoa-nut fibre, and brooms, «&c., which, though the inhabitants of the city are in mortal dread of the afflicted inmates, yet find a ready sale ; females, who have lost the outward symptoms of the disease, sell them in the market. Lepers also waylay funerals and demand alms, which are given, for fear that leper ghosts may torment the 336 THINGS CHINESE. departed. The sums demanded are on a varying scale and fixed by the lepers according to their idea of the rank and wealth of the deceased. Such exorbitant sums are asked that they are sometimes refused, and then the lepers leap into the grave and prevent the interment. They accept promises of payment, but, if not fulfilled, exhume the corpse and retain possession of it until their demands are met. These demands of the lepers always form an item in the funeral expenses. In the leper boats, a single leper often resides wha paddles about seeking charity ; in such cases the boats are tiny little canoes with a mat-covering over the centre. They sometimes strip the dead bodies that float down the river, and, if they find one respectably dressed, occasionally advertise it for the reward that they hope to obtain. In the silk districts there would appear to be no asylums on land, but the lepers are restricted to the boats, from which they solicit cash by means of a long bamboo pole with a bag at the end. In some of the districts they occupy certain shrines on the river bank, and beg alms with rod and bag. The Chinese at Canton will have nothing to do with lepers ; and if the family of a rich man who has taken the disease tries to hide it, the neighbours, as a general rule, soon conipel his segregation. They are unable to cure it; and ascribe it to different causes ; one reason given is the rain- Mater dropping from a certain kind of tree on anyone ; another is, that tlie droppings from spiders cause it. Thev suppose it to work itself out in three or four generations, and it Avould appear to be a well established fact that in some of the large leper villages the proportion of lepers is but small, the disease having died out in the course of a century or so. Lepers in Canton marry amongst themselves, but not with others. When the disease is well developed, the sight is sickening ; the parts afi"ected, such as the face, ears, hand?, and feet are enlarged, and red, smooth, and glossy. At certain stages of the disease, spontaneous amputation of the fingers and toes takes place, for they rot and drop ofi". An improvement in diet, and tonics, better the condition of the LEPIiOS r. 33T patient, but there is still much to be learned us to the cause and treatment of this dreadful scourge. In two and a half years 125 lepers presented themselves at the Alice Memorial Hospital in Hongkong. 'Throughout the greater part of the province of Shantiuig leprosy is seldom seen, and where it does exist it is mainly anicsthetic leprosy. But in the prefectures of Yi-chou Fu and Yen-chou Fu leprosy is quite common. The mr.jority of cases met with in missionary hospitals through the province come from these two prefectures, the one including the home of Confucius and the other, Vi-chow, lying to the south of it. The cases exhibit all the characteristics of true leprosy, and often in an extreme stage. It is not uncommon for villages in Yi-chou prefecture to have several lepers. Dr. Hunter, of Chining-chou, who has kindly furnished facts, regards the causes of the prevalence of leprosy in one section of a province, most parts of which arc free from it, to be mainly climacteric' In Soochow the l(>pevs live in their own homes and mingle with other people without any restriction. In tho North of China there are no leper villages, and, it would appear, no attempts at segregation whate\x'r. It is stated to be ' comparatively rare in the northern provinces of China excessively common in the southern.' On the basis of the number seen at the Soochow Hos- pital, a calculation has been made that there are probably 150,000 lepers in China ; but this must be very much a guess. China is supposed to be the country in which there is the largest number. * In India there are said to be 500,000.' Again it is stated that 'according to the census of 1S91 after making allowing for error, it is estimated that in British India there were 105,000.' •' Judging from what is seen in the coast towns and treaty ports [in China] the number of lepers there i.? even greater than in India.' It is questionable whether a ])lace such as Soocliow, where 'less than one in two thousand (if the sick are afflicted with this dise.ise,' affords a reliable basis to form an estimate of the prevalence of the disease throughout China. (Another estimate puts down the number in China, India, and Siberia as LOOO.OOO.) Another of these attempts at guessing puts the lepers in China as 300,000. As an example of districts where leprosy is more common, it may be mentioned that during a week at Chao Chow-fu U 338 THINGS CHINESE. from two to three or four a day, so diseased, appeared amongst about forty or more patients, and this was not an exceptional week. In the tract of country round Swatow with a popula- tion not much less than that of Scotland, it is estimated that there are 25,000 lepers ; and, to one accustomed to the horror the Cantonese have of the disease, it was extraordinary to .see the utter carelessness the natives evinced in their contact with the subjects of this loathsome malady. Just outside the city of Chao Chow-fu the author saw a leper lad sitting at the road side and eating out of a bowl which had evidently been obtained from a hawker's stall, such a thing being utterly out of the question at Canton. In a shop in one of the principal streets of the same important city, a leper was pointed out to the writer. He was busy at work in a tailor's shop. The utter nonchalance with which the people in this part of the country regard the lepers, and the utter absence of all precautions in their intercourse with them is most extraordinary. There are leper villages, so we were informed, in some of which the disease has died or is dying out ; but some poor miserable huts and temples are also tenanted by lepers on the road side. Leprosy does not appear to be on the increase in China, though in some parts every opportunity is given for its spread. Doubtless were every precaution taken against the possibility of contagion from it, and a rigid system of segregation enforced throughout the empire it might be stamped out as it is said it was in England some centuries since. From historical references to it, it seems to have been known in China some two or three hundred years before the time of Confucius ; the sage himself had a disciple who died of this dreadful disease. It is very curious to find some districts of country quite free from this horrible infliction while other parts in the neighbourhood are affected with it. It is a great comfort to the European residents in China to find that its power of contagion is comparatively speaking so slight. It is, however, contagious and perhaps communicable in some way LEPROSY. 33» or other as well, so that it behoves those that are brought into contact with cases of it to take every precaution instead of being so foolhardy as to ignore its communicability. The author knows of one notable case where the disease was taken by an American missionary, who died after some years in all the horrors incident to it : the cause evidently, in this case, being a Chinese who had the disease having his quarters in the same dwelling as the missionary. After his removal from the house a Chinese woman, who occupied the same room that the leper had previously had, also took it. It is said that some Euroj)ean women in Australia have taken it from their leprous Chinese husbands. There are 19 Chinese lepers in Little Bay, N. S. W. lazar-house amongst a total of 36. The bacillus of leprosy is l-100,000th of an inch in diameter. ' In length it is from half to two-thirds. and in breath about one-sixteenth, the diameter of a blood- corpuscele.' We close this article with a short extract from Dr. Manson's recent work, 'Tropical Diseases ' : — 'Seeing that leprosy is caused by a specific germ, there must have been a time in the history of every leper when the infecting germ entered the body. In the case of many specific diseases * * * the time of infection can usually be ascertained. So far as present knowledge goes, this much cannot be affirmed of leprosy. * '■ * We are eqally ignorant as to the condition of the infecting germ, whether it enters the organ or organs through which it gains access as spore or as bacillus ; and, also, as to the medium in or by which it is conveyed. We cannot say whether it enters in food, in water, in air ; whether it passes in through the broken epithelium, or whether it is inoculated on some broken breach of surface, or, perhaps, introduced by some insect bite. But, though we are in absolute ignorance as to the process of infection, we may be quite sure that in leprosy there is an act of infection, and that the infective material comes from another leper. Leprosy has never been shown to arise Sodlm rrnimmciifh'd. — 'Leprosy,' lij' G. Thin, Jr.D.. jip. 52-()l, spe.nks about leprosy in Cliina. The Eejiorts of different Medical Missionary Hospitals in South-eastern China have occasionally contained notes on leprosy and accounts of treatments with more or less beneticial results. 'Leprosy in Hongkong,' by J. Cantlie, M.A., m.b., f.k.c.s., also contains notes of cases and treatment at the Alice Memorial Hosi)ital in Hongkong attached to a monograph on the subject. Gray's 'China,' Vol. 2, j). 51. Some interesting papers on this disease, have appeared in 'The China Medical Missionarv Journal ; ' see especiallv Vol. IL p. o'.K ' The Chinese, u 2 340 THINGS CHINESE. their Present and Future; Medical, Political, and Social,' bj' R. Coltman^ ■Jr., M.D., Chiip. IX, Leprosy. ' Tropical Dii-eases : A Manual of the Dis- eases of Warm Climates' by P. Manson, M.D., L.L.D. (Sec. Chap XXVI. pp. 38B-422. LIGHTHOUSES.— The lighthouse system in Chinese waters is under a department of the Imperial Maritime Customs, and is only one of the many advantages which have resulted from a foreign staff being in the employ of the Chinese Government. 'The light-houses on the China co:\st have a luminous intensity equal to that of the best non- electric lighthouses in the world. The lighting and main- tenance are attended to with the greatest punctuality, and tliere has never been a complaint as to the regularity of working and amount of safety afforded.' Some of the most important positions have been selected for their display; and frmn jSTewehwang in the north to the Island of Hainan in tlie south, and along the Yang-tsz and Canton Rivers, these indispensable aids to the navigator extend. They are mostly on land, though a few are lightships ; and they are either fixed,, fixed aad flashing, or group flashing, revolving, or occulting ; the illuminating apparatus is either catoptric or dioptric. Besides these, there are a number of buoys and beacons. The lights, &c. are being added to, and the department increased as tine goes on. Since the first lights were started in the years 1855, 1859, and 1863, up to 1895 or 1896, there have been but nine years in which a new light has not been exhibited, Avhile in a few years the total of new ones for the year rose as high as nine or ten. At the end Lif 1897 there were 105 lights, 4 light-vessels, 82 buoys, and ()5 beacons, making a total of 256 under the control of this department of the Chinese Imperial Maritime Customs Service. Leaving out those on the Canton River as well as those at Chinkiang, Kiukiang, and Hankow, there are approximately about one light to every hundred and two miles of coast line. A few years ago there was a lighthouse to every fourteen, miles of English coast, one to every thirty-four of Irish coast, and one to every thirty-nine of Scotch shore line. It must,. LITERATURE. 341 however, be remembered that about two-thirds of the Chinese lights are at those ports mentioned above. The staff required for the maintenance of the lights is composed of both foreigners and natives ; the former numbering sixty-four and the latter one hundred and ninety-six. Besides these there are three lighthouses in the British Colony of Hongkong, and one in the Portuguese Colony of Macao. LIl'ERATURE.—' Vntold treasures lie hidden in the rich lodes of Chinese literature.' This may be considered a sufficient answer to those who question if there is anything worth seeking for in Avhat has been termed by another equally learned sinologue the barren wilderness of Chinese literature. Numbers of books of great antiquity have left no remembrance behind them but that of their names, or, at the best, but little else. Some fragments are reputed to have survived from before the time of Confucius (B.C. 550). The sage said of himself that he was a transmitter, not an originator, and, as such, he utilised material, that was in existence to a great extent previously, in the production of the works which are attributed to his hand. From the time of Confucius onward, for some centuries, the numerous writings produced by the different philosophers give evidence of mental vigour, and activity. The power of the literary class, backed up by their arsenals of learning, and their muniments of classical lore, were forces that threatened to thwart, by their conservative and other tendencies, the iron will of the nionaich, who rendered himself infamous in Chinese history by his despotic and cruel attempt to sweep the obstructive literati and their books out of his path of progress. Works on medicines, divination, and husbandry. Avere the only ones that were exempt from the storm of destruction that swept over the land with the exception of those, not a few in number, that surreptitiously weathered the tempest buried in mountain holes and hidden behind Avails, •or stored up in the memory of some who prized them better 342 THINGS CHINESE. than life itself. After the night of desolation rose the- brighter dawn of the Han dynasty, when every effort was^ made to recover the lost treasures, and Avith such success that considerably over ten thousand volumes, or sections of books, the work of some hundreds of authors, were gathered together. But unfortunately this library, collected with such care, was destroyed by fire at the close of the dynasty, and other destructions of valuable imperial collections have taken place more than once since. It has, however, been the pride of succeeding dynasties to follow the example of the Han, and every encouragement has been given to literature. The T'ang dynasty especially deserves notice for its patronage of letters. The classification now extant was then adopted, viz. : — the four divisions of Classics, History, Philosophy, and Belles Lettres ; but these are so numerously subdivided, that a mere list of them would occupy a page and a half. It will thus be seen that, except in a work especially devoted to that purpose, it would be impossible to give even a resume of the vast field thus covered. We must content ourselves with the indication of a few of the mor& salient points. The Classical writings occupy the foremost position not only as regards antiquity, but they are also regarded as the foundation of all learning by the Chinese; and they have been the cause of the production of not a small proportion of Chinese books. The 'Four Books ' and the ' Five Classics ' are the chief amongst the classical works of the Chinese. The ' Four Books' consist of 'The Confucian Analects,' 'The Great Learning, 'The Doctrine of the Mean,' and 'The Works of Mencius.' The ' Five Classics ' consist of ' Tlie Book of Changes,' ' The Book of History,' ' The Book of Odes,' ' The Book of Rites,' and 'The Spring and Autumn Annals.' The last is the only one of which Confucius is actually the author, though he compiled 'The Book of History ' and 'The Odes.' ' The Book of Changes ' is regarded with almost universal jeverence, both on account of its antiquity, and also for the- LITERATURE. 34-5 unfathomable wisdom which is supposed to be concealed under its mysterious symbols. •' The Four Books,' which rank next after ' The Five Classics,' are, for the most part, the words, conversations, and opinions of Confucius and Mcncius, as recorded by their disciples. Around these, and a few other works, haa gathered an immense collection of commentaries and works elucidative of the Classics ; among these the Chinese class dictionaries, over the production of whicli much labour has been spent by eminent Chinese scholars in order to conserve the purity of the language. Historical works, or dynastic histories, are sub-divided into a number of divisions. These have been compiled dynasty after dynasty on a general plan, dealing first with the Imperial Records, then the Arts and Sciences, followed by a Biographical Section. The latest compilation of them is called ' The Twenty-four Histories,' comprised in 3,264< books by over twenty diiferent authors, commencing with Sz-ma Tsin, the Herodotus of China. Historical Annals. — This class of histories contains a concise narrative of events on the plan of ' The Spring and Autumn Annals.' Among the most celebrated of these is the Tsz Chi Tung Kin, of the famous historian Sz-ma Kwang, in. 291' books, which occupied the author nineteen years in writing. Another division of historical Avorks is that of 'The- Complete Records ' in which a general view of a particular subject is taken, 'The Historical Classic' being taken as the example. Besides these, there are several other divisions of Historical Works, such as 'Separate Histories,' 'Miscellaneous Histories,' ' Official Documents,' and ' Biographies/ which last are very numerous and some ancient, one being more than two thousand years old. Added to these, are 'Historical Excerpta,' ' Contemporary Records,' which deal with other co-existant states, and ' Chronography.' this last heading 34.1. THINGS CHINESE. ■comprising a small category, 'The Complete Antiquarian Researches ot" ^la Twan-li'n/ A.D. 1275, is 'a most extensive and profound work.' Another division is that of Geographical and Topo- graphical Works. Among these is the famous ' Hill and River iylassic/ containing wonderful accounts of countries inhabited by pigmies and giants ; of men with a hole through the middle of their bodies, who when going out for an airing have a pole thrust through it and are thus hoisted on the shoulders of two men and carried along ; of one-sided people, who have only one arm and one leg, and w^ho have to walk in couples ; as they cannot stand alone ; of tiny pigmies who, like alpine travellers, rope themselves together to prevent large birds carrying them off; of numerous wonderful and strange objects in the animal creation as well as fish and snakes with many heads, and fish with many bodies to one head. It is very amusing to look through an illustrated edition of this book, and though it contains many strange vagaries, it was probably originally a bona Jide attempt at an account of Avhat were actually considered to exist ; it is a work of great antiquity. In this connection it is interesting to note that Pliny speaks of the Blemmyans, an African tribe that were headless, the eyes and mouth being in the breast — *Blemmys traduntur capita abesse, ■ore et oculis pectori aifixis.' Historia Naturalis Bk. V. Ch. 3. See also the ' Tempest ' Act. Ill, Sc. 3. . ' When we, were boys, Who would believe that there were * * * * * ^ * * * * *such men Whose heads stood in their breasts ? ' Every small division of the empire has its topographical work dealing with its own history, antiquities, towns, curi- osities, and anything of interest connected with it ; one on Kwang-tung, being a historical and statistical account of that province is in 182 volumes. The late Dr. Wylie well said of this department of Chinese literature : ' The series of topographical writings in China are pl'obably unrivalled in LITERATURE. 3*5 any nation, for extent and systematic comprehensiveness.' Works on the water-courses also find a place in this section. There are categories under which come bibliographical .find other works. 'One of the finest specimens of Bibliography possessed by this or perhaps any other nations * * * is a descriptive catalogue (in 400 books) of the Imperial Library -of the present dynasty.' The Index Expurgatorius is also contained in this division, and several tens of thousands of volumes are prohibited in whole or in part. The Historical division ends with the section of ' Historical Critiques.' The third great division, that of philosophers, includes, not only that class, but writers on Religion, the Arts and the Sciences, Sec Original thinkers are found amongst the Chinese authors who have not subscribed to the Confucian teaching, and some of our modern Western ideas have already seen the light of day in the Far East long before they were ever dreamt of by our Western moral philosophers. The immense mass of matter to be found under this grand heading may be judged from its sub-divisions, viz. : — I. 2. 3- 4- 5- 6. Under this lieading come "The Sacred Edicts ' : moral maxims written by the second Emperor of the present <:ly nasty for the instruction of the people. Taking these maxims for texts, a series of homiletic sermons were composed on them by his successor, and they are read aloud to the public on the 1st and loth of every month throughout the empire. Medical works claim attention from the numerous writers on this branch. The oldest work was written several centuries before the Christian era. It has been supposed from their minute account of the human body that the Literati. 8. Arts. Writers on Military Affairs. 9- Repertories. Writers on Legislation. lO, Miscellaneous Writers Writers on Agriculture. 1 1. Cyclopaedias. Medical Writers. 12. Essayists. Astronomy and Mathematics. 13- Taouism. Divination. 14. Buddhism. 346 THINGS CHINESE. Chinese, at one time, practised dissection. If so, however,, the remembrance of it has long been forgotten, and their medical works are characterised by groundless theories,, which, considering the low state of science until recent years even in the West, is not much to be wondered at. (Sec Article on Doctors.) Astronomy axd Mathematics.— The Chinese in ancient times represented the starry firmament by three different methods. First, as a concave sphere ; secondly, a globe is taken to represent the universe, and stars are placed on the outer surface ; the third method is not known at present, but it is supposed to bear a close analogy to that of the West. The Jesuit missionaries assisted the Chinese materially in righting their calendar, and in other matters connected with astronomy, contributing their quota also to- the books on astronomy and other mathematical matters. One of the native books on Mathematics has quite an interesting history. It is supposed to have been in use in the Chau dynasty, was destroyed in the general burning of books by Tsin Chi' Hwang-ti, after which imperfect fragments of it were gathered together during the Han dynasty, when additions were made to them ; a commentary" was written on it, and an exposition ; it was well known in the T'ang dynasty, preserved as a rarity in the Sung, and entirely lost in the Ming ; but fortunately it was possible to gather up the fragments that were found in one of those gigantic cyclopredias, which the Chinese have been so fond of forming, containing copious quotations from thousands of books and taking years of toil to compile. The copy now in existence has thus been gathered together piecemeal in this way and has been found to agree with quotations and with the description given of the book. ' It is divided into nine sections, viz. : — Plain Mensuration, Proportion, Fellow- ship, Evolution, Mensuration of Solids, Alligation, Surplus and Deficit, Equations, and Trigonometry.' It contains- 246 problems. The illustrations have unfortunately been lost. LITERATURE. 34-7 Under the heading of Divination are not a few works ; books on dreams coming under the same section, the counter- parts of 'The Napoleon Dream-Book' and 'The Egyptian Dream-Book' in English. As to books on Arts, Wylie remarks :— - 'However the Chinese may dififer from Western nations in matters of mere convention, the fact that they have methodical treatises, of more than a thousand years standing, on Painting, Writing, Music, Engraving, Archery, Drawing, and kindred sub- jects, ought surely to secure a candid examination of the state of such matters among them, before subjecting them to an indiscriminate condemnation.' Under Repertories of Science are Cyclopaedias. The most remarkable under this heading is that prepared by direction of the second Emperor of the Ming dynasty ; two thousand two hundred scholars were employed on the work, which was to include the ' substance of all the classical, historical,. philosophical, and literary works hitherto published, em- bracing astronomy, geography, the occitlt sciences, medicine, Buddhism, Taouism, and the arts.' It was publised in 22,877 books, and the table of contents filled 60 books. Wholesale .selections were made of some books : in this way '385 ancient and rare works have been preserved, which would otherwise have been irrecoverably lost.' A fine specimen of the voluminous encyclopaedias the Chinese so delight in. is to be found in the British Museum. It consists of 6,109 volumes. The Museum authorities have had it rebound into 1,000 volumes, which require ten table- cases to accomodate it. Essayists. — AVorks of fiction are despised, as a rule, by the Chitiese literati, but they form a most interesting and valuable portion of the vast body of literature which has, for more than twenty centuries past, been in ever increasing volume seeing the light of day. The most popular is the historical romance. ' The San Kwok Chi,' dealing with the period from A.D. 168 to 265. The plot 'is wrought out with a most elaborate complication of details,' it abounds with the marvellous and supernatural, and is laid amidst the 348 THINGS CHINESE. stirring scenes after the fall of the Han dynasty. ' The Dream of the Red Chamber ' is another popular novel dealing witli domestic life, but not moral in its tone. Another holding the highest estimation, in the opinion of all classes, from the purity of its style, is ''I he Pastimes of the Study,' full of tales of wonder and mystery. This has been translated into English by Mr. Giles under the title ' Strange Tales from a Chinese Studio,' in two volumes. Cliinese novels contain much that would be considered tedious by an English reader. Minute details are entered into about the characters and the localities ; trifling particulars and lengthy conversations are given ; long digressions, prolix descriptions, and sermonising are all indulged in ; but the ' authors render their characters interesting and natural.' The characters are well sustained at times ; there is of course a plot, and much of what goes to make up the main portion of a tale in Western lands is also introduced, such as the troubles of the hero and heroine, complicated by the evil machinations of the villain, and all the accessories of plot and counterplot, and at last the grand finale arrives in a happy marriage. All showing that human nature is alike the wide world over, the surroundings, of course, having on Eastern cast in the one case. There is, however, a large class of this literature which cannot be commended. Buddhist Literature. — Buddhist books include many translations of Buddhistic works from the Sanscrit, as well as -original compositions. Taoist Literature. — The Tao Teh King is the only work known to be produced by Lo-tsz. The aspect of Taoism has changed since its early days ; its votaries, who believed in alchemy, and the subduing of animal propensities, have been succeeded by a set of even worse charlatans (see Article on Taoism). Books dealing with the gods and genii are found under this heading. One of the most popular of all Taoist works is 'The Book of Recompenses and Rewards' (of a future state), which has gone through innumerable editions, and is sometimes issued embellished with anecdotes and LITERATURE. 341>' illustrated with wood'jut.s. It is thought ;i great act of merit to distribute it. Belles Lettres. in whicli arc included Polite Literature, Poetry, and Analytical Works. There are numbers of divisions. The class of ' Individual Collections ' deserves attention, as it is "'one of the most prolific branches of Chinese literature/ but short-lived. In this class may be noted the collections of the two celebrated poets of the T"'ang and Sung dynasties, Iji Tai-peh and Su Tung-po, comprised in 30 and 115 books, and that of the celebrated historian and statesman Sz-mii- Kwang in 80 books. IMost of the emperors of the present dynasty have contributed their share to this branch of Chinese literature. Under the heading of ' General Collections ' are classed selections of choice specimens of acknowledged merit from the pens of various authors. One of 'the greatest enterprises in the history of book-making' may be noted in this connection ; it saw the light of day in the time of the Sung dynasty, and consisted of 1,000 volumes, being an 'extensive collection of all specimens of polite literature subsequent to the Leang dynasty. * * * Nine-tenths of the whole were made up of the writing of the T'ang scholars.' Rhymes and Songs (see Article on Poetry). Drama. — The Drama is not included in native book catalogues, though considerable works are found of that nature. It was developed at a comparatively late date — the latter end of the T'ang dynasty saw its urigin. It continued to improve until the time of the Yuan dynasty, Avhen the best collection of plays was published as 'The Hundred Plays of the Yuan Dynasty ' (See Article on Theatre). Professor Douglas thus writes of Chinese literature as a whole : — • In the countless volumes which have appeared and are appearing from the many publishing centres, we sec mirrored the temperament of the people, their excellences, their deficiencies, and their peculiarities. Abundant evidence is to be found of their activity in research and diligence in compilation, nor are signs wanting which point to the absence of the faculty of imagination, and to an inability 350 THINGS CHINESE. to rise beyond a certain degree of excellence or knowledge, while at the same time we have seen displayed the characteristics both of matter and manner, which most highly commend themselves to the national taste. As a consequence of the very unplastic natin-e of the language, there is wanting in the literature that grace of diction and varying force of expression which are found in languages capable of inflection and of syntactical motion. The stiff angularity of the written language, composed as it is of isolated, unassimilating characters, robs eloquence of its charm, poetry of its musical rhythm, and works of fancy of half their power ; but in no way interferes with the relation of facts, nor the statement of a philosophical argument. And hence to all but the Chinese mind, which knows no other model of excellence, the poetical and fanciful works of Chinese authors offer fewer attractions than their writings on history, science, and philosophy. Unlike the literatures of other countries, one criticism applies to the whole career of Chinese letters. It is difficult to imagine a nation of busy writers pursuing a course of literature for more than 3,000 years, and yet failing to display greater progress in thought and style than Chinese authors have done. That their works vary in quality no one who has read two Chinese books can doubt ; but the variations are within limits, and ''■' ■■- '■- the width of thought and power of expression have in no wise increased, at least, since the revival of letters under the Han dynasty, B.C. 206 — A.D. 25. r It is unfortunate that many of the finest passages of Chinese literature lose, when translated, their epigrammatic force, the play of words loses its sparkle, the glittering poetry is transformed into prosy periods, and what is full of life and spirit falls flat and tame on the foreign ear. The freshness of the flowers of speech is gone when the ideas of the original are plucked and transferred into the Englishman's receptacle of thought. In other words, just as the Chinese himself looks best in his native costume, the thoughts of his mind appear in their best when clothed in his native language — the foreign dress often fits them badly ; and, in short, many of the productions of a Chinese pen have to be read in the original, if the reader would appreciate to the full the brilliancy of some of these jewels of the first water ; for not a few stray passages, ripe Avith the love of the beautiful, are to be found scattered through the pages of Chinese literature, instinct with true poetic genius — glowing with the deep feeling caught from a communion with the hills and mountains, rivers, streams and babbling LANGUAGE. 351 brooks, woods and forests, sunshine and storm, in solitudes away from the busy haunts of men. These ecstatic raptures ■of the true child of nature strike a responsive chord in the breast of the Western barbarian. So charming are they in their simplicity, so in unison with every touch of nature, that one feels that the ardent lovers of the beauties of God's beautiful world speak but one language, equally understood by all who have revelled in such simple delights, and that there is no place round this wide wdde Avorld ' where their voice is not heard,' Avhether it be in the confines of the Middle Kingdom, or in what was the Ultima Thule of bar- barism when many of these fine passages were penned. It is, however, in comparison either with the literature -of other Eastern countries, or with our own some centuries ■since, remembering at the same time their isolation and the want, to a comparatively great extent, of the vivifying influences of the competition of other countries pursuing the same researches and branches of knowledge, that the most just view can be taken of what Chinese literature is as a whole. With the patient toil, love of research, and passionate ardour for literary pursuits, it is an interesting speculation to give rein to one's fancies — to wonder, in short, what would have been the result had the Chinese possessed all the advantages we have been blessed with in the West, instead of presenting the unique spectacle of a nation self-contained and self-sufficient in all its requirements. The few chances they have had of assistance from the West, when once appreciated (for the Chinese, unlike the Japanese, are slow in accepting what is oflfered to them until fully proved and approved of), have been accepted and made good use of, as in the case of a knowledge of Sanscrit introduced by the Buddhist priests, and more lately in the introduction of Western knowledge and science, which no doubt is destined eventually to exercise a wonderful efiect. One of the greatest boons that can be conferred on this ancient and conservative empire, will be the knowledge that true Avisdom consists in the publication of books in the language of the people, and 352 THINGS CHINESE. not in the book style — a style as remote from that of the former almost as Latin is from that of English. Then knowledge and learning will be the property of everyone instead of being confined to the lettered masses. Boolts rernvi'iiitndc'd. — H. A. Giles's ' Gems of Chinese Literatiii-e,' contains a selection from all times and classes. ' Notes on T'hinese Literature,' by the late Rev. A. VV)iie, L.L.D., is a list of hundreds of Chinese books, classified according to their subject matter, with notes of great interest on them, and a preface giving an account of Chinese literature. We cannot give a list here of the native works which have been translated into English and the other European languages : they are legion. MANCHOOS.— The family that now occupies the throne in China is not a native one, but one of ^Manchoo Tartars, beinsc a small branch of the Tunsfusic nomads. Their orijjinal habitat was in the neis'hbourhi^od of the Lonsr White Mountain. Transplanted from thence by the ambition of a capable leader, they have flourished in the wider area of China, which has given greater scope to their abilities tlian the narrow confines of Manchuria. The history of the whole of the region is a long one, and is blended with that of China through many generations and dynasties. Repeated weaves of incursions have swept into the North of China, or beaten against its borders to be driven back, and, losing their power for a period, have finally gathered strengtli and united their forces for another effort; this, perhaps, proving more successful than the last, has resulted in a partial or complete sway over the Middle Kingdom, which with its riches, has ever proved a tempting prey for its nomadic neighbours. The Manchoos have been known by various names: in their quiescent periods by that of Sishim, Sooshun, or Niijin, as well as by their numerous dynastic titles assumed when, under the vigorous guidance of a skilful chieftain, their power was consolidated and a simple tribal rule was developed into that of an incipient state, having within its comparatively small bounds the potentialities of mighty empires and kingdoms. History has only repeated itself in their case. MANCIIOOS. 353 as in that of many others ; for the incursions of the Huns are only the movements in Europe of the same species of tribes who originated from the same neighbourhood, and who, on account of their selection of modern Europe as their stage in the one case, brought themselves more prominently before the eyes of the Western historian than the Manchu Tartars did when they overthrew the native Chinese dynasty in the other case. That overrun of Europe is more akin to the partial conquest of China — that part of it lying to the North of the Yellow River — by the Niijin or Sooshun, the ancestors of the present Manchus, where they ruled as the Kin dynasty for more than a century A.D. 1118 to 1235, contemporaneously with a native dynasty in the South of China, until both were deposed by another foreign dynasty, that of the Mongols under G^mghis Khan. In common with the other nomadic neighbours of China on her Northern frontier, the ance.'stors of the Manchu 'J artars play a conspicuous part in the history of ancient China. Wars, intrigues, subterfuges, plots and counterplots, treachery, cruelty, and lies, fill up the pages of this history as much as they do those of the West, and, except to those specially interested in such incidents, prove but dry reading The Manchu power enlarged its realms, swallowing up neighbouring states, until it extended between the Gulf of Liau-tung and the Amoor ; and Manchuria was more populous than at any subsequent period, though the immigration into it now bids fair to raise it to an equally populous condition. Nor at this time could it have been in a low state of civilisation, as we are told that ' learning flourished and literature abounded.' This strong and extensive kingdom was battered to pieces by the Khitans ; and broke up into a number of small independent clans under separate chieftains, which, it would appear, relapsed again into a nomadic, rude, and primitive style of life. Consolidating again under the name of Niijin, they commenced activity once more and became a force and factor in the ceaselese Avars with, and against, the divided states of China, as well as the ncigh- X 354 THINGS CHINESE. bouring kingdoms. In passing, we may notice that such seems to be the history of all the Mongolic tribes, viz. : first, a nomadic, primitive state, followed by increase of numbers and power, and a settled and highly civilised condition, to be followed, on final defeat and overthrow, by an abandonment of literature, cities, and agriculture, and a return to the primitive nomadic condition. But to return to the Niijin, who Avere rapidly developing into the second condition when their chief took the word Gold, Kin, for the title of his dynasty in contradistinction to tliat of the Liao, or Iron dynasty, that of the Khitans or Mongols, then ruling in Northern China, and whom he had defeated in battle, 'for iron, if strong, rusted; while gold always remained bright.' By the combination of the Sung and the Kin, the Liao dynasty was driven from the throne out of Northern China and the Kin substituted for it. The Yellow River had been the boundary between the Liao and Sung, whereas the Yang-tsz was the boundary between the Kin and the Southern. Sung, which succeeded the broken-down Sung. The Amoor was the northern boundary of the Kin. They 'established themselves at Peking in A.D. 1118, whence they were driven, in A.D. 1235, by Genghis Khan, and fled back to the ancestral haunts, on the Songari and Liau Rivers.' Their modern descendants, after some centuries, again established themselves at Peking, and have reigned longer than their ancestors — from A.D. IGi^ to the present day — and over a larger extent of country, for the whole of the China of the present day is subject to them. We refer our readers to our article on History where, under the Ts'ing dynasty, the name they have elected to rule under, some short account will be found of their doings. Amongst the modern Manchus, Buddhism is in vogue, and spiritualism is believed in — in the shape of the fox, the stoat, or the tiger. They seem more religiously disposed than the Chinese, and Christian missions have also met with MANCHV LANGUAGE. 355 success amongst them. They arc not so opposed to Western innovations as the Chinese. Their peaceful life and dependence upon charity has eaten much of the hardihood and bravery out of the men as a nation; but the rulers are still able men. They do not bind the feet of the women. BooJis recommended. — A series of articles .ippeaved in ' The Phoenix, for 1871, entitled 'The Origin of the Manchus," by H. H. Howarth. ' History of Corea,' by Rev. J. Ross contains a good deal about the early history of the Manchus ; and the ' Manchus or the Reigning D)'nasty of China." by the same author, gives a full account of their modern history. The same author has written a short essay on them entitled 'The Manchus.' published in the Records of the Missionary Conference held at Shanghai 1890. 'The Manchus in China,' in 'China Review.' Vol. 1'), p. 263, by E. H. Parker. MANCHU LANGUAGE.— The Manchu language be- longs to the Turanian stock of languages, is entirely unlike Chinese, and is polysyllabic. It has been inferred that all the languages of Mongolia, Manchuria and Corea, were originally one language — at all events they were polysyllabic 2,000 years ago. It will thus be seen that this language then boasts of a considerable antiquity; but knots in strings, notches in sticks, and such like devices of unlettered people Avere the only means of record. When a pressing need of a more intelligible mode of perpetuating their speech by visible signs was felt, the Manchus, in the time of the T'ang dynasty turned to the Chinese and studied Chinese letters and literature ; a desire to have a Avriting of their own arose amongst them, the Khitanes being the first to adopt some of the Chinese characters to stand for the syllables of their own language. This was in A.D. 920. Two kinds of characters were employed, but, though it is not a thousand years ago, not a trace of them, as far as is known, has been left behind . It would appear, however, that the Khitans only perfected former attempts made by others. The ancestors of the present Manchus used both this Khitan and Chinese writing, but, after conquering half of the Khitan empire, the Emperor ordered a new style of writing to be devised, and, pretty much in the same way as before, parts of Chinese characters X 2 356 THINGS CHINESE. were used to express the sounds. In A.L). 1119 and 1135, two different styles were invented, and, as with the Khitans* former essay, were extensively used. This second written language was again forgotten and disused ; and the modern Manchus only learned from Chinese history that their ancestors possessed a written language of their own. Unfor- tunately it also appears to be irretrievably lost. These two written languages were written horizontally. The Mongols, successors of these ancient Manchus, (Churchens or Niichen), used Uigur writing for governmental matters, which is very like the ancient Syriac, or Sab^an, (whether it was introduced to this part of the world by the Nestorian missionaries, see Article on Missions, or earlier, is not known); and the Churchens or Manchus, who were subject to the Mongols, used this Uigur writting. They also used the Mongol language until the foundations of the Manchu empire were laid, when they discarded it, still using the Mongol alphabet to write the Manchu language ; but when many Chinese Avorks had been translated into Manchu, it was found that it,, the Mongol alphabet, was not a suitable medium to employ in writing Manchu. Improvements were then introduced, by which the ' Manchu writing acquired an alphabet distinct from Mongol ; and, although for two hundred years no further radical changes have been introduced, it has during- that time, in the course of long and extensive use, developed a roundness, elegance, and grace which still further distinguish it from its rude parent.' The alphabet is syllabic. There are six or eight vowels, eighteen consonants, and ten marks used in rendering Chinese syllables into Manchu. Modern Manchu is like Chinese, written in vertical columns. Every effort was made by the Manchu Government to foster the acquisition of their own language by Manchus : books were translated from the Chinese, for they had no literature of their own, and every means taken to make the Manchus a literary race, but all to no purpose, for the conquered race, the Chinese, have vanquished their conquerors. Though numbering five millions in 1848, they live scattered MANDARIN. 357 in garrisons amongst the Chinese, and having to learn Chinese, and possessing no indigenous native literature, they have turned to Chinese books. 'There exist in all about 250 works in Manchu, nearly all of which are translations from the Classics, some historical and metaphysical works, literary essays, collections of famous writers, novels, poetry, laws and regulations, Imperial edicts, dictionaries, phrase books, &c. Most of these translations are excellent, but they are all literal.' Not only with the common people, but with the Manchu Government itself, Chinese Avas of more im- portance, for what are five millions of people compared with three or four hundred millions ; so the consequence has been that Manchu is being rapidly forgotten, and is becoming an extinct language in China, though probably spoken in the wilds of Manchuria. Bool-s recommended. — ' History of the Manchu language, from the Preface to Professor I. Zacharoff's Manchu-Russian Dictionarj-, 1875, translated from the Eussian by M. F. A. Fraser,' being two articles in the March and April, 1891, numbers of 'The Chinese Recorder.' 'Essay on Manchu Literature ' in ' Journal of China Br. of R. A. S.' Vol XXIV. (1890) jip. 1 — 45. ' Translation of the T'sing Wen K'eung : a Chinese Gramtnar of the Manchu Tartar language, with introductory notes on Manchu literature,' by the late A. Wylie., Esq., L.L.D. ' A Manchu Grammar with Analysed Texts ' by P. G. von MoUendorff. In an Appendix at the end of the last work, is a list of the principal European works for the study of Manchu. MANDARIN. — The nomenclature applied to certain things Chinese has cast a glamour round them which a simpler naming would have avoided. A case in point is the term mandarin : with the rhythmic flow of this word and with its foreign flavour, a certain soupgon of the poetic and the mysterious is imported into it, so that the distant Westerner is apt, when reading about mandarins, to picture in his mind's eye some highly exalted and privileged class, the members of which are born to the purple, and dwell amidst halls of pleasure surrounded by affluence and luxury and ministered to by the poor down-trodden populace. A better appreciation of what mandarin means would doubtless have resulted had the terms used been officers of governments, or civil and military officials. The methods by which the ranks of the civil and military services are recruited, and some details about them. 358 THINGS CHINESE. will be found in our articles on Army, Examinations,. Government, and Navy. The word mandarin is derived from the Potuguese- •mandar, to command. The term mandarin is only applied to such officials as are called kwiin (kvvoon) by the Chinese and not to the subordinate class of officials. In other words it is restricted in its application to those officials who are entitled to wear a button. There are nine ranks of such officials, the buttons which distinguish them aie as follows: — for the first and second ranks, a transparent and opaque (ruby and coral) red button respectively ; for the third and fourth, a transparent and opaque blue (sapphire and lapis lazuli) button respectively; for the fifth and sixth, a transparent and opaque white (crystal and stone) button respectively; for the seventh, a plain gold one; and for the eight and ninth, a Avorked gold one. These buttons, as they have been called in English, are commonly of a round shape, about an inch in diameter, and form a knob on the apex of the conical-shaped official, or dress, hat. The difi'erent grades of civil and military officials also wear, as insignia of their rank, certain birds (in the case of those in the Civil Service) and certain animals (in the case of those in the Army and Navy), embroidered in a large square, of about a foot in size in its two dimensions, on the breast and back of their robes, as well as girdle clasps of different materials^both branches of the service using the same. The following is a list of these insignia ; — Civil. Army & Navy. Girdle Clasps. I St rank Manchurian crane Unicorn. Jade set in rubies. 2nd ;> Golden pheasant. Lion of India. Gold set in rubies. 3rd J! Peacock. Leopard Worked gold. 4th J5 Wild Goose. Tiger Worked gold with sill ver button 5th )» Silver pheasant Bear. Worked gold with plain siver button. 6th 39 Egret Tiger-cat. Mother of pearl. 7th ;» Mandarin duck. Mottled bear. Silver. 8th 3J Quail. Seal. Clear horn. 9th J3 Longtailed jay. Rhinoceros Buffalo's horn. MARRIAGE. 35& IVIandavin, when applied to language, refers to the lingua Franca in use throughout China in official intercourse and in Courts of Justice; it is very poorly spoken by many, being mixed up with, localisms; it is also the spoecli, in its various dialects, in considerable parts of China. (See Article on Dialects). The word mandarin has also been used, by foreigners in China, to distinguish a lovely species of duck of beautiful plumage — the mandarin duck {anas galerkidata), which is an emblem of conjugal fidelity with the natives. For the same reason probably, that of superiority over others, it has also been used to designate a species of orange, the mandarin orange. (See Article on Fruit.) i/- 1 /i/i' /.-1 6r^. —Marriage is the one end and aim set forth for a girl : this is the goal to which she is taught to look forward, or to which her parents look forward for her, for it matters little about the girl herself She is almost a nonentity in the matter: her wishes are not consulted; she has often never seen her future husband ; she is even some- times hypothetically betrothed to a contingent husband, thnt is to say, two married couples agree that if one should have a son and the other a daughtei-, they shall be married when they grow up. From the last, it Avill be seen that the man is not much better off than the woman in these matters. Sometimes in the Swatow district, two families change girls in order that when grown-up they may be daughters-in-law in the respective families which have adopted them in this way. A great advantage in this method is its economy. It is not the parties themselves that are consided so much —for the individual is nothing in China — it is the respective families that are taken into account. A man in China does not marry so much for his own benefit as for that of the family: to continue the family name; to provide descendants to keep up the ancestral worship; and to give a daughter-in-law to his mother — to wait on her and be, in general, a daughter to her. So far are these ideas carried that if her future husband die before marriage, his intended -360 THINGS CHINESE. wife, if a model girl, will leave her own family and go and live with that of her deceased betrothed, and perform all the services which her position then requires of her. Nearly all the fun of life, and very little she has at the best, is gone as soon as a girl is engaged. She retires into a stricter seclusion than ever, and has to be very circumspect in her intercourse even with her own brothers. It would not be human nature if she did not manage sometimes to get a glance at her future husband, that is to say, it is not always impossible for her to see him ; but as to love-making, the prudery of Confucianism, and social customs and usages, utterly forbid such a thing : it is highly immoral. The marriage customs vary in different parts of the country, but the essential ceremonials preliminary to, and connected with, marriage are six; and even the details of these vary greatly. (See Article on Betrothal.) All having been satisfactorily arranged, and the money agreed upon in the contract having been paid to the girl's father, the final ceremonial which hands her over to her husband is performed. She is dressed in her best, and, when the procession comes for her, is placed in the grand, red, marriage sedan-chair, in which she never rides again. This chair is a heavy cumbrous article of wood, highly ornamented with carving and kingfishers' feathers ; the bride inside is completely secluded from profane gaze, and on a hot summer's day the position cannot be an enviable one, though a Chinese girl probably stands it better than an English girl (so accustomed to fresh air and freedom of motion) would; but even for Chinese girls the ordeal is sometimes greater than they can bear, and when the bridegroom opens the door, it is sometimes found that the poor little bride has escaped from all the future troubles of married life. At times the wedding chair has to cross a river on its route, and woe betide the girl if the heavy chair •causes the cranky boat to capsize. Should the bride elect -die before her marriage, the future husband marries his MARRIAGE. 361 dead bride, but as the Chinese customs with regard to men are different from those with regard to women, he is free to marry again, Tlie young lady does not name the day, as with us, but the father of the bridegroom does that. Her trousseau is sent to her future home before her marriage, and is made the occasion for a procession, the bearers of the various objects being clad in red jackets, and parading through the streets. For some days preceding the wedding, the girl, with her sisters and friends, * bewails and laments her intended removal from the home of her fathers.' The bridal chair, which we have already mentioned, is carried last in the wedding procession ; many carved wooden pavilions (carved, open, wooden stands with, or without, covers over them, as the case may be) with sweetmeats, and the inevitable music, lanterns, and other objects which go to make up a Chinese procession are not absent. It wends its way to the bride's home, where the friend of the bride- groom presents a letter to her, written on red paper tinged with gold, urging the bride to come. This letter is carefully kept by the bride, and is somewhat the equivalent of * marriage lines ' in England. After certain ceremonials are gone through, the bride makes her appearance, but her features are concealed effectually, not by a white veil (white is mourning), but by a piece of red silk. After saluting the friend of the bridegroom, she enters the chair and is borne with the clashing of gongs and the playing of the Chinese Wedding March to the bridegroom's house. Preceding her are the only equivalents of bridesmaids, female attendants ; and her younger brother follows in an ordinary chair. Arrived at her future home, the chair is set down. The bridegroom is at the door with his fan, with which he knocks at the door of the chair, which the bridesmaids open, and the red-veiled bride, still with face unseen, steps out. * She is placed on the back of a female servant, and carried over a slow charcoal fire. * ""' '■-'' Above her head, as she is conveyed over the charcoal fire, another female servant raises a tray containine several pairs of chop-sticks, some rice, and betel-nuts. By this time the bridegroom has taken his place on a high stool, on which he 362 THINGS CHINESE. stands to receive his bride, who prostrates herself at the foot, and does obeisance to her lord. This high stool is intended to indicate the great superiority of the husband over the wife. •' * •■'■ Descending from his elevated position, the bridegroom removes the veil of red silk. Now for the first time he catches a glimpse of his wife's face. It is still, however, more or less hidden by the strings of pearls which han^^ from her bridal coronet. The bridal pair are conducted to the ancestral hall, where they prostrate themselves before the altar on which the ancestral tablets are arranged. Heaven and Earth, and the gods of the principal doors of the house, and the parents of the bride are the next objects of their worship. A further act of homage, which consists in pouring out drink-offerings to the ancestors of the family, having been duly performed by the bridegroom only, the happy couple are escorted to the bridal chamber, where, they find the orange-tree with its strings of cash, emblems of fruitfulness and wealth, and the burning tapers, which formed a part of the procession, placed on the nuptial couch. From the top of the bed are suspended three long strips of red paper,' coiitaining good wishes : one being, ' May you have a hundred sons and a thousand grandsons.' ' The bridegroom having now saluted the bride, they sit down and partake of tea and cake.' The bride tries hard at this time to get a piece of her husband's dress under her when she sits down, tor, if she does, it will ensure her having the upper hand of him, while he tries to prevent her and to do the same himself. The strings of pearls which hang from her coronet are now 'drawn aside by the maids in attendance, in order that the bridegroom may have an opportunity of seeing the features of his bride, who, that he may receive a correct impression of them, has carefully omitted the use of rouge in her toilet operations. «s o •» While the bridal pair are thus engaged, many of the relatives and friends assembled to celebrate the wedding, enter the chamber, and freely remark on the personal appearance of the bride.' This must be a trying ordeal to a modest retiring girl, as the observations are loud enough for all to hear. Her new relatives and friends wish her many children ; and the bridegroom soon leaves her to mix with his guests. 'At seven o'clock in the evening a banquet in honour of her parents-in-law is prepared by the bride. When all things are ready, the parents enter the banqueting-hall, where the bride, after bringing the principal dish, or caput cccfmvi, from the kitchen and placing it on the table with her own hands, assumes the position of a waiting maid. Filling the cup of her father-in-law with wine, she presents it to him with both hands, and whilst he is drinking the contents, she kneels at his feet and twice knocks her head upon the ground. To her mother-in-law, whose cup she now fills, slie is equally reverential. The banquet over, and the parents- in-law having washed their hands, the bride is called upon to partake of a repast. On a table which her father-in-law orders the servant to place at the top of the steps by which the dining-hall is approached, various viands are set, and she is invited to occupy a chair on the east side of the table. Her mother-in-law fills a cup of wine and presents it to her. Before receiving it, however, she rises from her chair, and kneeling at the feet of her mother-in-law, does obeisance by twice knocking her head upon the ground. * '■ '•'■ In some of the districts round Canton it is not unusual for the bride to be kept MARRIAGE. 363 up during the greater part of the night ' answering riddles put to her generally by the bridegroom's relatives aud friends. The gentlemen sometimes get drunk, and disturbances arise. It only remains to be said that on tho third day the ancestors are worshipped again, aud a visit is paid by the young lady to her own father and mother, the bridegroom also paying a visit on the same day. On the evening of the fourth day, there is a dinner party for the friends of the newly-married couple, women and men eating separately — the bride and bridegroom waiting on their guests. This is a brief account of some of the ceremonials attendant on weddings in Canton. The boat p^^ople have different customs, and each district of country differs more or less in these matters. In Swatow the bride does not ride in a red wedding- chair like the Cantonese bride. The chair is not made of wood, as it is in Canton, nor is the bride fastened up in it J red cloth hangings are put over the chair and it is a larger one than the one in common use, being like an official chair- A catty or two of raw pork is hung by a string outside of the door of the sedan chair. When she arrives at the bridegroom's house she steps over a flare-up fire on the ground, made by burning a few whisps of dry grass. The idea is said to be to purify the bride from the contamination of any devils or other dangers that she may have come across on the road. The bride does not return to visit her parents on the third day after marriage, but four months after. On the third day after marriage, the Swatow bride receives a visit from her younger brother or from some boy in the neighbourhood of her parents' house in case she has no younger brother. This younger brother or boy brings a little peanut oil for lights (lamps). The Swatow bride goes to worship at the Ancestral Hall, on the 15th of the 1st moon, for the first three years after her marriage, (a woman is a bride for three years); and in the first year men as well as women, strangers as well as those who know her, are all free to go and have a look at her. At such a time she gives coolie oranges to the children to eat, and to the 36i THINGS CHINESE. grown-up people she offers tea ; while the married people give presents of cash or silver in red paper parcels to her. A curious marriage custom prevails in the province of Yunnan. Chinese call it the woman marrying the man. It has been described by a traveller as follows : — ' The ceremonies attending this kind of marriage are on a smaller scale than those observed in the case of ordinary marriages and consist principally in the man coming to the woman's house, where slie has her family and friends gathered for the occasion. The door is shut and the man must knock. His intended then asks who is there, in reply to which he gives his name and particulars. She then asks him if he wishes to come to her house and stop with her, to which he replies that he will come and live with her in good partnership. The door is then opened, the man is admitted, and the festivities commence. The wife, by marrying a man in this way, agrees to keep her husband in everything, but contracts no other obligation towards him. It is her house and she may do in it as she likes. On the other hand, as long as the husband stops at home and behaves like a good boy, he performs his part of the agreement, for no work is expected of him. Such marriages take place where parents, having only daughters, are sufficiently rich to keep their husbands and wish for grandchildren, for the children take the wife's family name and belong to her and her family.' When a man is absent from home and unavoidable circumstances prevent his return to be married, a strange marriage by proxy takes place sometimes in some districts of the Canton Province ; we are not aware whether it prevails in other parts of the empire or not. But the curious thing about it is that, instead of a man acting as the proxy, a cock does duty for the bridegroom. This fowl is sent by the latter to the marriage ceremonies, though it is not even necessary that he should be sent by the bridegroom, the :presence of the fowl at the wedding is sufficient. A girl is but once legally married in China; she rides in the bridal chair but once, and only if she is a legal, principal wife. Not so the man, he can be married over and over again. Only one woman in a man's household holds the position of a proper wife ; all the others — and he may take as many as he likes — are not principal Avives, or legal ones, but secondary wives, or concubines, though their children are on an equality with those of the first wife. The women MENDICANTS, 365 who are taken as concubines are sometimes told by their husbands that they are to be considered as equal wives with the first. As to whether Chinese married life is happy or not there is this to be said, that neither Chinese men nor women know any other kind of married life. One fruitful source of trouble is the ploygamy allowed by custom ; for quarrels and fights, jealousies and envy, bickerings and disputes, are more or less the inheritance of the many-wived household ; and law-suits for property left by the much-married Chinaman are rendered more complicated by the different interests of the four, five, or six women who all own the deceased as their late husband. Boohs recommended. — Archdeacon Grays 'China,' Vol. 1, Chap. 7, (contains most minute particulars about the ceremonials connected with marriages in Canton, from which we have largely quoted. Doolittle's • Social Life of the Chinese,' details the customs prevalent in Foochow. An article in the ' China Mail ' of lOth July, 1890, would appear to be written from a Northern standpoint. The marriage customs of the Hakkas are noted in one of a series of articles on those people in the ■ Hongkong Daily Press' for 1861. MENDICANTS.— li numbers form any criterion, China should be the happy hunting ground of beggars. Mendicancy is reduced to a fine art — a science; backed up by the charitable tenets of Buddhism, the Chinese beggar, armed with an amount of assurance and audacity, proceeds to lay siege to a Chinese city, not in a haphazard way, but with a systematised organisation, which gives him a hold on the shopkeeper, and a vantage ground to attack him with effect and perseverance. In some, if not in many, cities, the beggars are united together under a head, 'The King of the Beggars,' who has complete authority over his subjects. The payment of a fixed sum to the King by any shop will secure immunity from all visits of his subjects; otherwise the collection of their tax of one or two cash will be undertaken with that pertinacity and disregard of time and convenience so char- acteristic of the Chinese beggar. In Nanking there is a royal order of beggars established by Hung-wu, the first Emperor of the Ming dynasty. In this city the beggars are 366 THINGS CHINESE. allowed to live in certain arches in the city wall, and 'their chief is appointed by the police authorities of the district.' Beggars in China may be divided into several classes, viz.: — Those who go in strings of three or four; solitary beggars, divided into stationary and peripatetic ones; those who inflict wounds upon themselves ; those who are suffering from sores ; and, last but not least, blind beggars. The demarcations between these diff'erent classes are not always strongly accentuated, as the one class may merge into the other. A business like this requires preparation; it is commenced by some in early life, the youngsters generally being found leading the strings of three or four blind beggars, otherwise it is a case of the blind leading the blind, and, all things considered, they appear to get on very well. It is not an unknown thing, by any means, for mothers to deprive their childern of eyesight in order that they may earn their living as blind singing girls; and some of the beggars may owe their blindness to the same cause. No doubt many others have lost their eyesight from disease; for diff'erent aff'ections of the eyes are very common in China, where there is no proper knowledge of preventives, nor of curatives ; the hot sun, bad air, poor living, and the reprehensible practice of the barbers of scraping and cleaning the socket of the eye must induce blindness in others. Next to blindness, open and festering sores and wounds, and deformities of limbs, of any and every kind, either form a good capital to start on, or, shutting out all other means of gaining a livlihood, reduce the suff'erer to beggary of position and beggary as a calling. Failing genuine wounds, and armed with a knife, a sturdy, impudent vagabond, with strength of limb and body and good eyesight, may cut himself in a shop, with noisy and wild yells, and thus gather a wide-mouthed crowd, Avhich, flocking in and obstructing trade, draws a cash or two from the accountant, the Chinese horror of blood being also a sufficient ready-drawer of alms. The next shop, or one a few doors further on, forms another stage for the MENDICANTS. 367 repetition of the performance. These nuisances, for whom one feels no sympathy, but disgust, are fortunately not so common as some of the other varieties of the crenius bcffiTar. One of the most common is the string-beggar. Almost always blind, this class goes about in small bands of three or four, sometimes five, mostly females, but one or two males are not uncommonly found in the string, each with a slender long bamboo, the equivalent of the foreign beggar's stick. They make their way, tapping Avith short quick taps, now uncertainly feeling with their bamboos, which serve as antennoe, lifting their sightless orbs in vain appeals for light, raising their faces with that pathetic helplessness, though possibly in the exercise of that facial perception with which those born blind are accredited (a new sense vouchsafed to those deprived of sight which enables them 'by some singular insight ' to tell Avhen they are opposite some object, as to its dimensions and characteristics, such as height, breadth, &c.). Happy are these Bartimeeuses with their sisters, wives, and cousins, if some bright-eyed youngster, not smitten with the darkness of night in broad mid-day, is found to lead their devious course through the crowded streets. Such an one is also better able to see the white fan kivai, whose pockets are filled with gold, or, who, at least, has not hoarded up a store of bad cash to pass ofi" on the beggar tribe as their countrymen have. As soon as he appears in sight, tlieir monotonous Avhine is exchanged for more vigorous appeals, and higher titles of respect follow each other in rapid suc- cession in the hope of loosing the purse-strings of the young clerk, Avho has instant brevet rank of Taipan, Cap-i-tan (Captain), Worship, Honour, Lordship, and everything else worth having. Let us watch their modus operandi It is a combination of street and shop begging — a general business not confined to any one branch— each shop is most carefully and religiously visited, unless exemption has been purchased by a commuted sum paid to the ' Lord of All the Beggars.' 368 THINGS CHINESE. Should the shopkeeper be a good-natured man, a cash or two may be flung to the string, who may get it without even the trouble of going furtlier than the doorstep, but as often as not, if not more often than not, more patient toil is necessary to earn even a broken cash. Then the whole strings file in, each holding on to the back of the other, and the monotonous, whining, singsong appeal begins ; the shopmen turn a deaf ear to everything, titles are thrown away, the pearls are cast before the swine, who, in this one case, dare not turn to rend them, perhaps for fear of vengeance ; though also is not one string of beggars for half an hour better than half a dozen strings of them in the same time ? And, as long as one string is is possession of the place, the others pass by. Wearied, sou^e of the band, if not all of them, crouch down on the tiled floor, waiting for their opportunity, for it is bound to come sooner or later ; and here it is at last, for several customers of another sort stop in — purchasers, at sound of whom the din and clatter of the besrsrars begin with renewed energy, and the surly shopmen, whom no amoimt of pity could move, hasten, for fear of losing a good customer, U) get rid of the wearisome noise, by tossing a few coins into the shallow basket of the mendicants, who renew the same tactics at each shop in the street. Better when the round happens at meal time, for then the beggar will get some broken victuals to fill his empty stomach, receiving them in the first place in his shallow basket, or in his bowl, which latter Shakyamuni Buddha has sanctified, and his numerous priest followers have hallowed by the use of conturies. The solitary beggar wends his way through the mazy street, picking up an odd cash, here and there, from those more charitably disposed than the rest, or from those who seek immunity from the pest that the beggar is to the whole of the respectable world. Some select a space in a busy spot, sit down and wait for alms, with a written out appeal spread before them, setting forth that, natives of other provinces, they are stranded in MENDICANTS. 369 what is, to all intents, almost a strange land to them ; others select some quieter spot, but where the stream of passers-by is still sufficient to give a hope of an occasional dole from unwilling hands, the donors hoping that merit for the deed, tliough performed unwillingly, may mitigate the horrors of a future hell. One feels a pity for some of these beggars — stranded wayfarers; broken-down tradesmen ; ruined gamblers, roues, with the punishment of all their profligacy on theni;- and, saddest of all, some poor old woman whose undutiful son has turned her out cm the street, penniless, and with no shelter for her gray hairs, to depend on the uncertain charity of her neighbours, who, though virtuous in their indignation, give no, or but little, practical proof (jf their sorrow, and who are in constant dread lest the old dame should give up the ghost on their doorsteps ; harsh words and angry rebuflfs, therefore, forbid her sheltering herself under what were erewhile friendly roofs ; for would not the economy of Chinese social life, as well as its judicial system, render the teuder-heaited, who should overstep the limits of prudence and on whose premises she might die, liable at least, to the expense of a coffin and funeral ? The presence of a ghost haunting the house would follow; and, even worse still, some trumped-up charge of having caused her death might bring the charitably disposed within the clutches of the law — a law hard to escape from, with all its con- comitants of torture and pre-Ho ward-day prisons. It is curious how very polite the chair-coolies are to the blind beggars in the street, addressing them as ' Sir,' when requesting them to get out of the way — a nice trait in Chinese character, due to their innate politeness, and perhaps also to self interest, as a want of it might lead to bad language. These beggars are not always most polite ; the A\riter Avas once knocked, with not a light hand, by a woman in the streets of Canton, but there was some excuse for her, as she seemed to be crazy. Many of the beggars in Canton sleep in an asylum in the east of the City, and go out by day to ply their trade. Y 370 THINGS CHINESE. MISSIONS. — Ancient Missions.— Tradition points to an early proclamation of Christianity in China. The apostle ThoTnas has been mentioned as the first missionary to this Empire; at all events, it seems that some of the first teachers of the new faith must have selected China as their mission field. It would be most interesting to have had some particulars of this enterprise, but Ave must be content \\\t\\ rumours and detached notices in ancient ecclesiastical writings, which give but a vague and misty idea of the extent of the ■work and its results. Nestofman Missions. — The first really solid ground tliat we have to rest upon is the historical fact of the Nestorians having carried on missions in China. A thousand questions present themselves to one's mind as to the work done by these men, the extent of country they travelled over, the numbers that came to China, their uwdiis operandi, the success that attended their labours. But to these and many others we get answers wljich only whet our appetite for more information. ' The time of the arrival of the Nestorians in China cannot be specified certainly, but,' Williams states, ' there are grounds for placing it as early as A.D. 505.' One of the most interesting of the ancient monuments in Chiaa, while at the same time 'the most ancient Christian inscription yet found in Asia' is the Nestorian monument. It is 'the only record yet found in China itself of the labours of the Nestorians.' It was discovered in A.D. 1625 by some workmen in the suburb of Ch'ang-an, a district city in Shen-si. In was erected in A.D. 781. 'The contents are threefold : — Doctrinal, Historical, Eulogistic. The first part gives a brief outline of the teachings of the religion, and of the ways and practices of its ministers ; the second part tells of its first entrance into China, and of the patronage extended to it for the most part for nearly 150 years by various emperors; in the third part, to which, though it be the shortest, the two others are introductory, the Christians express, in verse, their praise of God and their religion, and also of the emperors whose protection and favour they had enjoyed.' 3IISSI0NS. 371 From this inscription we learn that a priest, Olopun by name, made his way through difficulties and perils from the West, guided by the ' azure clouds ' to China, bringing with him the 'True Scriptures.' He was favourably received by the Emperor in the palace, in A.D. 635 where a portion of the scriptures was translated in the library of the palace, and approving of the new doctrine, with that eclecticism the Chinese are so noted for, the Emperor gave special orders for its propagation, and a proclamation issued a few years after with regard to it ended with the words: — 'Let it have free course throughout the Empire.' A monastery was built • sufficient to accommodate twenty-one priests ; ' succeeding sovereigns vied with each other in the benefits they conferred on the new religion which had the ajgfis of imperial patronage thrown over it; it spread through- out the then ten provinces of China; 'monasteries filled a hundred cities.' Then came a period of persecution, for twenty or twenty-five years, from a bigoted Buddhist Empress, when another time of prosperity ensued, the buildings being restored and more helpers coming from the West. Not only did the imperial favour shine on them again, but an eminent Buddhist from India appears to have embraced Christianity, and ' threw all his wealth and influence into the promotion of the Christian cause, manifesting especially an extraordinary charity.' Thus we have a summary of the history of Nestorian Christians in China for nearly 150 years, till A.D. 781. Of its history subsequent to that date there is not much to be said ; for sixty years or more it continued : •during this time Buddhism made vigorous progress, which called forth spirited protests from the literati. The Taouists^ in A.D. 84-1, finding their opportunity come, succeeded in getting the Emperor to launch a proscription against Buddhism, and Buddhist monasteries were destroyed ; this persecution also affected the Nestorians, as they were referred to in the edict, and the Nestorianism of Si-ngan-fu never recovered from the blow. Y 2 372 THINGS CHINESE. Marco Polo in the thirteenth century, mentions Nestorian churches in China, but it is not thought that these were descendants of the former Nestorian Church. It is probable that the monument we have already mentioned was buried at the time of this great persecution, and so, after a period of two hundred years or more, ended an interesting chapter of missions — that of the Nestorians in China. Its failure was doubtless due to two causes : the one being the reliance on the Emperor and men in power ; the other being the absence of the Gospel in their presentation of the truth. It is to be hoped that future researches may discover further evidence of this church at the different periods of its existence in China. Some have thought it possible that such may be the case, and that remains of this ancient Nestorian Church may yet be found — that converts, buried in some isolated region, with possibly the ancient translation of the Scriptures made by their first missionaries, still in their possession, will be come across, as the descendants of the Hebrew community were some half a centvuy ago in the interior of China. (See Articles on Buddhism and on Jews.) Roman Catholic Missions. — We now come to the prosecution of missions on a larger scale. The founders of Jesuit missions in China were Michael !Ruggiero and Matteo Ricci, Avho arrived in this Empire in -A.D. 1579 and A.D. 1581 respectively. The latter has been described as ' a man of great scientific acquirements, of invincible perseverance, of various resource, and of winning manners, maintaining, with all these gifts, a single eye to the conversion of the Chinese, the bringing the people of all ranks to the faith of Christianity.' They found it difficult to obtain a footing, but Ricci established himself at Shid- hing, the ancient capital of the Canton Province, and worked bis way up, till he finally reached the capital, where he died in A.D. 1610. He was favourably received by the Emperor Wan-li, of the Ming dynasty. He was the author of a number of learned works as well as books on Christianity, and left 3Ilssro^'s. S73 many converts behind him, the most noted of whom was Hsii Kwang-si, a nnmbev of the Han-lin college and an official of high rank. One of Hsii's daughters, known as Candida, built thirty-nine churches, printed one hundred and thirty books, and sent many blind story-tellers, instructed in gospel history, out in the streets to tell what they had learned. The Church of Rome was wise in her generation in sending out at first men of the stamp of Ricci, among whom may be named Adam Schaal and Verbiest; it was not only Jesuits, but the different Roman Catholic sects, such as Franciscans, Dominicans, and others, which sent their members to China. 'The Dynasty of Ming, was drawing near to its close, and the Manchus were preparing for the conquest of the Empire. Many difficulties and perils encompassed the missionaries, but Schaal was able to maintain his position at Peking by his astronomical knowledge in correcting the calendar, and by establishing a foundry, where he cast cannon to be used against the Manchus. And this position he continued to hold when the Empire fell to those invaders. He was made head of the Board of Astronomy and Mathematics, and was a favourite with the first Manchu sovereign, though he did not shrink from remonstrating with him against certain severe measures, and urging him rather to justice, forbearance, and mercy. He was able to lay, in A.D. 1650, the foundation of a grand church in the neighbourhood of the Imperial palace. When the second Emperor, known to us as K'ang-hsi — by the name of his reign — succeeded to his father at the early age of eight, there was trouble during the minority ; but as soon as he took the Government into his own hands, he gave his full confidence to the missionaries. He was, probably, the most able and enlightened sovereign who ever sat on the Chinese throne, and his reign lasted sixty-one years- Schaal and Verbiest regulated the calendar and cast cannon for him. Regis and several others conducted for him the survey of the Empire, which Remusat correctly describes as "the most complete geographical work ever executed out of Europe."' Disputes, however, arose amongst the Roman Catholic missionaries as to the correct term§ to use for God (as to what words were to be applied by their Christians to the Deity) ; as to the worship of ancestors and Confucius — whether it were a mere homage or real worship, and whether their converts consequently might engage in it. Unable to agree amongst themselves, the dispute had grown to such a head that they referred it not only to the Pope but 374 THINGS CHINESE. also to the Emperor of China ; each of whom gave a different verdict. The missionaries, of course, were bound to obey the Pope, and this setting up of an outside authority over that of their own Emperor, incensed the Chinese, and the storm which was ijatherini? burst in the next reijrn, when in A.D. 1724', an edict was issued against them,- prohibiting the propagation of Roman Catholicism, and only retaining the feAV missionaries required for scientific purposes in Peking ; all the others were required to leave the country. Some obeyed the edict, while others remained in secret. jMany of the Chinese converts remained firm, notwith- standing the persecutions which arose now and then. Matters remained in his state for about a century, when in A.D. 1842 Christianity was tolerated by treaty. There are now numbers of priests and numerous bodies of Roman Catholics in the country. When the priests care to use a Bible, the translation they employ is Sciid to be that of the first Protestant missionary, Dr. Morrison ; for though trans- lations of portions have been made by them, yet, like the Church of Rome, they seem never to have printed the whole Bible and given it to the people ; they have, however, quite a literature of their own in Chinese. They do not seem to practise any public preaching ; but retain hold of the communities of converts already made. In one point they are very aggressive, and that is in the baptizing of infants, for every one so sprinkled becomes a unit in their grand total of Christians. The 'Roman Catholic Register,' a paper published a few years since in Hongkong, gave the following as the statistics of Romish missions in China : — Bishops, 41 ; European priests, 664 ; native priests, 559 ; colleges, 34 ; convents, 34 ; native converts, 1,092,818. One well-known writer speaks thus of their work : — ' Had they adhered to religious teaching, their converts would doubtless have been legion ; but the usual rash meddling with politics soon aroused fear of foreign aggression, leading to violent opposition and terrible persecution, which have been repeated with every fresh scare of undue political influence * ''* '- It is this arrogation -of temporal authority which has so incensed the Chinese, and accounts MISSIONS. 375 for much of the hostihty to missionaries and converts of all Christian churches and denominations, as the ignorant masses naturally could not discriminate between Protestants and Roman Catholics. Hence, in the Edict of Toleration, proclaimed in 1886, the Imperial Govern- ment deem it necessary to state that men who may embrace Christianity do not cease to be Chinese, but, as such, are entitled to all protection from their own Government, to which alone they owe obedience. The promulgation of this Edict followed immediately on the decision of the Pope to send a Papal Legate to the Court of Peking, to represent him as the sole foreign power interested in the Cliinese Roman Catholics, thereby totally disclaiming all political protection from France.' Protestants. — The first Protestant ^Lissionavy to China was the Rev. Robert M'jrrison, who arrived in A.D. 1807. There was such a strong feeling against all Europeans at that time that he was unable to preach in public or carry on direct evangelistic work; bathe engaged in some literary undertakings, which not only redounded to his credit, but prepared the way for future labourers. A gigantic dictionary of the language and the translation of the whole Bible have made his name famous, and it is a marvel how^ confined within the foreign factories (as the European settlement in Canton was called) in a godown, and assisted by a teacher who was in terror of being discovered, this wonderful man, nearly single-handed, accomplished such tasks. It is true he had a former translation of a part of the New Testament which he used as a basis, and he had the help of Dr. jMilne in translating part of the old Testament, but with all these aids the labour must have been herculean. •It was printed from wood blocks and published in 21 volumes in 1823.' Thus Protestant missions in China took their start on the Bible, and it is to this reliance on the word of God at their inception, that their wonderful success is due. Of his- other herculean task it has well been said: — 'There is no finer monument of human perseverance than the dictionary of ])r. Morrison.' Unable to penetrate into China, a number of missionaries settled in the Straits, and, learning the language, were ready, when their opportunity came, to land, fitted for work in China. One of them prepared founts of movable type,, and these were the precursors of the numerous printing presses^ 376 THINGS CHINESE. which, now that the Chinese have seen their utility, are not confined to mission premises, but are used by the natives themselves, at the treaty ports, to a limited extent, for the production of their own books. In addition to the English missionaries, some came to Macao from America. After the Nanking treaty of 1842, by which Hongkong was ceded to Great Britain and five treaty ports opened, the missionaries •came up from the Straits and more arrived from home. Better translations of the Bible were made, schools established, dis- pensaries opened, and books printed. There were at that time only a few Chinese converts all told. Since then more treaty ports have been opened, and residence in the interior has been possible in many places, till now there are forty different societies at work, and a few independent workers unconnected with any society. There are 589 men, 391 married women, and 316 single ladies, making a total of 1,296; these are British, American, German, and Canadian. Of native helpers, there are 1.657. There are 522 organized native churches, (but this number may be stated as more than a thousand if each companv of believers is termed a Church), of which 94- are self-supporting, and nearly 50 partially so. These native churches are a sufficient answer as to whether missions have been a success in China or not, for a Chinese will not pay away money for Christianity unless he is convinced of its truth. There are also 38 churches which are under a general endow- ment scheme, the money being contributed by natives alone : besides this there is a group of sixty congregations which are to support themselves ; there are other cases also which might be included, so that the numbers of self-supporting churches given above fall short of the realitv. The amount contributed in money is ^36,884.54', but ' no account is taken of the value of houses and land given by natives to the churches to which they belong.' Extra to these are the concomitants of mission work, such as schools, with 16,836 pupils, and medical work — of hospitals there are 61, of dispensaries 44, with hundreds of thousands of patients passing through them annually. There MISSIONS. 377 are 12 religious journals published by missionaries, and hosts of books are being annually issued from the mission press — not onlv religious ones, but scientific manuals as well, of every kind and character. Had Protestant missionaries done nothing else in China than prepared and published the books issued by them in Chinese : started the schools ; written the books in English, containing narratives of their own travels, and accounts of the natives, and of their religious customs and manners; translated native works; instructed the youth of both sexes; and fKinded hospitals and dispensaries — had these, we say, been the only things accomplished by Protestant missionaries, they would have done a noble work ; but added to all these more secular labours is the directly religious work of preaching the Gospel, tract and Bible distiibution, visiting, gathering together the converts, &c., all of which, though less appreciated by the general mercantile community of China, have been as signally successful as the other class of undertakings. The statistics here given are those compiled some years since. Wonderful advances are being made each year in almost all the various branches of missionary labour. Itis in round figures ninety years since Protestant missions were started in China, and at first the missionaries were but a handful in number, restricted in their operations, and confined to a few localities. They have had hard up-hill work, prejudice and ignorance opposing them, a difficult language to learn — which requires several years of unremitting, diligent study, before a sufficient knowledge of it can be acquired for general use, — but little sympathy from their fellow countrymen, and yet the following statistics will show what has been the result of one phase, and one phase alone, of their labours: — in 1842 there were 6 communicants; in 1853, 350; in 1865, 2,000; in 1876, 13,035: in 1886, 28,000: in 1889,37,287. At the present day there must be in round numbers some 40,000 communicants, and besides these 100,000 of a ■Christian community. 378 THINGS CHINESE. ' If Christian missions advance in the next thirty-five- yeavs in the same ratio as in the past thirty-five years, there will be at the end of that time twenty-six millions of communicants and a Christian community of one hundred million people' — one-fourth of the Chinese nation. As to the character of the converts — are the native Christians genuine ? Unfortunately some false professors, who- liave joined merely for the dollars which they hope to obtain, Jiave given a bad name to native Christians amongst certain classes of people. It ought to be remembered that it is these very hypocrites among them who obtrude themselves on public notice, as what these desire is the opportunity of making money, and they thus push themselves into prominence for that object, while the genuine ones are content to occupy the humble position they already fill. The centuries of hea- thenism, in which the Chinese have been steeped, must also be taken into account in judging of those just come out of it : a wild flower transplanted into a garden does not produce the beautiful flowers of the cultivated species that grows at its side, but care and labour have to be expended, and the skill of the gardener exercised, to develope its best characteristics : so we can scarcely except one transplanted out of all the debasing concomitants of idolatry to be on a par in ail respects with (in fact, sometimes they are expected to be superior to) those who have been surrounded by centuries of Christian influence in our more* highly favoured Western lands. But, notwithstanding all this, there are amongst the Chinese converts those who compare favourably with any in the West. It is not from hearsay that this is said, for the author himself has seen such. Botihx rcpommcndcd. — 'Christianity in China : Nestorianism, Roman Catholicism, Protestantism,' bj- Professor Legge. of Oxford University. ' Christian Progress in China,' by Rev. A. Foster, b.a. There are numerous other works dealing with different sections of the mission field, which are good as far as they g'o. Some idea also of what has been done, and is doing, may be gathered from a study of ' Records of the Missionary Conference, held atShanghai 1890.' Also see ' China Review.' Vol. XVIII., p. 1.52, and ' The China Mission Hand-Book.' MOHAMMEDANS. 379^ MOHAMMEDANS,— n\Q introduction of Moham- medanism into China is interesting, resulting as it did in the settlement of followers of that religion in China, and the eon- sequent proselytising, till now there are large communities of the followers of the prophet scattered here and there throughout the empire. The word proselytising, used above, must, however, be taken in a mild sense, for it has not been carried on with that vigour which uses compulsion to accomplish its objects and makes its converts at the point of the sword, The^re is no rapid growth of Mohammedanism in China. Content with a foothold in the land, and with the achievements of the past, it is now satisfied with the increase due to the natural enlargement of its borders from within, owing to the growth of the families of its professors. Arabia has the honour of introducing Mohammedanism into this land, and commerce was the motive force which brought the most of the early followers of the false prophet to these distant shores. Wos Kassin, supposed to be a maternal uncle of Mohammed, is credited with having introduced the Moslem faith into China : he came to this country in the seventh century with a band of followers. Its missionaries arrived at different sea-ports, especially at Canton and Hang Chow ; they also travelled in the caravans from central Asia. With such a measure of success was the propagation of the Islam faith carried on, that large numbers of Mohammedans are to be found in China, especially in the Northern and Western provinces where the inhabitants of whole villages are followers of the Arabian prophet; there are 200,000 in Peking. In one of the large cities of Szchuen there are 80,000. In Yunnan there are said to be between three and four millions. In Kansuh they are estimated as 8,350,000 in number and in Shensi as 3,500,000. These three provinces contain nine-tenths of the whole Mohammedan population of China, while in some other places they form one-third of the population ; it is estimated that there are more than 10,000.000 North of the Yang-tsz-kiang ; there are not so many in the South. 'According to an official 380 THINGS CHINESE. estimate there are from twenty to twenty-five millions of Moslems in China.' There are mosques in many of the ■cities; Canton boasts of four, t^A'o of whicli were built by Wos Kassin. This apostle was buried, after a residence of fifteen years in China, outside the Great North Gate of Canton. One of the two pagodas in Canton, different rather in style to the ordinary pagoda, was erected in connection with one of these mosques, in order that the inuezzins might call the faithful to prayers from it. The followers of this religion would appear, in this distant land of their adoption to have held strictly to the tenets of their faith, such as, circumcision, alms deeds, observance of the feast of Ramadan, and prayers in the mosque. In all their mosques is to be found a tablet on which is inscribed in letters of gold; ^ May the Emperor reign ten thousand years,' the penalty of the recognition of tlieir faith by their sovereign ; Confucian. Buddhist, and Tnouist temples, if of any size, all having the same reminder of the homage due to, and worship demanded by, the Son of Heaven. His subjects may Avorship whom they choose, but, whether they choose or not, adoration must be paid to him except in the case of Christians, who will not bend the knee nor offer the incense of worship to any but the one living and true God. A large literature has been bought into existence by the Mohammedans. The author had in his possession a well-got-up work published under Imperial auspices ; the title-page had two dragons encircling the name of the book — this being the sign of the imprimatur of the sanction, or approval, of the Emperor. There have been several rebellions of considerable ■magnitude by the Mohammedans against the Government, of which may be mentioned that of A.D. 1863, in the North of China, and that in Yunnan, lasting for many years. Boohs recontmcndcd. — Williams's 'Middle Kingdoni,' Vol. II, pp. 268-271, Gray's ' China,' Vol. I, pp. 187-142. Au article by Rev. H. V. Noyos in the ' Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal,' Vol. XX. pp. 10-18 and 68-72. For an account of the literature published by them, see 'Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal,' Vol. XXII, pp. 263, 354, MONGOLS, 381 377, 401. The larger lialf of tlie Second Volume of llocliei-'s * La Province Cliinoise dii Yiin-nan ' is taken np with a narrative of tlie great Mohani- irifdau rebellion in that i)rovince in 185o-lS73. MONGOLS. — The Mongols are another of those nomadic races bordering China, who have forced themselves into relationships with that Empire. The Huns or Hwing-noo were the ancestors of the present Mongols. As Attila, with his hordes of savage Huns, was styled the ' Scourge of God,' and proved to be veritably the ' Terror of the West ' in the fifth century : so, early during the time of the Han dynasty (B.C. 202 to A.D. 190), the Hwing-noo proved entitled to a similar appellation as regards the China of that period, foj. they ofttimes became ' virtual masters of the Empire.' The Heanbi, another Mongolic tribe, made themselves famous in Chinese history during the Han dynasty for about a hundred years. They also proved an annoyance to succeeding dynasties, becoming a formidable State, ranging over northern China and engulfing parts of it. A number of these Mongols, as well probably as some of the Huns and other Mongolic tribes, were settled in North China ; and so not only were there foes without, but foes within ; and in preparation for a war with the external foes, the Emperor ordered a Chinese ' St. Bartholomew's Day ' of all the nomadic tribes within his borders, so that 200,000 families were slain. To prevent them turning traitors many Chinese also suffered in the indiscriminate slaughter ; but, even after such treatment, Tibetan and Hunnish families collected in China, and harsh laws were enacted against them, which drove large numbers of them out. Before that, Hienbi Mongols had returned to China, and they continued to do so afterwards. There was a Hunnish Kingdom, one of the most powerful of the many rival ones into which China was divided, in A.D. 435. Mongols, under the name of Too-kile, assisted the first Emperor of the T"'ang dynasty to gain the throne of China. These same Turks, as they Avere called, plundered the north- western and northern borders of China during the whole of the T'ang dynasty. 382 THINGS CHINESE. The Khitnns, another Mongolic tribe originally, have also made for themselves a chapter in Chinese history. Harrying the frontiers and plundering the country ; defeated by the Chinese, who employed 1,800,000 men to build a great wall to protect the Empire from their ravages in the time of the Chi dynasty ; eclipsed by the so-called Turks, they rose, to be again defeated. After acknowledging the supremacy of the Chinese, they again fought with them, and threatened the North of China after the T'ang dynasty had crippled its strength in its exhausting and foolish war against ancient Corea ; two expeditions were sent against them, which proved ineffectual, and it was found impossible to oust them from the new territories they had acquired. It is impossible, however, to follow the fortunes of the Khitans through all the intricacies of the history of Chinese dealings with their nomadic neighbours. Suffice it to say, that eventually, in A.D. 926, the Khitans, after Eastern Mongolia had been formed into a kingdom, began to lay the foundations of that Empire under Abdoji ' one of the great conquerors of mankind.' Under his successors they assumed the Imperial power as the Liao, or Iron dynasty, overthrowing the Tsin Emperor. They carried on incessant wars with the Sung, and reigned over the country north of the Yellow River, their dominion extending as far north as the Sono-ari and Hoorha rivers. The Khitans are said to have had a curious custom, that of drinking human blood, which the husbands drank from the living bodies of their wives by cutting a small slit in the wife's back. Their higher civilisation in other matters would almost appear to throw some doubt on this strange propensity, as they were painters, and had, at the time when they entered China, a literature comprising thousands of volumes, including. medical works ; they were hospitable, and fond of drink. It may be here proper to remark, that ' Huns,' ' Turks,' and ' Mongols ' ' differ only as the Han, T'ang, and Sung of China differ. They are but dynastic titles of the same people.' They were finally driven out of Northern China by the help of the ancestors of the MONGOLS. 383 present Manclius, who succeeded them as the Kin dynasty, after a reign by the Liao dynasty of 2i0 years. It is interesting to note that Peking was first made a capital during their time. We next find the Kins, as well as the native Chinese dynasty in the south, swept off their thrones by the Mongols. The name, Kin, is said by Ross to mean 'silver.' Genghis Khan had gathered together the numerous bands 'of restless cavalry on the north of Shamo and the west of the Hinganlin.' Defeated tribes swelled his numbers, and he entered on a career of conquest; his sons completed his work as far as China was concerned, the Yuen dynasty, as it was called, reigning over the whole of China for a period of eighty-eight years, until the Ming, a native dynasty, was founded on the ruins of the destroyed and hated power of the Mongols (See Article on Chinese History). MoxGOLS, Characteristics and Customs or. — The distinguishing features of the Mongols are described, by the late celebrated Russian traveller. Col. Prejevalsky, as 'a broad flat face, with high cheek-bones, wide nostrils, small narrow eyes, large prominent ears, coarse black hair, scanty whiskers and beard, a dark sunburnt complexion, and lastly, a stout thick-set figure, rather above the average height.' The Chinese face is "cast in' a 'more regular mould.' The men shave their heads like the Chinese, but the Avomen plait their liair 'in two braids decorated with ribbons, strings of coral, or glass beads, which hang down on either side of the bosom.' The Mongols live in felt huts or tents, and are very dirty, never washing their bodies and faces, and their hands but seldom. They drink great quantities of tea and 'milk prepared in various ways, either as butter-curds, whey, or kumiss,' and are much addicted to drunkenness. Mutton is eaten in great quantities. 'Their only occupation and source of Avealth is cattle-breeding, and their riches are counted by the number ot their live-stock.' The Mongols are very fond of their animals, and lay themselves out completely for them, being very considerate of them ; their cattle, &c , are bartered 384 THINGS CHINESE. for manufactuietl goods. They are very lazy, never walking, always riding on horseback, and are great cowards, but are fond of hunting, and kind and simple-minded. 'A Mongol can only have one lawful wife, but he can keep concubines,' the children of the latter, 'are illegitimate, and liave no share in the inheritance.' ' Bribery and corruption are as prevalent as in China.' 'Religious services are performed in Tibetan.' Boolis refcmmcHdcd. — Col. Prejevalsky's ' Mongolia.' The late Rev. •J. Gilmoiir's ' Amon Chinese music as loukecl upon from a foreign standpoint has been thus described : — 'The intervals of the Chinese scale not being tempered, some of the notes sound to foreign ears utterly false and discordant. The instruments not being constructed with the rigorous precision which characterises our European instruments, there is no exact justness of intonation, and the Chinese must content themselves with an a pen prH. The melodies being always in unison, always in the same key, always equally loud and unchangeable in movement, they cannot fail to appear wearisome and monotonous in comparison with our complicated melodies. Chinese melodies are never definitely major nor minor ; they are constantly floating between the two, and the natural result is that they lack the vigour, the majesty, the tender lamentations of our minor mode ; and the charming effects resulting from the alternation of the two modes.' 'The Chinese have, theoretically, a perfect scale and a fairly good notation ; there is, however, one great lack in their system, they have no satisfactory method of e.Kpressing time. * '■- * This is all the more strange, seeing that in practice they are strict timists.' Professor C. J. Knott, D.Sc, F.R.S., thus writes :— ' The Chinese musical school, as it is developed in Japan, is peculiar in the high pitch in which the leading female voice chants the libretto. There is melody in the airs and truthfulness in the instrumental (?/;.svwi^/i? of fiddles, guitars, and flutes. But there is no harmony in our sense of the term. Each piece is very long and wearisome in its apparently endless repetitions.' The Chinese do not appreciate our music any more than we do theirs. A Chinese standinsr listeninof to the military band playing in Hongkong was asked his opinion of it, and he said the music lacked harmony. That they fully appre- ciate their own music needs but a glance at the crowd round a Chinese band performing; their writings equally show this appreciation, for example, take the following from ' Gems of Chinese Literature': — ' Softly, as the murmur of whispered words ; now loud and soft together, like the patter of pearls and pearlets dropping upon a marble dish. Or liquid, like the warbling of the mango-bird in the bush; trickling like the streamlet on its downward course. And then, like the torrent, stilled by the grip of frost, so for a moment was the music lulled, in a passion too deep for words.' Who will say after that, that the Chinese have no soul for music ? Books recommended : — ' Chinese Music,' by .J. A. A''an .^alst — published as No. 6 of the 'Special Series' of the publications of the Imperial Maritime Customs, ISS-t — 'is a most interesting: and learned monograph on 396 THINGS CHINESE. the subject. See ' China lleview' for August, 18.S2, on the Sfieng, by F. \V. Eastlake ; also see same mai,'azine, Vols. I. and II., for a series of articles (in 'The Theory of Chinese Music,' hy Rev. E. Faber, Th.D. Two articles in 'The Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal' contain some very interesting- particulars, they arfj ' Cliinese Music and its Relation to our Native Services,' by Rev. W. E. Soothill, A'ol XXI., p. 221, and ' Chinese :\Iusic,' by Mrs. Timothy Richards, Vol. XXI., p. 30.j. NAMES. — The clifFerent names that a Chinese has are a perfect puzzle to a European; for nearly every Chinese has several names. He keeps his surname through life, of course, as we do, but at every memorable event in his life, such as first going to school, getting married, &c., he takes another name. It must not therefore be supposed that because a native gives you different names for himself he is attempting to palm himself off as someone else, though this system of a plurality of names offers facilites to one who is inclined to be tricky. A Chinaman's surname then is unchangeable, and generally consists of one syllable, though there are a few of two or three. The surname comes first, and the other names afterwards — in fact the Chinese follow the convenient order used in our directories. A remembrance of this would prevent the foreign resident from prefixing our ' Mr.' to the personal name of a Chinese. It sounds incongruous enough to prefix 'Mr.' to a Chinese surname — an attempt to mix two civilisations which will not blend together in harmony, but it sounds ten times worse to call a perfect stranger by his personal name and then prefix a ' Mr.' to it. To illustrate : — Say a Chinese bears the euphonious designation of Ch'un Wa-fuk. Now the first, Ch'un, is his surname, and Wd-fuk is what he elects to be called by, his Christian name in fact. If the ' Mr.' must be used, then he is Mr. Ch'un or Mr. Ch'un Wa fuk, but not Mr. Wa fuk or Mr. Fuk any more than Mr. John Harry Jones is Mr. John Harry, or Mr. Harry, to a stranger. Though it generally happens that the fii'st syllable or word in the string of three words, which usually form the surname and name of a Chinese, is the surname, it does not NAMES. 397 abvays follow that it is, as Chinese have a few double surnames as well as English (they have even a very few trisyllabic surnanies)one of the most common of these bisyllabic sur- names in the South of China is Au-ycing, so therefore in the combination Au-yong Tat the two syllables form the surname and the last syllable the name. About a month after birth a feast is given, and the boy gets his •' milk name ' as it is called. This name clings to him through life, as in fact all his names do after they are once bestowed. This milk name is, if anything, more especially distinctive, as it is used by his relatives and neighbours, and in official matters if he has no ' book name.' This name of infancy often consists of but one character, and in that case has, in the extreme South, the prefix Ah put before it, so that a boy named Ch'un Luk will commonly be called Ch'un Ah luk, though the Ah is not really a part of his name. In the Fuh-keen so-called dialects, this Ah is not used. On first going to school the boy has another name given to him, the "book name.' It 'generally consists of two characters, selected with reference to the boy's condition, prospects, studies, or some other event connected Avith him.' This name is used by his master and school fellows, in official matters, and in any matters connected with literature. On marriage the young man takes still another name, his style or 'great name,' and this his father and mother and relations nse as well as the ' milk name.' Another name called 'another style' may be assumed^ which is employed by acquaintances and friends, not by relatives and parents. The latter have a right to use the ' milk name,' but with well-to-do people who have more than one name, it is not considered the proper thing for outsiders to call a man by his 'milk name,' of course it is different with; farmers, labourers, and others •who only own one name. 398 THINGS CHINESE. On taking a degree, on entering official life, or on having official distinction or rank conferred on him, a man takes yet another name, known as the ' official name.' After death he is known by his posthumous name in the Hall of Ancestors. Besides all these, we may notice one or two other designations. It is a very common thing for the Southern Chinese to give a suggestive soubriquet to anyone who may have some personal defect or characteristic, and the euphonic syllable. Ah, is often used before these, leading foreigners to think that such a nickname is a real name ; it is at the same time tantamount to a real name, as everyone speaks of the person so-called as such, and calls him or her by it. The individual bears it complacently, knowing that he must accept the inevitable. Such names are called ' flowery names.' When they consist of more than one syllable the Ah is dropped : they are used in combination with the personal name or not ; as instances of this class are such names as Giant Ah Yong, (here Ah Yong, of course, is the man's right name) other terms of a similar kind are Dwarfy, Fatty, &c. A very common one, used alone, without any name with it, is Ah Pin=flat, meaning flat nose, another often heard is Tau-p'ei, small-pox marked, and there are a few others. To cheat the evil spirits which may wish to rob a man of his son, the boy may be called by some name that will convey the idea of vilifying the young child, such as 'Puppy.' or his head may be shaved and he be called "Buddhist priest.' It is not at all uncommon to call the children in a family Primus, Secundus, Tertius, &c., but this practice sounds rather ridiculous when it is not limited to the first few ^numbers, and one hears . a child or boat woman called Duodecima. There is also yet another name, which is a very ini- !portant one, it is the t'ong name. It is difficult to convey its import by an English translation, but it may be rendered, by NAMES. 399 ■'ancestral name,' or 'family name," or 'house name,' remem- bering that all these terms must bear a restricted meaning if applied to the Chinese. A man of means, having a house of his own, is sure to possess such a name, and he has, in all probability, inherited it from his father or ancestors, unless he has risen from the loM'est ranks of society, and has to select such a name for himself. This name will generally be found up at his door on a small board. It represents himself and it also represents his family in a way. If he dies, his sons (if they continue to live together, as the Chinese so often do. in the same family house) retain the name, and together, or separa tely, make use of it. This t'on<^ name is often used in business, some partners appearing under such names, while others appear under some of their other names. In such a case the t'ong name in the partner- ship may only represent one man or the whole branch of the family, with what result of confusion and shiftiness when bankruptcy occurs may readily be understood, for only one member of the family may be down in a firm's book under his t'ong name, and in other cases this t'ong name in a firm's books may not represent one man but the family, and there may be, which often happens, no proof of what it really stands for. If, however, the brothers separate and live in different houses, they add certain Avords to the t'ong name signifying "second family' or 'third family' &c., as they may chance to be second or third sons, &c. The t'ong name, has the word t'ong attached to the end of it, and is otherwise composed of some happy sounding combination of words, such, for example, as Wing Shin T'ong, which might be rendered into English as ' The Hall of Eternal Goodness.' One of the most ridiculous mistakes which foreign residents make in China is calling natives by the name of the business they are engaged in. True enough a Chinese when asked who he is, or 'Who you b'long ? ' in pidgin-English, will perhaps answer ' Sun Shing ' : so a man from a foreign business might say at times, 'I am Smith, Brown & Co.' It is, however, in fact more absurd to call such a man Mr. Sun 400 THINGS CHINESE. Shing, or look upon that as his name, than it would be to call the other Mr. Smith Brown ; in the latter case it is possible the man's name may be Smith or Brown, in the other it is almost impossible that the man's name could be Sun Shing, A clearer idea of the incongruity of thus styling Chinese might be got by supposing that a foreigner in England, see- ing the name ' Royal Oak ' over a public house should style the proprietor Mr. Royal Oak. At the same time, some of the very small master masons, &c., occasionally add the character Kei to the end of their surname and name, and take this combination as their business style; for instance, a man named Ch'an Ah Luk, might take as his business style Ch'an Luk Kei. This is the only approach to a man's name appearing in his business on his signboard; for the majority of ' business styles ' are such combinations as ' Mutual Advantage/ ' Extensive Harmony,' and ' Heavenly Happiness.' A man engaging in different branches of business will also often take different business names for each branch, or use .some other metliod of distinguishing the different businesses. Girls are left out in the cold as far as names are concerned. They have to be content M'ith a milk name, a marriage name, and nicknames. 1 hey retain their own surnames when married ; that is to say. a married women considers her maiden surname as her own, and gives it as such ; by courtesy she is addressed by her husband's surname, being the equivalent of our Mrs. So and So. In official documents her two surnames are given one after the other. and the combination serves as her name; for example, a Avoman's maiden surname may be Lei, her married surname Ch'an. She would then be known as Ch'an Lei Shi, the Shi denoting that she belongs to the Lei family by birth. A lady will not give her name. The author has heard a Chinese lady, when asked her name in court, answer that she had no name. The stranger must be content with simply knowing the combination of two surnames, such as given NAMES. 401 above; for there is a feeling, partly of modesty, partly of fear, that an impudent stranger might, in sheer impertinence, call her by it if it were known. The wives of labourers and of tlie lower classes do not have the same feeling, and will tell their names freely, at least the Cantonese will ; and with this experience of them it was curious to the author to find the same class of people in Ch'ao Chow-fd not prepared to respond freely to such inquiries, the questioner having to be content with the husband's name (not surname) followed by the word sister, aunt, or mother, according to the age of the woman. Emperors in China also rejoice in a multiplicity of names which are very confusing to the foreign student of Chinese history. After his death the Emporor is known by his posthumous title, such for example, as 'The Great Ancestor*,' ' The INIartial Ancestor,' &c., &c., &c. While he is on the throne, the years of his reign have a designation which serve as the equivalent of his name. This ' year style ' is composed of two characters, which, in combination, will sound well, such for example, as ' Compliant Rule.' Fortunately, in this present reigning dynasty, the one designation serves for the whole reign, but it has not always been so, and confusion seems worse confounded when every few years in one sovereign's reign the 'year style' is changed, owing possibly to some untoward event having happened. Such changes have taken place half a dozen or more times. It will tlius be seen that the name by which an Emperor is known is not one of his own personal names, as in the case of Queen Victoria or any of our Western sovereigns. In fact, a Chinese Emperor's personal name is too sacred to bo used by the general public, no one is permitted to utter it or even write it, as long as the same family remains on the throne, even though the Emperor who bore it is dead; and to prevent this difficulty, the characters composing it are changed by the alteration or addition of parts of the character. Nor is it proper for a child to use his father's own name; it is considered dis- respectful. His father's name is tabooed, so is a husband's 2 A 402 THINGS CHINESE. name to a wife ; so far is this carried that some wives amongst the Chinese do not even know their husbands' names. After this it will excite no surprise to learn that no one one is alloAved to use the names of Confucius and Mencius. The surnames of these sages, however, are not considered sacred. The great sage of China has many descendants to this day bearing liis honoured cognomen. Literary men are fond of the disguise of a now deplume in China as well as in the West, and when it is remembered that China is the 'Flowery Land' it may readily be under- stood what a fanciful form such a name sometimes assumes. N'A VY. — In the first and second editions of this book we wrote : — *We have a very fine coat, but there is no man inside it,' such was the estimate of the Chinese Navy by a Chinese naval officer of the Northern Fleet, and probably a very just estimate, not only cf that portion of the navy, but of the whole of the modern Chinese fleet made on Western lines ; for very fine vessels they are, but the Chinese cannot yet, with all their inexperience of them and their bribery and corruption, be proper masters of their own vessels. When we turn to the native junks, which were all the navy she had till of late, we find that for conflict with Western powers, China is as ill-prepared as a soldier of the time of the Norman conquest would be at the present day. We may now add she was almost as ill-prepared with her modern ironclads. A fleet of twenty-five vessels of all sizes and armaments forming the Northern Squadron, or the greater part of it belonging to that portion of the Chinese navyj some of the number being powerful ironclads built in Europe, were lost to the Chinese during the late disastrous war with the Japanese in ISQi. These vessels were sunk, or destroyed, or set on fire, or surrendered to the Japanese, while one or two of them were wrecked, the Japanese gaining a considerable addition to their navy. As the Chinese fleet of ships built on foreign models consisted in 1892 of 47 men-of-war of one class or another it will be seen that half of their vessels and of those many of them of an advanced type were lost at almost one blow. 'The officers XA VV. 403 and men liad both received mucli careful training ' — a most complete one and of "' a very efficient standard ; ' but official corruption added to the vanity and ignorance so frequently displayed by the Chinese naval authorities in recent years worked out their natural result in the first serious conflict with the foe. This is not the first serious disaster that the Chinese have suffered in trying their prentice hands at the modern game of war, for a fleet of ve3sels, eleven in number, built on the foreign model, were sunk or destroyed by the French in August ISSl-, at Foochow, by a fleet immensely their superiors ; but this last one in ISOi was a far more severe blow and a far greater loss than the previous one. To repair this annihilation and carrying off of the major portion of their modern naval force, the Chinese are recons- tructing their navy. It was stated some time ago that the first instalment of this new fleet, to be built in Europe, would consist amongst other ships, of 2 battleships of 8,000 tons, 2 armoured cruisers of 5,000 tons, and 4 protected cruisers of 3,000 tons. One writer well says, ' It may be predicted, however, that unless the Chinese improve their present system of recruiting and training, the fleet which they are now seeking to re-form will be exposed to * * * a disaster similar to that of Wei-Hei-Wei.' In addition to these vessels we should mention four powerful torpedo-boat destroyers of 6,000 horse-power, to steam at the rate of 32 knots per hour. The Chinese do not depend for their war vessels entirely on those constructed in foreign lands, but at the various arsenals established of late years on the models of those amongst Western nations they are able to turn out new ships for their navy. A steel cruiser of about 1800 tons has lately been completed at the Foochow arsenal. She is to be armed entirely with quick-firing guns, and will probably be employ- ed as a training vessel for the new graduates of the Tientsin Naval Academy. It will thus be seen that the Chinese are 2 A 2 404. THINGS CHINESE. gradually building up their ruined navy again, or at least the northern portion of it, for with but one or two exceptions it was only the Northern Squadron that was engaged in the Japanese war, and an amusing story is told of the Captain of a vessel belonging to another portion of the Chinese navy, when taken by the Japanese, requesting to be let off, as his ship did not belong to the Northern Squadron which only was fighting the Japanese. The Chinese fleet is divided into the North Coast Squadron, the Foochow Squadron, the Shanghai Flotilla, and the Canton Flotilla. We have already spoken at some length of the efforts being made to re-form the North Coast Squadron, destroyed during the late Japanese war. The Foochow Squadron was stated in 1892 to consist of * nine cruisers of from 1,300 to 2,480 tons, three gunboats, nine despatch boats and three revenue cruisers ; ' but this Nanyang (i.e. South Coast) fleet Avas described in 1894 as consisting of the cruisers ' Kaiclii,' ' Huantai' ' Clcin^tsung,' ' Namsheng/ ' Namsimi ' (German built), ' Paoning ' and the sloops ' Weiching ' and ' Chiinho,' besides the following mosquito gunboats (carrying one 36 ton gun each) 'Lungsiang,' ' Iluivei,' 'Felsing,'' and 'Ts'etlen.' The Southern Squadron has its head-quarters at Foochow, and its officers have a slight acquaintance with foreign methods. The Viceroy Chan Chi-tung also possessed in 1894 'four sloops built either at Shanghai or Foochow, whose names ' commenced 'with the characters T'su, denoting the provinces (Hunan and Hupeh) they are intended to protect.' In 1892 the Shanghai Flotilla consisted 'of an armoured frigate, 2,630 tons, a gunboat, six floating batteries (wood), and three transports.' In the same year the Canton Flotilla consisted of ' 13 gunboats * * of 100 to 350 tons displacement.' Since then there has been added to the last flotilla three large steel cruisers, named the ' Kxiangdda,'' Kiiangplng.' and 'Kuang-i/i' yAvy. 405 These three ships ' arc commanded and officered for the most part by young men wlio received their first foreign education in the United States. Their commodore is named Yii, and is reported to have seen some active service.' Most of the principal officers of the late Northern Squadron, it may be remarked, had also been taught the European methods of war, though the late Admiral Ting who was in command had not had such a training, being a purely native untrained Mandarin, his substantive appointment being that of a General of Cavalry; the Chinese have not yet learned with regard to government officials, in the words of Herbert Spencer, that ' the trans- formation of the homogeneous into the heterogeneous, is that in which progress essentially consists;' for a Mandarin is considered to be in a general way competent to undertake any duties, civil, military, naval, judicial, fiscal, or even those connected with civil engineering. The more progressive officials see that this plan will not do with regard to a navy on foreign lines, and consequently the inferior officers have been educated in Europe as well as at different places in China where naval colleges and arsenals have been established of late years. There has been an arsenal at Foochow for a number of years past, where Chinese youths are trained ; besides this there are naval colleges at Wei-hai-wei, Tientsin, andCanton(Whampoa); and a new Naval College was opened at Nanking at the end of 1890 with a full complement of 120 cadets, which have been since reduced to 80. It started with 16 instructors, two of whom were English. There are two departments : one of navigation and one for engineering, the cadets being divided between the two. The course is to take five years, then four years on board ship, after which, M'ill come the rank of midshipman. It has been recently stated that the Foochow arsenal, which has fallen behind in the rapid advances that have taken place in recent years in naval construction is to be reorganised and brought up to the requirements of modern times. 406 THINGS CHINESE. A number of small gunboats are found at difFerent ports in connection Avitli the revenue service, the Imperial Maritime Customs, as well as others under the control of the high provincial authorities or others. The purely native craft are uncouth looking objects, and utterly unfit to cope for a moment with foreign vessels. Jhuih, recommended. — Brassey's • Naval Annual.' ' The Statesman's Year Book.' P^or an account of the destruction of the Chinese fleet at Foochow, see ' The French in Foochow,' by J. F. Roche and L. L. Cowen, U.S.N. NEWSPAPERS AND PERIODICALS.— At several of the Treaty ports there are foreign newspapers. In Shanghai three dailies are publised in English, viz. : — 'The North China Daily News,' in the morning ; and the 'Shanghai Mercury,' in the evening ; there is also the ' China Gazette.' ^J here are three weeklies : ' The North China Herald,' 'The Celestial Empire,' and "The Temperance Union.' There is the ' Chefoo Express' at Chefoo. In Amoy a small shipping sheet is printed called 'The Amoy Gazette,' and a weekly appears named 'The Amoy Times and Shipping Gazette.' 'The Foochow Echo' is the one paper that that city boasts of. In Hongkong there are three dailies; 'The Hongkong Daily Press,' a morning paper, and 'The China Mai],' and 'The Hongkong Telegraph,' both evening papers. There is one weekly, ' The Overland China Mail.' There is also 'The Hongkong Weekly Press.' The clientele of these are principally foreigners, but a few natives who know English subscribe to them. There are several Portuguese papers in Macao and Hongkong, one of which publishes a portion of its contents in English. Of periodicals, in English there is the ' China Review ' published in Hongkong, and in Shanghai 'The Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal' issued monthy and * Woman's Work in the Far East ' issued half yearly (See Article on Books on China.) B;^sides these, there are two or three journals of difFerent societies, and 'The China Medical Missionary Journal' issued quarterly. NEWSPAPERS ASD PERlODtCALS. 407 The first European journal publised in China was 'The Canton l^egister' issued in 1827. As regards papers published in Chinese, many of which are commercial ventures, there are in Shanghai the ' Shun Pao ' and the 'Hu Pao.' sold at the price of ten and eight cash each ; these have a very large circulation, also the Sin Wan- Pao, Su-Pao, and Ku Chi Yi Wan Hu Pao.' Also a paper pub- lished for women called 'Nu Hsiao Pao.' There is the monthly illustrated journal "The Wan Kwo Kung Pao;' 'The Chung Si Chao Hui Pao/ a monthly journal: 'The Shin Chang' Hwa Pao,' issued twice a month. The Hwa T'u Sin Pao, a monthly journal ; and the Yut Pao, a monthly illustrated journal. There are five Chinese daily papers in Hongkong : ' The Chung Ngoi San Po,' issued from the ' Daily Press ' office ; ' The Wa Tsz Yat Po,' or ' Chinese Mail,' published at the 'China Mail' office; 'The Ts'un Wan Yat Po/ and 'The Wai San Yat Po,' and ' The H ongkong T'ung Po.' In Canton there are 'The Ling Ntim Yat Po,' ' The Kwong Chi Po,' ' The Chung Sai Po.' In Macao there is 'The Chi San Po,' issued thrice a week, and the daily ' P6.' Tientsin and Hankow also possess native papers : ' The Kwok Man Po ' and ' The Hon Po. In Foochow there is a weeklv paper ' The Man Shang Will P6.' All these native papers mentioned are the direct result of foreign influence, as before the arrival of foreigners in China the Chinese had no newspapers according to our idea of the term. 'The Peking Gazette' is the only newspaper the Chinese had till recent years, and it is the oldest newspaper in the world. It is published daily, being more of the nature of a Government Gazette than an ordinary newspaper. It is simply the record of official acts, promotions, decrees, and sentences, without any editorial comments or explanations ; and, as such, of great value in understanding the policy of Government. It is very generally read and discussed by educated people in the cities, and tends to keep them more acquainted with the character and proceedings of their rulers than ever the Romans were of their sovereigns and Senate. In the provinces, thousands of persons find employment by 408 THINGS CHINESE. copying and abridging the "Gazette" for readers who cannot afford to purchase the complete edition.' ' The printing is effected by means of wooden moveable types, which, to judge from some specimens examined, are cut in willow or poplar wood, a cheap if not highly durable material. '' * '^' * An average Gazette consists of lo or 12 leaves of thin, brownish paper, measuring 7^ by 31 inches, and enclosed between leaves, front and back, of bright yellow paper, to form a species of binding. The whole is roughly attached or " stitched " by means of two short pieces of paper rolled into a substitute for twine, the ends of which, passing through holes, punched in the rear margin of the sheets, are loosely twisted together, [This being the usual manner of "stitching" small pamphlets in China.] •■■■ "* '"' ''■' '■''' '"* The inside I'eaves, being folded double in the usual Chinese fashion, give some twenty or more small pages of inatter, each page divided by red lines into seven columns. Each column contain 14 character from top to bottom, with a blank space equal to four characters in height at the top.' 'As everything which the Emperor says takes precedence of everything else, his replies to memorials appear in advance of the documents to which they relate and this produces an effect much like that of a Puzzle Department, where all the answers should be printed one week, and the original conundrums the ne.xt.' Several newspapers and periodicals are published by the missionaries in different parts of China, some partaking more or less of a scientific and religious character as well as detailing news. A fcAV of these have been mentioned already by name, A few years ago it was stated that there Avere thirty-one newspapers and periodicals published in Chinese, of which * fifteen are religious and sixteen secular ; ' but there are a good many more now. There can be no doubt that the modern newspaper is destined to be an important factor for good in China, if it falls into judicious hands. Unfortunately, a tendency very occasionally reveals itself to pander to depraved tastes in articles not conducive to public morality, and a rabid hatred of the foreigner is sometimes visible in some distorted account of them and their doings, but on the whole, the •' tendency seems towards morality, &c.' Boohs recommended. — ' List of Periodicals in the Chinese Language,' being Appendix F. to Kecords of the Missionary Conference held in Shanghai 1890. ' The Peking Gazette :' being an article in ' The China Review,' vol. 3, p. 12. See also article on ' The Peking Gazette and Chinese Posting ' b}'. E. H. Parker in ' Longman's Magazine ' for November 1S06. An article on the European Press in China, by M. Henri Oordier appeared in the ' China Mail ' some time ago. I % NOBtLlTY. i09 NODTLITY.—ThciQ is no real nobility in China. Mayers, in his invaluable work on Government Titles, says :— 'The existing Chinese system of conferring patents of nobility, and honorary titles is linked by an unbroken chain of descent with the history of the feudal states of the sixth century before Christ, perpetuating in its nomenclature, on the one hand, the titles of the semi-independent Princes of that era, and, on the other, the names of official degrees which have ceased for many centuries to exist in practical operation. ■■■■ •"■ * * The titles now conferred are not to be regarded as other than official distinctions of a peculiar class, and cannot rightly be considered as bestowing aristocratic position or privilege in the European sense. The nine degrees of nobility, indeed, which arc conferred at the present day, and which are either heritable within certain limits, •'' '■■ * or hereditary for ever, "'■■ ''•' * are granted exclusively as rewards for military services.' The five highest ranks of hereditary nobility then are Kung (Koong). Hau (How), Pak (Pahk), Tsz, and Nam (Nahm), generally rendered into English as Duke, Marquis, Earl, Viscount, and Baron. Each of these is subdivided into classes or degrees. 'To the titles of the first, second, and third ranks lau- datory' titles or terms ' are appended, significant of the special services by which the rank has been earned.' We are not aware Avhether an attempt has ever been made to render the four lower ranks into an English equivalent. Any such attempt would probably be even less successful than than that already made as res^ards the five his'her ranks. These lower titles ' have occasionally the degree next above them '•' annexed " * * * the bearer being thus enabled to rank " with, but after," possessors of the title immediately preceding.' All the difi'erent ranks, except the lowest, are 'hereditary during a specified number of lives, ranging from twenty-six ' for a Duke of the first class, to one for the eighth rank, the next but lowest of all. Any of them also become hereditary by being 'conferred posthumously * * '* on ofiicers killed in battle.' Meritorious public servants are also rewarded by having hereditary official rank bestowed upon their sons, grandsons, younger brothers, or nephews. The whole principle it will thus be seen is against perpetuating hered- itary rank, the son with but few exceptions — so few as to be scarcely woithv of notice -takino- a lower title until at 410 THINGS CHINESE. length the status of a commoner is reached. The most noticeable exceptions are the following :— the lineal des- cendant of Confucius who is a Duke : and the descendants of MenciuSj and of Koxinga (the Conqueror of Formosa) each of whom is a Marquis. The son of a man of exceptional renown, such as of the first Marquis Tseng, whose son, the well-known minister to England, has the title continued ; but it goes no further unless the son's deeds have been such as to merit its bestowal on the grandson. Titles of honour are also conferred as rewards 'for merit or service, or of Imperial bounty on occasions of rejoicing.' These are bestowed upon the official himself, his wife, parents, or grandparents while they are living, or 'as a posthumous distinction * * *= to his deceased progenitors.' These titles differ for each of the nine degrees of official rank (See Article on Mandarin) and their subdivisons, making in all eighteen, while the wives have nine. Military officials also receive honorary titles of a martial character. Posthumous titles of honour may be granted to officials losing 'their lives at sea or on any of the inner waters, wliilst engaged in the public service,' and their eldest sons are given official rank. Most sensibly the Chinese have put before them merit as the cause of their nobility, and not the mere circumstance of blue blood. The class which in European lands would form the aristocracy, is in a very, comparatively, inferior position in China. There are certain classes who own titles on account of kinship with the Emperor; but here again heredity is the exception, and extinction of the title (which decreases in degree from father to son) happens in the case of descendants of a prince in about twelve generations. The only exceptions to this rule amongst these classes are the eight 'Iron-Capped Princes,' who are descendants of the Chieftains who immediately preceded the Sovereigns. Another, is the Prince of I, a descendant of the thirteenth son of K'ang-hi, the second Emperor of this dynasty. These all retain the title in perpetuity. NUMERICAL CATEGORIES. 411 NUMERICAL CATEGORIES.- ''^Mmhev has long exercised a peculiar faociiiatiou over tlie Far-Eastern mind. Europeans, no doubt, sometimes use such expressions as "The Four Cardinal Virtues " and *• The Seven Deadly Sins," but it is not part of our mental disposition to divide up and parcel out almost all things visible and invisible into numerical categories fixed by unchanging custom, as is the case among the nations from India eastward,' so writes ]Mr. Chamberlain in 'Things Japanese.' The Chinese have thus grouped together any and everything into such classes, beginning with two and ending with ten thousand. The fact that Mayers ' Cliinese Reader's Manual ' has a second part, consisting of sixty-seven pages, devoted to this portion of Chinese literature, will show its importance, and even it is not an exhaustive list; to it we refer the curious reader, while we only give a dozen of the most common : — The Two Emperors of Antiquity, Yao and Shun, who reigned B C 2357 and 2287 respectively. The Three Lights : The Sun, Moon, and Stars. The Three Powers of Nature : Heaven, Earth, and Man, which taken together are used in the sense of the universe or creation in general. The Four Cardinal Points : North, South, East, and West. When the centre is included, they are called The Five Points. The Four Books, Avhich with The Five Classics may be called the Bible of the Confucianist. (See Article on Literature.) The Five Blessings : Longevity, Riches, Peacefulness, and Serenity, the Love of Virtue, and An End Crowning the Life. The Five Elements or Primordial Essences : Water, Fire, Wood, iMetal, and Earth. 'Upon these five elements or perpetually active principles of nature the whole scheme of Chinese philosophy * * * is based.' 412 THINGS CHINESE. The Five Metals : Gold, Silver, Copper, Lead and Tin, and Iron. The Five Esculents or Grains : Hemp, Millet, Rice, Corn and Pulse. The Five Colours : Black, Eed, Azure (Green, Blue, or Black), White, and Yellow. The Eight Genii, or 'Eight Immortals, venerated by the Taouist sect'; each celebrated for possessing some mystic power or owning some wonderful, magic-working instrument. One, if not two of them, were females. One went about with one shoe off and one shoe on; another, having gone up to heaven, and left injunctions that his body was to be preserved for seven days for his return, found on his soul desiring to re-enter it after six days, that his disciple, who had been left to Avatch it, had been called away to his mother's death-bed, and consequently his master had no vitalised body of his own, but was forced to enter that of a beggar just expired; another had a white mule, by which he was carried thousands of miles in a single day, and which was folded away and put into his wallet at night, and resuscitated in the morning by his master spurting water from his mouth on him. The Eighteen Arhan : Eighteen of Buddha's immediate disciples, which are found in Buddhist temples. Bosides these there are The Five Hundred Disciples of Buddha, also found in some temples, the number is even carried up to ten thousand sometimes. The following are in common use likev.'ise amongst the people of Canton, and similar geographical and other combina- tions are doubtless used in other parts of China as well. The Three District Cities, 'Mm, P-un and Shun ; that is Nam Hoi, P lin Yil and Shun Tak. The Four Great Trading Marts, viz., Fatshan, Han- kow, Kintak ( the great porcelain manufactory), Chi'i Sin. OPIUM. 113 The Four District Citiks : Yan, Hoi and San, in concise terms ; but in full, Yan P'ing, Hoi P'ing, San Ning, and San Wiu all in tiie Canton or Kwongtung Province. The Lower Four Puefectures: K6,Loii, Lim, and K'ing, in concise terms ; in full Ko Chau fii, LiJii Chau fu, Lim Cliau fii, and K'ing Chau fii. OPIUM. — The poppy seems to have been cultivated in China as an ornamental flower in the Sung dynasty or before and the healing virtues of its seeds were commended, while 'the medical use of the capsules was of course early known.' Opium was used for medicinal purposes, and it was a highly esteemed drug, being imported overland from Burmah and through Central Asia. There would appear not to bo sufficient warranty for the opinion that the poppy was grown in China at an early date for other than ornamental purposes; everything points to a contrary conclusion. It was *an article of trade at Canton in the middle of the last century,' but, up to nearly the close of that century, it was a limited trade. We quote from Dr. Dudgeon, of Peking, a short summary of the origin of that destructive vice, opium-smoking : — ' Opium-smoking was introduced from Java by the Chinese from Chien-chieu and Chang-chow in the early years of the i8th century and towards the end of the reign of Kanghi 1662 — 1723. The first edict issued against it was in 1729, and was directed against the practice in Formosa, and was the result of a report of an official sent by Kanghi to inquire into the unseemly proceedings in the island. Kanghi died, and his successor was some six or seven years on the throne before steps were considered necessary •'' * * to stop the evil there. It had been introduced by people from the above two prefectures on the mainland. From Formosa and these southern ports, the practice spread eradually and very slowly. As late as the end of the century, the import and consumption of opium, both for medicine and smoking, was comparatively trifling. The use of opium, first as capsules and then as an extract, is of older origin and was used solely as a medicine. Part came by land through Central Asia by the Mohammedan merchants and travellers, part by sea to Canton, and pan also overland from Eurmah and India. The opium which came overland was for the most part as tribute, and we read in the Ming history of as much as 200 catties for the Emperor and 100 catties for the Empress being presented as tribute. Other drugs were likewise presented. '■■ ■■' "' " •■■ At the time when smoking began, a short bamboo tube filled with coir, opium, and tobacco was the regular mode of insufflation. 414 rmXGS CIIINESE, The present pipe is more modern, and is said to have been invented in the province of Canton. '■'■ ~ '^' The native growth is of still more recent origin. The cultivation of the poppy, for the sake of its extract, began about 70 years ago. Since that time it has been gradually making its way over the Empire, until now there is not a province where it is not grown. * '^'' '' The native growth and consumption of the native drug having thus largely inceased in the North, it has, year by year, been driving the Indian article out of the market. This process bids fair to continue to increase, and at no distant day in all likelihood the foreign import will cease, unless it can compete with the native in price. Its superior quality and freedom from adulteration would in these circumstances always command a sale. * * The great dimensions to which the native growth is reported latterly to have grown is only, it is evident, within the past few years. The native growth has been stimulated by the growing demand for opium and its profitable nature, the poppy not being taxed as a cereal. '- * * The increase of the native growth is accounted for by the fact that it is profitable to admix with the Indian, and the proportion given is native ^^ with foreign ^V- * * The consumption of opium, where it was formerly strictly forbidden, has greatly increased since the relaxation caused by the late agreement, by which the Imperial Government collects both Import and Lekin duties at the ports, and opium is allowed to pass freely throughout the Empire.' With regard to this increase of the native opium we are informed from another source that : — 'The Chinese are every quarter increasing the native grown opium * * the import of the foreign drug is steadily declining in consequence.' Again 'The Customs returns for 1895 show that the market falling in the import for 1894 was not arrested in 1895 but on the contrary the decline in the trade was even more conspicuous in the latter year. * * * * It is a question of cost. * ""' •"' * The poppy is rarely met with in Kwong Tung, and as the soil and climate are not favourable it is not likely to be extensively cultivated there.' 'In 1887, the value of the opium imported was Hk. Tls. 27,926,865, and the figure for 1S97 stands at Hk. Tls. 27,901,056; but whereas in the former year the sum expended procured a supply of 74,350 piculs, the almost identical amount in 1897 purchase only 49,217 piculs. The cost of the foreign drug has increased since the closing of the Indian mints, and the quality of the native drug is said to be undergoing an improvement which brings it more into demand.' It is but natural after this to find the following as a newspaper summary, made within the last few years, of one item of our Indian revenue : — Opium. — Decrease Rx. 1,550,000. This represents a distinct worsening of the financial position with no corresponding gain to the 1 OPIUM. 415 people of India. This part of tlie revenue lias nothing to do with the consumption of opium in India (which is taxed under Excise), and is in reality the profit of the Government of India as a monopolist manufacturer and exporter to foreign markets (chiefly China). At all times subject to great fluctuations, this source of income shows a steady tendency to decline.' The following on the taxation of native opium in China was published in 1897 and will be interesting in this connection : — 'According to a memorial of the Board of Revenue recommending a new system of taxing native-gfown opium, the chief opium producing provinces in China are stated to be Szechuan, which will produce this year a crop of 120,000 piculs ; Yunnan, So,ooo piculs ; Kueichou, 40,000 piculs ; Chekiang, 14,000 piculs ; Kiangsu, 10,000 piculs ; Kirin, 6,000 piculs; Anhui, 2,000 piculs; Fukien, 2,000 piculs; and the provinces of Kansu, Shensi, Shantung, Shansi, Honan, and Chihli, an aggregate amounting to 60,000 piculs, or a total of 334,000 piculs from 14 out of the 21 provinces which constitute the present empire of China — not including Outer Mongolia and Tibet. The memorial further states that according to the above estimate which the Board has reason to believe to be quite accurate, having been compiled by Sir Robert Hart at the Board's request, the duty on the native opium this year should amount to at lease 20 million taels, at the ordinary tax of Tls. 60 per picul ; but, so far, not a third of this amount has found its way to the Imperial exchequer, the rest having gone to enrich the provincial authorities and their tax collectors. It is now proposed to begin with the provinces of Kirin, Szechuan, Yunnan, and Kiangsu, for the collection of native opium duty which is to be handed over to the I.M. Customs at Shanhaikuan, Chungking, Mengtze, and Chinkiang, respectively.' When the liking for it began the English, to their shame, be it said, continued to bring the fatal drug to administer to the depraved tastes of the Chinese, whose rulers made most piteous attempts to prevent its introduction. And the feeling of dislike to the English, and, through them, to the hated and despised foreigner in general, partially due to this cause, is not confined solely to the upper classes, as any one may find who knows the language and mixes with the people; for it is not an unfrequent question : — Why do you foreigners bring opium to China ? And the only reply that can be given is : — There are bad people (there is no use combatino- the idea of the badness of the people who do such a thino- — it is a foregone conclusion in a Chinaman's mind) in every nation as well as good ; and if you Chinese would not smoke it, they would not bring it. 41.6 THINGS CHINESE. It is impossible to say what proportion of Chinese smoke opium, but immense numbers of all classes of the community do so ; in some parts of the country the proportion is larger than in others. From the Jmpenal Palace clown to the lowest hovel every class has its smokers, even women and children are in some places, preys to this insidious vice. Mony smoke it, as we have already said, at the present day, and the number is increasing. It has been estimated that there are 25,000,000 of opium smokers in China; another estimate, considered to be moderate, puts them at 4<0,000,000, that is a ninth, or tenth, of the Avhole population. In the city of Toochow alone there are said to be 1,000 registered opium dens, they ' being more numerous than tea or rice shops.' The habit is easily begun ; the offering of it, as a glass of wine amongst may classes of Englishmen, easily leads the fashionable votary into the practice; the fast man takes it sometimes as an aphrodisiac ; the prostitutes take it because their visitors do ; others take it first to ease pain, or disease ; Avhile others are led into it by their friends and acquaintances. In this connection it is interesting to note that, ' figures taken from the Perak hospital returns during 1893 and part of 1892 show that no protective influence against malaria can be claimed by the opium smoker.' Once formed, the habit is very difficult to break — some try, over and over again, to wean themselves from the pipe. One man actually came to a hospital no less than five times for that purpose. Five hundred smokers in the course of one year were desirous of entering a refuge, which \^'as opened in Foochow, in order to cure themselves. Opium is the most common means of committing suicide at present in China, and China is said to have the unenviable notoriety of being the country in wliicli suicides are most frequent. ' Since the introduction of opium in China, suicides have become alarmingly frequent.' The evils which arise from opium-smoking are many. It injures the health and physical powers, especially of the OPIVM. 417 working and poorer classes, whose wages are only sufficient to meet their necessities, and who curtail the amount spent on food and clothing to gratify their craving for the vice, and, consequently, are less able to resist its inroads on their system ; whereas the wealthy buy certain foods with the purpose of nourishing and strengthening their systems against it. All these factors, and others, have to be taken into account ; and it must also be remembered that there are some men who have such a resolute will (though like many other vices, the opium habit weakens the will power) that having fixed upon a certain amount as the limit of their indulgence, they do not overstep it, thus staving off" some of the worst effects of opium-smoking. Those who have yieded to it for years, and who are slaves to the pipe, are miserable if circumstances should arise to debar them from their accustomed whiffs : it is extraordinary to see how perfectly wretched they are ; every attitude, every feature of the face, every sentence, is a living witness that they are in agony till the craving is satisfied. The opium sots or •' opium devils,' as the natives term them, are pitiable objects emaciated almost to a skeleton, until they finally succumb to their vice. As to wealth, it often melts away when the pipe is indulged in. The author remembers especially one case where a man smoked away a valuable property consisting of a number of houses advantageously situated in the city of Canton, and ev^entually smoked himself into his grave. It is a great waste of time, as the process of smoking is a slow one and requires long preparation, and, as the habit increases, more has to be smoked to produce an effect, and consequently longer time spent over it : from a quarter, or half an hour at first, it increases till hours are required, and a great part of the night is wasted in it instead of being spent in sleep. The smokers lie down in couples across a wide couch with a small stool-like table between them containing the opium-tray, on which are the pipe and pipe bowls, opium lamp, and the different instruments used in connection with the pipe. Taking up the pipe one of the smokers lifts up a small quantity of 2 Ji ^ 418 THINGS CHINESE. opium on the end of a long needle-like instvament. The bowl of the pipe is held over the lamp, and the drug, which has been- already prepared so as to ba of the consistency of treacle, is worked by him in the heat of the flame into the small orifice of the pipe-bowl. This takes some time, and, when all is ready, a few whiffs exhaust it, so that the whole process has to be gone over again, each smoker often taking the preparation of the pipe in turn. The following account by a doctor who has paid much attention to the subject gives with minute exactness the whole process summarised above : — 'The smoker, lying on his couch or divan, with the pipe, lamp, and other implements on a tray, takes a portion on the point of a wire and warms it carefully over the flame of the lamp. He dips it again into the little jar of opium until the requisite quantity adheres, alternately warming it over the flame and pressing it on the flat bowl of the pipe, turning it over and over and working it carefully on the end of the wire, until it is reduced to the state of a soft solid by the evaporation of a portion of the water. During this process it swells up into a light porous mass from the formation of steam within, and must therefore be heated up to the boiling point of water. When the little bolus has been brought to the exact state fitted for smoking, it is worked into a conical-shaped ring around the wire, the point of the wire inserted into the round hole of the pipe, and, by twirling the wire around while withdrawing it, the opium is deposited on the pipe, the hole in it corresponding to the hole in the bowl of the pipe. The stem of the pipe being applied to the lips and the bowl held over the lamp, the heat of the flame is drawn in over the opium, converting into vapour all the volatilizable material in the bolus. To understand what takes place, it is important to note that, preparatory to smoking, the bolus of opium has been slowly and carefully heated until steam has been generated in its substance. While in this heated state, and with water enough to prevent charring and to form more steam, the flame of the lamp passes over it, converting part of it into the so-called smoke, and leaving" a solid residuum known as "in-she," opium dross, and also as "i-in," seconds.' The vapour is inhaled into the lungs, and comes in contact with the immense surface of the respiratory mucous membrane, by which the alkaloids are absorbed into the blood, and thus act upon the whole system. Notwithstanding the theory of some scientific gentlmen * '■' that none of the alkaloids are carried by the smoke into the system, it is demonstrated a thousand times a day by every whiff" a Chinaman takes of his pipe that certain constitue7its of the xvatery extract of opium are converted into riajjour : nnd the sallow complexion, stupid visage, and Vvasted frame of old smokers, and especially the remorseless grip of the OP 1 UAL 419 craving on every librc of their ncrv(nis system, afford strong reason to believe, if they do not absoUitely prove, that every inhalation of the vapour conveys a portion of the alkaloids into the victim's blood.' Opium-smoking induce laziness, idle habits, and un- willingness to exertion, shortens life, and diminishes vitality. ' Among the well-to-do, with healthy constitutions, good food, comfortable surroundings, and especially if there be pressing business to attend to, the drug may be used for a lengthened period without any apparent deleterious results, but at the same time it will be observed that any indulgence in the vice, even under the most favour- able circumstances, diminishes functional activity in the nervous system, impairs and arrests the process of secretion, and ultimately produces structural changes in important organs, and a general under- mining of the constitution all round. Although the effects are more gradual, they are none the less sure. Vital resistance to its evil effects is soon diminished as the smokers become poor, thus depriving the victims, not of opium, for the supply must increase with the craving, but of the necessary sustenance, thus enfeebling the system, and rendering it more susceptible to its evil influence. * •'* * Sooner or later retribution overtakes them, and they are suddenly cut Qff_ c o xhat there is no more harm in its continuous use than smoking the mildest cigarettes is an utterly absurd statement. It is pernicious in itself apart from its too frequent conjunction with other well-know social evils. In such cases opium tells with redoubled violence '■•■ •'■ The reasons for believing the habit to be harmless and that it can be abandoned without suffering, have been made by some to depend upon the bodyweight of the smokers when admitted to gaol and once a week afterwai'ds. The weight is not much effected, provided the habit is not great nor of great duration, and the material surroundings are good.' 'After the imperious craving has been established, then the smoker smokes not for positive enjoyment but to relieve the pains and aches which the non-satisfaction of the craving sets up. It is foolish to read of the stalwart races which are addicted to opium. It is quite fallacious to reason thus, the Chinese are given to opium, but the Chinese are industrious, therefore, opium isbeneticial. The poor, lazy, good-for-nothing people in China are the opium smokers,' and, if they ai'e not that when they begin to smoke it, the vice soon does its best to hurry them to these conditions. 'No doubt immediately after the craving has been satisfied, there is unwonted brilliancy and activity, both physical and mental, and this requires constantly to be renewed. '■■ ■•■ •'' There does not seem much hope for the rejuvenescence of China so long as this terrible evil remains in their midst, the vice is enthralling, the craving is imperious, and the abandonment of the habit extremely difficult.' A new vice, that of the subcutaneous injection of morphia, appears now to be following that of opium smoking, and the habit is spreading rapidly in some parts of the country at all events. It was making enormous advances in Hongkong until 2 B 2 420 THINGS CHINESE. ■ • put down by law a few years since. As an instance of what a hold the habit takes on the people already prepared for it by opium smoking, the following facts as to the practice taken from a British Consular Report, and the Imperial Customs Annual Report, may prove of interest : — 800 ozs. were import- ed in one month in 1894 in Amoy, and there was a decrease in the import of opium. Some of it was d(nibtless used for pills, powders, &c., and not all for hypodermic injections. The habit of injecting morphia was greatly on the in- crease in Amoy in 1894, there being many establishments in the city where the practice was carried on. ' Habitual opium smokers taking to morphine injections are enabled to abstain from the opium pipe, but are by no means cured of opium smoking, as a cessation of the injection habit inevitably leads to an increased indulgence in smoking.' In 1895 the total amount of morphia imported into Amoy was 4,835 ozs. and of hypodermic syringes ] 28, in Shanghai for the same period 64,043 ozs. were imported, being double that of 1894 and more than four times that of 1892. The Commissioner of Customs thus speaks of it in that part of the country : — 'Though partly consumed as a liquid decoction, it is chiefly used to make pills and tabloids, which are taken as a substitute for opium by those who find it inconvenient to smoke during business or when travelling. This easily becomes a habit.' The Commissioner at Canton says, 'morphia * * ^ is largely being availed of amongst [opium] smokers.' In the general report on the foreign trade of China for the same year (1895) we find it noted that, 'there is a large increase in the importation of morphia, which in- dicates a greater use of so-called anti-opium pills and that indulgence in morphonism is spreading.' It appears that the amount and consequently the habit must be increasing for in the Annual Returns for 1897 it is stated that in Amoy, 9103 ozs. of morphia, valued at Hk. Tls. 15,473, passed the Customs, - - the highest total yet reached , In Shanghai, for the year 1897, it had risen to 68,170 ozs.; and in Canton the amount for the same year was 1.580, value Hk. Tls, 2,429, as PAGODA. 4-21 against a value in 18J)o of Hk.Tls. 951. A large quantity of opium pills are also made, and sold under the name of anti- o[)ium pills. Some, in the endeavour to give up opium smoking, try these ; but they seldom cure anyone of the liabit : they simply, by the opium they contain, satisfy the longing of the smoker and enable him to stave off the desire to smoke for awhile. Those who take them can also conceal the opium habit from their friends for a Avhile ; they require less waste of time as they are swallowed at once, whereas the smoking, if much is taken, runs away with hours which a poor man can ill afford. They are mostly prepared from opium dross mixed with soft-boiled rice, or paste, and various medicines according to the different prescriptions. They would appear to be somewhat cheaper than the opium. There are CJiinese opium dens in tlie United States and in l^ondon. It was stated on good authority a few years ago, that 2,500 Chinese visit the port of London in the course of the year — chiefly sailors, firemen, carpenters, cooks and stewards employed on steamers running between China and England, as well as a few more permanent residents ; so that there are quite safRcieut out of that number to patronise these places and keep them going. Opium probably costs the Chinese at least 168,000.000 taels annually. Booh'.-! rrroin mended. — 'The Evils of the use of Opium," by J. Dudgeon, M.D. • British Opium Policy ' by Kev. F. S. Turner, B. A., London, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivingfton, gives a good account of the opium question up to about 1.5 years ago. PAGODA. — ^The word Pagoda is descended from the Sanscrit Chagavatl through the Persian hootkuda or the Hindustanee poutkltoda or bootkhoda, and means '' the house of idols,' • the abode of God,' or •' Holy House.' *' According to the original use of the word in India, it is a name given to the various buildings where they worship idols,' and it has been employed in the same indiscriminate way by some writers on China, but the majority of modern writers restrict the use of the term to the tower-like structure common in China, described as '' a peculiar class of buildings that rise several stories high in the form of a narrow and polygonal obelisk, whether tenanted by idols or not.' 'i22 THINGS CHINESE. These picturesque objects that crown a jutting eminence or stand on a swelling hill ; that rise from the general dead level of the shanty-like buildings forming a Chinese city ; or again are seen breaking the monotony of low-lying lands ; so common that they seem almost a natural feature in a Chinese landscape : these are not native but of foreign origin, and introduced, so it is said, after the Christian era. The great majority of pagodas in China are ancient, and in Chinese scenery take the place of the old and ruined castles to be met with in the West. The stiffness of the lines has been toned down by the kindly hand of time in the course of the centuries which have generally passed since their erection. Decay has dislodged a brick here and there in the galleries (placed often at each story) round the tall shaft-like structure, while sometimes the lightning in its play, or the wild winds in their sport, have robbed the ambitious tower of its topmost stories, or, at least, of its crowning glory, an imitation of' a big bottle gourd.' Nature, in another of her aspects, has dropped a seed in the mother earth; unnoticed it has lain till, mixed with the other materials, it has been used in the building, and the fierce tropical sun has warmed it into maturity ; or, failing that, the feathered songsters of the air have plucked the ripe berries and left the seeds on the pagoda ; in either case the result is a growth of shrubs and bushes and young trees, which add to the beauty of the tower and also accelerate its decay. Pagodas are usually of seven or nine stories in height, though any odd numbers such as three, five, eleven, or thirteen stories are known — odd numbers being most pro- pitious : those above nine stories are very rare, though there have been one or two, if not more, constructed of that height. It has been the intention to erect some of thirteen stories, but want of funds or fear of destruction by the elements (the Chinese have no lightning rods) have caused the Chinese to desist from the attempt. With regard to their dimensions it has been stated that • the average heisrht of the loftiest PAGODA. 423 j)agoda«! is about 170 feet.' The famous Nankin pagoda was 261 English feet high. The walls of pagodas are of great thickness especially at the base, reminding one of the old walls of castles in England. They decrease proportionately in circumference and in thickness as they ascend. One in Soochow (in which city there are five) is nearly 300 feet in circumference, or about 100 feet in diameter at the bottom, •and its ninth or uppermost story is about one-third in circumference " of the base. They are generally hexagonal or octagonal in shape externally. The number in China must be enormous, Williams estimates there must be nearly 2,000 in the empire. On each story are openings — doorways, or windows, — neither furnished with doors, nor glazed, adding much to the picturesque details of these interesting buildings. There are cornices at each story on the outside, forming at times only ornamental details, while at others they are developed into outside galleries, or balconies, going round the whole pagoda. These galleries are either improtected or railed, and the openings in the brickwork of the tower, already mentioned, give on to these cornices or galleries. From them, magnificent bird's eye views of the city at one's feet, or of the surrounding country, are obtained, increasing in range as the visitor ascends succeeding stories ; but it is not every pagoda that is open to ascent. Some are in too dilapidated a condition to be safe, and the officials prohibit visitors going up, and close the entries ; others, though safe enough, have proved too common and easy a point of departure for giddy or weak-brained mortals to essay a flight into the great unknown. As to the modes of ascent they may be divided into two categories : none or some. In the former case, none being provided by the builders, the inhabitants in the neighbourhood appear with a long plank ready to assist, for a remuneration of course, the aspirant to giddy heights. This long plank is thrown from the windows of a lower story to those of the next, and, once crossed, it is pulled across and the further end 424 THINGS CHINESE. raised again to the next higher story. Thus slowly, stage by stage, the traveller ascends, crossing his improvised bridge, while a slip, or a fall of brickwork, would precipitate him to the foot of the hollow tower. A trick with the Chinese in the olden days was, when half Avay up, or when the top had been reached, to take possession of the plank and refuse to place it in position for the descent until their rapacity had been satisfied by the bestowal of some coin, thus cruelly extorted by them. A steady brain is required in such a mode of ascent, as well as when a staircase winds round the interior of the structure without any railing or protection whatever. In some pagodas, however, each stage has a floor. In one the author ascended at the District City of Tie-yea, near Swatow, such was the style and there were separate stair-ways round the interior of the building for each story. The lowest of all was unprotected for the greater part of its ascent, after which it entered the wall of the building and landed one on the first floor ; the succeeding staircases being all within the thick walls. The galleries were protected by balustrades and were of sufficient width to allow of those going in one direction to push past those going in the opposite. Buddhist temples are often erected at the foot of a pagoda, the primary object of a pagoda having been to preserve the relics of a Buddha or saint. The Chinese have improved on this, and firmly believe that, in order to conserve or improve the propitious geomantic influences of a place, it is necessary to have pagodas ; and they consequently take a prominent position in the curious medley of superstition and glimmerings of natural science known as Fung Shui (see Article under that heading). Their presence is supposed to ward off" evil influences and attract those conditions which go to make up the Chinese idea of a state of prosperity, so much prized by them, and for the attainment of which they will sacrifice almost everything. As a concrete example of the good they produce, it may be noted that the presence of a pagoda in a city Avill cause numbers of its studious PAOODA. 12.-) youths to gain literary distinctions in the Civil Ser\ice examinations. The geomancors of Canton say that the t\vo pagodas inside that city are like the two masts of a junk, tlie stern sheets being the huge, five-storied, barn-like structure on the walls at the north of the city. To an imaginative people, like the Chinese, such a comparison is highly felicitous. A large commercial centre is thus symbolised and a concatenation (of pagodas and buildings) producing such a symbol is looked upon as not only being an emblem of what the city actually is at present, but as a means of insuring (for such probably would be the train of thought evolved) a future continuance of such commercial prosperity as long as such emblems continue to exist. The prosaic Englishman spends thousands on a grand system of underground drainage to improve the sanitary conditions of the city he lives in: the Chinese knows nought of, and cares less about, sanitary science, but he firmly believes in spending money to secure long life, health and prosperity, and to preserve him from all the evils and dangers that surround him. He as firmly believes, as the Englishman in his system, that centuries of experience have proved that the means of obtaining such blessings is to erect new pagodas or to repair those already in existence in his district. The four winds may blow, but under the benign influences of the pagoda they are averted ; the dire waters may flow, but the pagoda wards off" their evil results. An illuminated pagoda : such a sight is worthy of fairy-land, whether a mass of Chinese lanterns turns the slender, pointed tower into a tongue of fire against the dark background of a moonless skv, or whether each coisfu and vantage ground forms a resting place for a glimmer of light ; but we question whether the reality comes up to the ideal, as 14'0 lamps for the Nanking Porcelain Tower, when it was in existence, seems but a small allowance for such a large building. They are hung at the windows and from each corner of the different stories. 2 c 42() TIIINGFi CHINESE. The aggregate sum of money spent on tlie erection of pagodas in China must be something enormous. 'The entire building at Nanking cost the Imperial Treasury no less than 2,485,4S4 taels of silver— ^3,300,000 ; ' and the repairs of another cost |2G,000. Sixty years were spent in the construction of one. Besides the pagodas already written about, known as fd Pap, flowery, or ornamented, pagodas, there is another variety, known as mvn t'ap, or put t'f'ip. literary, or pencil, pagodas, which are very numerous in the South of China. They are often seen on the banks of rivers and are supposed, like the others, to exert a good influence on the neigh- bourhood. Some people have been misled into thinking pagodas were intended as beacon towers ; but beacon towers are quite different from them. The author saw three of the latter just behind some foreign houses in Swatow, in a grove of trees. They cannot have been used for some scores of years, and, hidden as they were, M'ould not serve any good purpose now. Pagodas are occasionally erected at the present day, but not often ; the first Avas probably built in the third century. Jioohs rceommendcd. — An article entitled ■ rasodas in China," in the ' Transactions of the C. 1!. of the R. A. S.,' I'art V.. \k>:K Williams's Middh- Kingdom,' Vol. I., pp. 102, 743, 74.">. Archdeacon Gray's ' China,' Chapter 3 1 . PAWNSHOPS. — Towering above low-lving dwellinorg, and pierced by numerous small windows, the massive, square erections of the pawnbrokers' strongholds, are seen dotted here and there throughout the Chinese city or town. They are the objects which first attract the attention of the stranger, who naturally is surprised when informed that they are not fortifications but pawnshops. Conspicuous they arc in material substance, and they hold an equally prominent position in the social economy of the curious and complex product of Eastern life and prudential economy, which constitute the average Chinaman's life. The Westerner must dismiss from his mind all pre- conceived ideas of pawnshops and pawnshop-keepers. The PA\\y>sJlol'S. 1.27 position tliose latter liold is a highly respectable one, and the business is one in which a moneyed man is glad to invest liis hard-earned savings, or an official his surplus cash, as a share in the joint-stock concern nhich many ot" them are. Native banks 'would ap[)ear to restrict their operations more amongst trade, or business, people, while the pawnshop comes in for a share of the business which, in England, would otherwise be monopolised by the banks. It' its shareholders are merchants and officials —^people of respectability and position — so its clientele not only embraces, as in England, the spendthrift, the livers from liand to mouth, the hopelessly impecunious, those who are sunk in the lowest depths of poverty, the gambler, the thief, the robber, and the burghir, the opium-smoker (who takes the place so ignominiously filled by the drunkard in our countries of the West, though even the drunkard is found in China amongst those who frequent the pawnshop, for has not tlie poet Tu Fu sung : — ' From the court every eve lu llic pawnshop I pass. To come back from the river the drunkest of men.'j ; but they also still further boast, in almost equal num- bers, of the most respectable classes of society amongst their numerous clients. Rumour now and again whispers that even in jjondon some of those in good positions in the would, as far as family and connections are con- cerned, contribute customers to the sign of the three gilded balls, but these transactions are done nah voscl and most indignant Avould these same customers be if they were taxed Avith them. John Chinaman, unlike John Bull, has nothing to be ashamed of — in fact any idea of such a thing as shame entering into his mind with regard to such a common and honest business transaction would not find a lodgment in his brain. The pawnshop is a safe repository for the gentleman's or lady's furs in summer, where they will be well taken care of and preserved from the destructive moth ; and, again, in winter, the summer robes of thin and diaphanous material may be caretully housed in the same storehi.>use. 2 ( 2 128 THINGS OnlNESE. There are several classes of pawnshops, but, for all practical purposes, they may be considered as separated into two divisions. They have different regulations as to rates of interest and the length of time unredeemed pledges are kept before being sold, &c. A very common rate of interest is thirty-six per cent, a year. A not unusual sight is a lot of pawn-tickets for sale on a street stall. Those who buy them have, of course, the right of redeeming the articles on pledge for which they are issued. Pawnshops form a fine object of attack for burglars or robbers; and. notwithstandinsj all the strength of their construction, their massive doors, their narrow windows, and the piles of stones on the roof to throw down on the heads of their assailants, as well as all the precuations taken in early closing, the attacks made on them are sometimes successful. It is dangerous work to engage in, as, if caught, the penalty is death, UdtiJi reco))n)i ended. — Gray's ' Cliiua," Vol. J I, Chapter 20. PHILOSOPHY, — We do no propose to enter on a long dissertation on Chinese Philosophy, whether it be ethical as applied to every-day morals, with its five virtues; or cosmogonal, as applied to the evolution of the finite from the infinite, the conditioned from the unconditioned, and the production of light and darkness. Here one appears to be on solid ground, but when one follows out the reasonings and statements of the ancient philosophy, and comes on stalks of milfoil, and the carapax of a tortoise, the eight diagrams, the eight trigrams — notwithstanding the assurance that 'it is very probable that there is underlying ' them, the trigrams, •'a definite system of natural philosophy' — it all appears to the foreign reader, Avho has not imbibed the true Chinese spirit, which sees 'good in everything' Chinese, to the uncivilised barbarians, that the most of us are outside the pale of the Middle Kingdom, it seems a system of hocus pocus ; the feeling is but little modified though one is assured that the Grand Plan is typified in them, that the dual principles of nature are working in their midst, and pinLosopjiy. 421) tliat they •typify the transt'orination whieh the dual princi[)lc of Heaven and Earth undergoes in tlie plienomenal clianges of nature." This is all caviare to the Westerner, who has no taste for Chinese delicacios ; and to the general reader it all seems incomprehensible and unfathomable, for the ancient philosophical worthy who devised these mystic combinations appears to the common mind to have lost himself in the maze of his dreams and speculations. How incoherent the 'Yik King ' ('the Classic of Changes') is, which deals ad nauseam with these diagrams and their commutations, may be gathered from the fact that the Lite Professor Terrien de Lacouperie asserted it to be a word-book of Accadian or Babylonian words, but the Chinese, by the aid of commentaries, have read sense and meaning into what would otherwise baffle the common intellect to fathom. One turns with more pleasure to the speculations of the heretical Micius (Mih Tsz), who, shunned by the unapprecia- tive, orthodox, Chinese scholars, laid it down as a principle • to love all equally * ; and the brilliant Chwang Tsz's paradoxes, his fables, his mysticism, are all more congenial to the Western mind — more practical in their bearings, notwithstanding all the defects and errors, than the dry sticks of the milfoil and the harder shell of the tortoise, who withdraws under his testudo and resists all the prying efforts of the seekers after knowledge. We might wander amidst the speculations of different writers subsequent to the Confucian age, when many were 'distinguished for the boldness of their theories and the freedom of their utterance,' where, besides the names already mentioned, may be cited those of Licius (Leih Tsz), Mencius, Sun Tsz, and others, but time will not permit ; nor can we follow the mazes of the speculative philosophy, which 'sprang suddenly into existence' under the Sung dynasty. In fact, the whole subject is a vast one, diverging into many branches, and worthy of an exhaustive treatise dealing with it alone. We refer the reader to our article on Taoism in this book for some notice of Cliancius (Chwans: Tsz), with his vivacitv and deliriuub fertility of imagination, whose writings have been described as * a storm of dazzling effects.' Jioohx rccovniieiuh'd. — Articles (jiititled ' Friigiiieutiiry Studies in Ancient t'liiricsc rhilusopiiy,' by Kev. E. J. Eitel, Ph. D., in ' Cliina Keview.' Vol. 15, p. 338, and Vul. ]7, p. 2(>. The jirolegoMiena to Vol. 2 of Legge's ' Chinese Glassies,' and the • Classic of Changes." translated hy the same aMthor. ])nblished in the Sacred Hooks of the East' !5erie^. Vol. XVJ. 'The Dof/trine of the Chi,' a very interesting jiaper hy Sir Chaloner Alabaster in "The China lleview,' Vol. 18, )). 211'.). 'The Doctrines of Confucius : A Systematic Digest, according to the Analects. Great Learning, and Doctrine of the Mean, with an Introduction on the Authorities iip(jn Confucius and Confucianisn.' by liev. K. Faber, Tii. D., translated from the (rerman by P. tJ. von Moellendorff. •The Mind of ilencius, or rditical Economy Founded upon Moral Pliilosophy : A Systematic Digest of the Doctrines of the t^hinese Philosopher. Mencius. B.C. .32.5. The Original Text classified and translated, with notes and explanations by Kev. E. Faber, TH. D., translated from the German with notes and emendations by Kev. A. B. Hutchiusou.' ' The Divine Clas-iic of Xaii Hua. being the works of Chuang Tsz, Taoist Philosopher,' by F. H. Balfour, F.R.G.S. ' Chuang Tzti. Mystic, Moralist, and Social P„eformer,' translated by H. A. Giles, contains au interesting uote, occupying twenty pages, on the i)hilosophy of Chaps 1-7. ])y Kev. A. Moore, Oxford, ])ointing out the parallelisms of thought and reasoning between the Greek philosophy and the Chinese. ' Keinarks on the EthicM.l Philosophy of the Chinese,' by Dr. Martin, in his 'Han Liu Papers.' A paper by Kev. Grifilith John, in '.Journal X. C. Br. K. A. S.,' Sept. ]S6(t, and one by Kev. J. Edkins in sanie Journal for May, 18,")9. 'The Philosoph)\ Ethics, and Keligion of Taoism, chiefly as developed b.y Chwang Tsz.' by W. P. Mears. m.a., ji.d.. in 'China Keview.' Vol. XIX. p. 225. PIDGIN'ENGLISIL—MhQn foreigners settled in China, finding the language difficult to learn, and the Chinese finding English nearly equally difficult for them to acquire, a middle course was struck and the outcome \vas the mongrel talk, called pidgin-English. We say a middle course was struck, for the Mords employed are generally English modified to suit the defective pronunciation of the Chinese. For example? the letter /• is dropped and / substituted, while the idiom is Chinese, and, in the absence of infiectiou and declension, the Chinese is again copied. The result has been a most wonder- ful gibberish, especially when talked in its purity. It is. of course, not at all like Chinese, and is so unlike English, that new-comers require to leain it. The difference between it and proper English was once unconsciously and wittily expressed by a Cantonese shop-keeper, who, finding himself at a loss to understand the correct English spoken by a new arri^al, turned to his friend, au American, and said ; • 3Ioh PHILOSOPHY. 431 bettah you fion talkec Englisheo talk, my no sabbee Melican talk.' A very few of the words employed in pidgin-English are Chinese so distorted as to be almost past recognition, M'hile Portuguese, Malay, and Indian have also added a few words to the vocabulary. Some residents have occasionally amused a leisure hour by putting a few of the gems of English literature into this jargon, M-ith the result that diamonds of the first water have been changed into ashes. The soliloquy in Hamlet commencing, in pidgin-English, 'Can do. no can do. how fashion,* as well as 'Excelsior,' and other poems, have shared this fate. We give a specimen at the end of this article, but very few of any of the pieces pat into this lingo represent it as it is really spoken, as hs. (js, ds, and rs, are all left in, letters which, when the Chinese speak it, are not pronounced, but />*■, A-^-, ts and !>•: are used instead. The pidgin-English, as usually written, represents it as it is pronounced by the foreigner, but not as it is spoken by the majority of Chinese, and tlie latter we would maintain is the proper pidgin-English . Fortunately for all concerned, this dialect of English, ■wiiich has had an existence of more than half a century, seems doomed at last. The extended acquisition of some knowledge of English on the part of the Chinese, is super- seding its use. we are thankful to say. One very curious feature in the employment of pidgin-English, is to find Chinese from different parts of the empire, who, on account of the difference in the language spoken by them, are unable to converse together, occasionally forced to use it, in order to be able to hold any communication with each other. EXCELSIOR. That nightey tiin begin choii-clioii, ()ii« young mail walkee — no can stoj*. Jlaskpp snow 1 maskee ice I He oally tlag witli cliop so nice — Topside tialow I He too nincliey solly, one piecee eye Look-see sharp — so — all same my. He talk.-y largey, talUcy stlong, " 'i'oo nincliee cnlio all-same gong — 'J'upsiile (lalow I 432 TITIXGS CHINESE. Inside that hou:^e he look-see liglit, And evely loom got fire all light, He look-see plenty ice more liigh, J aside he mouth he plenty cly — Topside C>alo\v I Olo man talkee 'No can walk, By'mbj' lain come. ..welly dark, Hab got water, welly wide.' ' Maskee I My wantchey go topside." Topside Oalow I • Man-man,' one girley talkey ho ; ' What for you go topside look-see .' ' And one tim more he plenty cly. But allo-tim walkee plenty high. Topside G allow I ' Take care t'hat spoil'nni tlee, young man, ' Take care t'hat ice. He want man-man.' T'hat coolie chin-chin he ' Good night,' He talkee ' My can go all light.' Topside Galow ! Joss-pidgin-man he soon begin, Morning-tim t'hat Joss chin-chin, He no man see — he plenty fear, Cos some man talkee he can hear. Topside Galow I T-hai young man die, one large dog see Too nnichee bobbelj' findee he, He hand blong colo — all -same ice, Hab got he flag, with chop so nice. Topside Galow 1 MORAL. Yon too muchee laugh ! what for sing .' I tink so you no savvy what ting ! Hupposey you no blong clever inside I More betta yon go walk topside 1 Topside Galow I Book recommendeil. — Iceland's • Pidgin-English Sing Sonj vocabulary, and many pieces put into pidgin-English. contains a PLAGUE. — Of late years a mystevious disease, which from the reports received appeared to be a species of malignant fever, was prevalent in the Yunnan Province, and excited the curiosity of a few of the foreign residents in China, who eagerly scanned any accounts by travellers in the hopes of acquiring a fuller knowledge of this fatal malady, which seemed to have made its home in the mephitic valleys of that distant province. No fears were ever entertained that PLAGUE. 433 tills unwelcome guest of the Yuiiuanoso would start on its erratic rambles and visit with its malign presence and virulent persistence the south-eastern coasts of the empire and commit its ravages beneath the very eyes and, in the British colony of Hongkong, in the actual midst, of those who had wondered what it was, thus throwing its defiance indeed in the teeth of Western 'medical science; but such was the case and the unknown visitant proved to be either the black plague of mediaeval days, or closely akin to it. The black plague which we read of in our history books, in luagazine articles, and in Defoe, and whose dread presence caused a stagnation of civic life and commerce, spreading a dark pall of misery and distress over merry England, making our centres of life, veritable cities of the dead, and finally reducing the population of the country to one half of what it had been before it expired, according to general opinion, amid the lurid glare of London in flames, ' Though not necessarily confined to such, in modern times plague, like leprosy, had become practically a disease of warm climates. The hygenic conditions which advancing civilisation has brought in its train have forced back these two diseases from Europe where, at one time, they were even more prevalent than they are in their tropical and subtropical haunts at the present day. They are typical examples of that large group of acute and chronic germ diseases whose spread depends on social and hygenic, rather than on climatic, conditions, and more especially on filth and over- crowding ; conditions which now-a-days are found, to an extent and an intensity sufficient to ensure the endemic prevalence or epidemic extension of these diseases, only in warm countries.' ' The most potent circumstances which predispose to the epidemic outbreak of plague are extreme filth and overcrowding, in such circumstances the virus, once introduced, tends to spread. These conditions, however, are not all sufficient ; for even in the filthiest and most crowded Oriental towns and without any apparent alteration in the habits or circumstances of the population, the disease, after having become epidemic, dies out spontaneously. It may be difficult to indicate the exact way or ways in which filth and over- crowding operate, but certain it is, as experience has shown, that in sanitary hygienic conditions plague does not spread even if introduced, and that in opposite conditions it may for a time spread like wild fire." 'Filth and overcrowding imply close proximity ofthe sick and the healthy ; an atmosphere saturated with tlie emanations of the sick ; a lowered tone of the general health ; abundant saturation of soil and surrounding media with animal refuse, fitting them as a "2d 434 THINGS CHINESE. nidus for what might be termed natural culture of the germ ; abundance of bodily vermin of all kinds [See Article on Insects] ; abundance of other vermin, such as rats and mice, which serve as multipliers of the virus ; carelessness about personal cleanliness, about wounds of the hands and feet, about clothing, and about food, dishes, and water. One can understand how in such circumstances the germ has opportunities to multiply and spread.' * Plague, though " catching," is not nearly so infectious as are scarle. fever, measles, small-pox, or even typhus. Medical men, and even nurses, in clean airy hospitals rarely acquire the disease, provided they h ive no open wounds and do not remain too long in close proximity to their patients. In cities, the cleanly districts are general spared. This was well exemplified in the late epidemics at Canton and Hongkong where the airy, cleanly European quarters and the relatively clean, weli-ventilated boat population were practically exempt ; whilst the disease ran riot in the adjoining filthy, overcrowded native houses only a few yards away.' It is thought that the dise.ase may be conveyed to man ill food and drink. 'As far as present knowledge extends, it seems certain that plague is also communicated by the breath, inasmuch as the special bacilli were found in the saliva of the Vienna victims.' ' The most hopeful branch of the inquiry, as far as we can see at present, is that which relates to the preparation und administration of preventive or curative serums.' Before proceeding to an account of its manifestations in China in recent times, it may be interesting to give a short summary of the known history of the plague. 'Plague is perhaps the one disease of which we have an authentic description at periods of time coming down from 430 B.C. to mediaeval times (1348) and so through the Great Plague of London (1665-66) to this last epidemic in 1894 [in Hongkong and adjacent country]. The character of the disease seems not to have altered in any way since the time of Thucydides. The sudden invasion and the other symptoms, the buboes and haemorrhages, are all as plainly marked in the Hongkong epidemic as they were in Athens 2,500 years ago. There is one similarity between the epidemic at Athens and the plague of 1665 which we do not find mentioned in Dr. Lowson's report of the Hongkong epidemic, so perhaps the same conditions did not obtain — i.e., the absence of other diseases.' The Emperor Julian's physician mentions the plague. We learn from him that it was 'endemic in Egypt and Syria from the beginning of the second century before Christ.' It appeared in f^urope in the sixth century. This, it is said, was the first time in history when 'this formidable disease assumed the character of a great epidemic. Breaking out in Justinian's reign (A,D. 542) the disease quickly occupied the whole of the known earth, and began a tragic course which has continued even to our own time.' The black death which swept over the conlinciU of Europe in llic I4tli century had several of the symptoms of bubonic phigue but it differed essentially from it, (but see l^r. Manson's opinion below) so one writer informs us, and he proceeds to tell us that Egypt seems to have been the seat of origin of bubonic plague and Cathay some centuries later of the black death. The ravages of the latter in London in 1665, when 70,000 died of it are well known as well as the outbreak in 1720 in Marseilles after which it appeared in neither England nor France, retiring to the Easternmost part of the Turkish Empire in the beginning of the nineteenth century and disappeaiing altogether from the continent of Europe in 1841. 'Prior to 1 661, there are almost continuous records from year to year of the presence of the disease in Northern Africa, Asia, and Europe generally, and it is worthy of note that as tirst one country and then another in Europe adopted some systematic form of drainage and improved habits of life, so soon did the plague disappear from these countries.' To epitomise: — ^^' For 1,200 years it was pre-eminent among pestilential maladies. In the 16th century, when quarantine was established, 69 outbreaks were recorded in Europe ; in the 17th century, 56 ; in the iSth, 28 ; in the first half of the 19th, 15, In 1844 it apparently became extinct. But about ten years afterwards it again showed itself in the Levant and has since occurred in various parts of Asia and North Africa and even in Europe.' A mofjt interesting account is also contained in 'Tropical Diseases,' pp. lil-1-16 of the history of the plague which does not quite agree with the extract given above and i.s fuller, in fact too long to be inserted here. After the foregoing, especially after the last sentences, a few notes by Dr. Manson in 1878, prefatory to a translation of Mr. Rocher's account of the plague in Ytinnan are very interesting. Speaking of Mr. Rocher's statement, he says: — 'They prove unmistakably the existence of bubonic plague in China, and that this dread disease has spread over a larger area of late years than is generally known. They are of great value as showing that the disease did not entirely disappear between the years 1844 and 1873 as some epidemiologists believe, and thus do away with the supposition that in the latter year there was a re-creation of the plague virus. In 1844, the plague disappeared completely from Egypt and Turkey in Asia, and we were told to congratulate ourselves on being finally rid of the most terrible of all epidemic diseases. For years there was no sign of it in its favourite haunts, and there seemed good reason for the belief that it had become a thing of the past. But in 1873, ^ftcr an absence of nearly thirty years, it once more broke out in Mesopotamia, and ever since lias been steadily extending its area, till last year it reached the shores of the Caspian. To account for this reappearance after so long a period of complete absence, some epidemiologists luue pro[)ounded their Ijclief in the spontaneous 2 t 2 43G TIlLXas (JJIINESE. generation of the plague virus, as it is absurd to suppose that parasites could retain their infective powers for nearly thirty years. But in the lieht of Mr, Rocher's notes such a thing is unnecessary, as his dates bridge over twenty years at least of the thirty during which the disease was supposed to be dead, and show that an extensive epidemic may rage in mid Asia, and Europe be in complete ignorance of the fact. In such a country as Central Asia, where the distances are great and travelling very slow, we can understand that such a disease as plague would take a long time to pass from west to east and back again from east to west, and that an interval of thirty years might elapse before the disease returned again to the place whence it started. Our knowledge of the countries to the north of the Himalayas is so meagre, and communication with them so difficult, that the plague might pass through them without our hearing about it at all, and one can readily suppose that it did actually pass thus from Yunnan to Mesopotamia or Persia to originate the epidemic at present raging in these countries. Mr. Rocher's description of the disease is sufficiently clear to justify us in calling it plague.' The first time we are aware of it in China was in 1811', but it did not work so much havoc a.> iu 189i. One of the first autlientic accounts, as far at all events as is known at present, of it in this land is contained in the following paragraph from the ■ Overland Friend of China ' of 23rd May, 1850 ;-- ' The city of Canton and the neighbour-towns and villages are afflicted by a malignant fever. It is commonly called typhus : some European physicians are of opinion that it is akin to the yellow fever of the West Indies ; others Ihink that it resemble^ the plague xvhich de- solated London tzvo centuries ago. The disease is said to be fatal imvariably, its victims linger three or four days, though in some instances they have died in twelve hours. More than one European doctor cheerfully tender their scrvics, — but the Chinese are obstinate in their adherence to old custom — old ignorant quackery. The distemper has not made its appearance at the Factories, and as it may arise from a want of cleanliness among the people, we are in hopes that it will not extend to Europeans.' We are unable to say what the death rate was during this visitation, though hundreds are said to have died, nor can we tell whether there had been previous epidemics of it in Canton. Chinese accounts, with their utter ignorance of all medical kncjwledge, are so meagre and untrustworthy Avhen dealing Avith historic invasions of sickness that they are extremely unsatisfactory and the diseases they mention are difficult of identification, especially would such be the case were the plague the subject matter of a terse, short paragraph by a Chinese historian. We should almost suppose that had it approaclied anything to the horrors ut tlio e[)i(lomic at Canton in 181)i, more extended notice of it would have been taken by the foreign papers published in tlie Soutli of China. For even before the end of its duration in Hongkong in the epidemic of 1891', tlie deaths in the city of Canton alone were estinuited from the beginning of the outbreak until the IStli of June, at 35^000, while the number of deatlis in the villages around could not be ascertained. We learn from a missionary lady, resident for some time in the Pok-lo District, in the Canton Province, tJiat in that district or in the Hakka country near there, the Chinese say they have had the plague several times; but it had never been so fatal as in 1894, ninety pt^r cent dying in that year, whereas only sixty or eighty per cent of those who took it died previously. We have endeavoured to learn from inquiry amongst natives of different districts of country whether there were local traditions of visitations of the plague in their respective districts; but all the evidence we were able to gather, and it was but small in quantity, was of a negative character. There would appear to be * very little literature on the subject.' One would fancy there would be not a few notices of such a dreadful disease ; some may yet be dis- covered ; but we have examined book after book to try and find some little mention of it. They almost all display a a most wonderful unanimity in keeping a discreet and pro- found silence on the subject. We carefully looked through a standard Chinese work on the Canton Province only to be disappointed. Authorities appear in their voluminous tomes to flee all references to epidemics almost even as their authors A\ould fly from the plague itself. Before proceeding to an account of this 1891' epidemic, which brought the plague under the immediate purview of European medical science and knowledge, it would be more historically correct to call attention to its ravages in the province of \iinnan. We are indebted iox accounts of it in that province to the narratives of travellers and notices by one or two of the few residents in that distant portion of 438 THINGS CHINESE. China. From the Notes on the route followed by ^Ir. Grosvenor's Mission through Western Yunnan, IVom Tali-fu to T'cng-yueh, reprinted from the Parliamentary Report, China, No. 3 (1878) we extract the following : — 'Another strange disease which haunts this and some other of the valleys of Yiinnan bears, in some respects,, a resemblance to the plague of London described by Defoe. Its approach is indicated by the eruption of one or more minute red pustules, generally in the arm-pits, but occasionally in other glandular regions. If several pustules appear, the disease is not considered so hopeless as when there are few. The sufferer is soon seized with extreme weakness, followed in a few hours by agonising aches in every part of the body ; delirium shortly ensues, and in nine cases out often the result is fatal. It often happens that the patient suddenly, to all appearance, recovers, leaves his bed, and affirms that, beyond a slight sensation of weakness, he feels thoroughly convalescent. This is invariably a fatal sign ; in about two hours the aches return, and the sufferer dies. True recovery is always very gradual. This is the account given us by a French missionary, who has spent half a lifetime in Yunnan. The native version includes all the above facts, but involves them in a cloud of superstitious accessories ; for instance, all parts of the sick-room are occupied by devils ; even the tables and .mattresses writhe about and utter voices, and offer intelligible replies to any one who questions them. Few, however, venture into the chamber. The missionary assured me that the patient is, in most cases, deserted like a leper, for fear of contagion. If an elder member ot the family is attacked, the best attention he receives is to be placed in a solitary room, with a vessel of water by his side. The door is secured, and a pole laid near it, with which twice a day the anxious relatives, cautiously peering in, poke and prod the sick person to discover if he retains any symptoms of life. PereFenouil * * had himself witnessed many cases of the disease and lived in infected towns. He attributes his own safety to the precautions he took of fumigating his premises and keeping charcoal braziers constantly burning, to such an extent, indeed, that his house on one occasion actually took fire. He states that not only human beings, but domestic animals and even rats are attacked by the pestilence. Its approach may often be known from the extraordinary move- ments of the rats, who leave their holes and crevices and issue on to the floors without a trace of their accustomed timidity, springing continually upwards from their hind legs, as if they were trying to jump out of something. The rats fall dead, and then comes the turn of the poultry ; after the poultry ha^■c succumbed, pigs, goats, ponies, and o.xcn successively die off, PLAGUE. 139 The good father has a theory of his own that the plague is really a pestilential emanation slowly rising in an equable stratum from the ground, and as it increases in depth all animals are, as it were, drowned in its poisonous flood — the smaller creatures heing first engulfed, and man, the tallest of Yiinnan- animals, suffering last. The Christian converts suffer less than their pagan countrymen, from the superior cleanliness which, as we were informed, their faith inculcates. We ourselves never saw any cases of the plague ; but we met one native of South-western China, no less a personage than the (jovernor of the Yunnan province, T'sen, a quiet, sober-spoken veteran of a hundred battles, deeply marked between the eyes with a scar inflicted by a rebel bullet. He had undergone two attacks ; the second was less violent than the first. He remembered nothing of the acute period of the illness, but in both cases his recovery was gradual and protracted. He attributed it to the influence of demons ; and we afterwards heard a characteristic instance of his faith in his own diagnosis. The head quarters of his division during the Mohammedan rebellion were situated in a plague-stricken town, and when the infection began to attack his troops, T'sen had all the gates closed except that in the southern wall, and then sent in his soldiers with orders to slash and pierce the air in every corner that could possibly harbour a demon. After this preliminary slaughter the men were formed in line against the inside of the north walls, and gradually advanced upon the south gate, hemming in the invisible fiends, and ultimately driving them with a final rush through the gate, which w^as immediately closed and a strong guard placed outside. But somehow or other the goblins contrived to regain the interior of the city ; by what means has not been ascertained ; but it is surmised that they climbed over the wall.' The following summary of Mr. Rocher's account of the Plague was prepared by the author and appeared in one of the Hongkong local papers in 1894 : — •' Some interesting notes on the plague are appended to M. Rocher's "La Province Chinoise Yiinnan/' as well as some observations on it in the body of the work itself. Any information about this disease at the present time being desirable, we have embodied what was to be gathered from the above work in the following paragraphs, so that others who may not have the book in their libraries may have the opportunitv of seeing what has been said about it. M. Rocher informs us that the plague is known in that part of the country by the name oi )faiirj-f:u. In Hongkong, no THINGS CHINESE. however, we find the Chinese speak of it as wan-yik, the epidemic. Not only does it claim numerous victims each year in Yiinnan, but it also commits its ravages amongst the Laos, as well as on the frontier of the noighboui-ing province of Kwei-chou. From the information sfiven to M. Rocher. he was led to believe that this disease came from Burmah by means of the caravans passing between that country and China. The time of its first advent seems uncertain, some being of the opinion that it first showed itself in the centre and east of the province at the time of the great Mohammedan rebellion ; while a few hold that it was known in the west of the province at Ta-li-fu some years before that event. A very curious feature noticed in Yiinnan is the suscepti- bility of the lower animals to what is believed to be the malignant miasma which causes the disease. The inhabitants of the sewers or the dwellers underground are the first that are attacked by this fell plague. The rats, driven from their holes, rush into the houses, maddened by the mephitic vapours which they have inhaled, and shortly give up the ghost ; but more often the foul odours from their dead bodies under the flooring is a proof of the deadly work v/hich is going on. All animals, large and small, are subject to the same in- fection : buffaloes, cows, sheep and goats, and the poultry to a lesser extent. Some, at all events, of the animals seem to suffer less than man fi-om it. On his arrival in these parts, M. Rocher refused credence to the stories of the natives, believins: them to be due to the effect of imagination or to superstitious fears ; but on the pest bursting forth in the very district in which he was, and having then ocular demonstration of the truth of the reports he had heard, his unbelief was changed to ftiith. The precautions taken nearly everywhere were to light fires in all the rooms in order to purify the houses ; and the people in certain cities and districts abstained from the meat par evc^Ience of the Chinese— pork. j'LAari':. in 1\[ Roclioi- describes this bubonic plaguo as coninicncing with a high fever (we can scnrcely do better than give what immediately follows in liis own words) 'accompanied by an intense thirst ; some hours after a deep red tumour appears in the armpits, the groin, or the neck ; the fever increases and the patient soon loses consciousness; the tumour usually increases in size until the second day, after which it remains stationary. The patient then appears to recover his senses, but he is still in great danger : for, if the tumour which up to that time has been very hard becomes soft and if the fever does not diminish he is considered as lost ; on the contrary, if the tumour is pierced on the outside, which rarely happens, there is hope of saving him ; but at this stage the patient is so weakened that although the tumour may have broken he dies of exhaustion.' Strange to say, notwithstanding the extreme repugnance tlie Chinese have to the surgeon's knife, ]M. Rocher tells us that some of the Chinese doctors have tried the effect of cutting or excisinsj these tumours ; but whether it be that the operation is put off too long or unskilfully performed, very few of the p.iticnts have survived the amateur efforts of their physicians. The strongest remedy that they employ under these circumstances is musk, which is prescribed in strong doses as a last resource. Dr. Porter Smith informs us that musk is * believed by Chinese authors to be a rousing, stimulating, anti-spasmodic, deobstruent, expectorant, dia- phoretic, ecbolic, anthelmintic, and vulnerary remedy, . . . and enters into the composition of ointments for dressing ulcers and sores.' M. Rocher saw a great many cases of the plague, in Yilnnan and most of them had a fatal result. The proportion of the inhabitants affected by it differs in different places ; in some spots, where it may be described as simply passing, from i to () per cent, were attacked by it ; while in other localities the population was completely decimated by this awful scourge, whole families even being swept away by it. The inhabitants in such districts, driven from hearth and 2 ]•: 442 TJIJNG,^ CmXESE. home, even leave their crops, and Hee from the tell t'oe to the heights. Nor does flight ensure their safety at all times, for we are told that even to these upper regions the phigue very often follows them, invading the mountains after having ravaged the plains, and on these higher levels likewise claiming numerous victims, the neighbouring heights near the cities also suffering from it. The insanitary habits of the Chinese with regard to tlie disposal of those who succumb to the disease — so much in accord with similar methods prevalent in many parts of the Celestial Empire, whore the dead are often of more importance than the living — contributes greatly to aggravate the situa- tion, so M, Rocher informs us is his opinion ; and we can readily believe it when we are told by him that instead of burying the bodies of those M'ho have died from the pest, the natives arc content to place the coffins in the open air, either on the slopes of the hills or on the plains exposed to the fierce rays of the tropical sun, with what results it does not need even the help of a lively imagination to picture. In the years 1871, 1872, and 1873, the plague began in May and June, the time of the planting of the rice ; the summer season, which is the rainy season, seemed to check its activity; but it redoubled its energies and claimed the most of its victims during the period extending from harvest till the end of the year. A strange circumstance noted by ]\[. Rocher is that the epidemic at several places in tlie middle and north of the province oyerleapt certain spots in its course, or passed them by, and left them untouched until several months after or even until the following year, when it returned to the places thus apparently forgotten. Having attacked nearly all the villages in the plains, the plague sought new fields for its devastations by ascending to the mountains and committing numerous ravages amongst the aborigines. M. Rocher gathered, from what he had seen and from the irregular manner in which the disease appeared, that it must have PLAaCE. '143 been iiii[)orted iulu these higher hjcalities by the men and women who go at certain times of the year to work in the plains. More colour appears to be given to this view from the fact that it is after the rice has been planted or when the harvest is ended that this scourge leaves the low-lying country for the heights. An interesting sketch map is given in tlie book to illustrate the course of the plague in 1871 and 1872 and in 1872 and 1873. showing the places wliere the most victim3 succumbed and the spots where the visitation simply passed with slight mortality. This map was prepared from official sources of information and from other knowledge of the matter obtained by M. Rocher. It appears to have followed a most curious zigzag route on both occasions in its erratic course. ]\[. Rocher also informs us in a note on the map that certain cities and principal towns of the west of the province have been successively visited by the pest, and in some districts it has remained during several years permanent amongst the troops which were carrying on operations against the rebels.' The late IMr. Happcr, Commissioner of Customs at MengtzQ, for some years, thus writes about it in 1889 : — 'In spite of such a favourable climate, Mengtzu, in common with other parts of Yunnan, has sufferod annually, for a period of years, from the plague which has carried off a number of its inhabitants. Indeed the presence of fallow land in the near neigbourhood of the city is attributed to the decimation of the fiirming population by the pest. '' * A curious fact about the disease (in Yiinnan] is, that it never descends to places under 12,000 of altitude above the sea, and it rarely scales lieights over 7,200 feet high. Strangely enough also, it seldom attacks people sojourning in Yiinnan from other provinces, its \ictims being confined to the aborigines, and to native born Chinese.' With regard to it in 1895, it is stated: — The season in Alongtszu in 1S95 'up to July had been very dry, but the hrst few days of that month were wet, and shortly afterwards the plague began with its wonted virulence. The disease was prevalent and fatal during July and August, and remained till towards the end of September. Various estimates of the number of victims arc given, from 800 to 1,500. The neighouiing towns suffered severely, the malady even raging in Lo-lo villages considerably over 6,000 feet above the sea level. At Iheconunencen.eiit of tlic epidemic the 2 Jv 2 HI TJIIAGS CinyLSE. Chinese thouj,rht it would disappear with the arrival of the aiitiunn (8th August), but the disease prevailed till it had ran its course, which requires about three montlis' time, as shown by the records kept since the establishment of the Mengtszu Customs in 1889.' 'The plague appeared in Mengtszii as usual, [in 1897] but it was not, apparently, as virulent as in former years and ran a shorter course. The first death was reported on 31st May and no deaths were reported after 6th August. The estimated mortality from plague in the city was from 250 to 300.' It still continues at Mcngtzii and it is said to have been worse in 1896 than it has ever been before. The deaths were then estimated to number thirty per day out of a population of 30,000. • Every evening the Taotai has his troops drawn up in the courtyard of the Yanicn to fire their rifles in all directions to frighten the plague demons.' A more recent report (1899) says that it appears to be dying out in that neighbourhood, though this has been denied. The plague has been endemic for many years at Pakhoi, a small treaty port situated in the Kwongtung Province and on the Gulf of Tonquin ; but takes an epidemic form there at intervals of five or ten years or even more frequently. It first occurred there in 18G7, recurring at certain intervals; severe outbreaks took place in 1877, 1882, and 1891-. In the last year it began in '' March, continuing with lessening severity till the end of June, but at Lien Chow city, twelve miles distant, it lasted till August.' The mortality was estimated at Pakhoi in 1882 to be 400 or 500 out of a population of 25,000, the average a day, when at its height, being ten The people were almost panic striken at its commencement and fled the town. Rats were attacked, but no other animals. There were tliree groups of symptoms of the disease as it jnanifested itself respectively in Pakhoi, Yihinan and India. In 1894 it was worse in point of mortality than ever before — ■ 300 or 400 having died at Pakhoi by the middle of May when it was abating. Prom Chinese sources it is learned that before 1875 only about 100 people had died in any year of plague at Pakhoi ; in 1884, 50 or 60; in 1891, about 40 or 50. We lune already mentioned the mortality in PLAai'K. 115 1882 and 1891. 'Native doctors in Pakhui lu'cscribed what they call "cooling remedies," such as rhubarb. It ai»[)ear.s they do not treat the bubo locally.' The natives at Pakhoi • burn joss-stick and a plant, the sweet flag, which are supposed to have prophylactic power as disinfectants.' In 189 !■ they bouirht a great deal of foreign disinfecting fluid. ])r. iJeane of Pakhoi says of it : — 'The disease appears in one locality and seems as restricted as tlioiigh it were in a bottle. One house may be so bad that anyone entering' it will be seized, but the next house quite free from all danger.' ' Many perfectly healthy men take the disease and die next day.' 'Jt is endemic to a particular locality.' 'In Pakhoi it does not appear as an epidemic generally, but only in the most evil- smelling quarters.' Pakhoi escaped the epidemic in 1895, being practically free from it, thougli Kotak, a village near the port, had a slight visitation. Jt is curable in Pakhoi when brought to the missionary hospital as soon as the symptoms appear, but 'nothing can be done in the advanced stages.' The plague in essentially a disease ' born of filth and insanitary surroundings.' The simple drainage systems in vogue in Chinese cities are periodically flushed by nature at the season of the year when they would prove most dangerous to the inhabitants, \\y.., during the hot and sultry summer ■which is the rainy season in the South of China. So eflectively do the torrential rains sweep away the accumula- tion of weeks and months that it would be extremely difficult for man to compete with them. But their work is stultified to a large extent by the crass ignorance of all sanitary matters by the Chinese and by their utter indifference to the offensive odours which give warning of the dangers to life and health around them. No, or but very little, supple- mentary aid is given to the cleansing rains, so when a period of draught ensues the inhabitants naturally suffer from their neglect of the filth which surrounds them and the effluvia therefrom, whoso subtle essence permeates the whole at- nio«i>hcrc whicli they breathe. Given such conditions, the 41 G THINGS ClllKKSE. plague, if once introduced, runs a wild riot in its congenial surroundings, resisting and defying all the puny efforts put forth by the natives for its extermination. It revels in its filthy haunts; it ensconces itself in the malodorous districts and fetid precincts of a Chinese city, toun. or village, where filth is never wanting, where the soil is saturated with the escaped drainage of centuries, where every street corner is a dust bin, Mhere every vacant lot is a dirt heap, where the frontage of the houses on the rivers is a rubbish shoot, and the banks arc a dumpage-ground for all refuse, Avhere every liouse is an ouinhun gatliernm of dust, dirt, and cobwebs; where in some cases the kitchen is a urinal and the market jjardens are fertilised with ni^lit soil, and where in the midst of houses the public latrines scent the whole neighbourhood with their filthy odour, where in the early hours of the forenoon the scavengers almost render the family streets impassable to a foreigner by their necessary offices for the houses in which the modern conveniences of Western civilisation are unknown; where the most elemontary sanitary laws are never dreamt of and utterly ignored by the inhabitants, Avhere even the well-to-do are often unclean and filthy in their habits, in their clothing, in their sur- roundings; where the poorest wear their scanty clothes in rags and alive with vermin till it almost drops in pieces from them, and where overcrowding prevails to the utter disregard of ventilation and fresh air. What wonder then that with such a welcome reception ready for it, the plague, like the evil spirit in the parable, returns again, not often, however, like the evil spirit to find the place swept and garnished, but with the same filthy conditions ever present, inviting its return. What wonder also that year afl;cr year the visit is repeated, 'Plague is developed under three sets of conditions, (a) local conditions affecting" communities, (b) certain relations between persons sick of the disease and healthy persons, (c) particular seasonal influences, (a) '- The conditions "'which determined and favoured" the disease among communities were dwelling upon alluvial and marshy soils, notably those found near the shores of the Mediterranean, and on the banks of certain great ri\crs, such as the rr.Acai:. 117 Nile, Euphrates, Danube, and Yangisz, a warm and humid atmosphere ; low, badly ventilated and crowded houses; great ac- cumulation of putrifying animal and vegetable matter in the vicinity of dwellings, unwholesome and insufficient food, excessive physical and moral misery and neglect of the laws of health as well public as private. Although outbreaks of plague occur in marshy soils, it is not confined to them, as evidenced by its persistence in Kumaun on the Him.alayan mountains and the '■' '■■' outbreak in Hongkong. Colvill and Cabiadio ascribe poverty as the influential condition in promoting plague, (b) Persons living in the same house are peculiarly liable to sufi"er, while those who are only brought into occasional contact (as the physician) are rarely affected. " ••' "' '■' (c) Seasonal changes. In Mesopotamia, it was noticed that the disease became dormant with the setting in of the hot weather, reawakening in the winter and gathering force with the advancing spring. In Constantinople, on the contrary, the disease was dormant in the colder months and active during the hotter. The same was true of the great plague of London, the records showing that September was the month of greatest prevalence, the disease rising through July and August.' The pliigue would nppoar to bo one of Nature's scourges for the punishment of tlioso who disobey lier laws and for instruction in the elementary rules of sanitary science. Unfortunately Orientals find the lesson a difficult one to learn, and the innocent dwellers amongst them also suffer with the guilty. We now come to the terrible visitation of the plague in Hongkong in 1891'. It was probably introduced into this British Colony from the city of Canton, only distant 90 miles, between which places there is constant daily communication by native boats and foreign steamers, there being 11,090 passengers every week from Canton: many patients were fleeing from the plague in that city where it had began in the February of that year. I'he deaths in Canton from it during tlie first four months of 1894 were to be numbered amongst the tens of thousands. Tiie first official knowledge of the plague in Hongkong was in May, 1894, though it is suspected that it had been present in the Colony for some weeks at least before that, though unknown to the authorities, any cases of death from it having probably been registered as due to fever or other causes, no medical certificate of death being required from 118 TJIINGS CHINESE. ■ the Chinese. The nalive quarters of tlie city presented an exceptionally favourable field of operations for it, and it spread with great rapidity through the narrow streets, in tlie blind alleys, amid tlie crowded tenements, claiming its victims from young and old alike whether at home or abroad, for several cases occurred of men dropping down dead in the streets. No rain had fallen for a considerable time and there was a scarcity of water in the Colony, an intermittent supply being furnished to the inhabitants ; the drainage svstem which had been begun without any system in the early days of Hongkong and had not kept pace with the requirements of the population was in a transition state towards a complete renovation. Taipingshan which formed the headquarters of the epidemic was built at the foot of a steep mountain side and facing the north, the breezes being kept off, as in a great part of the city, to a considerable extent by the Peak. The filth which had accumulated in the dwellings is almost indescribable, and would scarcely be credited by those who do not know how the Chinese live ; the soil was saturated and reeking with half a century's sullage wa,ter and leakages from sewers; while the ground floors, really no misnomer in many cases, as whatever flooring tiles there might originally have been were often covered by inches of dirt and hardened mud, a compost teeming with germs of disease ; underground basements were occupied not only by workmen during the day as workshops, but were used as sleeping dens at night ; the rooms small and ill ventilated enough already were in the majority of cases further diminished in size and the atmosp- here rendered more foul by being subdivided by low board partitions into cubicles, and, not content with this, a horizontal division of the apartments was effected by cocklofts, or mezzanine floors, and these latter were in some cases even partitioned oft" into little tiny rooms, and in some rooms, a second cockloft would even be found ; the streets and lanes were narrow and intricate ; the houses which had originally beea built low and of onlv one or two stories, of late vcars were rLAGVK. Ill) in many cases being replaced by higher duollings and every available piece of ground in the city was being rapidly built over, so that what was once a sparsely populated district was soon converted into a congested mass of" buildings with but little moans of ventilation ; where even in some houses an open verandah would offer some chance of fresh air, the Chinese would, unless under constaut supervision, quickly economise the space by either enclosing the verandah or putting up bedrooms in it. The enhanced price of land, the raising of rents, the attempts to solve the problem how to live upon next to nothing — all tended in the one direction, that of rendering the native quarters a hot-bed of disease, by favouring the over- crowding of houses on the land, and the overcrowding of the inhabitants in those houses. Every facility was thus offered for the spread of the disease and once fairly started it continued to hold its ground all through the summer, the number of cases rapidly increasing, the deaths keeping almost equal pace with it, until the latter reached the number of 70 or 80 per d'tem. ; but by this time half the Chinese population had fled the Colony in terror, ill and well, all attempting to get away from the plague-infected city, the streets presented a very different aspect from the period when a full tide of life flosvetl through them, business was seriously affected, the foreign trade of the Colony greatly hampered, the outlook was dismal in the extreme, many steamers were afraid of calling at the port, the law courts were nearly deserted, the schools were almost forsaken ; in the foreign offices, pots of chloride of lime stood at every desk, or disinfectants were freely used about the premises. The plague proclamation was in force in Hongkong for nearly four months from the 10th i\[ay until the 3rd September, 1894, and during that time there were 2,547 deaths in the Colony from it. How many really died of it will, however, never really be known, as many fled the Colony, going up to Canton and the neighbouring country while ill. 2 F 450 THINGS CHINESE. As soon as the Government nnd the foreign residents realised what ihis dreadful disease that had come amongst them was, energetic measures were taken to cope with it. A committee was formed to advise and direct operations, bodies of the troops, residents, police, and officials formed 'whitewash brigades,' which went to the infected houses, tore down the cocklofts and partitions, cleared out the rubblish, and burnt the debris; a burial party was formed in Avhich sailors under the leadership of an official did gallant service. The greatest praise is due to all we have mentioned and to many whom we cannot mention, for with the greatest bravery they ran unknown risks for the benefit of their fellow men. Several of the soldiers and one officer succumbed to the infection — if there be any glory in death itself at all, theirs was a more glorious death than on a field of battle. Doctors came from different places to assist, and much was added to our knowledge of the plague during this visitation in Hongkong. A Japanese doctor. Dr. Kitasato a student of Koch's in Berlin, first discovered the plague bacillus in Hongkong in 1894, and Yersin a French doctor afterwards, while another of the Japanese who come to the Colony to investigate the disease died from it. The efforts of the Europeans wei'c often misunderstood by the ignorant Chinese, and the strong hand of the law was required to enforce obedience, in fact many of the natives had fled from the Colony in consequence of the measures taken to cope with and overcome the plague. Concerning infection from this much dreaded disease, Dr. Lowson says that it is stated that • skin to skin infection is impossible unless the one to be infected has some wound and the infecter's skin has been soiled by faeces, blood, or the contents of buboes,' but there are sufficient other methods of infection known, or suspected, to render the horrible dread the Chinese had of it well founded. The period of incubation may extend to nine days, though in the case of rats it is two or three. This would therefore seem to furnish a reason why these rodents are affected before human rLAGVE. 451 beings, besides the idea already propounded that being near the ground tlicy first receive the infection. With regard to human beings this period of incubation is sometimes even shorter than nine days. In tlie first commonccment of the phigue tlie symptoms may be varied, an anxious terrified expression is common and fever and buboes are also signs, but not of course infallible, the temperature as a rule rises gradually "and in most severe cases the tendency is for the temperature to keep about the same level for some time ' ; but we cannot go into a full report of the symptoms. Those who are interested in them will find them fully described in Dr. Lowson's valuable paper. The death rate amongst those attacked in Hongkong in 189J' was as follows : — Chinese 93.4 per cent. Indians 77 „ Japanese 60 Eurasians 100 Europeans 18.2 „ The Chinese lacked efficient medical attendance — in many cases they would have nothing to do with foreign doctors, while Europeans called in properly trained physicians and that, in most cases, right early. At the same time tliere is no doubt that the European constitution was better able to withstand this fearful disease. Judged by the percentage of deaths in those attacked, the Eurasians would appear to have the Avorse constitutions of all. ' About ten acres of the most densely populated part of the city was closed by the Government at the height of the epidemic and the inhabitants turned out of their dwellings and housed elsewhere. The streets M'ere walled up and constables were Rationed to prevent egress to the '•'forbidden city."' In this quarter of the city, Taipingshan, nearly every house had plague in it and most of the houses were unfit for habitation. The Government resumed all the land and houses in this portion of the city, giving compensation to the owners ; 2 1" 2 452 THINGS CHINESE. the wretched chvellings were eventually pulled down, and the streets are now laid out on an im])roved plan. During the next two years the plague played havoc in the neighbourhood of Canton, Hongkong and Macao, now visiting, during tlic hot months of the year, one part of the country and now another. Hongkong escaped in 1895, except for a few sporadic cases, amounting to some 44 in number, but Macao was visited by a severe epidemic of it in April and May 1895. The city of Canton was reported to be practically fiee in 1895. In Canton, when the plague was raging in 1894, a reward was offered for the bodies of rats that had died from it, and in consequence 21,000 were collected. The plague during these last few years also visited Amoy, Swatow, and other places in the south-eastern part of China, reaching as far north even as Shanghai, where a few cases occurred. A recurrence of the bubonic plague took place in Hongkong in 1890. It commenced early in the year : — 'The disease was at its worst stage in April and May and was not finally stamped out till the end of September. The total number of cases brought to notice was 1,204, of which 1,097 ended fatally. Europeans attacked numbered fifteen, of whcm seven, including two soldiers and one Inspector of Nuisances, succumbed to the disease. © -:;> c Qpg of the two sisters who weie engaged in nursing at the Plague Hospital was also attacked by the disease but fortunately recovered. The largest number of fresh cases in one week was loo, from the 23rd to 30th May, and the greatest number of deaths was 2>y, for the week ending 9th May.' But it has spread so over difiercnt places in China that to give an accurate and full account of its visitations would require more space than we have at our disposal, several hun- dreds are said to have died of it in Kaulung City in 1898, The plague also visited Formosa in 1896; and con- siderable alarm >vas caused in 181)6 and 1897 by a serious out- break of it in Bombay and elsewhere in India. A new jAase of it in Bombay was that pigeons were attacked by a disease which presented points of resemblance to the plague, and died in large numbers. In this connection the following extract from the ' Bombay Gazette,' as published in the PLAGUE. 1.53 London "Daily Chronicle' of the lith January, 181)7, proves of more than passing interest : — 'Mr. Hankin has set liiiusclf to investigate an important brancli of the subject — the means by which tlie pest becomes diffused, and is brought in contact with the population which becomes subject to its ravages. The time has not come to enter into details, but it is permissible to state that there is evidence proving beyond all doubt that rats, living and dead, and ants play a large part in diffusing the disease and establishing it in buildings which become in their turn centres of infection. Rats which have the plague deposit the germ of the disease on the floors over which they pass. When they die their bodies are eaten by ants, which absorb the germs and deposit them in cracks and crevices, especially when there is any lurking moisture. Ants require water, and consequently they frequent the neighbourhood of taps and sinks. The bacilli have been found in ants a fortnight after they received them from preying on dead rats. A house near Dhobie Talao, in which two deaths took place, was searched for dead rats. Their bodies were dug out and the holes closed up. The man employed on that work took the plague. Some days afterwards Mr. Hankin succeeded in picking out fiom crevices ants which were found to have the bacilli. Some of the surface of the ground near the sink had bacilli, though it had been flushed with phenyle the day before. The bacilii were doubtless deposited by the ants after the phenyle had become dry. It is not to be supposed that ants have any monopoly in the diffusion of bacilli. Insects which have never been held in such general esteem for industry and self-help have unquestionably their share in that deadly work. But keeping in view the proved fact that rats get the plague and die of it in large numbers, that their dead bodies under the floors and among the rafters of old buildings are sources of infection, intensified by the action of myriads of ants, Mr. Hankin has come to the conclusion that the segregation of human beings who get the disease can have but a very small effect in pre- venting the spread of the disease. The danger lurks in the house, and he recommends that the other inmates should be removed whether, the patient elects to stay there or not. In the Himalayas and in all countries the segregation of the healthy has been the one effective means of stopping the spread of the plague.' Monkeys and squirrels are also affected by plague. With regard to the plague amongst the lo^A'er animals, Dr. Manson says : — ' It seems to me that they have to be reckoned with in the future, more thnn they have been in the past, in devising schemes of quarantine, and in attempts at stamping out the deseasc in already infected localities. It seems to me that the wholesale destruction of domestic vermin should go hand in hand with the isolation of plague- stricken patients.' ' In an article on the plague in the A;i;ii!//'^ dc Pliistilide Piistciir, Ur. Simond says that botli amongst rats and men the infection is carried by fleas, which arc the chief instrument in the propagation of the disease.' 151 TIILXGS CHINESE. ])r. Yersin, a French physician wlio went to Hongkong in 1894 to study the plague has since made a series of experi- ments with the plague bacillus which has resulted in his discovering what he believes to be a cure for the plague. By the injection of the serum he prepared, lie cured one case in Canton ; of twenty-three cases in Amoy, fifteen were cured, two died and of the remaining six cases he unfortunately left before a cure was effected, though he had every hope that it Avas in progress. It takes twenty-four hours to effect a cure and it must be taken at once as soon as the symptoms develop. ' Haffkine practised during tlie Bombay epidemic a system of proplylactic inoculation/ the figures were en- couraging in 1897 ; in 1899 the accounts are very encouraging. ' Inoculation against plague bids fair to become universal in India; one town of a population of about 40,000 having only about 5,000 uninoculated, while many have been inoculated twice. The results justify the practice, a report for one week in September [1898] showing only 69 attacks among 32,000 inoculated persons, and 417 attacks among 8,500 uninoculated.' The bubonic plague is ' known in India by various names. In the Bombay Presidency it is called "Pali plague" because it was very rife in Pali in 1836.' As a general rule the following may bo said to be fairly demonstrated by experience, namely 'that the attacks of the plague fail upon subjects living wholesome lives under good sanitary con- ditions and succeed * * upon those living in unhealthy surroundings or whose system has been weakened by otlier disease.' As a rule doctors seem to escape, though not always. It is those who are constantly with patients that are more liable, though the immunity that nurses and others usually enjoy seems wonderful, a few cases have occurred of even these taking it. In some epidemics of plague it is said that patches are seen on the surface of the body after death, hence one name it formerly got was that of the Black Death. In the epidemic of 1898 in Hongkong there were 1315 cases, 75 of which were non-Chinese ; 2G of these latter being Europeans, two of the nurses at the hospital being victims of PLAGUE. 155 this frightful disease. Thougli a less severe epidemic than that of 1894, the cases in some instances were more severe. 65'3 per cent of non-Chinese who took it died; whereas amongst tlie Chinese the mortality reached the liigli figure of 896 per cent. Dr. Clarke, the " Medical Officer of Health in Hongkong, in his report makes tlie following interesting statement : — 'I am strongly inclined to apply tentatively Sanarelli's theory concerning the bacillus of Yellow Fever, namely, that the vitality of the bacillus, outside the living bodies of men and animals, depends largely upon the co-existence of vegetable moulds by which it is nourished, to the infective material of this disease also. It is already well known that a moist atmosphere, defective ventilation, a moderate amount of heat, and the absence of sunlight are the most favourable conditions for the development of the Bubonic Fever bacillus, while they are the conditions which encourage the free growth of the vegetable moulds, and it is not unreasonable therefore to surmise that this property of symbiosis, which has been observed by Metchinkoff in connection with the bacillus of cholera, may have not a little to do with the persistence of the bacillus of Bubonic Fever in damp and ill- ventilated dwellings.' The plague recurred again in Hongkong in 1899, the mortality gradually rising to some forty or fifty deaths in the course of a week in the beginning of May, one European being attacked by it, while the following account of it at about the same period of the year shows the ravages it Avas committing in the neighbourhood of Canton : — ' The plague is more than recrudescent in many of the towns and villages of the delta. In Canton and Fatshan, it is reported as "bad," but not so bad as in some of the inland cities. The city of, San Ning might correctly be named, at present, " The City of Death.'' The plague is ravaging with special virulence, and carrying off its victims in large numbers. Siiops and dwelling houses are closed, and their inhabitants have fled into the country, carrying the infection with them. Business is. for the present, paralysed. The streets, meanwhile, are reeking in filth and all drains choked with rubbish. Behold the remedy employed I In one street, I observed no less than three matsheds erected, in which were seated, in calm ccmplaisancy many idols which are implored to exert their power to stem and turn back the tide of death Moreover, over almost every door are hung branches of cactus, or other thorny shrubs, also a piece of fine netting, and a bag of small cockle shells. It is believed that the malignant devils cannot well avoid all these obstacles and enter the house ! Thev iiidv be frightened bv the 456 THINGS CJl/NESA\ rattling of the shells, as boys used to frighten birds from the corn- fields by the rattle of a tin pan. If the devils yet attempt to enter, they must pass through the mass of thorns, but can scarcely avoid the small netting. It is almost past belief that men's minds are so dark, minds, too, that have spent years in America or Australia. "\'ct, there it is. It is altogether tragic to see such things, and to look behind and contemplate the sorrow, bereavement, and blank despair that hover over the houses and paralyse the hearts of those who crouch in terror within. One may well ask oneself the question, can such things exist ? Furthermore can it be possible that those enshrouded in such mental darkness can dare to assert, and venture to dream, that they stand on an equality with the people of the West .'' In the interests of humanity, there is every reason why all agencies, religious, educational, and commercial should continue their propaganda, and endeavour to penetrate and dissipate this terrible gloom.' The plague was also at Kwang Chow Wan, the new French port in the Kwangtung province, in April or ]\[ay 1899: it was prevalent among the natives; one European soldier died of it and another wlio was attacked with it. was cured by the Yersin serum. 'Speaking of the persistence of the contagion of the plague microbe, which is causing so much anxiety in Austria and Germany, the journal La Suisse, Geneva, cites a characteristic case. "In 1660 the Dutch city of Haarlem was devastated by the plague. Whole families perished, among them a family by the name of Cloux, whose various members were buried in the Haarlem Church. Thirty or forty years ago it was found that the masonry of the tomb was out of repair, and the vault was entirely rebuilt. The masons in charge of the work descended into the vault and remained there during more than a day. Now although more than two centuries had passed since the epidemic, all these workmen were attacked with the infectious bubo [characteristic glandular swelling] of the plague and had to undergo long treatment at the hospital. Nevertheless, there were no symptoms of the plague proper, and all recovered." ' Booliii recommended. — The local ]"aper.s published in Hongkong contain, during the prevalence of the plague, many interesting particulars about it. Trever's ' Diseases of India,' Article on Plague in Eneyclopa?dia Britannica.' Davidson's ' Tropical Medicine.' An article in the ' London and China Express,' as (luoted in the ' Hongkong Telezraph " of Dth July, 181)5. Dr. Manson's ' Eeport on the Health of Anioy ' for the half year, ending 31st March, 1878, in the 'Medical Reports of the Imperial Maritime (Justoms,' 1.5th issue. ' Notes of an Ei)ideniie Disease observed in I'akhoi.' by J. H.Lowry, L.R.C.P. Ed., L.Pv.C.S. Ed., in 'Medical Reports of the Imperial Maritime Customs, 24th issue, for the half year ending 30th September, 1S82. 'The Imperial Maritime Customs Decennial Reports' pp. (ioi and ()71. M. Rocher's 'Yunnan.' Dr. James Lowson's Report on 'The Epidemic uf Bubonic Plague in Hongkong, 1894,' published in the 'Hongkong Government Gazette.' 'Report on the Outbreak of Bubonic plague in Hongkong to the Jnternational Congress of Hygiene and POETRY. 457 Demography, held at Buda-Pest, 1894.' by Dr. P. B. C. Ayers, C.M.G., Colonial Surgeon, Hongkong, and Dr. James Lo\v.- f:iirpst. dnnio on onrth, Witliiii the rnoiiiitain (U-11 1 live perdue ; And scion of a \irtiions house I am, Though shrubs and trees are now my sole support. Our troubh's came within the walls amain : Not long a^o my brothers met their end. Their rank was high. Alas ! it mattered not ; ' For e'en their stitt'. cold clay was lost to us. I care not for the present age, no charms It hath for me. Life tiiekers like a wick : A passing breath blows all our joys away. A new fair wile, as fair as clearest ja.de. Is now my husband's love in ])lace of ine. The libertine hath turned away from me. Th' acacia knows the hour to close its leaves, The turtle-dove without its mate doth pine ; He oidy sees the new wife's witching smile. He heeds not how his former love doth weep. Upon the mountain top the rill is clear ; But at its foot the stream is muddy, thick. My maids go out to sell my lustrous pearls : And with a wisp they mend the patched roof, I pluck the wayside flowers, but wear them not ; And tlieu I gather cones from oft' the firs. My broidered sleeve is thin for gusty winds, As morn and eve I lean my pensive form Against the tall bamboos with drooping sprays. Another name to be mentioned is that of Han Yii (A.D. 768-821') 'foremost among the statesmen, philosophers, and poets of the T'ang dynasty, and one of the most venerated names in Chinese literature.' From his pen are the following : — THE WOUNDED FALCON. Within a ditch beyond my wall I saw a falcon headlong fall. Bedaubed with mud and racked with pain, It beat its wings to rise, in vain ; While little boys threw tiles and stones, Eager to break the wretch's bones. O bird, mcthinks thy life of late Hath amply justified this fate ! Thy sole delight to kill and steal. And then exultingly to wheel Now sailing in the clear blue sky, Now on the wild gale sweeping by, 2 II 4GG THINGS GIUNESE. Scorning thy kind of less degree As all unfit to mate with thee. J^ut niarlc how fortune's wheel goes round ; A pellet lays thee on the ground, Sore stricken at some vital part,— And where is then thy pride of heart ? What's this to me ? — I could not bear To see the fallen one lying there. I begged its life, and from the brook Water to wash its wounds 1 took. Fed it with bits of fish l)y day, At night from foxes kept away. My care I knew would naught avail For gratitude, that empty tale. And so this bird would crouch and hide Till want its stimulus applied ; And I, with no reward to hope, Allowed its callousness full scope. Last eve the bird showed signs of rage, With health renewed, and beat its cage. To-day it forced a passage through, And took its leave, without adieu. Good luck hath saved thee, not desert ; Beware, O bird, of further hurt ; Beware the archer's deadly tools I — 'Tis hard to escape the shafts of fools— Nor e'er forget the chastening ditch That found thee poor, and left thee rich. HUMANITY. Oh spare the busy morning fly I Spare the mosquitoes of the night ! And if their wicked trade they ply Let a partition stop their flight. Their span is brief from birth to death ; Like you they bite their little day ; And then with autumn's earliest breath, Like you too they arc swept away. Here is one specimen ^^•llicll shows that the poetic taste is present in wliat seems to many a Westerner the unpoetic Chinese. TASTE. The landscape which the poet loves is that of early May, When budding greenness half concealed enwraps each willow spray. That beautiful embroidery the days of summer yield, Appeals to every bumpkin who may take his walk afield. Yang Chu Yuan. (8th & 9th Cent. A-D.; Another famous poet was Su TLUig-[)o, (A.D. 103(j — 1 101) of the Sung dynasty, which lias been described as the Elizabethan age of Chinese letters. His poems are contained in one hundred and fifteen volumes. He was * an official of remarkable talents, a statesman, poet, essayist, and man of letters,' who spent many of his latter years under a cloud, being banished to the south of the empire, a punishment he partly brought on himself, owing to his satire. Of him it has been written that 'under his hands, the language of which China is so proud, may be said to have reached perfection of finish, of art concealed. In subtlety of reasoning, in the lucid expression of abstractions, such as in English too often elude the faculty of the tongue, Su Tung-po is an unrivalled master.' We give also a few specimens of Su Tung-po's poetry. The first we extract from ' Gems of Chinese Literature.' THE SONG OF THE CRANES. Away ! away ' J\Iy birds, fly westwards now, To wheel on high and gaze on all below ; To swoop together, pinions closed, to earth ; To soar aloft once more among the clouds ; To wander all day long in sedgy vale ; To gather duckweed in the stony marsh. Come back I Come back I Beneath the lengthening shades, Your serge-clad master stands, guitar in hand. 'Tis he that feeds you from his slender store : Come back ! Come back ! Nor linger in the west. Su Tung-po's eulogies of departed worthies are fine specimens of writing. He ' never failed to clothe liis thoughts in beautiful language,' ' with great facility he collects all the meritorious deeds of his lieroes, and places them in a very strong light ; he then makes some allusion to the ages long gone by, and traces their resemblances to celebrated personages concluding with Jiis own panegyrics. These eloquent pieces were not only printed but also engraved on solid stone.' We give one of these eulogistic inscriptions. IN MEMORIAM : HAN WEN KUNG.- High mounted on the dragon's back he rode Alofl to where the da/./?iing cloudlands lie ; The glory of the sky he grasped an)aiii ; The splendour of the stars, his sparkling robe. Th'j same as Han Yii. 2 Ji 2 4(J8 TJlLWS t'lIlAESE. The zephyrs' breath him gently wafted on From earth's domain up to the throne of God. On earth his practised hand swept off the chaff, The husks which hid the grains of truth from sight. He roamed the wide would o'er from pole to pole, From cast to west his rays so bright were shed, And nature's darkness clothed upon with I'ght. The third amidst the three of genius great,* His rivals strove in vain to reach his height. And panted, dazzled by his glory's glare. Buddha was cursed by him ; his priests denounced. His sovereign's wrath was poured upon his head. He journeyed to the distant South afar ; And passed upon his way the grave of Shun ; And wept, wept o'er the daughters of ancient Yao, The spirit of the deep before him went. And stilled the noisy waves tumultuous roar, As 'twere a lamb the monster fierce he drove.f In heaven above the golden harps were still, And God was sad, and called him to his place Beside his throne. 1 now salute him there. And now present to him my off'rings poor : The red lichee, the yellow plantain fruit, Alas ! Why lingered he not then on earth ; But passed so soon away with flowing locks Into the future world — the great unknown ? It will be seen that the sentimental is not wanting in the Chinese character, though it is kept down to a great extent by their customs and manners ; — MY XEIGHBOUR. \N'hen the Bear athwart was hing, And the night was just on dying, And the moon was all but gone, How my thoughts did ramble on ! Then a sound of music breaks From a lute that some one wakes, And I know that it is she. The sweet maid next door to nic. And as the strains steal o'er mc Her moth-eyebrows rise before me And I feel a gentle thrill That her fingers must be chill. But doors and locks between us So effectually screen us That I hasten from the street And in dreamland pray to meet. * The other two were 'i'u Fu iind Li Tui-po. I Referring to the crucudile which he is siiid io have driven aw.iv, POKTRV. 409 Poetry is liokl in higli estiniuliuu by the Cliinese. Capping verses is a pastime of scliolars ; and at the com- petitive examinations the candidates liave to try tlieir hands at the composition of verse. Tliis mechanical art they have first to learn at school, as. with us, boys waste their time at public schools and colleges in composing ]jatin verse. The consequence is, that all the educated men are verse-makers — we cafinot call such poets. To this cause is partly due the mechanical structure of much of Chinese poetry, but it is also due to the peculiarities of its construction. Nor is the art of poetry confined to men. China has had her burning Sapphos who loved and sang and her lyric Corinnas. The lower classes are passionately fond of the recitations of ballads by men who ^o from house to house for the purpose. We append a piece translated by the late G. C. Stent : — CHANG LIANG'S FLUTE. ' Twas night — the tired soldiers were peacefully sleeping, The low hum of voices was hushed in repose ; The sentries in silence a strict watch were keeping, 'Gainst surprise, or a sudden attack of their foes. When a mellow note on the night air came stealing, So soothingly over the senses it fell — So touchingly sweet — so soft and appealing. Like the musical tones of an aerial bell. Now rising, now falling — now fuller and clearer — Now liquidly soft— now a low wailing cry — Xow the cadences seem floating nearer and nearer — Now dying away in a whispering sigh. Then a burst of sweet music so plaintively thrilling. Was caught up by the echoes who sang the refrains In their many-toned voices — the atmosphere tilling With a chorus of dulcet mysterious strains. The sleepers arouse and with beating hearts listen. In their dreams they had heard that weird music before : It touches each heart — with tears their eyes glisten, For it tells them of those they may never see more. In fancy those notes to their childhood's days brought them. To those far-away scenes they had not seen for years ; To those who had loved them, had reared them and taught them, And the eyes of those stern men became wet with tears. Bright visions of home through their mcm'ries came thronging, Panoriima-Iike passing in front of their view ; They were hoiiic-sick, no power could withstand that strange longing, The longer they listened, the more home-sick they grew. ITO TllIMJ^ L'UIMC^E. Whence came ihosc sweet sounds ? Who the unseen n;usician That breathes out his soul which floats on the niglit-biee/e In melodious sighs — in strains so elysian— As to soften the hearts of rude soldiers like these ? Each looked at the other, but no word was spoken, The music insensibly tempting them on : They mu.. ' ('hinese Legends and other Poems, by W. A. P. Martin, D.D.. L.L. I>. 'Chinese Poetry in English Verse," by H. A. Giles, M.A.. L.L.D., from which we have culled a number of our si)ecimens given above. POPULATION. — Mucli has been written on the popti- lation of China and various surmises and estimates liavc been made of the number of the inhabitants. If it is well night impossible to find the exast number of any one people in our Western lands, much more difficult is it in the East. There are several things that militate against an exact return being made of the popitlation in a country like China. To begin with, the object of taking a census in this land has often been simply for the purposes of revenue, and infants and young children as well as very aged men were not inckided, though, at the present day, a fttller method of taking the census is in vogue. Then again people who do not have the fullest confidence in their rulers have not probably been willing to give the fullest returns to these rulers. And, again, anyone who knows anything about Orientals can readily understand hoAv difticult it is for them. brought up -w ith such a want of precision in their habits of thought and expression, to realise the importance of contri- buting their quota of statistics with the care and exactitude rorrLATioN. 171 tliey demancl. Notwithstaudiug- all these things, the different censuses taken by the Chinese in the past are wortliy, on the whole, in many instances, of a considerable amount of credence; and, in fact, form the only returns available for the entire empire. Compared with estimates made by foreigners, thov are tolerably trustworthy There have bc^on considerable Huetiiations in tlio number of peo[)lo in China at^ ditterciit periods : wars, robelli(Mis, famines and floods have exerted a most depopulating effect on large tracts of country and liavo acted as a drag on the continual tendency to increase Notwithstanding all these mlnimislug effects, durimj the centuries and millenniums the empire has been in existence, the inhabitants have increased from some 21,000,000 to the 380,000,000 which some eighteen or nineteen years ago formed what was considered on the best native data to be the present population of this immense country. Had it not been for the gigantic T'ai-p'ing rebellion its population might now have been reckoned at 450,000,000. To this figure of 380,000,000 must be added the population of Mancluiria and of the vast regions of Hi and Tibet, which may be anything from 15,000,000 to 27.000,000 more : so that, perhaps, all things considered the round sum of 400,000,000 may be taken as that of the whole of the dominions ruled over by the Emperor of China; it is, probably, not much less, and it may be considerably more, than that. As to the population to the square mile, it is said the Eighteen Provinces have an average of 1,318,870 square, miles, though this statement is not su{)posed to be accurate. With a population of say 380,000,000. and the total of square miles given above, there would be nearly 282 Chinese to a square mile of their tenitory. But the density of the popula- tion differs greatly in different parts of the country; 'that of the nine eastern [provinces in and near the Great Plain, comprising 502.192 scjuare miles, or two-fifths of the whole* 47-2 THINGS CHINESE. is nearly three times that of •' the nine southern and western provinces constituting the otlier three fifths' of the eighteen Provinces of China. • The surfucs and fertility of the country in these two portions differ so gi'catly as to lead one to look for results like tliose.' Taking tlie countries of France, Germany, Great Britain. Italy, Holland, Spain, Japan, and Bengal for comparison witli China^ we find that only two of them — Great Britain and Bengal — exceed the density of the average population of China ' taken as a whole, while none of them come up to the average of the eastern provinces,' but fall far short of it. From an estimate of one district in Shantung, it was calculated that in that spot the population to the square mile was 531, "'or considerably above the average of the Kingdom of Belgium (the most densely populated country in Europe), which had in A.D. 1873 an average of only 462 to the square mile.' In another spot the actual number of families in each village was taken, so far as the number was known to the natives, the number of individuals to the family being reckoned as five, though it is often far larger than that. This otlior spot gave a result of 2,129 to the square mile. ' So far as appearances go, there are thousands of square miles in Southern and central Chihli, Western and South Western Shan- tung and Northern Honan, where the villages are as thick as in this one tract, the contents of which we are thus able approximately to compute. But for the plain of North China as a whole, it is probable that it would be found more reasonable to estimate 300 persons to the square mile for the more sparsely settled districts and from 1,000 to 1,500 for the more thickly settled regions. In any case a vivid impression is thus gained of the enormous number of human beings crowded ir.to these fertile and historic plains, and also of the almost insuperable difficulties in the way of an exact knowledge of the facts of the true "census." The province boasting tl\e largest population is Kiangsu : the inhabitants are 37.800,U00 in number ; from this they dwindle down to between five or six millions in each of the two provinces of Kweichau and Yunnan. 'Living as the Chinese, Hindus, Japanese, and other Asiatics do, chiefly upon vegetables, the country can hardly be said to maintain more than one-half or one-third as many people on a square mile as it might do. if their energies were developed to the same extent with PORCELAIN AXD POTTERY. 473 those of the English or Belgians.' ' Tne social and political causes which tend to multiply the inhabitants are numerous and powerful. The failure of male posterity to continue the succession of the family, and worship at the tombs of parents, is considered by all classes as one of the most afflictive misfortunes of life; the laws allow unlimited facilities of adoption, and secure the rights of those taken into the family in this way. The custom of betrothing children, and the obligation society imposes, when arrived at maturity, to fulfil the contracts entered into by their parents, acts favourably to the establishment of families and the nurture of children, and restricts polygamy. Parents desire children for a support in old age, as there IS no legal or benevolent provision for aged poverty, and public opinion stigmatises the man who allows his aged or infirm parents to sufter when he can help them. The laws require the owners of domestic slaves to provide husbands for their females, and prohibits the involuntary or forcible separation of husband and wife, or parents and children, when the latter are of tender age. All these causes and influences tend to increase population, and equalise the consumption and use of property more, perhaps, than in any other land. The custom of families remaining together tends to the same result.' ' The reasons just given why the Chinese desire posterity are not all those which have favoured national increase. The uninterrupted peace which the country enjoyed between the years 1700 and 1850 operated to greatly develope its resources. Every encouragement has been given to all classes to multiply and to fill the land. Polygamy, slavery, and prostitution, three social evils which check increase, have been circumscribed in their effects. Early betrothment and poverty do much to prevent the first ; the female slaves can be and are usually married ; while public prostitution is reduced by a separation of the sexes and early marriages. No fear of overpassing the supply of food restrains the people from rearing families, though the Emperor Kienlung issued a proclamation, in 1793, calling upon all ranks of his subjects to economise the gifts of heaven, lest, erelong, the people exceed the means of subsistence.' JlooltK rt'oommcnded. — William's 'Middle Kingdom,' Vol. 1, pp. 258 — 288, where the wliole subject is gone into most exhaustively. An article l).v ilev. Arthur Smith in 'The Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal ' for January, IS'JS, entitled 'Estimating the Population of China.' Other arti(>les on tlie same subject liave appeared in the same journal . PORCELAIN AND POTTERT.~The wovd procelain, it is said, was introduced by the Portuguese, (in the sixteenth century) who first brought such ware in any quantity to Europe from China. The name ' refers to the exterior appearance resembling the shining white of the Ci/pra'ci or porcelain shell (Portuguese lyorceUana) ' ' so called from its carved upper surfc\ce being supposed to resemble the rounded back of ajyorceUa, or little hog.' 2 I 4T4 THINGS CHINESE. Marco Polo saw the manufacture of it in Cliina in A.D, 1280, and informs as that it was sent all over the world, and evidences of this early trade in it are found in India, Persia, Egypt, Malayia, and Zanzibar, ' The Chinese from the most ancient times have cultivated the art of welding clay, and they claim the invention of the potter's wheel, like most of the great nations of antiquity.' Like the origin of many Chinese things, the invention of porcelain is shrouded in mists of antiquity, and no certain date can be assigned to it. ' It is generally ascribed by them to the ancient Emperor Shun, who is supposed to have reigned during the third milliennium B.C. ; but some attribute it to his more famous predecessor, Huang-ti, who is given a Director of Pottery ' among the officers of his court. 'In a book published in the Ghow dynasty, 'there is a short section on pottery, in which the processes of fashioning on the wheel and moulding are distinguished. Among the productions we read of coffins, sacrificial wine-jars, and altar dishes, cooking utensils and measures, all made no doubt of simple pottery, and it is doubted whether this was ever covered by a vitreous glaze— the employment of which is so ancient in Egypt. Different potteries are mentioned in the Wei and following dynasties.' ' The manufacture of articles of pottery for domestic use then was known to the Chinese as early as B, C. 1700.' This is one view, but, unfortunately, the term used for porcelain in Chinese is one of those words which every language possesses, namely, words which have changed from their original significance — this word, having first been applied to all pottery, affords no sure clue for fixing dates as to the original production of porcelain. St. Julien places the invention as early as between B.C. 185 and A.D. 83, 'It has been objected to this, with justice, that the Chinese state- ments on which he bases his theory, are, like those of Marco Polo, very superficial and indefinite, and most probably relate to quite other clay-wares.' Therefore, the statement that porcelain was produced in the Han dynasty (B.C. 206 to A.D, 220) is unfortunately incapable of proof. Were it possible to discover any indubitable productions of that epoch, all doubt might be sot at rest, but at present it is not POIKJI'ILAIN AM) POTTElir. ^I'S known that any exist. Were archu'ology more of a science among the Chinese tlian it is, some hope might be entertained that such wouhl be the case. Some have been sceptical enough to suppose that it was not known *' long, it' at all, before the Ming dynasty (A.D. 13()8), ' while again, on the other hand, it is asserted that porcelain was invented when, in the middle of the ninth century, certain pieces were produced of a white colour, like ivory, and giving a clear sound when struck. It is supposed that the Chinese endeavoured to imitate ivory in their whole porcelain, whicli is known in France as hlant' dc Chine. The cups, produced at Ta-i, of this ware, have had their praises sung by Tu-fu, a poet of the T'aug dynast) (See Article on Poetry.) The decorations were eft'ected before the baking and were not elaborate, being confined to such subjects as fish, flowers, &c. 'This was the time when the cobalt decorations under glaze were first employed, which horn then till now have played such an important part in the ornamentation of Chinese porcelain, especially for domestic use among the Chinese themselves.' ' At whatever period or by whatever happy chain of circumstances porcelain was invented, we have tangible evidence that the Chinese potters produced wonderful works at a very early period of our era, and have gone on producing them up to our own day. Speaking on this subject, JNI. Phillippe Burty remarks : — ■"' The Chinese ceramists succeeded to a marvellous degree in their manipulation of porcelain ; in their hands it became a truly magical substitute, receiving every form and gradation of colour that caprice could dictate. In their porcelain productions we have proof that the decorative taste and imitative skill of the Chinese artists are almost faultless. You see, for instance, * * a carp and carplings with distended gills slipping amongst a clump of reeds ; a garden rat devouring a peach ; a toad crawling up the involuted root of a bamboo ; or a beautiful water-lily in full bloom, forming a cup, of which the tea-pot is so constructed that not only have its concentric, movable rings been carved out of a solid mass, but they revolve upon each other, causing us to wonder how adherence could have been prevented in the firing. The origin of the great superiority of the Uriental potters is, that they start, in nearly all instances, with a more or less free or capricious imitation of some natural production ; and the aiticle, peculiar in outline and treatment, will, however, readily suggest to the mind some affinity with the real object. All the productions of the natural world, and. indeed, the beings and ni"iisUrs wiUi wliieh they crowd •> , •> i'% TlliNGS CHINESE. the supernatural woild, are alike resorted to for fresh inspiration ; and their habits of careful observation of nature supply them with countless delicate subtleties." ' ' It is unquestionably to this great appreciation for, and unre- mitting study of the works of nature that we are indebted for the marvellous variety of works produced by the artists of China and Japan. No one can review a collection of Oriental porcelain without being struck with the masterly handling of form and colour it displays. In flower vases, perfume burners, and water vessels, every shape that the mineral, animal, and vegetable kingdoms could suggest has been adopted, and the colouring studiously imitated.' 'The early procelain of the Chinese appears to have been remarkable for its form, and the beauty of its material. At one time, it is probable, white procelain only was made ; but it is evident that at a very early date the art of covering the pieces with a rich coloured enamel had been invented, and also the mode of producing the crackled appearance in the enamel discovered. Many varieties of white procelain have been produced by the Chinese potters, and some are of great beauty, not only on account of the perfection of their paste, but likewise from the tasteful manner in which they are decorated, Some have flowers or conventional designs, carefully modelled in relief, while others have designs so engraved that they are visible only when held up to the light.' 'The old Chinese potters do not appear to have worked in grooves, or styles, beyond what a limited demand on the part of their patrons rendered necessary. No sooner had some experiment or accident introduced a new colour, combination of colours, or some peculiar surface decoration, than articles were produced siutable for the display of the same ; and we are of opinion that in many cases such essays were never repeated, until attempted in the recent periods of imitation to meet the demand of European collectors. There are, no doubt, such things as unique Chinese porcelain in the cabinets of collectors in China and Europe, and it is highly probable that they have been unique from the day of their fabrication. Many specimens, now sc much prized, may have been spoiled pieces in the eyes of their makers, and, not turning out to be what was desired or expected at the time, were never repeated. This argument applies to the highly curious, and at times extravagant specimens of the splashed or enamelled ware which are met with, and which carry with them evidences, in their distorted shapes and slag-like vitrification, of their accidental decoration.' The paste of porcelain-ware is prepared ustially from two ingredients ; these are finely mixed and pulverised ; the one is known as kaolin, so called, it is said, from a hill to the east of the Chinese Imperial Porcelain ManitfactorVj King-teh-chin, kao meaning higli in Chinese, and Hit (pro[)erly Ung). a ridge, or high peak, • which hill, however, does not yield the product of decomposition wliicli wc in pohcelaw and poTtEuy. i:: Europe call kaolin (•• porcelain or pipe clay") but a phyllite, whose chemical composition resembles that of the Swedish Hiillcflinta (?)'; the other ingredient consists of some mineral • rich in silicic acid, the so-called tlux usually felspar or pegmatite, porcelain stone ( * * these porcelain stones, which are wanting in our porcelain industry, contribute greatly to that of China and Japan), or some other white- burning form of quartz is used in the liner ceramics.' The proportion of the two and the degree of heat in firing depend upon whether porcelain or faience is to be produced. Some of the colours which were used by the Chinese six hundred years ago to decorate their porcelain • we are not yet able to imitate.' The white Ting porcelain would appear to have been in existence during tlie seventh century. The Ting-Yao was made at Ting Chau in Chihli, whence its name. It was also known as white Ting porcelain from its colour being mostly of a brilliant white. It is probably one of the oldest kinds. There Avere three varieties of it — plain, smooth, and that having ornaments in relief. The sign of its being genuine is that of having marks like tears on it. It is to be distinguished from the creamy white of another species of porcelain, the kien-yin made in Fuhkien. Commencing with the beginning of the seventh century, it seems probable that the manufacture of porcelain 'began to flourish in various parts of the Empire.' Of the different kinds produced during the T'ang dynasty, no specimens, as far as is known, are extant, but those of the Sung period are to be found in the market ; these, from their age, command a good price. Unfortunately, however, many of this period were of such a delicate make as to be unfitted for survival during the centuries that have intervened. Some, especially those of an indestructible nature, have been handed down ; the others are only known from the descrip- tions given of them in books. Amongst the best of them were the Ch'en and Ju kinds. The .Ju was of a pale ' bluish- green.' At the same time as the Ta-i cups, mentioned above, were produced at Yuch-chow for the Emperor's use, the 4t8 mLS'GS CHINESE. class of porcelain styled Pi-S3 was made, the colour described as * a hidden colour ' has given rise to some discussion as to the precise meaning. So tine was certain porcelain made here that it was described ^as transparent as jade and so resonant as to be used in sets of twelve to play tunes upon.' But few, if any, specimens of these ancient examples of ceramic art are in existence. IS'o kind of painted decoration appears to have been used before the Sung dynasty, as writers are silent about anything of the kind. The tenth century is marked by progress, both in the perfected operations and in the art of the decorator, Avhich felt the influence of Buddhism bringing Indian art in its train, and improving the taste of the natives. The Chinese describe the porcelain produced at this epoch ( A.D. 960 ) in the following terms :— 'Blue as the sky, bright as a mirror, fragile as paper, and sonorous as a plaque of jade-stone ; they were lustrous and of a charming delicacy ; the fineness of the crackle and the purity of the colour are distinguishing features of them : they eclipse by their beauty all preceding procelains.' They were called by the highly poetical name of Yii hwo tlen ts'mg, cerulean blue in the cloud rifts as it appears after the showers; they were highly valued and even broken fragments were treasured up as jewels would be, and formed into ornaments. We shall find that later on these were imitated with good effect. Amongst numerous manufactories opened then through- out the empire, that of King-teh-chin in Kiang-si, established in A.D. 1001, takes the pre-eminence. It is still the Imperial manufactory and ' supplies all the fine porcelain used in the country.' It was almost wholly destroyed by the T'ai-'p'ing rebellion. A million workmen were employed there previous to that event, when they were dispersed, either joining the insurgent ranks or dying of want; but according to latest accounts these manufactories arc resuming their prosperity ; five hundred kilns, it is said, are constantly burning. 'And bird-like poise on balanced ^^ing• Above the town of King-te-tching, A biirnin'^ town or seeming so, — ■ PORCELAIN A\}> POTTERY. 479 Three thousand furnaces that ghnv Incessantly, and till the ah" With smoke uprising, gyre on gyre. And painted by the lurid glare, Of jets and flashes of red fire Longfellow ' Kt'ranios.' Rapid progress was made in the art, and at the end of the tenth century coh)ured enamel was iirst applied on the pieces baked in biscuit, and various colours, such as several shades of violet and blue, as well as yellow were used. Budd- hist and Taoist figures, flowers, and the Chinese written characters, which liavo for so many centuries lent themselves readily to decorative an, all were employed, as well as fillets in relief. The Chiin is another of the oldest kinds of porcelain. The factories for its production were in existence in the tenth century, at the beginning of tlie Sung dynasty. One native work says ; — 'The highest quality consists of pieces having a colour as red as cinnabar, and as green as onion leaves and kingfishers' plumage, o o o Qj^f\ ^i^Q purple brown colour of the skin of an egg plant fruit, or of pieces red like rouge, green like onion leaves and king- fishers' plumage, and purple like ink-black, these three colours being- pure and not in the slightest degree changed during the firing.' Kuan-yao, mandarin porcelain, as its name implies, was produced in certain Government factories. Dr. Hirth describes the specimen seen by him as 'of a peculiar brownish green, a sort of bronze colour,' called by the Chinese ch'a-ch'ing, tea green, but the varieties described as of the Sung dynasty are 'white and thin like paper'; 'another was very much the same as Ko-Yiiti [the ancient celadon crackle] with three gradations in colour constituting their value, viz. : (i) a pale c/i'inu-- green ; (2) a fallow white ; and (3) gray. The Ko-ku-\ao-lun speaks of tV^'//V^''-green playing into pale scarlet, the shades being very difterent though ; the best ones having the " crab's claw pattern," and " a red brim with an iron coloured bottom." ' Another division of porcelains was the Lvng-dc i'ian-iia\i and Ko-iidii, ' the real old celadons ' described as of ' a sea- green mixed with bluish or grayish tints, neither a decided green nor anything like blue.' The qualities it possesses are 'thickness, heaviness, rich olive or sea-green enamel, white 480 TJIINGS CHINESE. paste, and a * * ferruginous ring on the bottom ' — the paste, which was originally white, turned red in the fire. These were produced in the Sung and Yuen dynasties (A.D. 9G0 to 1308) and socni to have been carried by the current of meditcval Chinese trade into ' Arab possessions and other foreign countries.' We quote the following interesting account of crackle from Gulland's new and interesting work • Chinese Porcelain : — 'This [crackle], like the following class [celadon], consists of a glaze, white or coloured, generally covering a coarse paste resem- bling stoneware, which is sometimes of quite a red colour. Although now artificially produced, it is said originally, at an early period, to have been discovered by accident. Crackle, it is said by the Chinese, was knownduring the southern Sung dynasty (A.D. 1 127 — 1278). There seems to be various ways of producing this effect, which appears in the main to have been caused by exposing the piece to a sudden drop in temperature, thus causing the glaze on the surface to contract faster than the paste or biscuit, and so break into sections, which, when baked, become crackle. In these small cracks in the glaze, Indian ink or a red colour were sometimes rubbed, thus heightening the effect. The Chinese were so completely the masters of the pro- cess, that they could turn out at will crackle of any size, now known as large, medium and small crackle, the latter being called by the French truite, from its resemblance to the scales of a trout.' The crackled porcelain known as tsui-k't in the thirteenth century was also a product of this first or primitive period of the ceramic art in China. 'The beautiful coloured ground tints, chalcedony, dull violet, yellow and Turkish blue, so much valued by collectors, began to be used in the thirteenth century.' The second period, the Siuen-tih, comprises the reigns of Siuen-tih, Ching-tung, and King-tai, lasting from A.D. 1126 to A.D. 1 165. Ceramic art was still in a formative stage at the commencement of this period, notwithstanding the advances made in the last period. Its cliaracteristic type was the decoration of blue flowers under the glaze. This blue was the su-ni-po, and took after the firing a pale blue. This porecelain is highly esteemed by the Chinese. M. Paleologue describes the pieces thus produced in the following terms ;—*Elles out, en effet, un charme doux de coloris et rOItCELAIN AN3 pottery. 481 de composition, une purete de ton, une delicatesse d'aspcct qui n'ont jamais ete surpasses. Red was also put into the enamel for the first time before the glaze was applied, being ' painted on the paste so that the red designs shone through the glaze, dazzling the eyes. It is described as obtained by powdering rubies from the West, but this is impossible.' It was a copper silicate ; and the red for painting over the glaze was prepared from sulphate of iron and carbonate of lead. * This mixture produced a fine coral red,' and, to procure a deep enough red, cornelian was employed. Amongst other work produced at this time may be mentioned some pottery known by the Portuguese as boccaro : the fine kind of this ware was formed into teapots and other objects, while the coarser sort was employed as ornamentation on walls, it being used in the famous Porcelain Tower of Nanking, which was built A.D. 1415-1430. The reign of Siuen-tih ' is celebrated for its porcelain, which is held [by some] to be the finest produced during the Ming dynasty : every production was of the highest artistic value. Cups were made of a bright red or of sky blue. The surface on some cups was granulated like the skin of a fowl or the peel of the sweet orange. There were vases crackled like glass, or with veins as red as the blood of the eel, rivalling in beauty the porcelain of Jou-chou and the Kuan-yao. The bowls decorated with crickets were of extraordinary beauty,' 'The most flourishing period of Chinese porcelain making, how- ever, like that of most other branches of its art industry, was during the Ming dynasty, especially in the second half of the fifteenth cen- tury. During this period its manufacture occupied a new position owing to the employment of many coloured decorations upon glaze after the article had been baked. This was a Jiew development, and was called "the five-coloured porcelain," because more than one colour was employed, but the number was not necessarily confined to five. We shall refer again to these under the K'ang-hi period. With this advance the artist proceeded to more difficult subjects for decora- tive purposes, such as the human figure, historical, legendary, and religious scenes and landscapes. Porcelains in which green pre- domiated were particujary prized.' ' Gold and gold purple were not used till the year 1690.' The third epoch, that of Chin^-hwa, includes the reigns of Hung-chi, Ching-teh, Kia-tsing, and Lung-king, and lasted 2 iv 482 THINGS CHINESE. from A.D. 14G5 to 1573. Blue porcelain was still manufactured, less pure materials being employed in place of the su-ni-po. At the same time advances are noticeable in other points, such as arrangements of colours and skill in designs, &c. An improved quality of cobalt seems to have been used (A.D. 1521) and a new d-irk blue was produced ; the objects made in it commanded a high price. 'In the Ching-hwa period [that of the reign of that sovereign A.D. 1465- 1487] lived several celebrated artists. One made jars which he decorated on the upper part with the moxttan [tree peony] in flower, and below a hen and chickens full of life and movement. There were also cups with handles, painted with grapes ; wine cups, ornamented with figures and the lotus ; others as thin as paper, painted with blue flowers ; others with locusts. The enamelled were especially esteemed. The blue on the ware of this period is inferior to the Siuen-tih, but its paintings and colours surpass any that preceded them.' Gilding, wliich was first empolyed during the Yuen dynasy, was brought to perfection during the reign of Ching- hwa, (A.D. 1465-1489). 'In the Kia-tsing period (A.D. 1522-1566) the dark blue vases were alone in favour.' Immence quantities of porcelain were ordered to be manu- factured for Imperial purposes in A.D. 1571 : no less a number than 105,770 pairs of different kinds of articles, and in 1583 as many as 96,000 pieces, but remonstrances were made by the censors, and in some instances, at all events, the amounts were reduced. This wholesale ordering and consequent enormous production has flooded the streets of Peking with procelain of that date, ' where a street hawker may be seen with sweetmeats piled on dishes over a yard in diameter, or ladling iced syrup out of Ming bowls, and there is hardly a butcher's shop without a large Ming jar.' The Fourth period is styled the Wan-lih period, though it covers the reigns of Tai-chang, Tien-ki and Chung-ching of the Ming dynasty, as Avell as that of Shun-chi of the present, or Ts'ing dynasty, and lasted from A.D. 1573 to 1662. Green and the five cMoured porcelains were the chief products. Two drawbacks were experienced at this time ; PORCELAIN AND POTTERT. 483 one was the giving out of the clay employed for the fine porcelain ; and the other was tlie cessation of the importation of the blue— tlie Mohammedan blue as the Chinese termed it — ;]ust, as a century before, the su-ni-po blue had failed. To meet the new condition of affairs and to hide the grayish character of the only products procurable with the materials at their disposal, a rich brilliancy of enamel was employed, and the importance attached to the outer surface hid the inferior products below. During the reign of Lung-King, the last Emperor of the last period, as well as during that of Wan-lih, the first of the period now under review, ' the Imperial manufactory produced pieces which showed the greatest artistic skill.' The latter Emperor 'had cups for the altar as white as jade, and of extraordinary beauty. The glaze of the vases was creamy, '•like a layer of congealed fat." The surface was granulated, as if covered with grains of millet, or like the flesh of a fowl; some are said to appear as if covered with buds of the azalea, and others shagreened like the peel of an orange.' During this same reign there 'lived a celebrated artist of the name of Au, who excelled in poetry, writing, and painting. * * He withdrew from the world and retired to a manufactory, where he produced, in secret, porcelain, remarkable alike for its quality and the beauty of its colours. Among these the most sought after were large cups, ornamented with red clouds, brilliant as vermilion, and egg-shell cups, of dazzling white- ness, and so fine that some of them did not weigh more than twelve grains.' 'The white pieces of the Wan-hih ' reign, 'were very celebrated.' 'The manufacture of porcelain continued at the King- teh-chin Imperial Potteries under the present dynasty (the Ts'ing or Manchu Tartar A.D. 1662) with equal success.' During Shun-chi's reign, however, as well as the latter part of the Ming dynasty, ' there seems to have been a great decline in the manufacture of fine porcelain ; therefore little artistic work is found during this period.'' 'The Monochrome porcelain of the Ming and Kien-lung periods, the ruby, san^ de bcciif, Imperial yellow, crushed strawberry, peach- bloom, moonlight blue, camellia-green, apple-green, and other rare enamel porcelains of old China always have been, and still remain, inimitable.' 'The secret of the Chinese coloured enamel porcelain vases consisted in 'the art of using vitrifiable enamels, which required the second firing over the glaze at a low temperature.' The Fifth epoch is that of the reign of the Emperor K'ang-hi (A.D. 1662-1723) in which the art of the manu- facture of porcelain attained its greatest eminence, as M. Palcologue says about it : — 2 K 2 484. TllimS CIIINESi^. ' C'est la belle epoque de la porcelaine. Les precedes sc sont perfectionnes, les ressources des ceramistes et des peintres sont plus riches ; d'autre part, les formes sont plus heureuses et mieux pon- derees, la composition plus savante et plus variee ; les colorations ont une harmonic douce ou une puissance d'eclat que les pieces an- ciennes, avaient rarement realisees.' -~ Mr. Gulland calls attention to the fact that : • • Kanghi ' seem s to have been a very able man, fond of art and science, willing moreover to avail himself of the assistance of the Jesuit mis- sionaries and it was probably their aid that led, as Sir A. W. Franks says, " to many improvements in the porcelain manufacture and to the introduction of several new colours." It is said that two Jesuit lay brothers were at this time employed at the royal factories of King- te-chin.' Ysbranti Ides, ambassador to China from Peter the Great in A.D. 1692, speaking of the porcelain of the country says : — ' The finest, richest, and most valuable China is not exported, or as least very rarely, partieularly a yellow ware, which is destined for the Imperial use, and is prohibited to all other persons. They have a kind of crimson ware [probably the sa7ig-de-bwuf\ which is very fine and dear, because great quantities of it are spoiled in the baking. They have another sort, of a shining white, purfled with red, which is produced by blowing the colour through a gauze, so that both the inside and outside are equally beautihed with crimson no bigger than pins' points ; and this must be very expensive, since for one piece that succeeds a hundred are spoiled. They have a kind of China purfled in the same manner with gold. Also a kind which looks like mosaic work, or as if it had been cracked in a thousand places and set together again without cement. There is another kind of violet- coloured china, with patterns composed of green specks, which are made by blowing the colours through a frame pierced with holes ; and this operation succeeds so rarely, that a very small basin ie worth two or three hundred pounds. They have a kind of whits china, excessively thin, with blue fishes painted on the material be- tween the coats of varnish, so that they are invisible except when the cup is full of liquor.' The most of the porcelain of this period may be grouped under the four heads of white porcelain, green, rose, and coloured glaze. This white porcelain was made in Te-hoa in the Fuh-kien province ; the Chinese call it peJi-ts.::, that is ' white porcelain.' It 'is very lustrous and polished,' but it is very thick. It was used with good effect in the construction of PORCELAIN AND POTTERW iSa statuettes of Buddhist idols. AI. Palcologuc thus describes one that he saw : — 'Ccrtaiacs statuettes faites de cetto pate out iin charmc singulior ; unc decssc Kouan-yin, que nous vinies a Pckin, avail, dans son im- mobilite hieratiquc, une delicatesse de formes, unc grace pensive, une douceur de physionomie et une suavite d'expression que n'ont jamais depassees les plus beaux bronzes sacres.' The white is not confined to one shade, but runs througli all the varieties. With regard to the green porcelain, two schools sprang up : one, while following the models of antiquity, introduced a grace and beauty and an improvement in style wanting in the old works. Flowers, sprays of trees, grasses, flights of birds, beetles, and dragon-flies, all lent their aid to the de- corations of these objects, and the love of nature, so inherent in the Chinese, had full scope, while in combination with the dominant green, appeared red and touches of yellow^ blue, and violet ; the other school, while paying less atten- tion to colouring, had able brushes and skilful hands, which were employed in depicting ' historical or religious scenes, full of life and movement,' but unfortunately an Imperial edict in A.D. 1677 put an end to the production of such scenes. Several new colours were discovered about A.D. 1680. The rose colour had different shades of ' exquisite sweetness,' The commonest subjects employed were flowers and birds, amongst the former, the lotus and chrysanthemum were favourites. This kind of porcelain, however, was further perfected in the following period. Of the remaining por- celains, of this epoch, the celadons and the flambes are to be particularly noticed. With regard to the former they were not first produced during this epoch, but some manu- factured now were perfect gems in brilliancy. 'Turquoise- blue, sea-green, and a suspicion of viulet' is one descrijition of what celadons are, and all these tints are often met blended in one. 486 THINGS CHINESE. Gulland describes Celadon as' "single coloured glazes," known as "whole" or "self" coloured pieces. To lovers of colour this is probably the most interesting class. It was much appreciated by the collectors of last century, and still brings long prices. Of all the various descriptions, it is. perhaps, the one that lent itself best to French skill in ormolu mounting. The distinctive feature of this class is that the coloured glaze was applied to the " paste,'' and thus exposed to the extreme heat of the first firing. This often caused the glaze to change colour, hence the variegated hues to be met with, known to the French ?^sflainhl\ and to us as "splashed." In course of time the Chinese no doubt could produce this effect pretty well at will, and perhaps sometimes used glazes of more than one colour to obtain their end. The word celadon is unfortunately used in two senses — as a general term where the substance of which the vessel is made is hid from view by the coloured glaze with which it is covered ; in the other, as indicating that particular range of greens known by this name. * * In no class do we find greater variely or brilliancy of colourir.g than in this ; nearly every colour and shade thereof is to be met with.' The list of shades, thirty-four in number, given on page 139 of Mr. Gulland's book will show what a variety of colours are to be met with in this interesting division of porcelain. We must really again quote IM. Paleologue, who is so in love with his subject that he woiild make an enthusiast of almost any one. He says of these celadons : — ' Les celadons dits "bleu de ciel apres la pluie," en souvenir das porcelaines, de Che-tsong dont ils etaient I'imitation, nous ofifrent les plus delicats specimens de ce genre. Mais les celadons ornes de dessius graves ou imprimes en relief dans la pate du fond sont encore plus seduisants peut-etre par les effets de modele et de coloration que realise la couverte accumulee sur le decor : la fluidite' des teintes, la sorte d'ombre dont elles s'enveloppent par places n'ont jamais pu etre reproduites dans les porcelaines de fabrication europeenne. Notons enfin, dans le meme groupe ceramiqae les celadons bleu empois dont la couverte, preparee au cobalt, a un aspect lumineux, semi-translucide.' 'Celadon porcelain is manufactured by applying the green glaze to the ware before it has been fired at all ; by this means, the peculiar depth of surface is given to it, the burning process thoroughly incorporating the glaze into the body.' The spotted celadons which were the rage in France in the eighteenth century were also the products of this period. There were some beautiful specimens of flambes at this time : one is described as resmbling precious stones blended PORCELAIN AND rOTTERY. 487 together : but it is in the next period thritish, subjects. It followed, equally, that the British and Chinese Corporation obtained without further competition a concession for the construction of lines between Shanghai, Soochow, and Nanking. Negociations were concluded by the British and Chinese Corporation, about the same time, with the aid of H. M. Government for the proportioning of the Tientsin-Shanhaikwan line up the west coast of the Liao-tung Gulf to Sin-min-ting on the upper waters of the Liao, and to Newchwang. More important than all, in the eyes of the Chinese, is the great trunk line which is to connect Peking with Hankow. Granted originally to a Belgian syndicate in 1897, after some ineffectual negociations with American and British financiers, this concession had lapsed and been revived more than once before a substantial contract was signed, in June, with a titular Belgian Syndicate supported by Russo- French diplomacy. Both these contracts have been the subject, since, of keen con- troversy, on the ground, broadly, that they constitute an intrusion, in either case into alien spheres. A protest by the Russian Minister against the Newchwang agreement was met by surrendering all rights of mortgage over the section of the line outside the Great Wall. A protest by the British Minister against the signature of the Lu-Han contract was disregarded by the Tsungli-Yamen, and the Chinese Government was punished for its disregard and bad faith by the exaction of certain other railway concessions. As the contract gives a Franco-Russo-Belgian combination full right of morgtage and fore- closure over a line penetrating the heart of the Yangtsze Valley, it needs to be revised, obviously, on a similar principle, if it is carried out.' The following items contain further particulars as to some of the concessions mentioned above : — 'The negotiations concerning the construction of the Tsin-Chin (Tientsin-Chinkiang) Railway, have been successfully concluded between England, Germany, and China. It has been arranged that the sections between Tientsin and Tsinan, and Tsinan and Ichau, shall be placed under the control of Germany, and the section between Ichau and Chinkiang under British control.' The railway is to be completed within five years. The loan is £7,400,000 gold, which is to be repaid in 50 years to the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and the German Bank. 'The security is the guarantee of the Chinese Governnient plus the railway itself.' Three Europeans and two Chinese are to have the manas^ement of it ; from Tientsin to the Southern boundaries of Shantung, it is to be under German control and the rest is to be under British control. 510 THINGS CHINESE. There is a line between Tiehsanpn, in Hupeh, to a spot on the Yangtsze, 70 miles below Hankow, for conveying the iron ore from Hupeh to the ironworks at Hanyang, The line from Peking to Tientsin is about 75 miles long. There are further railway developments projected in Shantung, thanks to the advent of the Germans in the province. 'A German railway is to be constructed from Tapadurh, near Kiaochow to Weihsien and then to join the Tientsin-Chinkiang main line. A line is also to be built from Tapadurh to Tsintao. Both lines will take two years in construction. They have been secured by a German syndicate, * * * The Weihsien branch will tap the rich coal district which is expected to be the mineral mainstay of the German sphere of interest in Shantung. Another line is to be constructed from Kiaochau (Tapadurh) to Ichow, and thence to the Tientsin-Chinkiang main line. Work on the Weihsien line com- menced on Friday, 2nd June,' 1899. The railway from Peking to Han-Kau, 'about 813 miles long, will pass through the three important provinces of Chi-li, Ho-nan, and Hupeh, ['from Peking to Hankow, about 650 miles, and from Hankow to Canton, about 500 miles, or about 11 50 miles in all.' Another writer says :—' The total length of line will be about 800 English miles, and the capital of the syndicate four and a half millions sterling, represented by 225,000 shares of ;^20 each], and it "will serve the rich basins of the \angtsze-kiang and of the Hwang-ho." ' 'With reference to the proposed Hankow-Canton railway, the Chief Director, Chang Taotai, formerly Consul-General at Singapore,' we read, 'has informed his friends that the line will begin at Canton, pass Fatshan to the city of Samshui, on the West River. From this placethetrunkline will go across and enter Hunan, joining at Hankow the Lu-Han Railway. From Samshui again tliere will be constructed branch lines ; namely, one to Kueilin, the capital of Kwangsi province, which will be called the Western Branch line ; while from Canton there will be an Eastern Branch line connecting that city with Huichow, thence to Swatow and Northward into Fukien province. The Viceroy T'an has already detailed one Battalion of 500 men of the Chien Regi- ment to act as a guard to the workers on the new railway which it is intended to begin early in May next.' [1899] ' The party of engineers and experts of the Canton-Hankow Railway Syndicate have completed their survey up to Kupong in Punyu district, and are buying land from the owners holding title- deeds.' A survey of a projected line from Boochow to Kingpo via Hangchow has been made, and the Hongkong and Shang- hai Bank are to finance it. HATLWAYS. 511 The following was written a few years ago: — 'When the line of the Siberian Railway approaches the eastern shore of the Russian Empire, it is suddenly stopped by a long and broad wedge oi land running from south to north. This is part of the Chinese territory of Manchuria, probably the richest portion of the Chinese Empire. In the centre of it is the important fortified town of Kirin. the capital of the province of that name. The province of Kirin is prolonged to the south-west by the province of Shinking, the capital of which is !\Ioukden, and which ends in the long peninsula having the great naval base of Port Arthur for its most south-westerly point. The Siberian railway has to make a long detour to the north round this wedge, and the present treaty [1896] is intended first of all to enable it to avoid this by taking the chord instead of the arc. Thus the first advantage of Russia is to prolong its line from some point in Siberia, probably Nertchinsk, via Kirin, straight to Vladivostock. Besides this, however, Russia is now authorised to build a railway to join the main line at Kirin and run south-westwards, first to Port Arthur, and second to Shanhaikwan, which is the terminus of the present short railway to Tientsin. The Convention gives to Russia the right to carry her Trans-Siberian Railway to Kirin, the Chinese town of central Alanchuria, from two directions — first, some point in Siberia ; and second, Vladivostock. Next, Russia obtains the right to build a railway from Kirin to Port Arthur should China fail to do so. These three lines of railway are to be built with Russian money, and are to be defended by posts of Russian Cossacks ; they will also be built to the Russian gauge. Russia is to work mines in Manchuria, and Russian officers are to drill the Chinese troops in Manchuria.' With regard to the railway operations in the neighbour- hood of Kirin, Moukden, and Port Arthur, an opinion has been expressed lately that the line cannot be finished in less than five years on account of the scarcity of timber, and of workmen and labour. American pine is used, and has to be brought by sea, the supply of it being very limited. Wood is also brought from the Korean frontier, and the winter is likewise so severe that the Chinese labourers cannot stand it and have to stop work for five months in the year. The following extract from a recent newspaper is in- teresting in this connection : — ■ 'The programme of Russian railway extension in Asia has lately undergone considerable revision. The original scheme of the Trans- Siberian Railway has been greatly modified, and it is probable that a portion of the proposed route through Eastern Siberia will be abandoned. When the line was originally authorised, the work of construction was commenced at both ends simultaneously, and the work at the Pacific terminus was inaugurated by the present Tsar, 512 THINOS CHINESE. who cut the first sod of earth at Vhxdivostock on March 29th, 1891, The work at this end of the line has been compleled as far as Khabarovka — a distance of 481 miles, and here the terminus is likely to remain for some years to come. The alternative route authorised by the Manchurian Railway Agreement of 1896 will start from Vladivostock and will pass by way of Nicolsk and Ninguta to Tsitsihar, and thence across the Siberian fronther to Nerchinsk, where it will join the railway now under construction. The enerey with which the work of railway development is being pushed forward in Russian Manchuria is impressed on the visitor to Vladivostock from the moment he lands: the country for miles round swarms with parties of labourers engaged in the construction of earth works, the erection of bridges and the general work necessary to the construction of a railway. The labourers are convicts who have been sent to Siberia for vaious offences. They work under a Cossack guard, and are paid for their labour at the rate of one tenth of the value of the work they do. There are probably from 15,000 to 20,000 of these convict labourers at work in Machuria at the present time.' 'Russia has demanded the right to carry a totally new branch of the Trans-Siberian line, or rather a feeder, from, somewhere near the junction of the Shilka with the Amur, south to Kalgan, •■- '- '' No doubt, the line to Kalgan, whether constructed from Aigun or Maimatchin (Kiatkha) will take off a tremendously troublesome section of the trans-Siberian line, and moreover it will most certainly be constructed, and it will as certaily be extented to connect with the Russian system in Shansi, which is expected she will begin to construct next year [1900.]' Railway concessions North of the Great Wall are to be left to Russian enterprise, and those in the basin of the Yangtsz to the British, but this agreement made between the two nations is not to infringe in any way on the rights acquired with regard to the Shanhaikwan-Ncwchwang line, though the line is to remain a Chinese line. 'A survey has been made of a projected Burmo-China Railway and a feasible route for it from 'Kunlon Ferry, the proposed terminus oftheMandalay-Salween Railway to the Yangtsze Valley "••'• "••■'' * '■'■ The line would reach the Yangtsze at Luchow, about a hundred miles higher up the river than Chinkiang "■■' The length * * would be about 1,000 miles.' It 'is not only not impracti- cable, but its construction would present no very extraordinary difficulties. Ten or twelve millions sterling' would be needed. It must not bo supposed that because all these railways are planned, that railway communication is in full swing in China. O.io or two maps of China have been published lately, showing in black lines and otherwise the concessions, etc., and on the strength of these, two railway engine-drivers recently come up from Australia in the confident assurance of being able to obtain employment on one of these numerous lines of railway thus marked out. RELIGION. 513 Books recommendvil. — A leader in "the Hongkong Daily Press' of 9tli September, 181U, gives an interesting account of the development of the Tientsin Ilailwa.v from a seven miles tram-line to the present dimensions. An interesting article has appeared in ' The Engineer,' giving an account of the history and construction of the railway in Formosa. It was republished in the • London and China Express ' and copied in ' The Honskong Telegraph' of the 10th of August, lSi)2. A perusal of this article will show the great difHculties encounted from Chinese ignorance, i)n!Judice. and bribery in such works. ' Kail way Enterprises in China' an article in ' Chamtiers's Journal' for May 1899. by IJ Taylor. RELIGION. — Amongst this ancient nation are to be found many persistent survivals of old world religions and myths handed down from generation to generation through the long ages past. Faint traces of such beliefs and modes of worship are to be found by the diligent enquirer in our western lands, but in China they form in many cases not only the basis on which have been superimposed the more modern systems of religion ; but they permeate the whole present amalgam of credulity, superstition, forms and ritual, which go to make up the average Chinaman's religion. The worship of Heaven and Earth, of mountains and rivers is still in existence, and traces of Stibianism are to be found ; the adoration and planting of sacred trees near temples, can be seen to this day; and a most common form of worship is the worship of stones, besides an ever present and most profound belief in evil spirits which cause disease, &c. As Gibbon said of Rome, so it might almost be said of China to-day: — *To the common people all religions are equally true ; to the philosopher all are equally false ; to the magistrate all are equally useful.' To the superficial observer the Chinese appear a very religious people, and yet, on closer observation, it will be found that there is a great deal of formalism about their worship. There are very superstitious ; and the whole land is full of idols. The women are most devout worshippers ; many of the educated men profess scepticism, while giving an outward adhesion to the forms of worship. There are some earnest souls to be found among them who join different sects of Buddhism in order to find some satisfaction for the longings of their hearts ; when the truths of Christianity are 2 o 514 THINGS CHINESE. presented to such, they are sometimes received as a revelation from heaven. Boohs recmnmcnded. — 'The Reliofious System of China,' by J, J. M. de Groot, Ph. D. See articles on Buddhism. Taonism. and Missions, and the books recommended at the end of those articles. RICE. — The Chinese language has developed a number of names for rice in its different stages of growth, thus confirming what Archdeacon Trench pointed out— the tendency of a language to develope in any special direction, Rice being the main support of the inhabitants of the south of China, every stage of its growth is of the greatest interest to them ; bat to us, who never see it in our own land but in the hulled grain, it is simply rice whether in that state, or when the tender blade is just shooting out of the ground, or when nearly ripe; and we have to borrow from a foreign language the word paddy to represent it with the husk on — a word, by the bye, little used or known in England itself, as the necessity for its use there is but slight. For all of these different conditions of rice, the Chinese have names, and again, not only does one word do duty for cooked rice, but the soup-like drink made from boiling a small quantity of rice in a large quantity of water, has a distinctive name of its own, chuh (pronounced chook), for which Europeans in the East, being at a loss for a word to express it, have again had recourse to the borrowing of a Malay word to express it, congee. Rice is the staple article of diet in the south of China : so much so, that 'to eat rice ' is synonymous with taking a meal ; and the equivalent of ' How do you do ? is ' Have you eaten your rice yet ? ' 'He cannot eat his rice ' is tantamount to saying that a sick man is unable to take his food. Break- fast is cliiu-fdn, morning rice, and ye-fan, or man-fan, evening rice, stands for dinner. With regard to its use as food in the extreme South, we refer our readers to our article on Food in this book. The rice grows in small patches, scarcely entitled to be called fiekls. As the rice ijrows best in water, tliese are JiWTS. 515 undei" a few inches of water the most of the time. There are no fences or walls between them, but the mud is piled up all round each little division of ground, and, drying in the sun, forms a narrow footpath only wide enough for one person to walk on. When the rice plant, which has been thickly sown in one place, is six inches high, it is transplanted into the miniature fields by men and w^omcn Avading through the mud, and five or six of these sprouts are stuck into one hole. In a very short time the fields present a beautiful sight, being converted from the muddy flats into masses of living, delicate green. Two, or sometimes even three, crops of rice, or other plants, succeed one another — a crop of fish is put into the field when they, the fish, are a few inches long, to fatten for the market while the rice is growing. The Chinese prefer their own rice to that grown in foreign countries. There are several varieties of this useful grain, coarse and fine, white and red, glutinous and non- glutinous. At New Year's time popped rice is largely used, and is carried about the streets in large baskets, looking like snow in its whiteness. It is prepared in the same way as the popped Indian corn, or maize, of the New England States, and is very much like it in appearance. About Swatow and Amoy more congee is eaten than at; Canton and neighbourhood, while, up North, millet takes the place of rice. Book t'crom mended. — For an iiiterestiug account ol" rice the world round see Rhein's ' Industries of Japan,' p. H7. RIOTS. — The Chinese have acquired an unenviable notoriety of late years for riots directed against foreign residents at different treaty ports and cities. In their intensity and wild outburst they resemble the cyclonic disturbances, the typhoons, Avhich carry death and destruction in their train. As before the typhoons premonitory symptoms are geneniUy observable in a disturbed state of the atmosphere, so before these riots there is a heated state of opinion, which those who are in touch with the native mind may discover. 2 2 51G THINGS CHINESE. To those not intimately acquainted with the Chinese it may be supposed that as the proverbial Irishman is never happy unless he is in the midst of a row, so the Chinese are only in their native element Avhen rushing in hordes against the defenceless European or American. To say that tlie Chinese are peaceful law-abiding subjects seems preposterous when writing about Chinese riots, but such a statement, nevertheless, is the truth ; for they are one of the most peaceful nations in the world. The Chinese, from a European standpoint, is made up of a mass of incongruities, the most opposite traits of character are to be found in juxtaposition ; and this same quiet Chinaman is a perfect demon, a yelling infuriated brute, a monster of destruction, ia a riot ; rapine, robbery, arson, and murder, all rapidly succeed each other at such a time, the howling mob ravening like wild beasts as they run wanton with life and property. 'There is no fear of Got in a riot,' so according to Shakespeare said Sir Hugh Evans. What are the causes that transform the law-abidinsf Chinaman into a demon of destruction ? We propose to mention what we consider to be some of them. It must first be taken into consideration that the Chinese as a mass are wofully ignorant of the commonest scientific facts which are taught to our children at school. When they find that we are able to rush along at the rate of sixty miles an hour in railways ; when they see steamers go without wind and against the tide; when they hear some vague rumour of Westerners being able to see millions of miles into the sky, or on the other hand minutely examine some insect and make it as large as a buff"alo ; when they see tumours cut off and legs and arms amputated by the skilful surgeon; it is comparatively easy for them to believe that these magic- working foreigners can look several inclies into the ground and discover precious metals, especially since their own geomancers pretend to the same power ; (the author himself, when on a trip in tlie interior, was asked if he did not possess this power), and further, with sucli people, it does not require nroTs. 517 much stretch of the imagination to believe the story that foreigners, who are all blue-eyed, require the black eyes of Chinese children to compound their wonder-working medicines, or the eyes of dead Chinese to transform lead into silver. It will thus be seen that, owing to this dense ignorance, they are credulous to an extreme extent. They will believe almost any and everything. It must also be remembered that we are foreigners to them — enemies Ave have been at various times; and, unfortunately, in our relations with them, we have sometimes been overbearing ; the nation looks upon us as the introducers of opium ; the officials and literati fear our science and civilisation will overturn theirs, and most of the mandarins are afraid that these will put an end to their corrupt system of govern- ment and their profits ; some dread that we will eventually wrest their country from them. Besides, of late years, a knowledge of the shutting of foreign countries, such as America and Australia, against Chinese immigration is be- coming known : to Avhich must be added the fact that the mass of foreigners do not understand the Chinese, at times fearing designs from them when they are to be trusted, and implicitly trusting them when they are acting with duplicity: and we, unfortunately, do not always act with sufficient care in our intercourse with them, for our motives are often mis- understood and our actions misconstrued. We are stransre. grotesque, bizarre objects in their eyes, our every action outre, and sinister motives are readily ascribed to such curious beings as we appear to them — devils as they call us. Given all this material, it needs but the dissemination of lying books against some foreigners, issued with the imprimatur of high officials ; it requires but an incipient rebellion in the throes of its attemped birth ; it wants but a few lewd felloAVs of the baser sort to start a riot ; the apathetic, indifferent, and half-sympathising mandarins take care, as a rule, to keep out of the way until the mischief is done, while their soldiery, as often as not, lend a hand in the plundering of compounds, the dismantling of houses. And yet it is wonderful how an armed little force, consisting only of the mercantile residents, 518 THINGS CHINESE. a do/en or a score of men, it' resolutely facing. the packed mass of the infuriated mob breathing out death and destruc- tion, can, with scarcely firing a shot, disperse the armies of the aliens like smoke. The question naturally arises : — What is the remedy for all this ? We believe nothing but a determined front presented by all the foreign powers, an insistence on the opening up of more of the country, the continual presence of at least one gun- boat at every treaty port, and, should a riot take place, the carrying out of the threat once made at Hankow^ that Imperial property would be fired on. If the officials found their yamens bombarded as sure as a riot took place, and one or two of their most prominent members seized and carried off to the gun-boat, we believe that riots would cease. This would be a more effective punishment than the destruction of defenceles villages or towns, as the inhabitants in many esses are but tools in the hands of designing knaves. The Chinese officials always cry non possimius until they know they must do what is required of them. The true secret of dealing with the Chinese, and that which has always been successful in the past, is firmness, kindness towards them at all times, but no shilly-shallying ; consideration and sympathy, with a fixed resolution, and a determination that the demands, granted they are right, shall be acceded to, and that at once. W^e give a list of a few of the more notable riots : — December 7th, 1842. — European factories at Canton destroyed by a mob. .June 21st. 1870. — Riot at Tientsin and massacre of R. C. nuns. May -tth. 187-1. — Riot in French Concession. vShanghai. September 10th. 1883. — Riot by Chinese mob in Canton. Great destruction of foreign houses and propertj- on Shameen. October 3rd, 1884. — Serious coolie riot in Hongkong. October 4th. 18S4. — -Attaelv on foreigners at Wenchow. July 1st, 188(). — Serious riot at Chunglving. Februarj' .")tli, 1881*. — -Anti-foreign riot at Cluulviang : foreign lioiises burned and looted. May 13th, 1891. — Anti-foreign riot at Wuhu. Catlioiic nussion jiremises. I.M. Custon) House, and British Coiisulate ])urued and looted. May 18th. ISIU, — Anti-foreig-n riot in the Hochow district. Auti-foreijn riot at Ngau-kiu. lilOTS. 519 May 2."th, 1891, — Anti-foreisn riot at Ngan-kiii. Somo. foreij,'n houses burned and looted. June 1st, 18ltl. — Anti-foreign riot at Tan.van,?. 20 miles from Chinlviang. Catholic i>roperty destroyed, .lune r)th, 1S91. — Anti-foreign riot at Wiisueli. near Hankow. Foreign pro|>erty destroyed. l!ev. Mr. Argent, Wesleyan Missionary, and Mr. Green, of the Imperial Maritime Custom's service, Ivilled. June Tth. 1S91. — Attempted .-inti-foreign riot at Kiukiiing. June 8th, IH'.ll. — D.'struction of French Missionaries' property at Woo-.sih, near Foochow. by anti-forei<>'n mob. June 9th, 18itl. — Attack on mission premises at Sdoeliow. llioters dispersed. June 14th, 1S91. — Mission property burned down at Shah-si. June 20th, 1891. — lliot at Ha-mieii City on tlie Vangtsz. Catliolic property destroyed, June 2.')th and 2fitli. 18'.ll. — Riots attempted at Tsing'-kiang-pu and Himau-fu on the Grand Canal, but suppressed. June .SOth, 1891. — A mob loots and burns down Catholic chai)el and schools at Yan-kao near Tuuf^-chovv on the Vangtsz. July 1891, — Riot at Viin-yang-shien, about half-way between Ichangand Chungking, Sept. 2nd 1891, — Riot at Ichang. Nearly all foreign property destroyed, July 1st, 1893. — Two Swedish Missionaries murdered at Sungpu, in Central China, by mob. June, 1894, — Two medical missionary ladies were attacked by a mob in Honam. Canton, for one of them rendering assistance to a plague patient, and a few days after, on the 20th June, 1894, at Shek Lung, in the Tuni^ Kwun district, the American Presbyterian Chapel was demolished bv a a mob and one man killed. May 29th, 189."), — Anti-foreign riots in Szchuen. A-Ugust 1st, 189."). — Kucheng (near Foochow) massacre, when Rev. Mr. Stewart and ten helpless ladies and children were murdered by a mob. May 12th, 189fi. — Serious riot at Kiangyin. — Mission property entirely destroyed. November 1st, 1897. — Murder of two German Catholic priests at Yenchow by a band of 20 men, which led up to the seizure of of Kiauchow by the Germans, April 9th, 1898. — Riot in Shasi. — Buildings on foreign bund destroyed. April 16th, 1898. — American Mission, in suburbs of Chungking, sacked by mob. and Chinese medical assistants maltreated and one murdered, July 8th. 1898. — Protestant and Catholic Missions attacked by rioters at Shum-ching-fu. in Sz-chuen, — A French priest captured by brigands. October loth, 1.S98.— Rioting at Ho Chou. .")0 miles from Chungking. American and French Mission places attacked and burned, October 2rith, 1898, — Rioting at Shameen, Canton, January 8th. 1899. — Serious rioting at Sung-do, near Ningpo, over an attempt to work mines. 810,000 worth of mining property destroyed. It is impo.ssible to give an account of all the small nnimportant viots or mobs. At times riots have been 520 THINGS CHINESE. imminent and in a few cases have actually .taken place, unattended with loss of life and with but little injury to property. Boohs recomvii'ndcd . — 'The Anti-forei<;;n Riots in China in 1891.' 'The Sources of the Anti- Foreign DisturViances in China,' l>y Eev. Gibhert Reid, M.A. A full account of the SweecUsli Missionary riot and what was done about it is contained on the Hong' Kong Daily Press of Feb. 21st, 1894. ROADS. — In the south of China the rivers are the natural roads, and in some places, especially in the delta of the Canton river, the country is reticulated Avith rivers, streams, cross canals, &c., which bring every few miles of country within easy reach of water communication. Back from the net-work of rivers, paths connect the market-towns and villages. In some places these paths are paved with granite slabs. It is considered a meritorious act to repair or construct roads. The country near Swatow is well provided with water communication; some of the rivers have numerous boats of many descriptions. The public roads in this neighbourhood are good, as a rule, though but paths. They are often formed of a kind of cement in large slabs about a yard or so wide, occasionally square stones are let into this cement, while at other times, squares of a slightly different structure, from the rest of the road, and looking like conglomerate, are so let in, while at other times again the stone is used. The roads in this locality are not straight, but ramble through the rice fields with a very meandering course. In the neighbourhood of Amoy there does not seem to be such a traffic on the rivers; and the same is said to hold good with regard to the great Yangtsz Kiang in the centre of China. In the nortli of China, Avhere carts are used, the roads are worn below the surface of the surrounding land, and in the heavy rains form water-courses for the deluges of rain to escape by ; when in this state they have occasionally to be SHOOTING. 521 swum by travellers, and instances of wayfarers being drowned in the road are not unknown. In some places roads made five liundrcd or even thousands of years ago are in existence. It would greatly develope trade and facilitate intercom- munication wore a Chinese MacAdam to arise, or were the Chinese government, instead of buying foreign war material, to devote its energy to the construction of these arteries of trade. With the curious topsy-turvy way in which the Chinese do everything, it is not at all unlikely that the iron road will run its spider-like lines through the length and breadth of the empire before a system of properly constructed roads becomes un fait accompli in this land. SHOOriNG.~The Chinese are not sufficiently civilised to take delight in killing birds and other game for pleasure ! There is a small amount of shooting goes on for food purposes. To those who glory in such pursuits there is no better book than Lieut. Craddock's ' Sporting Notes in the Far East.' He seems to have had a varied experience, and gives it for the benefit of others, detailing the game to be found at the different ports, the seasons for them, and rules of procedure. Snipe, pheasants, woodcock, quail, and many other birds, as well as deer, &c., are to be found at different places. It would be a good day for the inhabitants of certain districts of China if sportsmen would follow the example of a few of their number and go tiger shooting. This is to be found in the neighbourhood of Amoy and Foochow, and in some parts of the Canton province, and doubtless in other places in China. The tigers are a regular pest, carrying off young children at times even from the doors of their houses, as well as dogs and other small animals. In two years foreign sportsmen from Amoy ' have killed no fewer than twenty-five ' of them. SHUTTLECOCK. — The usual reverse occurs in China with regard to some of the games that happens with many other things in this land of contrarieties. Instead of shuttle- 2 r 522 THINGS CHL\ESE. cock being more espociully a game for girls, it is most especially a game for boys, lads, and men. No girls ever play it. It may almost be said to be the national game of China, and kite-flying the national pastime. The latter is indulged in in autumn; the former in winter, tliough it is played at other times as weW. What seems curious about the two is, that, though children find an amusement in them, they are largely enjoyed and indulged in by those who can scarcely 'be described as children, except with the qualifying phrase of an older growtli' appended. There is no battledore used by the Chinese, but the shuttlecock is kept up in the air by the foot, the broad white sole of the Chinese shoe actingadmirably for the purpose. Two, three, four, or more players get together ; and, if two, stand opposite each other, if three or more, they form an irregular ring and kick the shuttlecock up into the air in such a manner that it may fall near another player, so that there is no violent exercise except what is necessary for the kicking. If a foot stroke is impossible, when the shuttlecock is falling near one, then it is allowable to keep it up by hitting it with the hand and thus send it to another player, or to bang it into the air in such a way that it may return in a position to be easily hit by the foot. There are several foot-strokes — the most common being with the inner side of the sole of the right shoe. A hit is sometimes made with the outer side of the sole of the right shoe. Another hit that must require some dexterity (if we may be allowed to use such a word in connection with the foot) is given with the right foot — with the inner side of the sole of the riglit shoe — from under the calf of the left leg. The most usual form of this stroke is as follows : — the left leg is doubled round so that the foot is in front of the body and about ten or twelve inches from the ground: this is done while the shuttlecock is descending : and, when it is abnost near enough to hit, a spring is taken off the ground with the right foot last, and the shuttlecock is immediately hit by the inner side of the sole of the right shoe from under the left calf. Another variety of this SI Lie. 523 stroke is to stretch the left leg out in a slo^Ding direction dounwards from the body with the foot a few inches above the ground, and then a similar stroke is made as described above. Another stroke is made with the sole of the right foot from behind the body, the foot in delivering it being kicked backwards and upwards. With many of the strokes delivered from the feet, the shuttlecock is sent up some ten, twenty, or thirty feet into the air, though occasionally a forward kick is given which directs it towards another player, with, perhaps, a slightly rising direction. The play often begins by one player tossing the shuttlecock with his hand up in the air towards another player opposite him. The object of the play is, of course, to keep the shuttlecock up as long as possible. The shuttlecock itself is rather different in construction from that in use in the West, no cork being used; but a number of layers of skin are employed, the two outer being snake's skin and the inner ones are said to be shark's skin, there being from eight or ten to twenty layers. The feathers used are duck's feathers and three in number. SILK. — Notwithstanding the disparagement of early Chinese inventions by some, no one has yet been found bold enough to try and wrest the palm from them for the three discoveries of porcelain, lacquer ware, and the manufacture of silk. "The cultivation of silk, as of tea, had its origin in China ' and • China still stands first amongst the silk- producing countries of the earth, and the amount exported annually from it to Europe, North America, and Bombay, is between 52,000 and 85,000 bales.' Silk culture is of very ancient origin ; from references in the Shu King to it, it is evident that it was well known when that work was written. Silkworms are said to have been first reared (B.C. 2G00) by the Empress of Hwang-ti, who Avas deified and worshipped, under the name of Yuen-fi, as the Goddess of Silk. Offerings are made to her annually, in April, by the empress, at a temple in the palace grounds at Peking. The great Yu is credited by the Chinese 'as the most prominent pi-omuter " uf the cultivation of silk and he 2 J- 2 524 THINGS CHINESE. is likewise said to *have planted the hill country of Shan-si with mulberiies.' The Chinese Government has followed the good example of this semi-mythical monarch by giving encouragement to the people and endeavouring to incite them to engage in this industrial occupation. In fact it has bestowed unremitting attention on this important branch of industry. As the mulberry leaf is the chief food of the silkworm, much labour and the greatest care is expended on the cul- tivation of the mulberry tree. In the neighbourhood of Chinkiang there are two kinds of mulberries — a wild and a domestic — the domestic is grafted on the wild. The young mulberry trees are transplanted in December and are placed at regular distances of five or six feet from one another : they are then cut down to one foot six inches in height, and two shoots are allowed to grow ; with the systematic pruning carried on each year, after five" or six years there are only sixteen branches left ; the continual cutting off of all but two fresh twigs on each branch produces a knobbed appearance of the tree ; and finally, from these knobbed-like fists, about fifty to eighty branches are preserved. The trees live more than fifty years ; but are not allowed to grow higher than five or six feet. The wild mulberry, which grows to a height of fifty or sixty feet, is also used, and there is a smaller kind as well. The silkworm undergoes several changes ; but difierent species would appear to diff'er in this respect, for it seems that the ' southern silkworm ' has four periods for moulting, as a rule, while the * northern silkworm ' generally casts its skin three times. The greatest care is taken to keep the silkworms from noise, which they dislike ; but so far do the silkworm carers carry their precautions that they become superstitious, the silkworms at certain places being informed by their keepers of the arrival of travellers, and, if this is omitted, any luckless wight, chancing on a village unannounced, '\\ill receive but SILK. 525 scant courtesy, and be driven away with curses, if nothing worse. There are ten rules hiid down for breeding silkworms : — ' The eggs when on paper must be kept cool ; after having been hatched they require to be kept warm ; during their period of mouUing they must be kept hungry ; in the intervals between their sleeps they must be well supplied with food ; they should not be placed too close together nor too far apart ; during their sleeps they should be kept dark and warm ; after they have cast their skins, cool, and allowed plenty of light ; for a little time after moulting they should be sparsely fed ; and when they are full grown ought never to be without food ; their eggs should be laid close together, but not heaped upon each other, Wet, withered, or dusty leaves are not given to them. Rather less than two ozs. in weight of young worms will eat i ton and 430 lbs. weight of leaves 'While the worms are growing, care is taken to keep them' from 'bright light ; they are often changed from one hurdle to another that they may have roomy and clean places; the utmost attention is paid to their condition and feeding, and noting the right time for preparing them for spinning cocoons. Three days are required for this, and in six it is time to stifle the larvic and reel the silk from the cocoons ; this being usually done by other workmen. Those who rear the worms enclose the cocoons in ajar buried in the ground and lined with mats and leaves, interlaying them with salt, which kills the pupae but keeps tne silk supple, strong, and lustrous ; preserved in this manner, they can be transported to any distance, or the reeling of the silk can be delayed until convenient. Another mode of destroying the cocoons is to spread them on trays and expose them by twos to the steam of boiling water, putting the upper in the place of the lower one according to the degree of heat they are in, taking care that the chrysalides are killed and the silk not injured. After exposure to steam the silk can be reeled off immediately, but if placed in the jars they must be put into warm water to dissolve the glue before the floss can be unwound.' Silk from Avild worms of different species is also used in some of the provinces. In Shing-king, in Manchuria, silk is produced from a species of silkworm. Bomhiix Pcrnui, or Bo)iibij,v Fantonl of Italy, which feeds on the leaves of a species of oak, Quercus Mongolia, or Querais rohur. A small quantity is also produced from the Bomhijx Ci/)ithla. The yield of this silk might be quadrupled. The chrysalides are an article of diet with the Chinese. The spinning wheel is similar to that in the West. It requires from 1,000 to 5.000 cocoon.s to weave 526 THINGS (JlllXE^E. a piece of silk, and it takes a man two clays to do so. There are no large manufactories for its production, but 'each one spins, Aveaves, and dyes his own material ' in Manchuria, and this is also largely the case throughout China, though not entirely. A black silk is produced from the Bomhyx Pernyi due to the worm eating the whole of the leaf, stalk, and everything. In the district about Chefoo there are two kinds of silk produced : ' wild silk,' spun from the cocoons of the Bo)nhi/cV Pernyi mentioned above, the wild silkworm; and 'yellow silk,' spun from the cocoons of the Bomhyx Mori or silkworm proper. For hatching the eggs, the women in some places keep them on their persons for the warmth of their bodies, while in other places they put them under the blankets in the bed. ' A newly hatched silkworm is as fine as a hair. Im- mediately under its head there are four legs, a little beyond on the body there are six more, and again six more near the end at the tail ; their whole length is about one-tenth of an inch and their colour is black.' The greatest care is taken in supplying them with leaves, the men actually washing their hands before touching the leaves. They are fed five or six times a day at first, but after the third day constantly. After one or two days, the worms become brown and, after five days more, a yellowish white. The fifth days seem memorable ones with the silkworm, for on the fifth day they stop feeding and ' undergo their first moult,' and at intervals of about five days after each waking they again cast their skins, ceasing eating for periods varying from a day and night to the * long repose,' the fourth one of, if the weather is cold, two or three days, their colour changing at these different periods from yellow or a yellowisli-white from before the stupors to a slight yellowish tint or a white colour after. After these moults tliey will, if in good condition, eat twenty times their weight in leaves. After another five days they attain maturitv and arc about two inches in Icn^jth. \Yhat lo(;k SILh\ :)2T like sheaves of straw are used for tlie silkworms to construct their cocoons on, each sheaf or bundle being tied round the middle and spread out at the top and bottom ; sixty or seventy worms are put on each bundle, care being taken not to crowd them too much together. They then proceed to spin their cocoons amongst the stalks of straw by first at- taching themselves \\ith some looser threads, after which they spin the compact "' oblong case,' as the dictionary terms it, but beautifully rounded, working of course from the out- side in. They finish spinning in five days, and, if the silk is not spun oii\ they pierce their yellow shrouds in ten days. ' From two catties of good cocoons, nine catties of silk are reeled off * * * A quick hand with a double reel- ing machine reels about 1^ catties of silk per day, thus 100 catties of cocoons are about six days Avork.' A certain number of cocoons are kept for breeding purposes. The female moths die in five days after laying their eggs, which they do within a day or so of coming out. In tlie Canton province the two principal qualities of silk are Tai-tsam and Lun-yut : the eggs of the former are hatched once or twice a year ; the latter seven times. The author saw, in Swatow, some curious, large, wild caterpillars, brightly coloured, which spin a species of silk used in making lanterns. Wild silkworms in the North of China are fed on different kinds of oak and they supply two crops of cocoons annually. The natives hatch them, and, after feeding them themselves, place them on the branches, when the leaves of the trees are fully out, and transfer them to other trees as they eat the leaves of one. They spin their cocoons on the trees, from whence they are gathered. After the female moths have come out, and are ready to lay their eggs, the natives tie them by one leg with fine threads to the branches of the tree, when they lay their eggs on the leaves. These wild silkworms are 'smaller than the domestic ones and of 528 rillNGS CHINESE. a grayish black colour.' The silk filaments of the domestic silkworm cocoons are Avound into thread by the aid of a primitive reeling machine. Tor reeling the silk filament off" the cocoons they are placed in hot water to loosen the ends of the silk, the rough parts are cleared away, and the clean filament taken with the hand and then passed over, or through, the diff'erent parts of the reeling machine. As soon as the cocoon gets thin and the chrysalis is visible, a new filament is taken in its place. The best threads arc made with six or seven cocoons, ranging from this number to twenty or more for the coarsest. 'A quick hand can reel in one day * * about 20 taels weight fine or 30 taels coarse silk.' The wild worm cocoons are treated in a different manner. The space to which our article must be confined will not allow us to go into a detailed statement of the numbers of looms and their output, nor are statistics available for a full statement ; but, as an example of what is done, we may say that in 1880 there were in Chinkiang 1,000 looms employing 4,000 labourers. In one day, three men can turn out about 12 feet to 16 feet of silk; for plain goods, two men only are required at each loom; and only one man for weaving gauze, there being 200 looms for this with 300 men at work, of which 14,000 to 15,000 pieces are annually produced for local consumption within the province of Kiangsu. Besides this, there are 50 or 60 looms 'engaged in weaving silk ribbons, each attended to by one man; a second is required only in weaving the broader kinds. * * * On an average, one man can Aveave about 40 feet per day. There are about 100 men engaged in this branch of the business; and there are about 30 or 40 looms for weaving red plain satin.' For making sewing silk 'two filaments are twisted together into threads.' For crape manufacture there are about 200 looms and 800 men employed, SlfJ{. 529 'The greatest silk producing- province in China is Che- kiang, and Kiangsu conies second.' while 'Hu-cho\v holds the first place among the departments of the whole Empire of China for the production of silk.' It may. therefore, be interesting to note the production of this one department. The production then for 1878 was 2,925,232 catties (1,755,139 kilos.), and for 1879, 3,304<,196 catties (1,982,517 kilos.). There are 4,000 looms, each loom producing about 100 pieces a year. Hang-chiu produces the best kinds of silk piece goods. ' Filatures produce silk realising Tls. 200 a picul more than will that spun from the same cocoons by the old primitive method.' 'Sericulture is now [1895] the leading industry in China since tea has gradually receded tc a subordinate position.' 'The steps initiated by the Inspector-General [of Imperial Maritime Customs] to implant in China the Pasteur system of detecting and eradicating disease in silkworms have succeeded in the Kwangtung province.' Some time ago it was stated that, in Kiangsu and Chehkiang they ' are considering the establishment of silk- worm nurseries for the selection of eggs on the Pasteur system,' these steps being necessary to cope with the silkworm disease. There is a complaint of the defective reeling and adulteration of silk from North China, which, unless checked is bound to do injury to the silk trade of China. There are silk filature establishments in China where foreign machinery is employed in reeling and weaving the silk. There are three in Macao, one with 54 steam looms. There is room for several more as the silk is on the spot, there is cheap labour available, and a market. Shanghai has 27 silk filatures, Hangchow has one, and Soochow three. The export of China silk is increasing but not at a rapid rate. The following extract from a consular report may prove of interest : — 'China silk is intrinsically the best silk in the world, but from ignorance or lack of energy on the part of the producers, it continues from year to year to be prepared in the old faulty method, while Japan silk, by nature much inferior, is beating it in the market, simply by the care and attention bestowed on its preparation, and bv the 2 II 530 THINGS CHINESE, fostering provision of the Japanese government, who provide the means of educating their people in the most approved methods in vogue in Europe.' Enormous quantities of silk are not only sent abroad but even larger quantities are used by the Chinese themselves. Silk is a common article of attire and is not confined to the gentler sex, who delight to array themselves in briglit and soft fabrics in the West; in the gorgeous East, men are clothed in as brilliant robes as women. It is utterly impossible to say how much silk is used in China, but the Chinese consider that their consumption is more than double the amount exported to foreign countries. In 1890 the amount exported was 158,427 piculs; in the previous year, 1889, it was 182,939 piculs, doubling these sums would give SlGjSSl' piculs and 365.878 piculs respectively ; and no one who has seen the quantity of silk used by Chinese would doubt that these amounts must be well within the mark of their actual consumption of that useful commodity. Books recommended. — 'Silk' being a thick hrochvrf, No. 3 of "Special Series' of the publications of the Chinese Imperial Maritime Customs. It consists of a series of reports from the different Commissioners of Customs on the silk culture and manufacture in the districts in the neighbourhood of the ports at which they were stationed. We are indebted to this interesting and valuable publication for much of the information contained in this article. Also see "Silk ; Statistics, 187t) — 88,' a thin pamphlet of the same 'Special Series' No. 12, SLAVERY. — China, in common with most Asiatic countries where the liberty of the subject is unknown, has the institution of slavery ; but slavery as a general rule is milder in the despotic East than where, in direct contra- vention of all the free instincts of the West, it has been found nestling under the flag of liberty. One would expect the contrary to be the rule, but it is not. Where the right of the individual was generally respected, as in America, if equal justice was not meted out to every man as man, but on the contrary the fundamental principles at the foundation of society were not only ignored but persistently transgressed with respect to one section of the community, it needed but little more, all barriers of law and morality as regards one branch of the human family being swept away, to SLAVERY. 531 trunsform the otlierwiso mild muster into a cruel one. and a few generations, or even less, to develop tyranny which knew no law but that of interest and the almighty d(jllar. In the East, the individual knows no rights, as an individual, as we understand such rights in the West. He is but a member of the family; the family is the unit of society : the members of the family are but fractions of the whole ; the slave owes his existence as a slave to this patriarchal rule ; and ejected from one family, generally by circumstances over which he has no control, he is engulfed in another. Slavery then appears almost to be the normal condition of part of the inhabitants in a country where the rights of the individual, qua individual, are unknown, and where the conservation, preservation, and perpetuation of the family are the aims of human society, and every means has to be employed with these ends in view. To this is due some of the buying and selling of human beings as chattels ; for should no son be born to a man he often purchases one from poor parents and adopts him as his own. Girls are also bought to become daughters ; but these can scarcely be looked upon as slaves, as they become the children of the family into which they are adopted, and are in no more bondage than the children born in the family itself. A species of debt-slavery exists to some extent In China, where a man will give his son to his creditor either to adopt or to be his slave or his daughter for either a slave or a domestic slave (See below) in full settlement of the debt ; and in some provinces (but not in Kwang-tung) a wife is even given to be a concubine for the same purpose. A species of domestic slavery exists to a very large extent : there is scarcely a family of good means in Hong- kong, Canton, or Macao but what possesses one or often several slave-girls. It must, in all fairness to the Chinese, be 2 K 2 532 THINGS CHINESE. said that this domestic slave-giil system is a very mild form of slavery, as we understand that word. The girls are as a rule purchased from their parents, who probably sell them on account of poverty : they are sold when they are young, at any age, some as young as three years and from that up to fifteen, but seven, eight, or ten, is a common age. It is better to buy them young as they might otherwise run home. The prices range from ten or twenty to a hundred dollars, the larger amounts being given for good-looking ones, as they will bring in a larger number of presents (at their marriage) to the family, and thus possibly recoup the owner with a two or three-fold amount of money on their purchase price, besides, the owner having the use of them as domestic servants for ten or more years without wages, food and clothing being the only outlay on them. As to lodging, it is not worth while taking account of that, for Chinese servants, like dogs or cats, can sleep almost anywhere and everywhere. These transactions often take place through go-betweens. It is somewhat safer, in such cases, to have a broker of human flesh, as a charge of kidnapping might be more difficult to bring ; for when there is a go-between the rule is that a deed of sale is drawn up which is held by the purchaser. It sometimes happens, but not often, that the parents stipulate that they shall be at liberty to come and see the girl ; but this stipulation, if made, is not reduced to writing, as it would obviously clash with the interests of the purchaser to have the mother coming about interviewing the girl and hearing her complaints. Should such a verbal agreement as the above have been come to, the girl's parents are consulted about her marriage, otherwise, for the ten or fifteen years, the girl is virtually and actually the property of her master or mistress, and is an asset not; realised, under the oixlinary circumstances of life, until her marriage, though realisable, and should reverses in business reduce the family, it would be in the power of its head to sell her just as her parents originally sold her. At the same time this is not often done. A clause is often SLAVERY. 533 inserted in the agreement that the girl is not to be sold. into prostitution, but, should this clause have been omitted, the parents are powerless to prevent it in practice. Arrived at marriageable age, the girl is married and thus ends her domestic servitude. If chance has thrown her into the hands of a fairly kind mistress her lot may not be such a dreadful one, but instances occur of brutal mistresses half murdering their poor little slave girls, even in the British Colony of Hongkong. Theoretically, of course, there are no slaves in Hongkong, as it is British territory, but practically there are thousands of them. All the young maid-servants that follow their mistresses' sedan chairs, and that go about with little children, belong to this class. No young unmarried free women go out into service, though old women do. These little slave girls are the most numerous class of slaves in China. While mentioning the female sex, it may be remarked, in passing, that nearly all prostitutes are slaves, the property of their mistresses, the keepers of the houses of ill-fame in which they reside, having often been kidnapped, or deceived by promises of work being found for them as seamtresses, and thus inveigled into the clutches of the old harridans who run these establishments. So completely do they come under the power of these pests of society, and so cowed and frightened are they by the threats and intimi- dations of their mistresses, that even in Hongkong, where notices were put up in all the registered houses of that character that all were free — yet, notwithstanding this, and the fact that they are theoretically free to go and see the Registrar-General and Protector of Chinese, whose duty it is, once knowing their wrongs, to have them righted, they but seldom, in proportion to their numbers, avail themselves of their rights, and when brought up before him, almost invariably say they enter on such a life freely. (Some years ago before being allowed to enter as inmates of these houses, all were compelled to appear before this official, or his assistant, in 534- TJIhXGS CHINESE. order to have a chance, if they woukl avail themselves of it, of stating their unwillingness to be coerced into a life of shame. This rule is most unfortunately not in force now.) And though every Chinese women that goes abroad, as a common emigrant, is questioned and examined as to her willingness to go, yet but few, who are being taken against their will, avail them- selves of the chance of recovering their freedom. It seems as if it would take centuries to educate the Chinese people into an idea of what personal freedom is, and what the liberty of the subject means, as regards the female sex. The cases of little boys sold to be servants is even worse than that of the servant girls, as they do not have marriage to look forward to, to set them free and end their life of servitude. They are slaves for ever, unless they purchase their freedom. 'The Manchu code does not recognise the right of the slave to iree himself by his labour, nor punish the master who refuses affranchisement. There is, in short, no regulation on the subject (in practice the slave frequently purchases his body with his pccidium, which is usually, though not legally, held to be the slave's own property). Many Chinese allow their slaves to embark in trade and ransom themselves with the profits.' In ancient times, in China, there were state slaves, but banishment now takes the place of the Government slavery to a large extent. Priestesses, however, who found a new monastery without the sanction of Government, become the slaves of Government. 'The wives, children, and relatives in the first degree of rebels are given as slaves to Government officers. "' * * Slaves are composed of (i) prisoners of war; (2) those who sell themselves or are sold ; (3) the children of slaves.' The first are now rare. We have spoken of some already who come under the second heading. 'Though the penal code forbids the sale of free persons, even by a husband, a father, or a grandfather, the number of persons whom misery forces to sell themselves or be sold is considerable. The punishment varies from 84 to 90 blows, and banishment for 2\ years, according to the relation existing between seller and sold. The punishment is one degree less when the person sold consents, but young children are exempt from all punishment, though they may have consented, on account of the obedience due to their older relations, and must be returned to their families. * •■- * Though SLAVERY. 535 to keep a free man or lost child as a slave, or to give or take in hire a wife or daughter, are severely punishable, the adoption of stolen or lost children and the sale of free children and inferior wives are daily transactions in China. Inundations and famines are the chief cause. Every slave born in a house belongs to his master or his heir ; to detain a runaway slave is punishable. Players and brothel-keepers recruit their numbers from this class, as they are forbidden by the code to purchase free men or women for their professions. '-' The inferior wife ranks above a slave ; she is married with fewer formalities than the first wife under whose orders she is put. The husband can only dismiss her for certain specified reasons ; but in practice inferior wives are frequently sold.' No property is divisible during the period of mourning, but after that is over, if the different sons of the deceased wish to separate, they are at liberty to do so, and the eldest son then divides the property amongst them equally, whether they be sons of the first wife or of inferior wives or of slaves. •' We may add that such slaves by the birth of children become in China ipso facto inferior wives.' Slaves are not allowed to be married to free , an increase of ,).0Q() on the previous year, making a total since 1877 of 68,31(j, while tliere was an approximate increase of 9.000 in Penang, the total number of 113,300 being the approximate membership. One society, named the Ghi Hing, having an approximate membership of 70,000. A new Societies Ordinance came into force in 1890 in the Straits Settlements. Its chief object was to abolish the Triad Society, as well as other Dangerous Societies, 'some of which have existed in Singapore since 1821 and in Penang for a much longer period ; ' one or two of the Penang societies are very wealthy, but tlie Singapore ones only own the Kong-sl. or Club houses. The Singapore and Penang societies delivered up their chops and books, and the diplomas of the six Triad branches were formally renounced and burnt in the presence of two English officials. Chinese Advisory Boards have been instituted to assist the officials. There would seem to be no Grand Master of the ^vhole Triad body, but a central government is in existence, composed of the five Grand Masters of the five Grand Lodges of Funken^ Kwangtung, Yunnan, Hunan, and Chekiang. This governing body then has some sort of control over millions of Chinese, not only in China itself but throughout the world. One writer says of this organisation: — 'These principles, the repudiation of all jurisdiction, and the assumption of their power by an irresponsible tribunal, constitute an inipcriuin in iinpcrio, the foulest, the bloodiest, the most oppressive of which there is record on such a scale.' Another says:— 'The Hung League has carried civil war and murder wherever it has gone.' Yet another says: — ' They engage to defend each other against the police, to hide each other's crimes, to assist detected members in making their escape from justice.' And yet again another says : — That it is a 'combination to carry out private quarrels, and to uphold the interests of the members in spite of law, and lastly to raise money by subscription or by levying fees on brothels or gaming houses.' Here then is sufficient reason for their suppression, and, owing to the misuse of their power, and the rioting and murders o58 THINGS CHINESE. committed by them in the Straits Settlements, they have been forbidden there as secret unregistered Associations, The most recent legislative enactment against them in Hongkong is Ordinance No. 8 of 1887, by which the Triad Society is declared to be unlawful, and the managers and office-bearers are liable to a fine of a thousand dollars and to imprisonmer.t for one year; the former Ordinances which related to them were No3. 1 and 12 of 1845, which meted out more drastic punishment than the last one mentioned above. Some of the prominent members of the Society have been deported by the Hongkong Government, when necessity arose for it, for unfortunately in this colony, they have degenerated into nests of thieves and bands of robbers. In the United States they have done great injury to the well-being of those who did not belong to their societies. This account of the Triad Society will show what Chinese secret societies are capable of both in China and abroad. There are hundreds of these secret societies in China itself, but they are not all political in their aim : some are merely sects of Buddhists ; one in the North, 'The T'sai Li,' or Temperance Society, forbids the use of tobacco, Avine and spirits, amongst its other tenets and prohibitions, and has a large membership, there being nearly 50,000 in Chihli province and Peking. Its doings were exposed some years ago ' by certain members of the society by which ' it Avas hoped that ' a serious outbreak in the capital might possibly be averted.' The government tried to keep matters secret. It is said that 80,000 members of it were to be found under Li Hung-chang's rule a few years ago. An association which has attracted some attention lately is the Ko-lo-wui, which has its head-quarters in the province of Hunan, the army being quite honey-combed by this political Association which, like the Triad, has for its object the over- throw of the present dynasty. It is said to have its emissaries in every province, who travel under the assumed character of SOCIETfES. SECRET. ooiJ doctors, disseminating news and gathering in members as they go. It was believed by some to be answerable for the riots, a few years ago, directed against foreigners in Central China (see Article on Riots). Its organisation is in all probability on somewhat similar lines to that of the Triad Society, for there are five Heads. Certificates printed on linen, (a fac-simile of one is given in 'The China Review,' Vol. XV., p. 129), Sec. and an elaborate initiation ceremony is said to be employed. It is described as resembling Freemasonry and not essentially seditious ; but opportunities for a thorough study of it have not yet been afforded to those interested in such subjects. It took its rise at the time of the T'ai-p'ing rebellion, General Tseng Kwo-fan himsDlf, so it is reported, having established it at the siege of Nanking ; but this body, instead of seeking to re-establish the Ming dynasty, would appear to look further back, even as far as to the T'ang dynasty, and, probably, if their chance ever comes, some one will be put forward as of reputed Imperial descent from rulers of that dynasty, though the house of T'ang is supposed to be extinct long since. •The Kolao-hwci Society is known to liave been in existence for the past twenty years and there are great numbers of men connected with it, distributed over the provinces of Kiangsu, Anhui, Hunan, Hupeh, Kiangsi, and Kwangtung.' A secret society which committed tlie massacres on the missionaries at Kuchcng in 1895, styled itself vegetarian. One of the members appears to have curedelght opium smokers. The Vegetarians were divided into nine companies. 'When worshipping we present the following 8 kinds of things: — melon seeds, candy, red dates, black dates, pea-nuts, oranges, dried melons and dried lengkeng or dragon's eyes. The lengkeng is the symbol of the vegetarians.' The ceremony of saluting the flag is as follows: — ' We bring our palms together, and kneel down five times before it to worship heaven, earth, the Emperor, our parents, and teachers, after which we kneel three times to salute our brothers, other relatives, and friends.' Bixilm ri-ci>nnii{'ii(h-(J : — -The Tliinu Ti Hwui,' hy (J. S('lilp,i;f 1, contiiin-; tlie fullest account of the Triiid .Society that liii.s yet been piihlislied, :unl, to tlie student who wi.-^Iies to enter into ii. knowledije of its niy.sterie.-*. is reconuiiended. It is ilhistr.ited witli (li,n,i,'ranis of diplonias and flags, <.^c. For the ijencral reader. :i sliort article in • Harper's Magazine" for September 560 THINGS CHINESE. 1801, entitled, ' Chine.'^e Secret Societies," bj' F. Boyle, will be found iiitei'ertting. A pa))er in the transactions of the Missionary' Conference, held at Shanghai in 1800, contains a list of a ffood man)' of these societies, in the province of Shan-tung, with some little account of tliem. In that province alone it is stated that there are over a hundi'ed secret societies. An account of the working's of these Secret Societies in the United States amongst the Chinese appears in a recent number of the ' California Illustrated Magazine.' STAMPS, — 0\Fing to the want of a general postal system in China under the auspices of the government (such as is now being introduced), there has been a great variety of stamps in use in the country. In fact the want of this general governmental system of posts in the past has. given rise to rather an anomalous condition of things with regard to the use of postage stamps. In Shanghai, letters may be posted at the French consulate for conveyance to Hongkong or foreign countries, by the Messageries IMaritimes ( the French mail ) steamers, French postage stamps being used, at first unsur- charged, but afterwards with the word ' Chine ' on them. In the same way letters are posted at Shanghai at the German consulate for conveyance by German mail steamers to simihir destinations, Garman stamps, as used in Germany, being affixed on the envelopes. If we are not mistaken, American stamps are used in a similar way in Shanghai, as well as possibly Japanese stamps. The first issue of stamps in China was, in Hongkong, by the British Colonial Government of the Colony. These stamps are not, however, confined in their use to the small, but important island of Hongkong ; but the British Govern- ment, for the convenience of its own and other foreign residents in China, was compelled, no other facilities existing, to establish Branch Post Offices of its own (under the control of the Hongkong General Post Office) at each of the treaty ports — in fact wherever there was a British Consulate — and the Hongkong postage stamps have been employed for many years in paying the postages between the difterent treaty ports, and between them and foreign countries. These Britisli Branch Post Offices had under their control only the mails con- veyed in foreign-built ships running between the places men- tioned above. For all leLters into the interior, the foreign STAMPS. r>()l resident, if he wished to send any, a very rare occurrence usually, had to depend upon the private, local, native posts until the establishment a few years since of the Imperial Chinese Postal Service. Though these stamps were British colonial stamps they have been more used in China, as above, than any other postage stamps. There have been a numbers of different issues, the first being in 18G2. The stamps procurable at the Hongkong Post Office, with their colours and year of first issue, are as follows : — n cents. 4 „ 5 )» lo „ 20 ?t 30 «? 50 »? I dollar. 2 dollars. 3 » 5 5) Post cards. — 1 cent. „ cards. 'J cents ('reply paid). 4 cents. S „ (w ith reply pa id). The Hongkong Jubilee stamp was only issued for three days on the anniversary of the jubilee of the colony, 22nd to 24'th January, 1891 ; it was a 2 cents rose stamp sur- charged with the words (in four lines, all over the face of the stamp) '1841 — Hongkong— Jubilee — 1891'. There have been several mistakes made by the Chinese printer in printing this surcharge, such as a small J, Sec. ; so that there are about four or five of these varieties and they are highly priced. Two other rare stamps are a twelve cents sur- charged on a ten dollars revenue stamp, and a two cents revenue stamp. They appear to have been used but a short time for purposes of postage. In connection with the Imperial Maritime Customs Post Office mentioned in our article on Posts, a series of stamps was issued in 1878. The stamps were rather large, the centre contained a dragon ; ' China ' was the device at the top, flanked in the top corners by the two Chinese characters T'ai Ts^nor. meanino: ' Great Pure,' that being the name taken by the present dynasty. The word ' Candarin ' or * Candarins' appeared at the bottom of the stamp, and in the two lower corners were the Arabic figures giving the number of can- darins the stamp stood for. A, candarin is a tenth of a 2 Y 562 THINGS CHINESE. mace, a mace being worth about 11 cents, say nearly three- pence halfpenny ; ten mace make one tael. On the right hand side (on the left of the dragon) and running down the stamp are the tliree Chinese characters, Yau Ching Kiik, stand- ing for Official Post Office, while the opposite column of Chinese (Chinese printing or writing is in vertical columns, not in horizontal lines like ours) were composed of the three Chinese characters representing the value of the stamp, viz., Yat {or Yi or Sam as the case was) Fun Ngan, one candarin (or there or five as the case was) for the denominations were 1, 3 and 5 candarins. The colours were green, lilac, and yellow respectively. The 1878 issue also contained the same denominations of stamps, but they were somewhat smaller, being about the size of the British stamps, the colours being green, rose, and yellow respectively. In other respects the stamps ai*e very similar, the general features of the two issues being the same. There seemed to be some slight difference in the shades of colour of some of the stamps, but whether it was due to fading or a different ink being used, wg cannot say. Out of this Customs Post has developed a Chinese Imperial Postal Service. Several issue of stamps, and sur- charges as Avell, have been provided for this department during the few years it has been in existence. They are distinguished by the Chinese dragon, and have their de- nominations on them in English and Chinese. Some years ago (in 1889) postage stamps were prepared for use in Formosa. They were rather laige. had a dragon and a horse on them and the word ' Formosa.' There were two issues, 20 cash rose, and 20 cash green (say about the value of one penny, English money). They do not seem to have been much used for postage purposes ; but were made to do service at one time as railway tickets — being sur- charged — on the short line of rail in Formosa. They are now of great value and collectors consider them great rarities. STAMPS. 503 We have heard thirty dollars mentioned as a price asked for two. There is a Municipal Council in Shanghai which had a local Post Office. In 1865, a scries of five stamps was issued with a dragon in the centre, and ' Shanghai ' at the top, in English and Chinese. On the right hand side the words in Chinese, Shii Sun Kwi'in, Post Office, and on the other side the denomination, in some cases in cash, in others in candarins. There have been a number of issues since, and of surcharges, the devices in their general features being very similar. With regard to this Local Post Office, the followincr o statement may be of interest : 'The Shanghai Local Post Office was taken over by the Imperial Post in November, 1897, and thoroughly reorganised, but Local Postage rates have been maintained.' Many years after the Shanghai Local Post issued its first stamps, a number of the small foreign municipalities at some of the other treaty ports followed the example of Shanghai and started Local Post Offices and issued sets of stamps. Hankow seems to have led the way amongst the riverine ports. Kiukiang following at a little distance, after which Chinkiang and Wuhu followed suit, and finallv, Ichanij and Chuncrkinsj. The coast ports have also not been behindhand with regard to these local issues, Chefoo, Foochow, and Amoy all having sets of stamps. Post cards were also prepared and used in some of these places and in one or two ports taxed stamps appeared. Different issues also succeeded one another from more than one of these local post offices. These ventures in many cases proved pecuniarily successful and the money thus, earned was applied to the necessary works in connection with the diff"erent municipalities; unfortunately the chief authority in England for philatelists frowned on the classing of such means of turning an honest penny (as many of the issues simply were) and they were soon considered as outside the pale of legitimate stamp collecting. Many of the stamps were quite unicjuc, pretty, and interesting- — sonic being finely executed, though